1 | //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions. |
10 | // |
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
12 | |
13 | #include "TreeTransform.h" |
14 | #include "UsedDeclVisitor.h" |
15 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" |
16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" |
17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" |
18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" |
23 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
24 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
25 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
26 | #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h" |
27 | #include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.h" |
28 | #include "clang/AST/ParentMapContext.h" |
29 | #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" |
30 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
31 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" |
33 | #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticSema.h" |
34 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
35 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" |
36 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
37 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
38 | #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h" |
39 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" |
40 | #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" |
41 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
42 | #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" |
43 | #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h" |
44 | #include "clang/Sema/EnterExpressionEvaluationContext.h" |
45 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" |
46 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" |
47 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" |
48 | #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" |
49 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
50 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" |
51 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h" |
52 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" |
53 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" |
54 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
55 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" |
56 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
57 | #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h" |
58 | #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h" |
59 | #include "llvm/Support/TypeSize.h" |
60 | #include <optional> |
61 | |
62 | using namespace clang; |
63 | using namespace sema; |
64 | |
65 | /// Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without |
66 | /// emitting diagnostics. |
67 | bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) { |
68 | // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing. |
69 | if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) |
70 | return false; |
71 | |
72 | // See if this is a deleted function. |
73 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
74 | if (FD->isDeleted()) |
75 | return false; |
76 | |
77 | // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it, |
78 | // then we can't use it either. |
79 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && |
80 | DeduceReturnType(FD, SourceLocation(), /*Diagnose*/ false)) |
81 | return false; |
82 | |
83 | // See if this is an aligned allocation/deallocation function that is |
84 | // unavailable. |
85 | if (TreatUnavailableAsInvalid && |
86 | isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(*FD)) |
87 | return false; |
88 | } |
89 | |
90 | // See if this function is unavailable. |
91 | if (TreatUnavailableAsInvalid && D->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable && |
92 | cast<Decl>(CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable) |
93 | return false; |
94 | |
95 | if (isa<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(D)) |
96 | return false; |
97 | |
98 | return true; |
99 | } |
100 | |
101 | static void DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) { |
102 | // Warn if this is used but marked unused. |
103 | if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { |
104 | // [[maybe_unused]] should not diagnose uses, but __attribute__((unused)) |
105 | // should diagnose them. |
106 | if (A->getSemanticSpelling() != UnusedAttr::CXX11_maybe_unused && |
107 | A->getSemanticSpelling() != UnusedAttr::C2x_maybe_unused) { |
108 | const Decl *DC = cast_or_null<Decl>(S.getCurObjCLexicalContext()); |
109 | if (DC && !DC->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) |
110 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D; |
111 | } |
112 | } |
113 | } |
114 | |
115 | /// Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted. |
116 | void Sema::NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *Decl) { |
117 | assert(Decl && Decl->isDeleted()); |
118 | |
119 | if (Decl->isDefaulted()) { |
120 | // If the method was explicitly defaulted, point at that declaration. |
121 | if (!Decl->isImplicit()) |
122 | Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_implicitly_deleted); |
123 | |
124 | // Try to diagnose why this special member function was implicitly |
125 | // deleted. This might fail, if that reason no longer applies. |
126 | DiagnoseDeletedDefaultedFunction(Decl); |
127 | return; |
128 | } |
129 | |
130 | auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Decl); |
131 | if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor()) |
132 | return NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(Ctor); |
133 | |
134 | Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_availability_specified_here) |
135 | << Decl << 1; |
136 | } |
137 | |
138 | /// Determine whether a FunctionDecl was ever declared with an |
139 | /// explicit storage class. |
140 | static bool hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(const FunctionDecl *D) { |
141 | for (auto *I : D->redecls()) { |
142 | if (I->getStorageClass() != SC_None) |
143 | return true; |
144 | } |
145 | return false; |
146 | } |
147 | |
148 | /// Check whether we're in an extern inline function and referring to a |
149 | /// variable or function with internal linkage (C11 6.7.4p3). |
150 | /// |
151 | /// This is only a warning because we used to silently accept this code, but |
152 | /// in many cases it will not behave correctly. This is not enabled in C++ mode |
153 | /// because the restriction language is a bit weaker (C++11 [basic.def.odr]p6) |
154 | /// and so while there may still be user mistakes, most of the time we can't |
155 | /// prove that there are errors. |
156 | static void diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(Sema &S, |
157 | const NamedDecl *D, |
158 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
159 | // This is disabled under C++; there are too many ways for this to fire in |
160 | // contexts where the warning is a false positive, or where it is technically |
161 | // correct but benign. |
162 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
163 | return; |
164 | |
165 | // Check if this is an inlined function or method. |
166 | FunctionDecl *Current = S.getCurFunctionDecl(); |
167 | if (!Current) |
168 | return; |
169 | if (!Current->isInlined()) |
170 | return; |
171 | if (!Current->isExternallyVisible()) |
172 | return; |
173 | |
174 | // Check if the decl has internal linkage. |
175 | if (D->getFormalLinkage() != InternalLinkage) |
176 | return; |
177 | |
178 | // Downgrade from ExtWarn to Extension if |
179 | // (1) the supposedly external inline function is in the main file, |
180 | // and probably won't be included anywhere else. |
181 | // (2) the thing we're referencing is a pure function. |
182 | // (3) the thing we're referencing is another inline function. |
183 | // This last can give us false negatives, but it's better than warning on |
184 | // wrappers for simple C library functions. |
185 | const FunctionDecl *UsedFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
186 | bool DowngradeWarning = S.getSourceManager().isInMainFile(Loc); |
187 | if (!DowngradeWarning && UsedFn) |
188 | DowngradeWarning = UsedFn->isInlined() || UsedFn->hasAttr<ConstAttr>(); |
189 | |
190 | S.Diag(Loc, DowngradeWarning ? diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline_quiet |
191 | : diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline) |
192 | << /*IsVar=*/!UsedFn << D; |
193 | |
194 | S.MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(Current); |
195 | |
196 | S.Diag(D->getCanonicalDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) |
197 | << D; |
198 | } |
199 | |
200 | void Sema::MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *Cur) { |
201 | const FunctionDecl *First = Cur->getFirstDecl(); |
202 | |
203 | // Suggest "static" on the function, if possible. |
204 | if (!hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(First)) { |
205 | SourceLocation DeclBegin = First->getSourceRange().getBegin(); |
206 | Diag(DeclBegin, diag::note_convert_inline_to_static) |
207 | << Cur << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DeclBegin, "static " ); |
208 | } |
209 | } |
210 | |
211 | /// Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and |
212 | /// emit any corresponding diagnostics. |
213 | /// |
214 | /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing |
215 | /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example, |
216 | /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being |
217 | /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted |
218 | /// function is being used. |
219 | /// |
220 | /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be |
221 | /// referenced), false otherwise. |
222 | /// |
223 | bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
224 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, |
225 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, |
226 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks, |
227 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver, |
228 | bool SkipTrailingRequiresClause) { |
229 | SourceLocation Loc = Locs.front(); |
230 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
231 | // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction, |
232 | // emit them now. |
233 | auto Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl()); |
234 | if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) { |
235 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Suppressed : Pos->second) |
236 | Diag(Suppressed.first, Suppressed.second); |
237 | |
238 | // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit |
239 | // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this |
240 | // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these |
241 | // diagnostics again. |
242 | Pos->second.clear(); |
243 | } |
244 | |
245 | // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: |
246 | // The function 'main' shall not be used within a program. |
247 | if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isMain()) |
248 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_main_used); |
249 | |
250 | diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(*cast<FunctionDecl>(D), Loc); |
251 | } |
252 | |
253 | // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing. |
254 | if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { |
255 | if (isa<BindingDecl>(D)) { |
256 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_binding_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer) |
257 | << D->getDeclName(); |
258 | } else { |
259 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer) |
260 | << D->getDeclName() << cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType(); |
261 | } |
262 | return true; |
263 | } |
264 | |
265 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
266 | // See if this is a deleted function. |
267 | if (FD->isDeleted()) { |
268 | auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); |
269 | if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor()) |
270 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_inherited_ctor_use) |
271 | << Ctor->getParent() |
272 | << Ctor->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor()->getParent(); |
273 | else |
274 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); |
275 | NoteDeletedFunction(FD); |
276 | return true; |
277 | } |
278 | |
279 | // [expr.prim.id]p4 |
280 | // A program that refers explicitly or implicitly to a function with a |
281 | // trailing requires-clause whose constraint-expression is not satisfied, |
282 | // other than to declare it, is ill-formed. [...] |
283 | // |
284 | // See if this is a function with constraints that need to be satisfied. |
285 | // Check this before deducing the return type, as it might instantiate the |
286 | // definition. |
287 | if (!SkipTrailingRequiresClause && FD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { |
288 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; |
289 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(FD, Satisfaction, Loc, |
290 | /*ForOverloadResolution*/ true)) |
291 | // A diagnostic will have already been generated (non-constant |
292 | // constraint expression, for example) |
293 | return true; |
294 | if (!Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { |
295 | Diag(Loc, |
296 | diag::err_reference_to_function_with_unsatisfied_constraints) |
297 | << D; |
298 | DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); |
299 | return true; |
300 | } |
301 | } |
302 | |
303 | // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it, |
304 | // then we can't use it either. |
305 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && |
306 | DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc)) |
307 | return true; |
308 | |
309 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !CheckCUDACall(Loc, FD)) |
310 | return true; |
311 | |
312 | } |
313 | |
314 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { |
315 | // Lambdas are only default-constructible or assignable in C++2a onwards. |
316 | if (MD->getParent()->isLambda() && |
317 | ((isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && |
318 | cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)->isDefaultConstructor()) || |
319 | MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() || MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator())) { |
320 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_cxx17_compat_lambda_def_ctor_assign) |
321 | << !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD); |
322 | } |
323 | } |
324 | |
325 | auto getReferencedObjCProp = [](const NamedDecl *D) -> |
326 | const ObjCPropertyDecl * { |
327 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) |
328 | return MD->findPropertyDecl(); |
329 | return nullptr; |
330 | }; |
331 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = getReferencedObjCProp(D)) { |
332 | if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(ObjCPDecl, Loc)) |
333 | return true; |
334 | } else if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(D, Loc)) { |
335 | return true; |
336 | } |
337 | |
338 | // [OpenMP 4.0], 2.15 declare reduction Directive, Restrictions |
339 | // Only the variables omp_in and omp_out are allowed in the combiner. |
340 | // Only the variables omp_priv and omp_orig are allowed in the |
341 | // initializer-clause. |
342 | auto *DRD = dyn_cast<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(CurContext); |
343 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && DRD && !CurContext->containsDecl(D) && |
344 | isa<VarDecl>(D)) { |
345 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_omp_wrong_var_in_declare_reduction) |
346 | << getCurFunction()->HasOMPDeclareReductionCombiner; |
347 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D; |
348 | return true; |
349 | } |
350 | |
351 | // [OpenMP 5.0], 2.19.7.3. declare mapper Directive, Restrictions |
352 | // List-items in map clauses on this construct may only refer to the declared |
353 | // variable var and entities that could be referenced by a procedure defined |
354 | // at the same location. |
355 | // [OpenMP 5.2] Also allow iterator declared variables. |
356 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isa<VarDecl>(D) && |
357 | !isOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDeclAllowed(cast<VarDecl>(D))) { |
358 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_omp_declare_mapper_wrong_var) |
359 | << getOpenMPDeclareMapperVarName(); |
360 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D; |
361 | return true; |
362 | } |
363 | |
364 | if (const auto *EmptyD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(D)) { |
365 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_use_of_empty_using_if_exists); |
366 | Diag(EmptyD->getLocation(), diag::note_empty_using_if_exists_here); |
367 | return true; |
368 | } |
369 | |
370 | DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(D, Locs, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPropertyAccess, |
371 | AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks, ClassReceiver); |
372 | |
373 | DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(*this, D, Loc); |
374 | |
375 | diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(*this, D, Loc); |
376 | |
377 | if (D->hasAttr<AvailableOnlyInDefaultEvalMethodAttr>()) { |
378 | if (getLangOpts().getFPEvalMethod() != |
379 | LangOptions::FPEvalMethodKind::FEM_UnsetOnCommandLine && |
380 | PP.getLastFPEvalPragmaLocation().isValid() && |
381 | PP.getCurrentFPEvalMethod() != getLangOpts().getFPEvalMethod()) |
382 | Diag(D->getLocation(), |
383 | diag::err_type_available_only_in_default_eval_method) |
384 | << D->getName(); |
385 | } |
386 | |
387 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) |
388 | checkTypeSupport(VD->getType(), Loc, VD); |
389 | |
390 | if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || |
391 | (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsTargetDevice)) { |
392 | if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) |
393 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) |
394 | if (VD->getTLSKind() != VarDecl::TLS_None) |
395 | targetDiag(*Locs.begin(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); |
396 | } |
397 | |
398 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) && isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(D->getDeclContext()) && |
399 | !isUnevaluatedContext()) { |
400 | // C++ [expr.prim.req.nested] p3 |
401 | // A local parameter shall only appear as an unevaluated operand |
402 | // (Clause 8) within the constraint-expression. |
403 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_requires_expr_parameter_referenced_in_evaluated_context) |
404 | << D; |
405 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D; |
406 | return true; |
407 | } |
408 | |
409 | return false; |
410 | } |
411 | |
412 | /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or |
413 | /// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and |
414 | /// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are |
415 | /// satisfied. |
416 | void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
417 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { |
418 | const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(); |
419 | if (!attr) |
420 | return; |
421 | |
422 | // The number of formal parameters of the declaration. |
423 | unsigned numFormalParams; |
424 | |
425 | // The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in |
426 | // the diagnostic. |
427 | enum CalleeType { CT_Function, CT_Method, CT_Block } calleeType; |
428 | |
429 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { |
430 | numFormalParams = MD->param_size(); |
431 | calleeType = CT_Method; |
432 | } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
433 | numFormalParams = FD->param_size(); |
434 | calleeType = CT_Function; |
435 | } else if (isa<VarDecl>(D)) { |
436 | QualType type = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType(); |
437 | const FunctionType *fn = nullptr; |
438 | if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
439 | fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
440 | if (!fn) return; |
441 | calleeType = CT_Function; |
442 | } else if (const BlockPointerType *ptr = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
443 | fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
444 | calleeType = CT_Block; |
445 | } else { |
446 | return; |
447 | } |
448 | |
449 | if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn)) { |
450 | numFormalParams = proto->getNumParams(); |
451 | } else { |
452 | numFormalParams = 0; |
453 | } |
454 | } else { |
455 | return; |
456 | } |
457 | |
458 | // "nullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which |
459 | // effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is |
460 | // useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters, |
461 | // but the language forces you to have at least one. |
462 | unsigned nullPos = attr->getNullPos(); |
463 | assert((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel" ); |
464 | numFormalParams = (nullPos > numFormalParams ? 0 : numFormalParams - nullPos); |
465 | |
466 | // The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel. |
467 | unsigned numArgsAfterSentinel = attr->getSentinel(); |
468 | |
469 | // If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters, |
470 | // the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain. |
471 | if (Args.size() < numFormalParams + numArgsAfterSentinel + 1) { |
472 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName(); |
473 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType); |
474 | return; |
475 | } |
476 | |
477 | // Otherwise, find the sentinel expression. |
478 | Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[Args.size() - numArgsAfterSentinel - 1]; |
479 | if (!sentinelExpr) return; |
480 | if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return; |
481 | if (Context.isSentinelNullExpr(sentinelExpr)) return; |
482 | |
483 | // Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil', 'nullptr', |
484 | // or 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use |
485 | // 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the |
486 | // variadic arguments form a list of object pointers. |
487 | SourceLocation MissingNilLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(sentinelExpr->getEndLoc()); |
488 | std::string NullValue; |
489 | if (calleeType == CT_Method && PP.isMacroDefined("nil" )) |
490 | NullValue = "nil" ; |
491 | else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
492 | NullValue = "nullptr" ; |
493 | else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL" )) |
494 | NullValue = "NULL" ; |
495 | else |
496 | NullValue = "(void*) 0" ; |
497 | |
498 | if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid()) |
499 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << int(calleeType); |
500 | else |
501 | Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) |
502 | << int(calleeType) |
503 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue); |
504 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType); |
505 | } |
506 | |
507 | SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const { |
508 | return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange(); |
509 | } |
510 | |
511 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
512 | // Standard Promotions and Conversions |
513 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
514 | |
515 | /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4). |
516 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) { |
517 | // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here. |
518 | if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { |
519 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); |
520 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
521 | E = result.get(); |
522 | } |
523 | |
524 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
525 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type" ); |
526 | |
527 | if (Ty->isFunctionType()) { |
528 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) |
529 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) |
530 | if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, Diagnose, E->getExprLoc())) |
531 | return ExprError(); |
532 | |
533 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty), |
534 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get(); |
535 | } else if (Ty->isArrayType()) { |
536 | // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is |
537 | // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has |
538 | // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer |
539 | // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression |
540 | // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue" |
541 | // (C90) to "an expression" (C99). |
542 | // |
543 | // C++ 4.2p1: |
544 | // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of |
545 | // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T". |
546 | // |
547 | if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue()) { |
548 | ExprResult Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty), |
549 | CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); |
550 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
551 | return ExprError(); |
552 | E = Res.get(); |
553 | } |
554 | } |
555 | return E; |
556 | } |
557 | |
558 | static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) { |
559 | // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so, |
560 | // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the |
561 | // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this |
562 | // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This |
563 | // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check. |
564 | const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()); |
565 | if (UO && UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref && |
566 | UO->getSubExpr()->getType()->isPointerType()) { |
567 | const LangAS AS = |
568 | UO->getSubExpr()->getType()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
569 | if ((!isTargetAddressSpace(AS) || |
570 | (isTargetAddressSpace(AS) && toTargetAddressSpace(AS) == 0)) && |
571 | UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant( |
572 | S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) && |
573 | !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { |
574 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO, |
575 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null) |
576 | << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange()); |
577 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO, |
578 | S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null)); |
579 | } |
580 | } |
581 | } |
582 | |
583 | static void DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(Sema &S, const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE, |
584 | SourceLocation AssignLoc, |
585 | const Expr* RHS) { |
586 | const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = OIRE->getDecl(); |
587 | if (!IV) |
588 | return; |
589 | |
590 | DeclarationName MemberName = IV->getDeclName(); |
591 | IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
592 | if (!Member || !Member->isStr("isa" )) |
593 | return; |
594 | |
595 | const Expr *Base = OIRE->getBase(); |
596 | QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); |
597 | if (OIRE->isArrow()) |
598 | BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); |
599 | if (const ObjCObjectType *OTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) |
600 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = OTy->getInterface()) { |
601 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared = nullptr; |
602 | ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared); |
603 | if (!ClassDeclared->getSuperClass() |
604 | && (*ClassDeclared->ivar_begin()) == IV) { |
605 | if (RHS) { |
606 | NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = |
607 | S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope, |
608 | &S.Context.Idents.get("object_setClass" ), |
609 | SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName); |
610 | if (ObjectSetClass) { |
611 | SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS->getEndLoc()); |
612 | S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) |
613 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getBeginLoc(), |
614 | "object_setClass(" ) |
615 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( |
616 | SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(), AssignLoc), "," ) |
617 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")" ); |
618 | } |
619 | else |
620 | S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign); |
621 | } else { |
622 | NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = |
623 | S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope, |
624 | &S.Context.Idents.get("object_getClass" ), |
625 | SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName); |
626 | if (ObjectGetClass) |
627 | S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) |
628 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getBeginLoc(), |
629 | "object_getClass(" ) |
630 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( |
631 | SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(), OIRE->getEndLoc()), ")" ); |
632 | else |
633 | S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use); |
634 | } |
635 | S.Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_ivar_decl); |
636 | } |
637 | } |
638 | } |
639 | |
640 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) { |
641 | // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here. |
642 | if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { |
643 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); |
644 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
645 | E = result.get(); |
646 | } |
647 | |
648 | // C++ [conv.lval]p1: |
649 | // A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be |
650 | // converted to a prvalue. |
651 | if (!E->isGLValue()) return E; |
652 | |
653 | QualType T = E->getType(); |
654 | assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?" ); |
655 | |
656 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion cannot be applied to function or array types. |
657 | if (T->isFunctionType() || T->isArrayType()) |
658 | return E; |
659 | |
660 | // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of |
661 | // expressions of certain types in C++. |
662 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
663 | (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy || |
664 | T->isDependentType() || |
665 | T->isRecordType())) |
666 | return E; |
667 | |
668 | // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and |
669 | // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's |
670 | // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo |
671 | // lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified |
672 | // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be. |
673 | if (T->isVoidType()) |
674 | return E; |
675 | |
676 | // OpenCL usually rejects direct accesses to values of 'half' type. |
677 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
678 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16" , getLangOpts()) && |
679 | T->isHalfType()) { |
680 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_load_store) |
681 | << 0 << T; |
682 | return ExprError(); |
683 | } |
684 | |
685 | CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E); |
686 | if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) { |
687 | NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope, |
688 | &Context.Idents.get("object_getClass" ), |
689 | SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName); |
690 | if (ObjectGetClass) |
691 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) |
692 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OISA->getBeginLoc(), "object_getClass(" ) |
693 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( |
694 | SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OISA->getIsaMemberLoc()), ")" ); |
695 | else |
696 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use); |
697 | } |
698 | else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE = |
699 | dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) |
700 | DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, SourceLocation(), /* Expr*/nullptr); |
701 | |
702 | // C++ [conv.lval]p1: |
703 | // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the |
704 | // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the |
705 | // rvalue is T. |
706 | // |
707 | // C99 6.3.2.1p2: |
708 | // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified |
709 | // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the |
710 | // type of the lvalue. |
711 | if (T.hasQualifiers()) |
712 | T = T.getUnqualifiedType(); |
713 | |
714 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. |
715 | if (T->isMemberPointerType() && |
716 | Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) |
717 | (void)isCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), T); |
718 | |
719 | ExprResult Res = CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(E); |
720 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
721 | return Res; |
722 | E = Res.get(); |
723 | |
724 | // Loading a __weak object implicitly retains the value, so we need a cleanup to |
725 | // balance that. |
726 | if (E->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) |
727 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); |
728 | |
729 | if (E->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) |
730 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); |
731 | |
732 | // C++ [conv.lval]p3: |
733 | // If T is cv std::nullptr_t, the result is a null pointer constant. |
734 | CastKind CK = T->isNullPtrType() ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_LValueToRValue; |
735 | Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK, E, nullptr, VK_PRValue, |
736 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
737 | |
738 | // C11 6.3.2.1p2: |
739 | // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version |
740 | // of the type of the lvalue ... |
741 | if (const AtomicType *Atomic = T->getAs<AtomicType>()) { |
742 | T = Atomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
743 | Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, Res.get(), |
744 | nullptr, VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride()); |
745 | } |
746 | |
747 | return Res; |
748 | } |
749 | |
750 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) { |
751 | ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E, Diagnose); |
752 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
753 | return ExprError(); |
754 | Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get()); |
755 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
756 | return ExprError(); |
757 | return Res; |
758 | } |
759 | |
760 | /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion |
761 | /// performed on a function designator of a call expression. |
762 | ExprResult Sema::CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E) { |
763 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
764 | ExprResult Res = E; |
765 | // Only do implicit cast for a function type, but not for a pointer |
766 | // to function type. |
767 | if (Ty->isFunctionType()) { |
768 | Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty), |
769 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); |
770 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
771 | return ExprError(); |
772 | } |
773 | Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get()); |
774 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
775 | return ExprError(); |
776 | return Res.get(); |
777 | } |
778 | |
779 | /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most |
780 | /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are |
781 | /// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't |
782 | /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators. |
783 | /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called. |
784 | ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) { |
785 | // First, convert to an r-value. |
786 | ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); |
787 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
788 | return ExprError(); |
789 | E = Res.get(); |
790 | |
791 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
792 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type" ); |
793 | |
794 | LangOptions::FPEvalMethodKind EvalMethod = CurFPFeatures.getFPEvalMethod(); |
795 | if (EvalMethod != LangOptions::FEM_Source && Ty->isFloatingType() && |
796 | (getLangOpts().getFPEvalMethod() != |
797 | LangOptions::FPEvalMethodKind::FEM_UnsetOnCommandLine || |
798 | PP.getLastFPEvalPragmaLocation().isValid())) { |
799 | switch (EvalMethod) { |
800 | default: |
801 | llvm_unreachable("Unrecognized float evaluation method" ); |
802 | break; |
803 | case LangOptions::FEM_UnsetOnCommandLine: |
804 | llvm_unreachable("Float evaluation method should be set by now" ); |
805 | break; |
806 | case LangOptions::FEM_Double: |
807 | if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(Context.DoubleTy, Ty) > 0) |
808 | // Widen the expression to double. |
809 | return Ty->isComplexType() |
810 | ? ImpCastExprToType(E, |
811 | Context.getComplexType(Context.DoubleTy), |
812 | CK_FloatingComplexCast) |
813 | : ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast); |
814 | break; |
815 | case LangOptions::FEM_Extended: |
816 | if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(Context.LongDoubleTy, Ty) > 0) |
817 | // Widen the expression to long double. |
818 | return Ty->isComplexType() |
819 | ? ImpCastExprToType( |
820 | E, Context.getComplexType(Context.LongDoubleTy), |
821 | CK_FloatingComplexCast) |
822 | : ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.LongDoubleTy, |
823 | CK_FloatingCast); |
824 | break; |
825 | } |
826 | } |
827 | |
828 | // Half FP have to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported |
829 | if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) |
830 | return ImpCastExprToType(Res.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast); |
831 | |
832 | // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically |
833 | // promotable type. |
834 | if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { |
835 | // C99 6.3.1.1p2: |
836 | // |
837 | // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or |
838 | // unsigned int may be used: |
839 | // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer |
840 | // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int |
841 | // and unsigned int. |
842 | // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int. |
843 | // |
844 | // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the |
845 | // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an |
846 | // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All |
847 | // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions. |
848 | |
849 | QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E); |
850 | if (!PTy.isNull()) { |
851 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); |
852 | return E; |
853 | } |
854 | if (Context.isPromotableIntegerType(Ty)) { |
855 | QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty); |
856 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).get(); |
857 | return E; |
858 | } |
859 | } |
860 | return E; |
861 | } |
862 | |
863 | /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that |
864 | /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float or __fp16 |
865 | /// are promoted to double. All other argument types are converted by |
866 | /// UsualUnaryConversions(). |
867 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) { |
868 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
869 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type" ); |
870 | |
871 | ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E); |
872 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
873 | return ExprError(); |
874 | E = Res.get(); |
875 | |
876 | // If this is a 'float' or '__fp16' (CVR qualified or typedef) |
877 | // promote to double. |
878 | // Note that default argument promotion applies only to float (and |
879 | // half/fp16); it does not apply to _Float16. |
880 | const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
881 | if (BTy && (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || |
882 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)) { |
883 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
884 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp64" , getLangOpts())) { |
885 | if (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half) { |
886 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); |
887 | } |
888 | } else { |
889 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); |
890 | } |
891 | } |
892 | if (BTy && |
893 | getLangOpts().getExtendIntArgs() == |
894 | LangOptions::ExtendArgsKind::ExtendTo64 && |
895 | Context.getTargetInfo().supportsExtendIntArgs() && Ty->isIntegerType() && |
896 | Context.getTypeSizeInChars(BTy) < |
897 | Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Context.LongLongTy)) { |
898 | E = (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerType()) |
899 | ? ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy, CK_IntegralCast) |
900 | .get() |
901 | : ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.LongLongTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); |
902 | assert(8 == Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Context.LongLongTy).getQuantity() && |
903 | "Unexpected typesize for LongLongTy" ); |
904 | } |
905 | |
906 | // C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument |
907 | // promotion, even on class types, but note: |
908 | // C++11 [conv.lval]p2: |
909 | // When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated |
910 | // operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the |
911 | // referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue |
912 | // has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary |
913 | // of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion |
914 | // is a prvalue for the temporary. |
915 | // FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in |
916 | // potentially potentially evaluated contexts. |
917 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() && !isUnevaluatedContext()) { |
918 | ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization( |
919 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(E->getType()), |
920 | E->getExprLoc(), E); |
921 | if (Temp.isInvalid()) |
922 | return ExprError(); |
923 | E = Temp.get(); |
924 | } |
925 | |
926 | return E; |
927 | } |
928 | |
929 | /// Determine the degree of POD-ness for an expression. |
930 | /// Incomplete types are considered POD, since this check can be performed |
931 | /// when we're in an unevaluated context. |
932 | Sema::VarArgKind Sema::isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty) { |
933 | if (Ty->isIncompleteType()) { |
934 | // C++11 [expr.call]p7: |
935 | // After these conversions, if the argument does not have arithmetic, |
936 | // enumeration, pointer, pointer to member, or class type, the program |
937 | // is ill-formed. |
938 | // |
939 | // Since we've already performed array-to-pointer and function-to-pointer |
940 | // decay, the only such type in C++ is cv void. This also handles |
941 | // initializer lists as variadic arguments. |
942 | if (Ty->isVoidType()) |
943 | return VAK_Invalid; |
944 | |
945 | if (Ty->isObjCObjectType()) |
946 | return VAK_Invalid; |
947 | return VAK_Valid; |
948 | } |
949 | |
950 | if (Ty.isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) |
951 | return VAK_Invalid; |
952 | |
953 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWasm() && |
954 | Ty.isWebAssemblyReferenceType()) { |
955 | return VAK_Invalid; |
956 | } |
957 | |
958 | if (Ty.isCXX98PODType(Context)) |
959 | return VAK_Valid; |
960 | |
961 | // C++11 [expr.call]p7: |
962 | // Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9) |
963 | // having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor, |
964 | // or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter, |
965 | // is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics. |
966 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Ty->isDependentType()) |
967 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) |
968 | if (!Record->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() && |
969 | !Record->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() && |
970 | !Record->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) |
971 | return VAK_ValidInCXX11; |
972 | |
973 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Ty->isObjCLifetimeType()) |
974 | return VAK_Valid; |
975 | |
976 | if (Ty->isObjCObjectType()) |
977 | return VAK_Invalid; |
978 | |
979 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) |
980 | return VAK_MSVCUndefined; |
981 | |
982 | // FIXME: In C++11, these cases are conditionally-supported, meaning we're |
983 | // permitted to reject them. We should consider doing so. |
984 | return VAK_Undefined; |
985 | } |
986 | |
987 | void Sema::checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT) { |
988 | // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg. |
989 | const QualType &Ty = E->getType(); |
990 | VarArgKind VAK = isValidVarArgType(Ty); |
991 | |
992 | // Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs. |
993 | switch (VAK) { |
994 | case VAK_ValidInCXX11: |
995 | DiagRuntimeBehavior( |
996 | E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, |
997 | PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) << Ty << CT); |
998 | [[fallthrough]]; |
999 | case VAK_Valid: |
1000 | if (Ty->isRecordType()) { |
1001 | // This is unlikely to be what the user intended. If the class has a |
1002 | // 'c_str' member function, the user probably meant to call that. |
1003 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, |
1004 | PDiag(diag::warn_pass_class_arg_to_vararg) |
1005 | << Ty << CT << hasCStrMethod(E) << ".c_str()" ); |
1006 | } |
1007 | break; |
1008 | |
1009 | case VAK_Undefined: |
1010 | case VAK_MSVCUndefined: |
1011 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, |
1012 | PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) |
1013 | << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << Ty << CT); |
1014 | break; |
1015 | |
1016 | case VAK_Invalid: |
1017 | if (Ty.isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) |
1018 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), |
1019 | diag::err_cannot_pass_non_trivial_c_struct_to_vararg) |
1020 | << Ty << CT; |
1021 | else if (Ty->isObjCObjectType()) |
1022 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, |
1023 | PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg) |
1024 | << Ty << CT); |
1025 | else |
1026 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg) |
1027 | << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << Ty << CT; |
1028 | break; |
1029 | } |
1030 | } |
1031 | |
1032 | /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but |
1033 | /// will create a trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. |
1034 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, |
1035 | FunctionDecl *FDecl) { |
1036 | if (const BuiltinType *PlaceholderTy = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { |
1037 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable. |
1038 | if (PlaceholderTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast && |
1039 | (CT == VariadicMethod || |
1040 | (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()))) { |
1041 | E = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); |
1042 | |
1043 | // Otherwise, do normal placeholder checking. |
1044 | } else { |
1045 | ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); |
1046 | if (ExprRes.isInvalid()) |
1047 | return ExprError(); |
1048 | E = ExprRes.get(); |
1049 | } |
1050 | } |
1051 | |
1052 | ExprResult ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E); |
1053 | if (ExprRes.isInvalid()) |
1054 | return ExprError(); |
1055 | |
1056 | // Copy blocks to the heap. |
1057 | if (ExprRes.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) |
1058 | maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprRes); |
1059 | |
1060 | E = ExprRes.get(); |
1061 | |
1062 | // Diagnostics regarding non-POD argument types are |
1063 | // emitted along with format string checking in Sema::CheckFunctionCall(). |
1064 | if (isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == VAK_Undefined) { |
1065 | // Turn this into a trap. |
1066 | CXXScopeSpec SS; |
1067 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc; |
1068 | UnqualifiedId Name; |
1069 | Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap" ), |
1070 | E->getBeginLoc()); |
1071 | ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, TemplateKWLoc, Name, |
1072 | /*HasTrailingLParen=*/true, |
1073 | /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false); |
1074 | if (TrapFn.isInvalid()) |
1075 | return ExprError(); |
1076 | |
1077 | ExprResult Call = BuildCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(), E->getBeginLoc(), |
1078 | std::nullopt, E->getEndLoc()); |
1079 | if (Call.isInvalid()) |
1080 | return ExprError(); |
1081 | |
1082 | ExprResult Comma = |
1083 | ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getBeginLoc(), tok::comma, Call.get(), E); |
1084 | if (Comma.isInvalid()) |
1085 | return ExprError(); |
1086 | return Comma.get(); |
1087 | } |
1088 | |
1089 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
1090 | RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), |
1091 | diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)) |
1092 | return ExprError(); |
1093 | |
1094 | return E; |
1095 | } |
1096 | |
1097 | /// Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of |
1098 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() |
1099 | /// |
1100 | /// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is |
1101 | /// successfully converted to the complex type. |
1102 | static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr, |
1103 | ExprResult &ComplexExpr, |
1104 | QualType IntTy, |
1105 | QualType ComplexTy, |
1106 | bool SkipCast) { |
1107 | if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true; |
1108 | if (SkipCast) return false; |
1109 | if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) { |
1110 | QualType fpTy = ComplexTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); |
1111 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), fpTy, CK_IntegralToFloating); |
1112 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy, |
1113 | CK_FloatingRealToComplex); |
1114 | } else { |
1115 | assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType()); |
1116 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy, |
1117 | CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex); |
1118 | } |
1119 | return false; |
1120 | } |
1121 | |
1122 | // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex. |
1123 | // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the |
1124 | // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds |
1125 | // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands. |
1126 | // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains. |
1127 | // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real |
1128 | // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's |
1129 | // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example, |
1130 | // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the |
1131 | // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex". |
1132 | static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &Shorter, |
1133 | QualType ShorterType, |
1134 | QualType LongerType, |
1135 | bool PromotePrecision) { |
1136 | bool LongerIsComplex = isa<ComplexType>(LongerType.getCanonicalType()); |
1137 | QualType Result = |
1138 | LongerIsComplex ? LongerType : S.Context.getComplexType(LongerType); |
1139 | |
1140 | if (PromotePrecision) { |
1141 | if (isa<ComplexType>(ShorterType.getCanonicalType())) { |
1142 | Shorter = |
1143 | S.ImpCastExprToType(Shorter.get(), Result, CK_FloatingComplexCast); |
1144 | } else { |
1145 | if (LongerIsComplex) |
1146 | LongerType = LongerType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); |
1147 | Shorter = S.ImpCastExprToType(Shorter.get(), LongerType, CK_FloatingCast); |
1148 | } |
1149 | } |
1150 | return Result; |
1151 | } |
1152 | |
1153 | /// Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of |
1154 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() |
1155 | static QualType handleComplexConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
1156 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, |
1157 | QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) { |
1158 | // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type. |
1159 | if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType, |
1160 | /*SkipCast=*/false)) |
1161 | return LHSType; |
1162 | if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, |
1163 | /*SkipCast=*/IsCompAssign)) |
1164 | return RHSType; |
1165 | |
1166 | // Compute the rank of the two types, regardless of whether they are complex. |
1167 | int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType); |
1168 | if (Order < 0) |
1169 | // Promote the precision of the LHS if not an assignment. |
1170 | return handleComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, LHSType, RHSType, |
1171 | /*PromotePrecision=*/!IsCompAssign); |
1172 | // Promote the precision of the RHS unless it is already the same as the LHS. |
1173 | return handleComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, RHSType, LHSType, |
1174 | /*PromotePrecision=*/Order > 0); |
1175 | } |
1176 | |
1177 | /// Handle arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function |
1178 | /// of UsualArithmeticConversions() |
1179 | static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr, |
1180 | ExprResult &IntExpr, |
1181 | QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy, |
1182 | bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) { |
1183 | if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) { |
1184 | if (ConvertInt) |
1185 | // Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type. |
1186 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), FloatTy, |
1187 | CK_IntegralToFloating); |
1188 | return FloatTy; |
1189 | } |
1190 | |
1191 | // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float. |
1192 | assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType()); |
1193 | QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(FloatTy); |
1194 | |
1195 | // _Complex int -> _Complex float |
1196 | if (ConvertInt) |
1197 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), result, |
1198 | CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex); |
1199 | |
1200 | // float -> _Complex float |
1201 | if (ConvertFloat) |
1202 | FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(FloatExpr.get(), result, |
1203 | CK_FloatingRealToComplex); |
1204 | |
1205 | return result; |
1206 | } |
1207 | |
1208 | /// Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper |
1209 | /// function of UsualArithmeticConversions() |
1210 | static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
1211 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, |
1212 | QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) { |
1213 | bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType(); |
1214 | bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType(); |
1215 | |
1216 | // N1169 4.1.4: If one of the operands has a floating type and the other |
1217 | // operand has a fixed-point type, the fixed-point operand |
1218 | // is converted to the floating type [...] |
1219 | if (LHSType->isFixedPointType() || RHSType->isFixedPointType()) { |
1220 | if (LHSFloat) |
1221 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_FixedPointToFloating); |
1222 | else if (!IsCompAssign) |
1223 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_FixedPointToFloating); |
1224 | return LHSFloat ? LHSType : RHSType; |
1225 | } |
1226 | |
1227 | // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand |
1228 | // to the bigger result. |
1229 | if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) { |
1230 | int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType); |
1231 | if (order > 0) { |
1232 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_FloatingCast); |
1233 | return LHSType; |
1234 | } |
1235 | |
1236 | assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison" ); |
1237 | if (!IsCompAssign) |
1238 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_FloatingCast); |
1239 | return RHSType; |
1240 | } |
1241 | |
1242 | if (LHSFloat) { |
1243 | // Half FP has to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported |
1244 | if (LHSType->isHalfType() && !S.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) |
1245 | LHSType = S.Context.FloatTy; |
1246 | |
1247 | return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, |
1248 | /*ConvertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign, |
1249 | /*ConvertInt=*/ true); |
1250 | } |
1251 | assert(RHSFloat); |
1252 | return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType, |
1253 | /*ConvertFloat=*/ true, |
1254 | /*ConvertInt=*/!IsCompAssign); |
1255 | } |
1256 | |
1257 | /// Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128, __ibm128 and |
1258 | /// long double if there is no support for such conversion. |
1259 | /// Helper function of UsualArithmeticConversions(). |
1260 | static bool unsupportedTypeConversion(const Sema &S, QualType LHSType, |
1261 | QualType RHSType) { |
1262 | // No issue if either is not a floating point type. |
1263 | if (!LHSType->isFloatingType() || !RHSType->isFloatingType()) |
1264 | return false; |
1265 | |
1266 | // No issue if both have the same 128-bit float semantics. |
1267 | auto *LHSComplex = LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>(); |
1268 | auto *RHSComplex = RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>(); |
1269 | |
1270 | QualType LHSElem = LHSComplex ? LHSComplex->getElementType() : LHSType; |
1271 | QualType RHSElem = RHSComplex ? RHSComplex->getElementType() : RHSType; |
1272 | |
1273 | const llvm::fltSemantics &LHSSem = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(LHSElem); |
1274 | const llvm::fltSemantics &RHSSem = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(RHSElem); |
1275 | |
1276 | if ((&LHSSem != &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble() || |
1277 | &RHSSem != &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad()) && |
1278 | (&LHSSem != &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad() || |
1279 | &RHSSem != &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble())) |
1280 | return false; |
1281 | |
1282 | return true; |
1283 | } |
1284 | |
1285 | typedef ExprResult PerformCastFn(Sema &S, Expr *operand, QualType toType); |
1286 | |
1287 | namespace { |
1288 | /// These helper callbacks are placed in an anonymous namespace to |
1289 | /// permit their use as function template parameters. |
1290 | ExprResult doIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) { |
1291 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, toType, CK_IntegralCast); |
1292 | } |
1293 | |
1294 | ExprResult doComplexIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) { |
1295 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, S.Context.getComplexType(toType), |
1296 | CK_IntegralComplexCast); |
1297 | } |
1298 | } |
1299 | |
1300 | /// Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of |
1301 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() |
1302 | template <PerformCastFn doLHSCast, PerformCastFn doRHSCast> |
1303 | static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
1304 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, |
1305 | QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) { |
1306 | // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8 |
1307 | int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType); |
1308 | bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); |
1309 | bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); |
1310 | if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) { |
1311 | // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type |
1312 | if (order >= 0) { |
1313 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType); |
1314 | return LHSType; |
1315 | } else if (!IsCompAssign) |
1316 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType); |
1317 | return RHSType; |
1318 | } else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) { |
1319 | // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the |
1320 | // signed type, so use the unsigned type |
1321 | if (RHSSigned) { |
1322 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType); |
1323 | return LHSType; |
1324 | } else if (!IsCompAssign) |
1325 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType); |
1326 | return RHSType; |
1327 | } else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(RHSType)) { |
1328 | // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that |
1329 | // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so |
1330 | // use the signed type. |
1331 | if (LHSSigned) { |
1332 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType); |
1333 | return LHSType; |
1334 | } else if (!IsCompAssign) |
1335 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType); |
1336 | return RHSType; |
1337 | } else { |
1338 | // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type, |
1339 | // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long |
1340 | // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding |
1341 | // to the signed type. |
1342 | QualType result = |
1343 | S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType); |
1344 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), result); |
1345 | if (!IsCompAssign) |
1346 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), result); |
1347 | return result; |
1348 | } |
1349 | } |
1350 | |
1351 | /// Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function |
1352 | /// of UsualArithmeticConversions() |
1353 | static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
1354 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, |
1355 | QualType RHSType, |
1356 | bool IsCompAssign) { |
1357 | const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType(); |
1358 | const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType(); |
1359 | |
1360 | if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) { |
1361 | QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType(); |
1362 | QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType(); |
1363 | QualType ScalarType = |
1364 | handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast> |
1365 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign); |
1366 | |
1367 | return S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType); |
1368 | } |
1369 | |
1370 | if (LHSComplexInt) { |
1371 | QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType(); |
1372 | QualType ScalarType = |
1373 | handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doIntegralCast> |
1374 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSType, IsCompAssign); |
1375 | QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType); |
1376 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ComplexType, |
1377 | CK_IntegralRealToComplex); |
1378 | |
1379 | return ComplexType; |
1380 | } |
1381 | |
1382 | assert(RHSComplexInt); |
1383 | |
1384 | QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType(); |
1385 | QualType ScalarType = |
1386 | handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast> |
1387 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign); |
1388 | QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType); |
1389 | |
1390 | if (!IsCompAssign) |
1391 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ComplexType, |
1392 | CK_IntegralRealToComplex); |
1393 | return ComplexType; |
1394 | } |
1395 | |
1396 | /// Return the rank of a given fixed point or integer type. The value itself |
1397 | /// doesn't matter, but the values must be increasing with proper increasing |
1398 | /// rank as described in N1169 4.1.1. |
1399 | static unsigned GetFixedPointRank(QualType Ty) { |
1400 | const auto *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
1401 | assert(BTy && "Expected a builtin type." ); |
1402 | |
1403 | switch (BTy->getKind()) { |
1404 | case BuiltinType::ShortFract: |
1405 | case BuiltinType::UShortFract: |
1406 | case BuiltinType::SatShortFract: |
1407 | case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract: |
1408 | return 1; |
1409 | case BuiltinType::Fract: |
1410 | case BuiltinType::UFract: |
1411 | case BuiltinType::SatFract: |
1412 | case BuiltinType::SatUFract: |
1413 | return 2; |
1414 | case BuiltinType::LongFract: |
1415 | case BuiltinType::ULongFract: |
1416 | case BuiltinType::SatLongFract: |
1417 | case BuiltinType::SatULongFract: |
1418 | return 3; |
1419 | case BuiltinType::ShortAccum: |
1420 | case BuiltinType::UShortAccum: |
1421 | case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum: |
1422 | case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum: |
1423 | return 4; |
1424 | case BuiltinType::Accum: |
1425 | case BuiltinType::UAccum: |
1426 | case BuiltinType::SatAccum: |
1427 | case BuiltinType::SatUAccum: |
1428 | return 5; |
1429 | case BuiltinType::LongAccum: |
1430 | case BuiltinType::ULongAccum: |
1431 | case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum: |
1432 | case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum: |
1433 | return 6; |
1434 | default: |
1435 | if (BTy->isInteger()) |
1436 | return 0; |
1437 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fixed point or integer type" ); |
1438 | } |
1439 | } |
1440 | |
1441 | /// handleFixedPointConversion - Fixed point operations between fixed |
1442 | /// point types and integers or other fixed point types do not fall under |
1443 | /// usual arithmetic conversion since these conversions could result in loss |
1444 | /// of precsision (N1169 4.1.4). These operations should be calculated with |
1445 | /// the full precision of their result type (N1169 4.1.6.2.1). |
1446 | static QualType handleFixedPointConversion(Sema &S, QualType LHSTy, |
1447 | QualType RHSTy) { |
1448 | assert((LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointType()) && |
1449 | "Expected at least one of the operands to be a fixed point type" ); |
1450 | assert((LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() || |
1451 | RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) && |
1452 | "Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only " |
1453 | "applied to ints or other fixed point types" ); |
1454 | |
1455 | // If one operand has signed fixed-point type and the other operand has |
1456 | // unsigned fixed-point type, then the unsigned fixed-point operand is |
1457 | // converted to its corresponding signed fixed-point type and the resulting |
1458 | // type is the type of the converted operand. |
1459 | if (RHSTy->isSignedFixedPointType() && LHSTy->isUnsignedFixedPointType()) |
1460 | LHSTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSignedFixedPointType(LHSTy); |
1461 | else if (RHSTy->isUnsignedFixedPointType() && LHSTy->isSignedFixedPointType()) |
1462 | RHSTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSignedFixedPointType(RHSTy); |
1463 | |
1464 | // The result type is the type with the highest rank, whereby a fixed-point |
1465 | // conversion rank is always greater than an integer conversion rank; if the |
1466 | // type of either of the operands is a saturating fixedpoint type, the result |
1467 | // type shall be the saturating fixed-point type corresponding to the type |
1468 | // with the highest rank; the resulting value is converted (taking into |
1469 | // account rounding and overflow) to the precision of the resulting type. |
1470 | // Same ranks between signed and unsigned types are resolved earlier, so both |
1471 | // types are either signed or both unsigned at this point. |
1472 | unsigned LHSTyRank = GetFixedPointRank(LHSTy); |
1473 | unsigned RHSTyRank = GetFixedPointRank(RHSTy); |
1474 | |
1475 | QualType ResultTy = LHSTyRank > RHSTyRank ? LHSTy : RHSTy; |
1476 | |
1477 | if (LHSTy->isSaturatedFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isSaturatedFixedPointType()) |
1478 | ResultTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSaturatedType(ResultTy); |
1479 | |
1480 | return ResultTy; |
1481 | } |
1482 | |
1483 | /// Check that the usual arithmetic conversions can be performed on this pair of |
1484 | /// expressions that might be of enumeration type. |
1485 | static void checkEnumArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
1486 | SourceLocation Loc, |
1487 | Sema::ArithConvKind ACK) { |
1488 | // C++2a [expr.arith.conv]p1: |
1489 | // If one operand is of enumeration type and the other operand is of a |
1490 | // different enumeration type or a floating-point type, this behavior is |
1491 | // deprecated ([depr.arith.conv.enum]). |
1492 | // |
1493 | // Warn on this in all language modes. Produce a deprecation warning in C++20. |
1494 | // Eventually we will presumably reject these cases (in C++23 onwards?). |
1495 | QualType L = LHS->getType(), R = RHS->getType(); |
1496 | bool LEnum = L->isUnscopedEnumerationType(), |
1497 | REnum = R->isUnscopedEnumerationType(); |
1498 | bool IsCompAssign = ACK == Sema::ACK_CompAssign; |
1499 | if ((!IsCompAssign && LEnum && R->isFloatingType()) || |
1500 | (REnum && L->isFloatingType())) { |
1501 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
1502 | ? diag::warn_arith_conv_enum_float_cxx20 |
1503 | : diag::warn_arith_conv_enum_float) |
1504 | << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange() |
1505 | << (int)ACK << LEnum << L << R; |
1506 | } else if (!IsCompAssign && LEnum && REnum && |
1507 | !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(L, R)) { |
1508 | unsigned DiagID; |
1509 | if (!L->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() || |
1510 | !R->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage()) { |
1511 | // If either enumeration type is unnamed, it's less likely that the |
1512 | // user cares about this, but this situation is still deprecated in |
1513 | // C++2a. Use a different warning group. |
1514 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
1515 | ? diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_anon_enum_types_cxx20 |
1516 | : diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_anon_enum_types; |
1517 | } else if (ACK == Sema::ACK_Conditional) { |
1518 | // Conditional expressions are separated out because they have |
1519 | // historically had a different warning flag. |
1520 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
1521 | ? diag::warn_conditional_mixed_enum_types_cxx20 |
1522 | : diag::warn_conditional_mixed_enum_types; |
1523 | } else if (ACK == Sema::ACK_Comparison) { |
1524 | // Comparison expressions are separated out because they have |
1525 | // historically had a different warning flag. |
1526 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
1527 | ? diag::warn_comparison_mixed_enum_types_cxx20 |
1528 | : diag::warn_comparison_mixed_enum_types; |
1529 | } else { |
1530 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
1531 | ? diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_enum_types_cxx20 |
1532 | : diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_enum_types; |
1533 | } |
1534 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange() |
1535 | << (int)ACK << L << R; |
1536 | } |
1537 | } |
1538 | |
1539 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to |
1540 | /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this |
1541 | /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is |
1542 | /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. |
1543 | QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
1544 | SourceLocation Loc, |
1545 | ArithConvKind ACK) { |
1546 | checkEnumArithmeticConversions(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Loc, ACK); |
1547 | |
1548 | if (ACK != ACK_CompAssign) { |
1549 | LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()); |
1550 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
1551 | return QualType(); |
1552 | } |
1553 | |
1554 | RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get()); |
1555 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
1556 | return QualType(); |
1557 | |
1558 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. |
1559 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. |
1560 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
1561 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
1562 | |
1563 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any atomic qualifier on the LHS. |
1564 | if (const AtomicType *AtomicLHS = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>()) |
1565 | LHSType = AtomicLHS->getValueType(); |
1566 | |
1567 | // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. |
1568 | if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType)) |
1569 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType(LHSType, RHSType); |
1570 | |
1571 | // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done. |
1572 | // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int). |
1573 | if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType()) |
1574 | return QualType(); |
1575 | |
1576 | // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type. |
1577 | QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType; |
1578 | if (Context.isPromotableIntegerType(LHSType)) |
1579 | LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSType); |
1580 | QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get()); |
1581 | if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull()) |
1582 | LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy; |
1583 | if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && ACK != ACK_CompAssign) |
1584 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast); |
1585 | |
1586 | // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. |
1587 | if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType)) |
1588 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType(LHSType, RHSType); |
1589 | |
1590 | // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types. |
1591 | |
1592 | // Diagnose attempts to convert between __ibm128, __float128 and long double |
1593 | // where such conversions currently can't be handled. |
1594 | if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType)) |
1595 | return QualType(); |
1596 | |
1597 | // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1). |
1598 | if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType()) |
1599 | return handleComplexConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, |
1600 | ACK == ACK_CompAssign); |
1601 | |
1602 | // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double). |
1603 | if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) |
1604 | return handleFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, |
1605 | ACK == ACK_CompAssign); |
1606 | |
1607 | // Handle GCC complex int extension. |
1608 | if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType()) |
1609 | return handleComplexIntConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, |
1610 | ACK == ACK_CompAssign); |
1611 | |
1612 | if (LHSType->isFixedPointType() || RHSType->isFixedPointType()) |
1613 | return handleFixedPointConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType); |
1614 | |
1615 | // Finally, we have two differing integer types. |
1616 | return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast> |
1617 | (*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, ACK == ACK_CompAssign); |
1618 | } |
1619 | |
1620 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1621 | // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types |
1622 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1623 | |
1624 | |
1625 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr( |
1626 | SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
1627 | bool PredicateIsExpr, void *ControllingExprOrType, |
1628 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs) { |
1629 | unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size(); |
1630 | assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size()); |
1631 | |
1632 | TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs]; |
1633 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { |
1634 | if (ArgTypes[i]) |
1635 | (void) GetTypeFromParser(ArgTypes[i], &Types[i]); |
1636 | else |
1637 | Types[i] = nullptr; |
1638 | } |
1639 | |
1640 | // If we have a controlling type, we need to convert it from a parsed type |
1641 | // into a semantic type and then pass that along. |
1642 | if (!PredicateIsExpr) { |
1643 | TypeSourceInfo *ControllingType; |
1644 | (void)GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(ControllingExprOrType), |
1645 | &ControllingType); |
1646 | assert(ControllingType && "couldn't get the type out of the parser" ); |
1647 | ControllingExprOrType = ControllingType; |
1648 | } |
1649 | |
1650 | ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr( |
1651 | KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, PredicateIsExpr, ControllingExprOrType, |
1652 | llvm::ArrayRef(Types, NumAssocs), ArgExprs); |
1653 | delete [] Types; |
1654 | return ER; |
1655 | } |
1656 | |
1657 | ExprResult Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr( |
1658 | SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
1659 | bool PredicateIsExpr, void *ControllingExprOrType, |
1660 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs) { |
1661 | unsigned NumAssocs = Types.size(); |
1662 | assert(NumAssocs == Exprs.size()); |
1663 | assert(ControllingExprOrType && |
1664 | "Must have either a controlling expression or a controlling type" ); |
1665 | |
1666 | Expr *ControllingExpr = nullptr; |
1667 | TypeSourceInfo *ControllingType = nullptr; |
1668 | if (PredicateIsExpr) { |
1669 | // Decay and strip qualifiers for the controlling expression type, and |
1670 | // handle placeholder type replacement. See committee discussion from WG14 |
1671 | // DR423. |
1672 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( |
1673 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); |
1674 | ExprResult R = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion( |
1675 | reinterpret_cast<Expr *>(ControllingExprOrType)); |
1676 | if (R.isInvalid()) |
1677 | return ExprError(); |
1678 | ControllingExpr = R.get(); |
1679 | } else { |
1680 | // The extension form uses the type directly rather than converting it. |
1681 | ControllingType = reinterpret_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>(ControllingExprOrType); |
1682 | if (!ControllingType) |
1683 | return ExprError(); |
1684 | } |
1685 | |
1686 | bool TypeErrorFound = false, |
1687 | IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr |
1688 | ? ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent() |
1689 | : ControllingType->getType()->isDependentType(), |
1690 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = |
1691 | ControllingExpr |
1692 | ? ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() |
1693 | : ControllingType->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack(); |
1694 | |
1695 | // The controlling expression is an unevaluated operand, so side effects are |
1696 | // likely unintended. |
1697 | if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !IsResultDependent && ControllingExpr && |
1698 | ControllingExpr->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) |
1699 | Diag(ControllingExpr->getExprLoc(), |
1700 | diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); |
1701 | |
1702 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { |
1703 | if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
1704 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true; |
1705 | |
1706 | if (Types[i]) { |
1707 | if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
1708 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true; |
1709 | |
1710 | if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) { |
1711 | IsResultDependent = true; |
1712 | } else { |
1713 | // We relax the restriction on use of incomplete types and non-object |
1714 | // types with the type-based extension of _Generic. Allowing incomplete |
1715 | // objects means those can be used as "tags" for a type-safe way to map |
1716 | // to a value. Similarly, matching on function types rather than |
1717 | // function pointer types can be useful. However, the restriction on VM |
1718 | // types makes sense to retain as there are open questions about how |
1719 | // the selection can be made at compile time. |
1720 | // |
1721 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a |
1722 | // complete object type other than a variably modified type." |
1723 | unsigned D = 0; |
1724 | if (ControllingExpr && Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType()) |
1725 | D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete; |
1726 | else if (ControllingExpr && !Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType()) |
1727 | D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject; |
1728 | else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) |
1729 | D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified; |
1730 | else if (ControllingExpr) { |
1731 | // Because the controlling expression undergoes lvalue conversion, |
1732 | // array conversion, and function conversion, an association which is |
1733 | // of array type, function type, or is qualified can never be |
1734 | // reached. We will warn about this so users are less surprised by |
1735 | // the unreachable association. However, we don't have to handle |
1736 | // function types; that's not an object type, so it's handled above. |
1737 | // |
1738 | // The logic is somewhat different for C++ because C++ has different |
1739 | // lvalue to rvalue conversion rules than C. [conv.lvalue]p1 says, |
1740 | // If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the cv- |
1741 | // unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the prvalue is T. |
1742 | // The result of these rules is that all qualified types in an |
1743 | // association in C are unreachable, and in C++, only qualified non- |
1744 | // class types are unreachable. |
1745 | // |
1746 | // NB: this does not apply when the first operand is a type rather |
1747 | // than an expression, because the type form does not undergo |
1748 | // conversion. |
1749 | unsigned Reason = 0; |
1750 | QualType QT = Types[i]->getType(); |
1751 | if (QT->isArrayType()) |
1752 | Reason = 1; |
1753 | else if (QT.hasQualifiers() && |
1754 | (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !QT->isRecordType())) |
1755 | Reason = 2; |
1756 | |
1757 | if (Reason) |
1758 | Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), |
1759 | diag::warn_unreachable_association) |
1760 | << QT << (Reason - 1); |
1761 | } |
1762 | |
1763 | if (D != 0) { |
1764 | Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D) |
1765 | << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() |
1766 | << Types[i]->getType(); |
1767 | TypeErrorFound = true; |
1768 | } |
1769 | |
1770 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic |
1771 | // selection shall specify compatible types." |
1772 | for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j) |
1773 | if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() && |
1774 | Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(), |
1775 | Types[j]->getType())) { |
1776 | Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), |
1777 | diag::err_assoc_compatible_types) |
1778 | << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() |
1779 | << Types[j]->getType() |
1780 | << Types[i]->getType(); |
1781 | Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), |
1782 | diag::note_compat_assoc) |
1783 | << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() |
1784 | << Types[i]->getType(); |
1785 | TypeErrorFound = true; |
1786 | } |
1787 | } |
1788 | } |
1789 | } |
1790 | if (TypeErrorFound) |
1791 | return ExprError(); |
1792 | |
1793 | // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't |
1794 | // try to compute the result expression. |
1795 | if (IsResultDependent) { |
1796 | if (ControllingExpr) |
1797 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create(Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, |
1798 | Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, |
1799 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); |
1800 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create(Context, KeyLoc, ControllingType, Types, |
1801 | Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, |
1802 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); |
1803 | } |
1804 | |
1805 | SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices; |
1806 | unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U; |
1807 | // Look at the canonical type of the controlling expression in case it was a |
1808 | // deduced type like __auto_type. However, when issuing diagnostics, use the |
1809 | // type the user wrote in source rather than the canonical one. |
1810 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { |
1811 | if (!Types[i]) |
1812 | DefaultIndex = i; |
1813 | else if (ControllingExpr && |
1814 | Context.typesAreCompatible( |
1815 | ControllingExpr->getType().getCanonicalType(), |
1816 | Types[i]->getType())) |
1817 | CompatIndices.push_back(i); |
1818 | else if (ControllingType && |
1819 | Context.typesAreCompatible( |
1820 | ControllingType->getType().getCanonicalType(), |
1821 | Types[i]->getType())) |
1822 | CompatIndices.push_back(i); |
1823 | } |
1824 | |
1825 | auto GetControllingRangeAndType = [](Expr *ControllingExpr, |
1826 | TypeSourceInfo *ControllingType) { |
1827 | // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically |
1828 | // parenthesized in macro definitions. |
1829 | if (ControllingExpr) |
1830 | ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens(); |
1831 | |
1832 | SourceRange SR = ControllingExpr |
1833 | ? ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() |
1834 | : ControllingType->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); |
1835 | QualType QT = ControllingExpr ? ControllingExpr->getType() |
1836 | : ControllingType->getType(); |
1837 | |
1838 | return std::make_pair(SR, QT); |
1839 | }; |
1840 | |
1841 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have |
1842 | // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic |
1843 | // association list." |
1844 | if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) { |
1845 | auto P = GetControllingRangeAndType(ControllingExpr, ControllingType); |
1846 | SourceRange SR = P.first; |
1847 | Diag(SR.getBegin(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match) |
1848 | << SR << P.second << (unsigned)CompatIndices.size(); |
1849 | for (unsigned I : CompatIndices) { |
1850 | Diag(Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), |
1851 | diag::note_compat_assoc) |
1852 | << Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() |
1853 | << Types[I]->getType(); |
1854 | } |
1855 | return ExprError(); |
1856 | } |
1857 | |
1858 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association, |
1859 | // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of |
1860 | // the types named in its generic association list." |
1861 | if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) { |
1862 | auto P = GetControllingRangeAndType(ControllingExpr, ControllingType); |
1863 | SourceRange SR = P.first; |
1864 | Diag(SR.getBegin(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match) << SR << P.second; |
1865 | return ExprError(); |
1866 | } |
1867 | |
1868 | // C11 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a |
1869 | // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression, |
1870 | // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression |
1871 | // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the |
1872 | // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association." |
1873 | unsigned ResultIndex = |
1874 | CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex; |
1875 | |
1876 | if (ControllingExpr) { |
1877 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create( |
1878 | Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, |
1879 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ResultIndex); |
1880 | } |
1881 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create( |
1882 | Context, KeyLoc, ControllingType, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, |
1883 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ResultIndex); |
1884 | } |
1885 | |
1886 | /// getUDSuffixLoc - Create a SourceLocation for a ud-suffix, given the |
1887 | /// location of the token and the offset of the ud-suffix within it. |
1888 | static SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc(Sema &S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
1889 | unsigned Offset) { |
1890 | return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokLoc, Offset, S.getSourceManager(), |
1891 | S.getLangOpts()); |
1892 | } |
1893 | |
1894 | /// BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall - A user-defined literal was found. Look up |
1895 | /// the corresponding cooked (non-raw) literal operator, and build a call to it. |
1896 | static ExprResult BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(Sema &S, Scope *Scope, |
1897 | IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix, |
1898 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc, |
1899 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, |
1900 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc) { |
1901 | assert(Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator" ); |
1902 | |
1903 | QualType ArgTy[2]; |
1904 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { |
1905 | ArgTy[ArgIdx] = Args[ArgIdx]->getType(); |
1906 | if (ArgTy[ArgIdx]->isArrayType()) |
1907 | ArgTy[ArgIdx] = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(ArgTy[ArgIdx]); |
1908 | } |
1909 | |
1910 | DeclarationName OpName = |
1911 | S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix); |
1912 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc); |
1913 | OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc); |
1914 | |
1915 | LookupResult R(S, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); |
1916 | if (S.LookupLiteralOperator(Scope, R, llvm::ArrayRef(ArgTy, Args.size()), |
1917 | /*AllowRaw*/ false, /*AllowTemplate*/ false, |
1918 | /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ false, |
1919 | /*DiagnoseMissing*/ true) == Sema::LOLR_Error) |
1920 | return ExprError(); |
1921 | |
1922 | return S.BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, LitEndLoc); |
1923 | } |
1924 | |
1925 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnevaluatedStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks) { |
1926 | StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, PP, |
1927 | StringLiteralEvalMethod::Unevaluated); |
1928 | if (Literal.hadError) |
1929 | return ExprError(); |
1930 | |
1931 | SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs; |
1932 | for (const Token &Tok : StringToks) |
1933 | StringTokLocs.push_back(Tok.getLocation()); |
1934 | |
1935 | StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create( |
1936 | Context, Literal.GetString(), StringLiteral::Unevaluated, false, {}, |
1937 | &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size()); |
1938 | |
1939 | if (!Literal.getUDSuffix().empty()) { |
1940 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = |
1941 | getUDSuffixLoc(*this, StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()], |
1942 | Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); |
1943 | return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl)); |
1944 | } |
1945 | |
1946 | return Lit; |
1947 | } |
1948 | |
1949 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string |
1950 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string |
1951 | /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from |
1952 | /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one |
1953 | /// string. |
1954 | /// |
1955 | ExprResult |
1956 | Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, Scope *UDLScope) { |
1957 | assert(!StringToks.empty() && "Must have at least one string!" ); |
1958 | |
1959 | StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, PP); |
1960 | if (Literal.hadError) |
1961 | return ExprError(); |
1962 | |
1963 | SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs; |
1964 | for (const Token &Tok : StringToks) |
1965 | StringTokLocs.push_back(Tok.getLocation()); |
1966 | |
1967 | QualType CharTy = Context.CharTy; |
1968 | StringLiteral::StringKind Kind = StringLiteral::Ordinary; |
1969 | if (Literal.isWide()) { |
1970 | CharTy = Context.getWideCharType(); |
1971 | Kind = StringLiteral::Wide; |
1972 | } else if (Literal.isUTF8()) { |
1973 | if (getLangOpts().Char8) |
1974 | CharTy = Context.Char8Ty; |
1975 | Kind = StringLiteral::UTF8; |
1976 | } else if (Literal.isUTF16()) { |
1977 | CharTy = Context.Char16Ty; |
1978 | Kind = StringLiteral::UTF16; |
1979 | } else if (Literal.isUTF32()) { |
1980 | CharTy = Context.Char32Ty; |
1981 | Kind = StringLiteral::UTF32; |
1982 | } else if (Literal.isPascal()) { |
1983 | CharTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy; |
1984 | } |
1985 | |
1986 | // Warn on initializing an array of char from a u8 string literal; this |
1987 | // becomes ill-formed in C++2a. |
1988 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && |
1989 | !getLangOpts().Char8 && Kind == StringLiteral::UTF8) { |
1990 | Diag(StringTokLocs.front(), diag::warn_cxx20_compat_utf8_string); |
1991 | |
1992 | // Create removals for all 'u8' prefixes in the string literal(s). This |
1993 | // ensures C++2a compatibility (but may change the program behavior when |
1994 | // built by non-Clang compilers for which the execution character set is |
1995 | // not always UTF-8). |
1996 | auto RemovalDiag = PDiag(diag::note_cxx20_compat_utf8_string_remove_u8); |
1997 | SourceLocation RemovalDiagLoc; |
1998 | for (const Token &Tok : StringToks) { |
1999 | if (Tok.getKind() == tok::utf8_string_literal) { |
2000 | if (RemovalDiagLoc.isInvalid()) |
2001 | RemovalDiagLoc = Tok.getLocation(); |
2002 | RemovalDiag << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::getCharRange( |
2003 | Tok.getLocation(), |
2004 | Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(Tok.getLocation(), 2, |
2005 | getSourceManager(), getLangOpts()))); |
2006 | } |
2007 | } |
2008 | Diag(RemovalDiagLoc, RemovalDiag); |
2009 | } |
2010 | |
2011 | QualType StrTy = |
2012 | Context.getStringLiteralArrayType(CharTy, Literal.GetNumStringChars()); |
2013 | |
2014 | // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory! |
2015 | StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(), |
2016 | Kind, Literal.Pascal, StrTy, |
2017 | &StringTokLocs[0], |
2018 | StringTokLocs.size()); |
2019 | if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty()) |
2020 | return Lit; |
2021 | |
2022 | // We're building a user-defined literal. |
2023 | IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix()); |
2024 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = |
2025 | getUDSuffixLoc(*this, StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()], |
2026 | Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); |
2027 | |
2028 | // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. |
2029 | if (!UDLScope) |
2030 | return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl)); |
2031 | |
2032 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p5: The literal L is treated as a call of the form |
2033 | // operator "" X (str, len) |
2034 | QualType SizeType = Context.getSizeType(); |
2035 | |
2036 | DeclarationName OpName = |
2037 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix); |
2038 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc); |
2039 | OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc); |
2040 | |
2041 | QualType ArgTy[] = { |
2042 | Context.getArrayDecayedType(StrTy), SizeType |
2043 | }; |
2044 | |
2045 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
2046 | switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, ArgTy, |
2047 | /*AllowRaw*/ false, /*AllowTemplate*/ true, |
2048 | /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ true, |
2049 | /*DiagnoseMissing*/ true, Lit)) { |
2050 | |
2051 | case LOLR_Cooked: { |
2052 | llvm::APInt Len(Context.getIntWidth(SizeType), Literal.GetNumStringChars()); |
2053 | IntegerLiteral *LenArg = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Len, SizeType, |
2054 | StringTokLocs[0]); |
2055 | Expr *Args[] = { Lit, LenArg }; |
2056 | |
2057 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, StringTokLocs.back()); |
2058 | } |
2059 | |
2060 | case LOLR_Template: { |
2061 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs; |
2062 | TemplateArgument Arg(Lit); |
2063 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo(Lit); |
2064 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo)); |
2065 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, std::nullopt, |
2066 | StringTokLocs.back(), &ExplicitArgs); |
2067 | } |
2068 | |
2069 | case LOLR_StringTemplatePack: { |
2070 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs; |
2071 | |
2072 | unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(CharTy); |
2073 | bool CharIsUnsigned = CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType(); |
2074 | llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned); |
2075 | |
2076 | TemplateArgument TypeArg(CharTy); |
2077 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo TypeArgInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharTy)); |
2078 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(TypeArg, TypeArgInfo)); |
2079 | |
2080 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Lit->getLength(); I != N; ++I) { |
2081 | Value = Lit->getCodeUnit(I); |
2082 | TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, CharTy); |
2083 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo; |
2084 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo)); |
2085 | } |
2086 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, std::nullopt, |
2087 | StringTokLocs.back(), &ExplicitArgs); |
2088 | } |
2089 | case LOLR_Raw: |
2090 | case LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic: |
2091 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result" ); |
2092 | case LOLR_Error: |
2093 | return ExprError(); |
2094 | } |
2095 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result" ); |
2096 | } |
2097 | |
2098 | DeclRefExpr * |
2099 | Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
2100 | SourceLocation Loc, |
2101 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { |
2102 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc); |
2103 | return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS); |
2104 | } |
2105 | |
2106 | DeclRefExpr * |
2107 | Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
2108 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2109 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *FoundD, |
2110 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
2111 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { |
2112 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS = |
2113 | SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context) : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); |
2114 | return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, NNS, FoundD, TemplateKWLoc, |
2115 | TemplateArgs); |
2116 | } |
2117 | |
2118 | // CUDA/HIP: Check whether a captured reference variable is referencing a |
2119 | // host variable in a device or host device lambda. |
2120 | static bool isCapturingReferenceToHostVarInCUDADeviceLambda(const Sema &S, |
2121 | VarDecl *VD) { |
2122 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CUDA || !VD->hasInit()) |
2123 | return false; |
2124 | assert(VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); |
2125 | |
2126 | // Check whether the reference variable is referencing a host variable. |
2127 | auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(VD->getInit()); |
2128 | if (!DRE) |
2129 | return false; |
2130 | auto *Referee = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); |
2131 | if (!Referee || !Referee->hasGlobalStorage() || |
2132 | Referee->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>()) |
2133 | return false; |
2134 | |
2135 | // Check whether the current function is a device or host device lambda. |
2136 | // Check whether the reference variable is a capture by getDeclContext() |
2137 | // since refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture() is not ready at this point. |
2138 | auto *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(S.CurContext); |
2139 | if (MD && MD->getParent()->isLambda() && |
2140 | MD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Call && MD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && |
2141 | VD->getDeclContext() != MD) |
2142 | return true; |
2143 | |
2144 | return false; |
2145 | } |
2146 | |
2147 | NonOdrUseReason Sema::getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(ValueDecl *D) { |
2148 | // A declaration named in an unevaluated operand never constitutes an odr-use. |
2149 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) |
2150 | return NOUR_Unevaluated; |
2151 | |
2152 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: |
2153 | // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression e |
2154 | // is odr-used by e unless [...] x is a reference that is usable in |
2155 | // constant expressions. |
2156 | // CUDA/HIP: |
2157 | // If a reference variable referencing a host variable is captured in a |
2158 | // device or host device lambda, the value of the referee must be copied |
2159 | // to the capture and the reference variable must be treated as odr-use |
2160 | // since the value of the referee is not known at compile time and must |
2161 | // be loaded from the captured. |
2162 | if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
2163 | if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType() && |
2164 | !(getLangOpts().OpenMP && isOpenMPCapturedDecl(D)) && |
2165 | !isCapturingReferenceToHostVarInCUDADeviceLambda(*this, VD) && |
2166 | VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) |
2167 | return NOUR_Constant; |
2168 | } |
2169 | |
2170 | // All remaining non-variable cases constitute an odr-use. For variables, we |
2171 | // need to wait and see how the expression is used. |
2172 | return NOUR_None; |
2173 | } |
2174 | |
2175 | /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a |
2176 | /// declaration that does not require a closure capture. |
2177 | DeclRefExpr * |
2178 | Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
2179 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2180 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, NamedDecl *FoundD, |
2181 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
2182 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { |
2183 | bool RefersToCapturedVariable = isa<VarDecl, BindingDecl>(D) && |
2184 | NeedToCaptureVariable(D, NameInfo.getLoc()); |
2185 | |
2186 | DeclRefExpr *E = DeclRefExpr::Create( |
2187 | Context, NNS, TemplateKWLoc, D, RefersToCapturedVariable, NameInfo, Ty, |
2188 | VK, FoundD, TemplateArgs, getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(D)); |
2189 | MarkDeclRefReferenced(E); |
2190 | |
2191 | // C++ [except.spec]p17: |
2192 | // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when: |
2193 | // - in an expression, the function is the unique lookup result or |
2194 | // the selected member of a set of overloaded functions. |
2195 | // |
2196 | // We delay doing this until after we've built the function reference and |
2197 | // marked it as used so that: |
2198 | // a) if the function is defaulted, we get errors from defining it before / |
2199 | // instead of errors from computing its exception specification, and |
2200 | // b) if the function is a defaulted comparison, we can use the body we |
2201 | // build when defining it as input to the exception specification |
2202 | // computation rather than computing a new body. |
2203 | if (const auto *FPT = Ty->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
2204 | if (isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) { |
2205 | if (const auto *NewFPT = ResolveExceptionSpec(NameInfo.getLoc(), FPT)) |
2206 | E->setType(Context.getQualifiedType(NewFPT, Ty.getQualifiers())); |
2207 | } |
2208 | } |
2209 | |
2210 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak && isa<VarDecl>(D) && |
2211 | Ty.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && !isUnevaluatedContext() && |
2212 | !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, E->getBeginLoc())) |
2213 | getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E); |
2214 | |
2215 | const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D); |
2216 | if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) |
2217 | FD = IFD->getAnonField(); |
2218 | if (FD) { |
2219 | UnusedPrivateFields.remove(FD); |
2220 | // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member. |
2221 | if (FD->isBitField()) |
2222 | E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField); |
2223 | } |
2224 | |
2225 | // C++ [expr.prim]/8: The expression [...] is a bit-field if the identifier |
2226 | // designates a bit-field. |
2227 | if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D)) |
2228 | if (const auto *BE = BD->getBinding()) |
2229 | E->setObjectKind(BE->getObjectKind()); |
2230 | |
2231 | return E; |
2232 | } |
2233 | |
2234 | /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and |
2235 | /// possibly a list of template arguments. |
2236 | /// |
2237 | /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call |
2238 | /// DecomposeTemplateName. |
2239 | /// |
2240 | /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for |
2241 | /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in |
2242 | /// some way. |
2243 | void |
2244 | Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
2245 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, |
2246 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2247 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) { |
2248 | if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { |
2249 | Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc); |
2250 | Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc); |
2251 | |
2252 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), |
2253 | Id.TemplateId->NumArgs); |
2254 | translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer); |
2255 | |
2256 | TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get(); |
2257 | SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; |
2258 | NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); |
2259 | TemplateArgs = &Buffer; |
2260 | } else { |
2261 | NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id); |
2262 | TemplateArgs = nullptr; |
2263 | } |
2264 | } |
2265 | |
2266 | static void emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic( |
2267 | const TypoCorrection &TC, Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2268 | DeclarationName Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2269 | unsigned DiagnosticID, unsigned DiagnosticSuggestID) { |
2270 | DeclContext *Ctx = |
2271 | SS.isEmpty() ? nullptr : SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false); |
2272 | if (!TC) { |
2273 | // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups. |
2274 | // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?) |
2275 | if (Ctx) |
2276 | SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Typo << Ctx |
2277 | << SS.getRange(); |
2278 | else |
2279 | SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, DiagnosticID) << Typo; |
2280 | return; |
2281 | } |
2282 | |
2283 | std::string CorrectedStr = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); |
2284 | bool DroppedSpecifier = |
2285 | TC.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Typo.getAsString() == CorrectedStr; |
2286 | unsigned NoteID = TC.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>() |
2287 | ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl |
2288 | : diag::note_previous_decl; |
2289 | if (!Ctx) |
2290 | SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(DiagnosticSuggestID) << Typo, |
2291 | SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID)); |
2292 | else |
2293 | SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest) |
2294 | << Typo << Ctx << DroppedSpecifier |
2295 | << SS.getRange(), |
2296 | SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID)); |
2297 | } |
2298 | |
2299 | /// Diagnose a lookup that found results in an enclosing class during error |
2300 | /// recovery. This usually indicates that the results were found in a dependent |
2301 | /// base class that could not be searched as part of a template definition. |
2302 | /// Always issues a diagnostic (though this may be only a warning in MS |
2303 | /// compatibility mode). |
2304 | /// |
2305 | /// Return \c true if the error is unrecoverable, or \c false if the caller |
2306 | /// should attempt to recover using these lookup results. |
2307 | bool Sema::DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(const LookupResult &R) { |
2308 | // During a default argument instantiation the CurContext points |
2309 | // to a CXXMethodDecl; but we can't apply a this-> fixit inside a |
2310 | // function parameter list, hence add an explicit check. |
2311 | bool isDefaultArgument = |
2312 | !CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && |
2313 | CodeSynthesisContexts.back().Kind == |
2314 | CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation; |
2315 | const auto *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext); |
2316 | bool isInstance = CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstance() && |
2317 | R.getNamingClass() == CurMethod->getParent() && |
2318 | !isDefaultArgument; |
2319 | |
2320 | // There are two ways we can find a class-scope declaration during template |
2321 | // instantiation that we did not find in the template definition: if it is a |
2322 | // member of a dependent base class, or if it is declared after the point of |
2323 | // use in the same class. Distinguish these by comparing the class in which |
2324 | // the member was found to the naming class of the lookup. |
2325 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_found_in_dependent_base; |
2326 | unsigned NoteID = diag::note_member_declared_at; |
2327 | if (R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext()->Equals(R.getNamingClass())) { |
2328 | DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_found_later_in_class |
2329 | : diag::err_found_later_in_class; |
2330 | } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { |
2331 | DiagID = diag::ext_found_in_dependent_base; |
2332 | NoteID = diag::note_dependent_member_use; |
2333 | } |
2334 | |
2335 | if (isInstance) { |
2336 | // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'. |
2337 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), DiagID) |
2338 | << R.getLookupName() |
2339 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->" ); |
2340 | CheckCXXThisCapture(R.getNameLoc()); |
2341 | } else { |
2342 | // FIXME: Add a FixItHint to insert 'Base::' or 'Derived::' (assuming |
2343 | // they're not shadowed). |
2344 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), DiagID) << R.getLookupName(); |
2345 | } |
2346 | |
2347 | for (const NamedDecl *D : R) |
2348 | Diag(D->getLocation(), NoteID); |
2349 | |
2350 | // Return true if we are inside a default argument instantiation |
2351 | // and the found name refers to an instance member function, otherwise |
2352 | // the caller will try to create an implicit member call and this is wrong |
2353 | // for default arguments. |
2354 | // |
2355 | // FIXME: Is this special case necessary? We could allow the caller to |
2356 | // diagnose this. |
2357 | if (isDefaultArgument && ((*R.begin())->isCXXInstanceMember())) { |
2358 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_member_call_without_object); |
2359 | return true; |
2360 | } |
2361 | |
2362 | // Tell the callee to try to recover. |
2363 | return false; |
2364 | } |
2365 | |
2366 | /// Diagnose an empty lookup. |
2367 | /// |
2368 | /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found |
2369 | bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, |
2370 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
2371 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2372 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, TypoExpr **Out) { |
2373 | DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); |
2374 | |
2375 | unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use; |
2376 | unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; |
2377 | if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || |
2378 | Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName || |
2379 | Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { |
2380 | diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use; |
2381 | diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest; |
2382 | } |
2383 | |
2384 | // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an |
2385 | // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the |
2386 | // original lookup would not have found something because it was a |
2387 | // dependent name. |
2388 | DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty() ? CurContext : nullptr; |
2389 | while (DC) { |
2390 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { |
2391 | LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); |
2392 | |
2393 | if (!R.empty()) { |
2394 | // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup. |
2395 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
2396 | |
2397 | // If there's a best viable function among the results, only mention |
2398 | // that one in the notes. |
2399 | OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(), |
2400 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
2401 | AddOverloadedCallCandidates(R, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Candidates); |
2402 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
2403 | if (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best) == |
2404 | OR_Success) { |
2405 | R.clear(); |
2406 | R.addDecl(Best->FoundDecl.getDecl(), Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); |
2407 | R.resolveKind(); |
2408 | } |
2409 | |
2410 | return DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(R); |
2411 | } |
2412 | |
2413 | R.clear(); |
2414 | } |
2415 | |
2416 | DC = DC->getLookupParent(); |
2417 | } |
2418 | |
2419 | // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo. |
2420 | TypoCorrection Corrected; |
2421 | if (S && Out) { |
2422 | SourceLocation TypoLoc = R.getNameLoc(); |
2423 | assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs && |
2424 | "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!" ); |
2425 | *Out = CorrectTypoDelayed( |
2426 | R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S, &SS, CCC, |
2427 | [=](const TypoCorrection &TC) { |
2428 | emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(TC, *this, SS, Name, TypoLoc, Args, |
2429 | diagnostic, diagnostic_suggest); |
2430 | }, |
2431 | nullptr, CTK_ErrorRecovery); |
2432 | if (*Out) |
2433 | return true; |
2434 | } else if (S && |
2435 | (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), |
2436 | S, &SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery))) { |
2437 | std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); |
2438 | bool DroppedSpecifier = |
2439 | Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Name.getAsString() == CorrectedStr; |
2440 | R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); |
2441 | |
2442 | bool AcceptableWithRecovery = false; |
2443 | bool AcceptableWithoutRecovery = false; |
2444 | NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); |
2445 | if (ND) { |
2446 | if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) { |
2447 | OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc(), |
2448 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
2449 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
2450 | for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) { |
2451 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = |
2452 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(CD)) |
2453 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
2454 | FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2455 | Args, OCS); |
2456 | else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD)) |
2457 | if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0) |
2458 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), |
2459 | Args, OCS); |
2460 | } |
2461 | switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) { |
2462 | case OR_Success: |
2463 | ND = Best->FoundDecl; |
2464 | Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND); |
2465 | break; |
2466 | default: |
2467 | // FIXME: Arbitrarily pick the first declaration for the note. |
2468 | Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND); |
2469 | break; |
2470 | } |
2471 | } |
2472 | R.addDecl(ND); |
2473 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ND->isCXXClassMember()) { |
2474 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; |
2475 | if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) { |
2476 | const Type *Ty = Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()->getAsType(); |
2477 | Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
2478 | } |
2479 | if (!Record) |
2480 | Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>( |
2481 | ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); |
2482 | R.setNamingClass(Record); |
2483 | } |
2484 | |
2485 | auto *UnderlyingND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
2486 | AcceptableWithRecovery = isa<ValueDecl>(UnderlyingND) || |
2487 | isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(UnderlyingND); |
2488 | // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or |
2489 | // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser |
2490 | // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo |
2491 | // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going |
2492 | // to recover well anyway. |
2493 | AcceptableWithoutRecovery = isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingND) || |
2494 | getAsTypeTemplateDecl(UnderlyingND) || |
2495 | isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingND); |
2496 | } else { |
2497 | // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it |
2498 | // because we aren't able to recover. |
2499 | AcceptableWithoutRecovery = true; |
2500 | } |
2501 | |
2502 | if (AcceptableWithRecovery || AcceptableWithoutRecovery) { |
2503 | unsigned NoteID = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>() |
2504 | ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl |
2505 | : diag::note_previous_decl; |
2506 | if (SS.isEmpty()) |
2507 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diagnostic_suggest) << Name, |
2508 | PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery); |
2509 | else |
2510 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest) |
2511 | << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) |
2512 | << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange(), |
2513 | PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery); |
2514 | |
2515 | // Tell the callee whether to try to recover. |
2516 | return !AcceptableWithRecovery; |
2517 | } |
2518 | } |
2519 | R.clear(); |
2520 | |
2521 | // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups. |
2522 | // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?) |
2523 | if (!SS.isEmpty()) { |
2524 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member) |
2525 | << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) |
2526 | << SS.getRange(); |
2527 | return true; |
2528 | } |
2529 | |
2530 | // Give up, we can't recover. |
2531 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name; |
2532 | return true; |
2533 | } |
2534 | |
2535 | /// In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class whose parent class has |
2536 | /// dependent base classes, and we can't resolve an unqualified identifier, then |
2537 | /// assume the identifier is a member of a dependent base class. We can only |
2538 | /// recover successfully in static methods, instance methods, and other contexts |
2539 | /// where 'this' is available. This doesn't precisely match MSVC's |
2540 | /// instantiation model, but it's close enough. |
2541 | static Expr * |
2542 | recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, |
2543 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2544 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
2545 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { |
2546 | // Only try to recover from lookup into dependent bases in static methods or |
2547 | // contexts where 'this' is available. |
2548 | QualType ThisType = S.getCurrentThisType(); |
2549 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; |
2550 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) |
2551 | RD = ThisType->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
2552 | else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(S.CurContext)) |
2553 | RD = MD->getParent(); |
2554 | if (!RD || !RD->hasAnyDependentBases()) |
2555 | return nullptr; |
2556 | |
2557 | // Diagnose this as unqualified lookup into a dependent base class. If 'this' |
2558 | // is available, suggest inserting 'this->' as a fixit. |
2559 | SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc(); |
2560 | auto DB = S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base); |
2561 | DB << NameInfo.getName() << RD; |
2562 | |
2563 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) { |
2564 | DB << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "this->" ); |
2565 | return CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create( |
2566 | Context, /*This=*/nullptr, ThisType, /*IsArrow=*/true, |
2567 | /*Op=*/SourceLocation(), NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), TemplateKWLoc, |
2568 | /*FirstQualifierFoundInScope=*/nullptr, NameInfo, TemplateArgs); |
2569 | } |
2570 | |
2571 | // Synthesize a fake NNS that points to the derived class. This will |
2572 | // perform name lookup during template instantiation. |
2573 | CXXScopeSpec SS; |
2574 | auto *NNS = |
2575 | NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, true, RD->getTypeForDecl()); |
2576 | SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(Loc, Loc)); |
2577 | return DependentScopeDeclRefExpr::Create( |
2578 | Context, SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, |
2579 | TemplateArgs); |
2580 | } |
2581 | |
2582 | ExprResult |
2583 | Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2584 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, UnqualifiedId &Id, |
2585 | bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
2586 | CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC, |
2587 | bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier, Token *KeywordReplacement) { |
2588 | assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) && |
2589 | "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen" ); |
2590 | if (SS.isInvalid()) |
2591 | return ExprError(); |
2592 | |
2593 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer; |
2594 | |
2595 | // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data. |
2596 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; |
2597 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs; |
2598 | DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs); |
2599 | |
2600 | DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); |
2601 | IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
2602 | SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc(); |
2603 | |
2604 | if (II && II->isEditorPlaceholder()) { |
2605 | // FIXME: When typed placeholders are supported we can create a typed |
2606 | // placeholder expression node. |
2607 | return ExprError(); |
2608 | } |
2609 | |
2610 | // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3: |
2611 | // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains: |
2612 | // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type, |
2613 | // (note: handled after lookup) |
2614 | // -- a template-id that is dependent, |
2615 | // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr) |
2616 | // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type, |
2617 | // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that |
2618 | // names a dependent type. |
2619 | // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization; |
2620 | // we need to handle these differently. |
2621 | bool DependentID = false; |
2622 | if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName && |
2623 | Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) { |
2624 | DependentID = true; |
2625 | } else if (SS.isSet()) { |
2626 | if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) { |
2627 | if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) |
2628 | return ExprError(); |
2629 | } else { |
2630 | DependentID = true; |
2631 | } |
2632 | } |
2633 | |
2634 | if (DependentID) |
2635 | return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, |
2636 | IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); |
2637 | |
2638 | // Perform the required lookup. |
2639 | LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, |
2640 | (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam) |
2641 | ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam |
2642 | : LookupOrdinaryName); |
2643 | if (TemplateKWLoc.isValid() || TemplateArgs) { |
2644 | // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in |
2645 | // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the |
2646 | // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If |
2647 | // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those |
2648 | // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it. |
2649 | bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; |
2650 | AssumedTemplateKind AssumedTemplate; |
2651 | if (LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false, |
2652 | MemberOfUnknownSpecialization, TemplateKWLoc, |
2653 | &AssumedTemplate)) |
2654 | return ExprError(); |
2655 | |
2656 | if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization || |
2657 | (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)) |
2658 | return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, |
2659 | IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); |
2660 | } else { |
2661 | bool IvarLookupFollowUp = II && !SS.isSet() && getCurMethodDecl(); |
2662 | LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp); |
2663 | |
2664 | // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent |
2665 | // id-expression. |
2666 | if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation) |
2667 | return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, |
2668 | IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); |
2669 | |
2670 | // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do |
2671 | // some special Objective-C lookup, too. |
2672 | if (IvarLookupFollowUp) { |
2673 | ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true)); |
2674 | if (E.isInvalid()) |
2675 | return ExprError(); |
2676 | |
2677 | if (Expr *Ex = E.getAs<Expr>()) |
2678 | return Ex; |
2679 | } |
2680 | } |
2681 | |
2682 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) |
2683 | return ExprError(); |
2684 | |
2685 | // This could be an implicitly declared function reference if the language |
2686 | // mode allows it as a feature. |
2687 | if (R.empty() && HasTrailingLParen && II && |
2688 | getLangOpts().implicitFunctionsAllowed()) { |
2689 | NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S); |
2690 | if (D) R.addDecl(D); |
2691 | } |
2692 | |
2693 | // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for |
2694 | // argument-dependent lookup. |
2695 | bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen); |
2696 | |
2697 | if (R.empty() && !ADL) { |
2698 | if (SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { |
2699 | if (Expr *E = recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(*this, Context, NameInfo, |
2700 | TemplateKWLoc, TemplateArgs)) |
2701 | return E; |
2702 | } |
2703 | |
2704 | // Don't diagnose an empty lookup for inline assembly. |
2705 | if (IsInlineAsmIdentifier) |
2706 | return ExprError(); |
2707 | |
2708 | // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function |
2709 | // call, diagnose the problem. |
2710 | TypoExpr *TE = nullptr; |
2711 | DefaultFilterCCC DefaultValidator(II, SS.isValid() ? SS.getScopeRep() |
2712 | : nullptr); |
2713 | DefaultValidator.IsAddressOfOperand = IsAddressOfOperand; |
2714 | assert((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) && |
2715 | "Typo correction callback misconfigured" ); |
2716 | if (CCC) { |
2717 | // Make sure the callback knows what the typo being diagnosed is. |
2718 | CCC->setTypoName(II); |
2719 | if (SS.isValid()) |
2720 | CCC->setTypoNNS(SS.getScopeRep()); |
2721 | } |
2722 | // FIXME: DiagnoseEmptyLookup produces bad diagnostics if we're looking for |
2723 | // a template name, but we happen to have always already looked up the name |
2724 | // before we get here if it must be a template name. |
2725 | if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, CCC ? *CCC : DefaultValidator, nullptr, |
2726 | std::nullopt, &TE)) { |
2727 | if (TE && KeywordReplacement) { |
2728 | auto &State = getTypoExprState(TE); |
2729 | auto BestTC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection(); |
2730 | if (BestTC.isKeyword()) { |
2731 | auto *II = BestTC.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); |
2732 | if (State.DiagHandler) |
2733 | State.DiagHandler(BestTC); |
2734 | KeywordReplacement->startToken(); |
2735 | KeywordReplacement->setKind(II->getTokenID()); |
2736 | KeywordReplacement->setIdentifierInfo(II); |
2737 | KeywordReplacement->setLocation(BestTC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin()); |
2738 | // Clean up the state associated with the TypoExpr, since it has |
2739 | // now been diagnosed (without a call to CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr). |
2740 | clearDelayedTypo(TE); |
2741 | // Signal that a correction to a keyword was performed by returning a |
2742 | // valid-but-null ExprResult. |
2743 | return (Expr*)nullptr; |
2744 | } |
2745 | State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); |
2746 | } |
2747 | return TE ? TE : ExprError(); |
2748 | } |
2749 | |
2750 | assert(!R.empty() && |
2751 | "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results" ); |
2752 | |
2753 | // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let |
2754 | // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to |
2755 | // reference the ivar. |
2756 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { |
2757 | R.clear(); |
2758 | ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); |
2759 | // In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable |
2760 | // lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it. |
2761 | if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get()) |
2762 | return ExprError(); |
2763 | return E; |
2764 | } |
2765 | } |
2766 | |
2767 | // This is guaranteed from this point on. |
2768 | assert(!R.empty() || ADL); |
2769 | |
2770 | // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access. |
2771 | // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3: |
2772 | // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access |
2773 | // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the |
2774 | // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup |
2775 | // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type |
2776 | // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a |
2777 | // class member access expression using (*this) as the |
2778 | // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator. |
2779 | // |
2780 | // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R |
2781 | // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the |
2782 | // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a |
2783 | // non-static member function: |
2784 | // |
2785 | // C++ [expr.ref]p4: |
2786 | // Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . . |
2787 | // [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a |
2788 | // member function call. |
2789 | // |
2790 | // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important |
2791 | // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a |
2792 | // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent |
2793 | // instance method. |
2794 | if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) { |
2795 | bool MightBeImplicitMember; |
2796 | if (!IsAddressOfOperand) |
2797 | MightBeImplicitMember = true; |
2798 | else if (!SS.isEmpty()) |
2799 | MightBeImplicitMember = false; |
2800 | else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) |
2801 | MightBeImplicitMember = false; |
2802 | else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) |
2803 | MightBeImplicitMember = true; |
2804 | else |
2805 | MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) || |
2806 | isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) || |
2807 | isa<MSPropertyDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()); |
2808 | |
2809 | if (MightBeImplicitMember) |
2810 | return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, |
2811 | R, TemplateArgs, S); |
2812 | } |
2813 | |
2814 | if (TemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) { |
2815 | |
2816 | // In C++1y, if this is a variable template id, then check it |
2817 | // in BuildTemplateIdExpr(). |
2818 | // The single lookup result must be a variable template declaration. |
2819 | if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId && Id.TemplateId && |
2820 | Id.TemplateId->Kind == TNK_Var_template) { |
2821 | assert(R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() && |
2822 | "There should only be one declaration found." ); |
2823 | } |
2824 | |
2825 | return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, ADL, TemplateArgs); |
2826 | } |
2827 | |
2828 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL); |
2829 | } |
2830 | |
2831 | /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified |
2832 | /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation. |
2833 | /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along |
2834 | /// this path. |
2835 | ExprResult Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr( |
2836 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2837 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI) { |
2838 | if (NameInfo.getName().isDependentName()) |
2839 | return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), |
2840 | NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); |
2841 | |
2842 | DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); |
2843 | if (!DC) |
2844 | return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), |
2845 | NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); |
2846 | |
2847 | if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) |
2848 | return ExprError(); |
2849 | |
2850 | LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName); |
2851 | LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); |
2852 | |
2853 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) |
2854 | return ExprError(); |
2855 | |
2856 | if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation) |
2857 | return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), |
2858 | NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); |
2859 | |
2860 | if (R.empty()) { |
2861 | // Don't diagnose problems with invalid record decl, the secondary no_member |
2862 | // diagnostic during template instantiation is likely bogus, e.g. if a class |
2863 | // is invalid because it's derived from an invalid base class, then missing |
2864 | // members were likely supposed to be inherited. |
2865 | if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) |
2866 | if (CD->isInvalidDecl()) |
2867 | return ExprError(); |
2868 | Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member) |
2869 | << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange(); |
2870 | return ExprError(); |
2871 | } |
2872 | |
2873 | if (const TypeDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { |
2874 | // Diagnose a missing typename if this resolved unambiguously to a type in |
2875 | // a dependent context. If we can recover with a type, downgrade this to |
2876 | // a warning in Microsoft compatibility mode. |
2877 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; |
2878 | if (RecoveryTSI && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) |
2879 | DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; |
2880 | SourceLocation Loc = SS.getBeginLoc(); |
2881 | auto D = Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
2882 | D << SS.getScopeRep() << NameInfo.getName().getAsString() |
2883 | << SourceRange(Loc, NameInfo.getEndLoc()); |
2884 | |
2885 | // Don't recover if the caller isn't expecting us to or if we're in a SFINAE |
2886 | // context. |
2887 | if (!RecoveryTSI) |
2888 | return ExprError(); |
2889 | |
2890 | // Only issue the fixit if we're prepared to recover. |
2891 | D << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "typename " ); |
2892 | |
2893 | // Recover by pretending this was an elaborated type. |
2894 | QualType Ty = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); |
2895 | TypeLocBuilder TLB; |
2896 | TLB.pushTypeSpec(Ty).setNameLoc(NameInfo.getLoc()); |
2897 | |
2898 | QualType ET = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, Ty); |
2899 | ElaboratedTypeLoc QTL = TLB.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(ET); |
2900 | QTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); |
2901 | QTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); |
2902 | |
2903 | *RecoveryTSI = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, ET); |
2904 | |
2905 | return ExprEmpty(); |
2906 | } |
2907 | |
2908 | // Defend against this resolving to an implicit member access. We usually |
2909 | // won't get here if this might be a legitimate a class member (we end up in |
2910 | // BuildMemberReferenceExpr instead), but this can be valid if we're forming |
2911 | // a pointer-to-member or in an unevaluated context in C++11. |
2912 | if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember() && !IsAddressOfOperand) |
2913 | return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, |
2914 | /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), |
2915 | R, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S); |
2916 | |
2917 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false); |
2918 | } |
2919 | |
2920 | /// The parser has read a name in, and Sema has detected that we're currently |
2921 | /// inside an ObjC method. Perform some additional checks and determine if we |
2922 | /// should form a reference to an ivar. |
2923 | /// |
2924 | /// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's |
2925 | /// actually quite a lot of extra work involved. |
2926 | DeclResult Sema::LookupIvarInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, |
2927 | IdentifierInfo *II) { |
2928 | SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc(); |
2929 | ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); |
2930 | |
2931 | // Check for error condition which is already reported. |
2932 | if (!CurMethod) |
2933 | return DeclResult(true); |
2934 | |
2935 | // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed, |
2936 | // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have |
2937 | // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e. |
2938 | // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with |
2939 | // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl. |
2940 | |
2941 | // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for |
2942 | // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an |
2943 | // ivar, that's an error. |
2944 | bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod(); |
2945 | |
2946 | bool LookForIvars; |
2947 | if (Lookup.empty()) |
2948 | LookForIvars = true; |
2949 | else if (IsClassMethod) |
2950 | LookForIvars = false; |
2951 | else |
2952 | LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() && |
2953 | Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()); |
2954 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr; |
2955 | if (LookForIvars) { |
2956 | IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); |
2957 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; |
2958 | ObjCIvarDecl *IV = nullptr; |
2959 | if (IFace && (IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared))) { |
2960 | // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method. |
2961 | if (IsClassMethod) { |
2962 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method) << IV->getDeclName(); |
2963 | return DeclResult(true); |
2964 | } |
2965 | |
2966 | // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class. |
2967 | if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private && |
2968 | !declaresSameEntity(ClassDeclared, IFace) && |
2969 | !getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport) |
2970 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName(); |
2971 | |
2972 | // Success. |
2973 | return IV; |
2974 | } |
2975 | } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) { |
2976 | // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar. |
2977 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) { |
2978 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; |
2979 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) { |
2980 | if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private || |
2981 | declaresSameEntity(IFace, ClassDeclared)) |
2982 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName(); |
2983 | } |
2984 | } |
2985 | } else if (Lookup.isSingleResult() && |
2986 | Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) { |
2987 | // If accessing a stand-alone ivar in a class method, this is an error. |
2988 | if (const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = |
2989 | dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Lookup.getFoundDecl())) { |
2990 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method) << IV->getDeclName(); |
2991 | return DeclResult(true); |
2992 | } |
2993 | } |
2994 | |
2995 | // Didn't encounter an error, didn't find an ivar. |
2996 | return DeclResult(false); |
2997 | } |
2998 | |
2999 | ExprResult Sema::BuildIvarRefExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, |
3000 | ObjCIvarDecl *IV) { |
3001 | ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); |
3002 | assert(CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstanceMethod() && |
3003 | "should not reference ivar from this context" ); |
3004 | |
3005 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); |
3006 | assert(IFace && "should not reference ivar from this context" ); |
3007 | |
3008 | // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent |
3009 | // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl. |
3010 | if (IV->isInvalidDecl()) |
3011 | return ExprError(); |
3012 | |
3013 | // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)). |
3014 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc)) |
3015 | return ExprError(); |
3016 | |
3017 | // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't |
3018 | // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something. |
3019 | IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self" ); |
3020 | UnqualifiedId SelfName; |
3021 | SelfName.setImplicitSelfParam(&II); |
3022 | CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec; |
3023 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc; |
3024 | ExprResult SelfExpr = |
3025 | ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, TemplateKWLoc, SelfName, |
3026 | /*HasTrailingLParen=*/false, |
3027 | /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false); |
3028 | if (SelfExpr.isInvalid()) |
3029 | return ExprError(); |
3030 | |
3031 | SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.get()); |
3032 | if (SelfExpr.isInvalid()) |
3033 | return ExprError(); |
3034 | |
3035 | MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, IV, true); |
3036 | |
3037 | ObjCMethodFamily MF = CurMethod->getMethodFamily(); |
3038 | if (MF != OMF_init && MF != OMF_dealloc && MF != OMF_finalize && |
3039 | !IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(IFace, CurMethod, IV)) |
3040 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName(); |
3041 | |
3042 | ObjCIvarRefExpr *Result = new (Context) |
3043 | ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getUsageType(SelfExpr.get()->getType()), Loc, |
3044 | IV->getLocation(), SelfExpr.get(), true, true); |
3045 | |
3046 | if (IV->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) { |
3047 | if (!isUnevaluatedContext() && |
3048 | !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc)) |
3049 | getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(Result); |
3050 | } |
3051 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && !isUnevaluatedContext()) |
3052 | if (const BlockDecl *BD = CurContext->getInnermostBlockDecl()) |
3053 | ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs.push_back({Loc, BD}); |
3054 | |
3055 | return Result; |
3056 | } |
3057 | |
3058 | /// The parser has read a name in, and Sema has detected that we're currently |
3059 | /// inside an ObjC method. Perform some additional checks and determine if we |
3060 | /// should form a reference to an ivar. If so, build an expression referencing |
3061 | /// that ivar. |
3062 | ExprResult |
3063 | Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, |
3064 | IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) { |
3065 | // FIXME: Integrate this lookup step into LookupParsedName. |
3066 | DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Lookup, S, II); |
3067 | if (Ivar.isInvalid()) |
3068 | return ExprError(); |
3069 | if (Ivar.isUsable()) |
3070 | return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, Lookup.getNameLoc(), |
3071 | cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Ivar.get())); |
3072 | |
3073 | if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) |
3074 | LookupBuiltin(Lookup); |
3075 | |
3076 | // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special. |
3077 | return ExprResult(false); |
3078 | } |
3079 | |
3080 | /// Cast a base object to a member's actual type. |
3081 | /// |
3082 | /// There are two relevant checks: |
3083 | /// |
3084 | /// C++ [class.access.base]p7: |
3085 | /// |
3086 | /// If a class member access operator [...] is used to access a non-static |
3087 | /// data member or non-static member function, the reference is ill-formed if |
3088 | /// the left operand [...] cannot be implicitly converted to a pointer to the |
3089 | /// naming class of the right operand. |
3090 | /// |
3091 | /// C++ [expr.ref]p7: |
3092 | /// |
3093 | /// If E2 is a non-static data member or a non-static member function, the |
3094 | /// program is ill-formed if the class of which E2 is directly a member is an |
3095 | /// ambiguous base (11.8) of the naming class (11.9.3) of E2. |
3096 | /// |
3097 | /// Note that the latter check does not consider access; the access of the |
3098 | /// "real" base class is checked as appropriate when checking the access of the |
3099 | /// member name. |
3100 | ExprResult |
3101 | Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, |
3102 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
3103 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
3104 | NamedDecl *Member) { |
3105 | const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext()); |
3106 | if (!RD) |
3107 | return From; |
3108 | |
3109 | QualType DestRecordType; |
3110 | QualType DestType; |
3111 | QualType FromRecordType; |
3112 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); |
3113 | bool PointerConversions = false; |
3114 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) { |
3115 | DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD)); |
3116 | auto FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
3117 | DestRecordType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType( |
3118 | DestRecordType, FromPtrType |
3119 | ? FromType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() |
3120 | : FromType.getAddressSpace()); |
3121 | |
3122 | if (FromPtrType) { |
3123 | DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType); |
3124 | FromRecordType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(); |
3125 | PointerConversions = true; |
3126 | } else { |
3127 | DestType = DestRecordType; |
3128 | FromRecordType = FromType; |
3129 | } |
3130 | } else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) { |
3131 | if (Method->isStatic()) |
3132 | return From; |
3133 | |
3134 | DestType = Method->getThisType(); |
3135 | DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType(); |
3136 | |
3137 | if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
3138 | FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType(); |
3139 | PointerConversions = true; |
3140 | } else { |
3141 | FromRecordType = FromType; |
3142 | DestType = DestRecordType; |
3143 | } |
3144 | |
3145 | LangAS FromAS = FromRecordType.getAddressSpace(); |
3146 | LangAS DestAS = DestRecordType.getAddressSpace(); |
3147 | if (FromAS != DestAS) { |
3148 | QualType FromRecordTypeWithoutAS = |
3149 | Context.removeAddrSpaceQualType(FromRecordType); |
3150 | QualType FromTypeWithDestAS = |
3151 | Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(FromRecordTypeWithoutAS, DestAS); |
3152 | if (PointerConversions) |
3153 | FromTypeWithDestAS = Context.getPointerType(FromTypeWithDestAS); |
3154 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromTypeWithDestAS, |
3155 | CK_AddressSpaceConversion, From->getValueKind()) |
3156 | .get(); |
3157 | } |
3158 | } else { |
3159 | // No conversion necessary. |
3160 | return From; |
3161 | } |
3162 | |
3163 | if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType()) |
3164 | return From; |
3165 | |
3166 | // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary. |
3167 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType)) |
3168 | return From; |
3169 | |
3170 | SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange(); |
3171 | SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin(); |
3172 | |
3173 | ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind(); |
3174 | |
3175 | // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8: |
3176 | // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its |
3177 | // class name. |
3178 | // |
3179 | // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a |
3180 | // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type |
3181 | // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows |
3182 | // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as: |
3183 | // |
3184 | // class Base { public: int x; }; |
3185 | // class Derived1 : public Base { }; |
3186 | // class Derived2 : public Base { }; |
3187 | // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); }; |
3188 | // |
3189 | // void VeryDerived::f() { |
3190 | // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects |
3191 | // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1 |
3192 | // } |
3193 | if (Qualifier && Qualifier->getAsType()) { |
3194 | QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0); |
3195 | assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type" ); |
3196 | |
3197 | QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->castAs<RecordType>(), 0); |
3198 | |
3199 | // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base |
3200 | // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it. |
3201 | // Otherwise build the appropriate casts. |
3202 | if (IsDerivedFrom(FromLoc, FromRecordType, QRecordType)) { |
3203 | CXXCastPath BasePath; |
3204 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType, |
3205 | FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath)) |
3206 | return ExprError(); |
3207 | |
3208 | if (PointerConversions) |
3209 | QType = Context.getPointerType(QType); |
3210 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase, |
3211 | VK, &BasePath).get(); |
3212 | |
3213 | FromType = QType; |
3214 | FromRecordType = QRecordType; |
3215 | |
3216 | // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type, |
3217 | // we're done. |
3218 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType)) |
3219 | return From; |
3220 | } |
3221 | } |
3222 | |
3223 | CXXCastPath BasePath; |
3224 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType, |
3225 | FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath, |
3226 | /*IgnoreAccess=*/true)) |
3227 | return ExprError(); |
3228 | |
3229 | return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase, |
3230 | VK, &BasePath); |
3231 | } |
3232 | |
3233 | bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
3234 | const LookupResult &R, |
3235 | bool HasTrailingLParen) { |
3236 | // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call. |
3237 | if (!HasTrailingLParen) |
3238 | return false; |
3239 | |
3240 | // Never if a scope specifier was provided. |
3241 | if (SS.isSet()) |
3242 | return false; |
3243 | |
3244 | // Only in C++ or ObjC++. |
3245 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
3246 | return false; |
3247 | |
3248 | // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during |
3249 | // normal lookup: |
3250 | for (const NamedDecl *D : R) { |
3251 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: |
3252 | // -- a declaration of a class member |
3253 | // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the |
3254 | // original decl. |
3255 | if (D->isCXXClassMember()) |
3256 | return false; |
3257 | |
3258 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: |
3259 | // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a |
3260 | // using-declaration |
3261 | // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we |
3262 | // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types |
3263 | // turn off ADL anyway). |
3264 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) |
3265 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); |
3266 | else if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
3267 | return false; |
3268 | |
3269 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: |
3270 | // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function |
3271 | // template |
3272 | // And also for builtin functions. |
3273 | if (const auto *FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
3274 | // But also builtin functions. |
3275 | if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit()) |
3276 | return false; |
3277 | } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) |
3278 | return false; |
3279 | } |
3280 | |
3281 | return true; |
3282 | } |
3283 | |
3284 | |
3285 | /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration |
3286 | /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that |
3287 | /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration |
3288 | /// will in fact be used. |
3289 | static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, |
3290 | bool AcceptInvalid) { |
3291 | if (D->isInvalidDecl() && !AcceptInvalid) |
3292 | return true; |
3293 | |
3294 | if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { |
3295 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName(); |
3296 | return true; |
3297 | } |
3298 | |
3299 | if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { |
3300 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName(); |
3301 | return true; |
3302 | } |
3303 | |
3304 | if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) { |
3305 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName(); |
3306 | return true; |
3307 | } |
3308 | |
3309 | return false; |
3310 | } |
3311 | |
3312 | // Certain multiversion types should be treated as overloaded even when there is |
3313 | // only one result. |
3314 | static bool ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(const LookupResult &R) { |
3315 | assert(R.isSingleResult() && "Expected only a single result" ); |
3316 | const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()); |
3317 | return FD && |
3318 | (FD->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() || FD->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()); |
3319 | } |
3320 | |
3321 | ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
3322 | LookupResult &R, bool NeedsADL, |
3323 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl) { |
3324 | // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL, |
3325 | // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref. |
3326 | if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && |
3327 | !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>() && |
3328 | !ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(R)) |
3329 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getFoundDecl(), |
3330 | R.getRepresentativeDecl(), nullptr, |
3331 | AcceptInvalidDecl); |
3332 | |
3333 | // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one |
3334 | // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be |
3335 | // functions and function templates. |
3336 | if (R.isSingleResult() && !ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(R) && |
3337 | CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl(), |
3338 | AcceptInvalidDecl)) |
3339 | return ExprError(); |
3340 | |
3341 | // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress |
3342 | // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when |
3343 | // we've picked a target. |
3344 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
3345 | |
3346 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE |
3347 | = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(), |
3348 | SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), |
3349 | R.getLookupNameInfo(), |
3350 | NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(), |
3351 | R.begin(), R.end()); |
3352 | |
3353 | return ULE; |
3354 | } |
3355 | |
3356 | static void diagnoseUncapturableValueReferenceOrBinding(Sema &S, |
3357 | SourceLocation loc, |
3358 | ValueDecl *var); |
3359 | |
3360 | /// Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration. |
3361 | ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr( |
3362 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, |
3363 | NamedDecl *FoundD, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
3364 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl) { |
3365 | assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration" ); |
3366 | assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) && |
3367 | "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template" ); |
3368 | |
3369 | SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc(); |
3370 | if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D, AcceptInvalidDecl)) { |
3371 | // Recovery from invalid cases (e.g. D is an invalid Decl). |
3372 | // We use the dependent type for the RecoveryExpr to prevent bogus follow-up |
3373 | // diagnostics, as invalid decls use int as a fallback type. |
3374 | return CreateRecoveryExpr(NameInfo.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo.getEndLoc(), {}); |
3375 | } |
3376 | |
3377 | if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) { |
3378 | // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing |
3379 | // a template argument list. |
3380 | diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateName(Template), Loc); |
3381 | return ExprError(); |
3382 | } |
3383 | |
3384 | // Make sure that we're referring to a value. |
3385 | if (!isa<ValueDecl, UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(D)) { |
3386 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value) << D << SS.getRange(); |
3387 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); |
3388 | return ExprError(); |
3389 | } |
3390 | |
3391 | // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress |
3392 | // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup |
3393 | // on this function name, because this might not be the function |
3394 | // that overload resolution actually selects. |
3395 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc)) |
3396 | return ExprError(); |
3397 | |
3398 | auto *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); |
3399 | |
3400 | // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's. |
3401 | if (VD->isInvalidDecl() && !AcceptInvalidDecl) |
3402 | return ExprError(); |
3403 | |
3404 | // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here, |
3405 | // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this |
3406 | // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression. |
3407 | if (auto *IndirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD); |
3408 | IndirectField && !IndirectField->isCXXClassMember()) |
3409 | return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(), |
3410 | IndirectField); |
3411 | |
3412 | QualType type = VD->getType(); |
3413 | if (type.isNull()) |
3414 | return ExprError(); |
3415 | ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3416 | |
3417 | // In 'T ...V;', the type of the declaration 'V' is 'T...', but the type of |
3418 | // a reference to 'V' is simply (unexpanded) 'T'. The type, like the value, |
3419 | // is expanded by some outer '...' in the context of the use. |
3420 | type = type.getNonPackExpansionType(); |
3421 | |
3422 | switch (D->getKind()) { |
3423 | // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds. |
3424 | #define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind) |
3425 | #define VALUE(type, base) |
3426 | #define DECL(type, base) case Decl::type: |
3427 | #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc" |
3428 | llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind" ); |
3429 | |
3430 | // These shouldn't make it here. |
3431 | case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField: |
3432 | llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?" ); |
3433 | |
3434 | // Enum constants are always r-values and never references. |
3435 | // Unresolved using declarations are dependent. |
3436 | case Decl::EnumConstant: |
3437 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue: |
3438 | case Decl::OMPDeclareReduction: |
3439 | case Decl::OMPDeclareMapper: |
3440 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3441 | break; |
3442 | |
3443 | // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for |
3444 | // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for |
3445 | // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really |
3446 | // exist in the high-level semantics. |
3447 | case Decl::Field: |
3448 | case Decl::IndirectField: |
3449 | case Decl::ObjCIvar: |
3450 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "building reference to field in C?" ); |
3451 | |
3452 | // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but |
3453 | // for internal consistency we do this anyway. |
3454 | type = type.getNonReferenceType(); |
3455 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3456 | break; |
3457 | |
3458 | // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values |
3459 | // depending on the type. |
3460 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: { |
3461 | if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { |
3462 | type = reftype->getPointeeType(); |
3463 | valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference |
3464 | break; |
3465 | } |
3466 | |
3467 | // [expr.prim.id.unqual]p2: |
3468 | // If the entity is a template parameter object for a template |
3469 | // parameter of type T, the type of the expression is const T. |
3470 | // [...] The expression is an lvalue if the entity is a [...] template |
3471 | // parameter object. |
3472 | if (type->isRecordType()) { |
3473 | type = type.getUnqualifiedType().withConst(); |
3474 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3475 | break; |
3476 | } |
3477 | |
3478 | // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case |
3479 | // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever. |
3480 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3481 | type = type.getUnqualifiedType(); |
3482 | break; |
3483 | } |
3484 | |
3485 | case Decl::Var: |
3486 | case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization: |
3487 | case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization: |
3488 | case Decl::Decomposition: |
3489 | case Decl::OMPCapturedExpr: |
3490 | // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value. |
3491 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !type.hasQualifiers() && |
3492 | type->isVoidType()) { |
3493 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3494 | break; |
3495 | } |
3496 | [[fallthrough]]; |
3497 | |
3498 | case Decl::ImplicitParam: |
3499 | case Decl::ParmVar: { |
3500 | // These are always l-values. |
3501 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3502 | type = type.getNonReferenceType(); |
3503 | |
3504 | // FIXME: Does the addition of const really only apply in |
3505 | // potentially-evaluated contexts? Since the variable isn't actually |
3506 | // captured in an unevaluated context, it seems that the answer is no. |
3507 | if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) { |
3508 | QualType CapturedType = getCapturedDeclRefType(cast<VarDecl>(VD), Loc); |
3509 | if (!CapturedType.isNull()) |
3510 | type = CapturedType; |
3511 | } |
3512 | |
3513 | break; |
3514 | } |
3515 | |
3516 | case Decl::Binding: |
3517 | // These are always lvalues. |
3518 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3519 | type = type.getNonReferenceType(); |
3520 | break; |
3521 | |
3522 | case Decl::Function: { |
3523 | if (unsigned BID = cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->getBuiltinID()) { |
3524 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isDirectlyAddressable(BID)) { |
3525 | type = Context.BuiltinFnTy; |
3526 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3527 | break; |
3528 | } |
3529 | } |
3530 | |
3531 | const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
3532 | |
3533 | // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype |
3534 | // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype. |
3535 | if (fty->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { |
3536 | type = Context.UnknownAnyTy; |
3537 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3538 | break; |
3539 | } |
3540 | |
3541 | // Functions are l-values in C++. |
3542 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
3543 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3544 | break; |
3545 | } |
3546 | |
3547 | // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a |
3548 | // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only |
3549 | // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing |
3550 | // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function |
3551 | // type. |
3552 | if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() && isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty)) |
3553 | type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getReturnType(), |
3554 | fty->getExtInfo()); |
3555 | |
3556 | // Functions are r-values in C. |
3557 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3558 | break; |
3559 | } |
3560 | |
3561 | case Decl::CXXDeductionGuide: |
3562 | llvm_unreachable("building reference to deduction guide" ); |
3563 | |
3564 | case Decl::MSProperty: |
3565 | case Decl::MSGuid: |
3566 | case Decl::TemplateParamObject: |
3567 | // FIXME: Should MSGuidDecl and template parameter objects be subject to |
3568 | // capture in OpenMP, or duplicated between host and device? |
3569 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3570 | break; |
3571 | |
3572 | case Decl::UnnamedGlobalConstant: |
3573 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3574 | break; |
3575 | |
3576 | case Decl::CXXMethod: |
3577 | // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype |
3578 | // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype. |
3579 | // This should only be possible with a type written directly. |
3580 | if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = |
3581 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType())) |
3582 | if (proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { |
3583 | type = Context.UnknownAnyTy; |
3584 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3585 | break; |
3586 | } |
3587 | |
3588 | // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static. |
3589 | if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) { |
3590 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3591 | break; |
3592 | } |
3593 | [[fallthrough]]; |
3594 | |
3595 | case Decl::CXXConversion: |
3596 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: |
3597 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: |
3598 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3599 | break; |
3600 | } |
3601 | |
3602 | auto *E = |
3603 | BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS, FoundD, |
3604 | /*FIXME: TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateArgs); |
3605 | // Clang AST consumers assume a DeclRefExpr refers to a valid decl. We |
3606 | // wrap a DeclRefExpr referring to an invalid decl with a dependent-type |
3607 | // RecoveryExpr to avoid follow-up semantic analysis (thus prevent bogus |
3608 | // diagnostics). |
3609 | if (VD->isInvalidDecl() && E) |
3610 | return CreateRecoveryExpr(E->getBeginLoc(), E->getEndLoc(), {E}); |
3611 | return E; |
3612 | } |
3613 | |
3614 | static void ConvertUTF8ToWideString(unsigned CharByteWidth, StringRef Source, |
3615 | SmallString<32> &Target) { |
3616 | Target.resize(CharByteWidth * (Source.size() + 1)); |
3617 | char *ResultPtr = &Target[0]; |
3618 | const llvm::UTF8 *ErrorPtr; |
3619 | bool success = |
3620 | llvm::ConvertUTF8toWide(CharByteWidth, Source, ResultPtr, ErrorPtr); |
3621 | (void)success; |
3622 | assert(success); |
3623 | Target.resize(ResultPtr - &Target[0]); |
3624 | } |
3625 | |
3626 | ExprResult Sema::BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, |
3627 | PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK) { |
3628 | // Pick the current block, lambda, captured statement or function. |
3629 | Decl *currentDecl = nullptr; |
3630 | if (const BlockScopeInfo *BSI = getCurBlock()) |
3631 | currentDecl = BSI->TheDecl; |
3632 | else if (const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda()) |
3633 | currentDecl = LSI->CallOperator; |
3634 | else if (const CapturedRegionScopeInfo *CSI = getCurCapturedRegion()) |
3635 | currentDecl = CSI->TheCapturedDecl; |
3636 | else |
3637 | currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); |
3638 | |
3639 | if (!currentDecl) { |
3640 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function); |
3641 | currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
3642 | } |
3643 | |
3644 | QualType ResTy; |
3645 | StringLiteral *SL = nullptr; |
3646 | if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) |
3647 | ResTy = Context.DependentTy; |
3648 | else { |
3649 | // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of |
3650 | // the string. |
3651 | auto Str = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IK, currentDecl); |
3652 | unsigned Length = Str.length(); |
3653 | |
3654 | llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1); |
3655 | if (IK == PredefinedExpr::LFunction || IK == PredefinedExpr::LFuncSig) { |
3656 | ResTy = |
3657 | Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(Context.WideCharTy.withConst()); |
3658 | SmallString<32> RawChars; |
3659 | ConvertUTF8ToWideString(Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ResTy).getQuantity(), |
3660 | Str, RawChars); |
3661 | ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, nullptr, |
3662 | ArrayType::Normal, |
3663 | /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0); |
3664 | SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, RawChars, StringLiteral::Wide, |
3665 | /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc); |
3666 | } else { |
3667 | ResTy = Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(Context.CharTy.withConst()); |
3668 | ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, nullptr, |
3669 | ArrayType::Normal, |
3670 | /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0); |
3671 | SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Str, StringLiteral::Ordinary, |
3672 | /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc); |
3673 | } |
3674 | } |
3675 | |
3676 | return PredefinedExpr::Create(Context, Loc, ResTy, IK, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt, |
3677 | SL); |
3678 | } |
3679 | |
3680 | ExprResult Sema::BuildSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
3681 | SourceLocation LParen, |
3682 | SourceLocation RParen, |
3683 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI) { |
3684 | return SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr::Create(Context, OpLoc, LParen, RParen, TSI); |
3685 | } |
3686 | |
3687 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
3688 | SourceLocation LParen, |
3689 | SourceLocation RParen, |
3690 | ParsedType ParsedTy) { |
3691 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; |
3692 | QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedTy, &TSI); |
3693 | |
3694 | if (Ty.isNull()) |
3695 | return ExprError(); |
3696 | if (!TSI) |
3697 | TSI = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, LParen); |
3698 | |
3699 | return BuildSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(OpLoc, LParen, RParen, TSI); |
3700 | } |
3701 | |
3702 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
3703 | PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK; |
3704 | |
3705 | switch (Kind) { |
3706 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown simple primary expr!" ); |
3707 | case tok::kw___func__: IK = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2] |
3708 | case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IK = PredefinedExpr::Function; break; |
3709 | case tok::kw___FUNCDNAME__: IK = PredefinedExpr::FuncDName; break; // [MS] |
3710 | case tok::kw___FUNCSIG__: IK = PredefinedExpr::FuncSig; break; // [MS] |
3711 | case tok::kw_L__FUNCTION__: IK = PredefinedExpr::LFunction; break; // [MS] |
3712 | case tok::kw_L__FUNCSIG__: IK = PredefinedExpr::LFuncSig; break; // [MS] |
3713 | case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IK = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break; |
3714 | } |
3715 | |
3716 | return BuildPredefinedExpr(Loc, IK); |
3717 | } |
3718 | |
3719 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) { |
3720 | SmallString<16> CharBuffer; |
3721 | bool Invalid = false; |
3722 | StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid); |
3723 | if (Invalid) |
3724 | return ExprError(); |
3725 | |
3726 | CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(), |
3727 | PP, Tok.getKind()); |
3728 | if (Literal.hadError()) |
3729 | return ExprError(); |
3730 | |
3731 | QualType Ty; |
3732 | if (Literal.isWide()) |
3733 | Ty = Context.WideCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C and C++. |
3734 | else if (Literal.isUTF8() && getLangOpts().C2x) |
3735 | Ty = Context.UnsignedCharTy; // u8'x' -> unsigned char in C2x |
3736 | else if (Literal.isUTF8() && getLangOpts().Char8) |
3737 | Ty = Context.Char8Ty; // u8'x' -> char8_t when it exists. |
3738 | else if (Literal.isUTF16()) |
3739 | Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C11 and C++11. |
3740 | else if (Literal.isUTF32()) |
3741 | Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C11 and C++11. |
3742 | else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Literal.isMultiChar()) |
3743 | Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' -> int in C, 'wxyz' -> int in C++. |
3744 | else |
3745 | Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++; |
3746 | // u8'x' -> char in C11-C17 and in C++ without char8_t. |
3747 | |
3748 | CharacterLiteral::CharacterKind Kind = CharacterLiteral::Ascii; |
3749 | if (Literal.isWide()) |
3750 | Kind = CharacterLiteral::Wide; |
3751 | else if (Literal.isUTF16()) |
3752 | Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF16; |
3753 | else if (Literal.isUTF32()) |
3754 | Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF32; |
3755 | else if (Literal.isUTF8()) |
3756 | Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF8; |
3757 | |
3758 | Expr *Lit = new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty, |
3759 | Tok.getLocation()); |
3760 | |
3761 | if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty()) |
3762 | return Lit; |
3763 | |
3764 | // We're building a user-defined literal. |
3765 | IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix()); |
3766 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = |
3767 | getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); |
3768 | |
3769 | // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. |
3770 | if (!UDLScope) |
3771 | return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_character_udl)); |
3772 | |
3773 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p6: The literal L is treated as a call of the form |
3774 | // operator "" X (ch) |
3775 | return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc, |
3776 | Lit, Tok.getLocation()); |
3777 | } |
3778 | |
3779 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val) { |
3780 | unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); |
3781 | return IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val), |
3782 | Context.IntTy, Loc); |
3783 | } |
3784 | |
3785 | static Expr *BuildFloatingLiteral(Sema &S, NumericLiteralParser &Literal, |
3786 | QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) { |
3787 | const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty); |
3788 | |
3789 | using llvm::APFloat; |
3790 | APFloat Val(Format); |
3791 | |
3792 | APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val); |
3793 | |
3794 | // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if |
3795 | // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow). |
3796 | if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) || |
3797 | ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) { |
3798 | unsigned diagnostic; |
3799 | SmallString<20> buffer; |
3800 | if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) { |
3801 | diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow; |
3802 | APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer); |
3803 | } else { |
3804 | diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow; |
3805 | APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer); |
3806 | } |
3807 | |
3808 | S.Diag(Loc, diagnostic) |
3809 | << Ty |
3810 | << StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size()); |
3811 | } |
3812 | |
3813 | bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK); |
3814 | return FloatingLiteral::Create(S.Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Loc); |
3815 | } |
3816 | |
3817 | bool Sema::CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { |
3818 | assert(E && "Invalid expression" ); |
3819 | |
3820 | if (E->isValueDependent()) |
3821 | return false; |
3822 | |
3823 | QualType QT = E->getType(); |
3824 | if (!QT->isIntegerType() || QT->isBooleanType() || QT->isCharType()) { |
3825 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_type) << QT; |
3826 | return true; |
3827 | } |
3828 | |
3829 | llvm::APSInt ValueAPS; |
3830 | ExprResult R = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &ValueAPS); |
3831 | |
3832 | if (R.isInvalid()) |
3833 | return true; |
3834 | |
3835 | bool ValueIsPositive = ValueAPS.isStrictlyPositive(); |
3836 | if (!ValueIsPositive || ValueAPS.getActiveBits() > 31) { |
3837 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_value) |
3838 | << toString(ValueAPS, 10) << ValueIsPositive; |
3839 | return true; |
3840 | } |
3841 | |
3842 | return false; |
3843 | } |
3844 | |
3845 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) { |
3846 | // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit |
3847 | // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or suffix. |
3848 | if (Tok.getLength() == 1) { |
3849 | const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok); |
3850 | return ActOnIntegerConstant(Tok.getLocation(), Val-'0'); |
3851 | } |
3852 | |
3853 | SmallString<128> SpellingBuffer; |
3854 | // NumericLiteralParser wants to overread by one character. Add padding to |
3855 | // the buffer in case the token is copied to the buffer. If getSpelling() |
3856 | // returns a StringRef to the memory buffer, it should have a null char at |
3857 | // the EOF, so it is also safe. |
3858 | SpellingBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength() + 1); |
3859 | |
3860 | // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc. |
3861 | bool Invalid = false; |
3862 | StringRef TokSpelling = PP.getSpelling(Tok, SpellingBuffer, &Invalid); |
3863 | if (Invalid) |
3864 | return ExprError(); |
3865 | |
3866 | NumericLiteralParser Literal(TokSpelling, Tok.getLocation(), |
3867 | PP.getSourceManager(), PP.getLangOpts(), |
3868 | PP.getTargetInfo(), PP.getDiagnostics()); |
3869 | if (Literal.hadError) |
3870 | return ExprError(); |
3871 | |
3872 | if (Literal.hasUDSuffix()) { |
3873 | // We're building a user-defined literal. |
3874 | const IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix()); |
3875 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = |
3876 | getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); |
3877 | |
3878 | // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. |
3879 | if (!UDLScope) |
3880 | return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_numeric_udl)); |
3881 | |
3882 | QualType CookedTy; |
3883 | if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { |
3884 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p4: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type |
3885 | // long double, the literal is treated as a call of the form |
3886 | // operator "" X (f L) |
3887 | CookedTy = Context.LongDoubleTy; |
3888 | } else { |
3889 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p3: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type |
3890 | // unsigned long long, the literal is treated as a call of the form |
3891 | // operator "" X (n ULL) |
3892 | CookedTy = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
3893 | } |
3894 | |
3895 | DeclarationName OpName = |
3896 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix); |
3897 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc); |
3898 | OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc); |
3899 | |
3900 | SourceLocation TokLoc = Tok.getLocation(); |
3901 | |
3902 | // Perform literal operator lookup to determine if we're building a raw |
3903 | // literal or a cooked one. |
3904 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
3905 | switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, CookedTy, |
3906 | /*AllowRaw*/ true, /*AllowTemplate*/ true, |
3907 | /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ false, |
3908 | /*DiagnoseMissing*/ !Literal.isImaginary)) { |
3909 | case LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic: |
3910 | // Lookup failure for imaginary constants isn't fatal, there's still the |
3911 | // GNU extension producing _Complex types. |
3912 | break; |
3913 | case LOLR_Error: |
3914 | return ExprError(); |
3915 | case LOLR_Cooked: { |
3916 | Expr *Lit; |
3917 | if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { |
3918 | Lit = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, CookedTy, Tok.getLocation()); |
3919 | } else { |
3920 | llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(), 0); |
3921 | if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) |
3922 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large) |
3923 | << /* Unsigned */ 1; |
3924 | Lit = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, CookedTy, |
3925 | Tok.getLocation()); |
3926 | } |
3927 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc); |
3928 | } |
3929 | |
3930 | case LOLR_Raw: { |
3931 | // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a raw literal operator, the |
3932 | // literal is treated as a call of the form |
3933 | // operator "" X ("n") |
3934 | unsigned Length = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); |
3935 | QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType( |
3936 | Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(Context.CharTy.withConst()), |
3937 | llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1), nullptr, ArrayType::Normal, 0); |
3938 | Expr *Lit = |
3939 | StringLiteral::Create(Context, StringRef(TokSpelling.data(), Length), |
3940 | StringLiteral::Ordinary, |
3941 | /*Pascal*/ false, StrTy, &TokLoc, 1); |
3942 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc); |
3943 | } |
3944 | |
3945 | case LOLR_Template: { |
3946 | // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: Otherwise (S contains a literal operator |
3947 | // template), L is treated as a call fo the form |
3948 | // operator "" X <'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>() |
3949 | // where n is the source character sequence c1 c2 ... ck. |
3950 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs; |
3951 | unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(Context.CharTy); |
3952 | bool CharIsUnsigned = Context.CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType(); |
3953 | llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned); |
3954 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); I != N; ++I) { |
3955 | Value = TokSpelling[I]; |
3956 | TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, Context.CharTy); |
3957 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo; |
3958 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo)); |
3959 | } |
3960 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, std::nullopt, TokLoc, |
3961 | &ExplicitArgs); |
3962 | } |
3963 | case LOLR_StringTemplatePack: |
3964 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result" ); |
3965 | } |
3966 | } |
3967 | |
3968 | Expr *Res; |
3969 | |
3970 | if (Literal.isFixedPointLiteral()) { |
3971 | QualType Ty; |
3972 | |
3973 | if (Literal.isAccum) { |
3974 | if (Literal.isHalf) { |
3975 | Ty = Context.ShortAccumTy; |
3976 | } else if (Literal.isLong) { |
3977 | Ty = Context.LongAccumTy; |
3978 | } else { |
3979 | Ty = Context.AccumTy; |
3980 | } |
3981 | } else if (Literal.isFract) { |
3982 | if (Literal.isHalf) { |
3983 | Ty = Context.ShortFractTy; |
3984 | } else if (Literal.isLong) { |
3985 | Ty = Context.LongFractTy; |
3986 | } else { |
3987 | Ty = Context.FractTy; |
3988 | } |
3989 | } |
3990 | |
3991 | if (Literal.isUnsigned) Ty = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(Ty); |
3992 | |
3993 | bool isSigned = !Literal.isUnsigned; |
3994 | unsigned scale = Context.getFixedPointScale(Ty); |
3995 | unsigned bit_width = Context.getTypeInfo(Ty).Width; |
3996 | |
3997 | llvm::APInt Val(bit_width, 0, isSigned); |
3998 | bool Overflowed = Literal.GetFixedPointValue(Val, scale); |
3999 | bool ValIsZero = Val.isZero() && !Overflowed; |
4000 | |
4001 | auto MaxVal = Context.getFixedPointMax(Ty).getValue(); |
4002 | if (Literal.isFract && Val == MaxVal + 1 && !ValIsZero) |
4003 | // Clause 6.4.4 - The value of a constant shall be in the range of |
4004 | // representable values for its type, with exception for constants of a |
4005 | // fract type with a value of exactly 1; such a constant shall denote |
4006 | // the maximal value for the type. |
4007 | --Val; |
4008 | else if (Val.ugt(MaxVal) || Overflowed) |
4009 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_too_large_for_fixed_point); |
4010 | |
4011 | Res = FixedPointLiteral::CreateFromRawInt(Context, Val, Ty, |
4012 | Tok.getLocation(), scale); |
4013 | } else if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { |
4014 | QualType Ty; |
4015 | if (Literal.isHalf){ |
4016 | if (getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16" , getLangOpts())) |
4017 | Ty = Context.HalfTy; |
4018 | else { |
4019 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_half_const_requires_fp16); |
4020 | return ExprError(); |
4021 | } |
4022 | } else if (Literal.isFloat) |
4023 | Ty = Context.FloatTy; |
4024 | else if (Literal.isLong) |
4025 | Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy; |
4026 | else if (Literal.isFloat16) |
4027 | Ty = Context.Float16Ty; |
4028 | else if (Literal.isFloat128) |
4029 | Ty = Context.Float128Ty; |
4030 | else |
4031 | Ty = Context.DoubleTy; |
4032 | |
4033 | Res = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); |
4034 | |
4035 | if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) { |
4036 | if (getLangOpts().SinglePrecisionConstants) { |
4037 | if (Ty->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float) { |
4038 | Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); |
4039 | } |
4040 | } else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption( |
4041 | "cl_khr_fp64" , getLangOpts())) { |
4042 | // Impose single-precision float type when cl_khr_fp64 is not enabled. |
4043 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64) |
4044 | << (getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() >= 300); |
4045 | Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); |
4046 | } |
4047 | } |
4048 | } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) { |
4049 | return ExprError(); |
4050 | } else { |
4051 | QualType Ty; |
4052 | |
4053 | // 'z/uz' literals are a C++23 feature. |
4054 | if (Literal.isSizeT) |
4055 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
4056 | ? getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23 |
4057 | ? diag::warn_cxx20_compat_size_t_suffix |
4058 | : diag::ext_cxx23_size_t_suffix |
4059 | : diag::err_cxx23_size_t_suffix); |
4060 | |
4061 | // 'wb/uwb' literals are a C2x feature. We support _BitInt as a type in C++, |
4062 | // but we do not currently support the suffix in C++ mode because it's not |
4063 | // entirely clear whether WG21 will prefer this suffix to return a library |
4064 | // type such as std::bit_int instead of returning a _BitInt. |
4065 | if (Literal.isBitInt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
4066 | PP.Diag(Tok.getLocation(), getLangOpts().C2x |
4067 | ? diag::warn_c2x_compat_bitint_suffix |
4068 | : diag::ext_c2x_bitint_suffix); |
4069 | |
4070 | // Get the value in the widest-possible width. What is "widest" depends on |
4071 | // whether the literal is a bit-precise integer or not. For a bit-precise |
4072 | // integer type, try to scan the source to determine how many bits are |
4073 | // needed to represent the value. This may seem a bit expensive, but trying |
4074 | // to get the integer value from an overly-wide APInt is *extremely* |
4075 | // expensive, so the naive approach of assuming |
4076 | // llvm::IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS is a big performance hit. |
4077 | unsigned BitsNeeded = |
4078 | Literal.isBitInt ? llvm::APInt::getSufficientBitsNeeded( |
4079 | Literal.getLiteralDigits(), Literal.getRadix()) |
4080 | : Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth(); |
4081 | llvm::APInt ResultVal(BitsNeeded, 0); |
4082 | |
4083 | if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) { |
4084 | // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, error and force to ull. |
4085 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large) |
4086 | << /* Unsigned */ 1; |
4087 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
4088 | assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() && |
4089 | "long long is not intmax_t?" ); |
4090 | } else { |
4091 | // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into |
4092 | // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5. |
4093 | |
4094 | // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to |
4095 | // be an unsigned int. |
4096 | bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10; |
4097 | |
4098 | // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can. |
4099 | unsigned Width = 0; |
4100 | |
4101 | // Microsoft specific integer suffixes are explicitly sized. |
4102 | if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger) { |
4103 | if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger == 8 && !Literal.isUnsigned) { |
4104 | Width = 8; |
4105 | Ty = Context.CharTy; |
4106 | } else { |
4107 | Width = Literal.MicrosoftInteger; |
4108 | Ty = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(Width, |
4109 | /*Signed=*/!Literal.isUnsigned); |
4110 | } |
4111 | } |
4112 | |
4113 | // Bit-precise integer literals are automagically-sized based on the |
4114 | // width required by the literal. |
4115 | if (Literal.isBitInt) { |
4116 | // The signed version has one more bit for the sign value. There are no |
4117 | // zero-width bit-precise integers, even if the literal value is 0. |
4118 | Width = std::max(ResultVal.getActiveBits(), 1u) + |
4119 | (Literal.isUnsigned ? 0u : 1u); |
4120 | |
4121 | // Diagnose if the width of the constant is larger than BITINT_MAXWIDTH, |
4122 | // and reset the type to the largest supported width. |
4123 | unsigned int MaxBitIntWidth = |
4124 | Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxBitIntWidth(); |
4125 | if (Width > MaxBitIntWidth) { |
4126 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large) |
4127 | << Literal.isUnsigned; |
4128 | Width = MaxBitIntWidth; |
4129 | } |
4130 | |
4131 | // Reset the result value to the smaller APInt and select the correct |
4132 | // type to be used. Note, we zext even for signed values because the |
4133 | // literal itself is always an unsigned value (a preceeding - is a |
4134 | // unary operator, not part of the literal). |
4135 | ResultVal = ResultVal.zextOrTrunc(Width); |
4136 | Ty = Context.getBitIntType(Literal.isUnsigned, Width); |
4137 | } |
4138 | |
4139 | // Check C++23 size_t literals. |
4140 | if (Literal.isSizeT) { |
4141 | assert(!Literal.MicrosoftInteger && |
4142 | "size_t literals can't be Microsoft literals" ); |
4143 | unsigned SizeTSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getTypeWidth( |
4144 | Context.getTargetInfo().getSizeType()); |
4145 | |
4146 | // Does it fit in size_t? |
4147 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(SizeTSize)) { |
4148 | // Does it fit in ssize_t? |
4149 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[SizeTSize - 1] == 0) |
4150 | Ty = Context.getSignedSizeType(); |
4151 | else if (AllowUnsigned) |
4152 | Ty = Context.getSizeType(); |
4153 | Width = SizeTSize; |
4154 | } |
4155 | } |
4156 | |
4157 | if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong && |
4158 | !Literal.isSizeT) { |
4159 | // Are int/unsigned possibilities? |
4160 | unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); |
4161 | |
4162 | // Does it fit in a unsigned int? |
4163 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) { |
4164 | // Does it fit in a signed int? |
4165 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0) |
4166 | Ty = Context.IntTy; |
4167 | else if (AllowUnsigned) |
4168 | Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy; |
4169 | Width = IntSize; |
4170 | } |
4171 | } |
4172 | |
4173 | // Are long/unsigned long possibilities? |
4174 | if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong && !Literal.isSizeT) { |
4175 | unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); |
4176 | |
4177 | // Does it fit in a unsigned long? |
4178 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) { |
4179 | // Does it fit in a signed long? |
4180 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0) |
4181 | Ty = Context.LongTy; |
4182 | else if (AllowUnsigned) |
4183 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy; |
4184 | // Check according to the rules of C90 6.1.3.2p5. C++03 [lex.icon]p2 |
4185 | // is compatible. |
4186 | else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
4187 | const unsigned LongLongSize = |
4188 | Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); |
4189 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), |
4190 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
4191 | ? Literal.isLong |
4192 | ? diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx |
4193 | : /*C++98 UB*/ diag:: |
4194 | ext_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx |
4195 | : diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long) |
4196 | << (LongLongSize > LongSize ? /*will have type 'long long'*/ 0 |
4197 | : /*will be ill-formed*/ 1); |
4198 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy; |
4199 | } |
4200 | Width = LongSize; |
4201 | } |
4202 | } |
4203 | |
4204 | // Check long long if needed. |
4205 | if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isSizeT) { |
4206 | unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); |
4207 | |
4208 | // Does it fit in a unsigned long long? |
4209 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) { |
4210 | // Does it fit in a signed long long? |
4211 | // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the |
4212 | // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode. |
4213 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 || |
4214 | (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && Literal.isLongLong))) |
4215 | Ty = Context.LongLongTy; |
4216 | else if (AllowUnsigned) |
4217 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
4218 | Width = LongLongSize; |
4219 | |
4220 | // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature, whether the literal |
4221 | // explicitly specified 'long long' or we needed the extra width. |
4222 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
4223 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 |
4224 | ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong |
4225 | : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong); |
4226 | else if (!getLangOpts().C99) |
4227 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_longlong); |
4228 | } |
4229 | } |
4230 | |
4231 | // If we still couldn't decide a type, we either have 'size_t' literal |
4232 | // that is out of range, or a decimal literal that does not fit in a |
4233 | // signed long long and has no U suffix. |
4234 | if (Ty.isNull()) { |
4235 | if (Literal.isSizeT) |
4236 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_size_t_literal_too_large) |
4237 | << Literal.isUnsigned; |
4238 | else |
4239 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), |
4240 | diag::ext_integer_literal_too_large_for_signed); |
4241 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
4242 | Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); |
4243 | } |
4244 | |
4245 | if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width) |
4246 | ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width); |
4247 | } |
4248 | Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); |
4249 | } |
4250 | |
4251 | // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper. |
4252 | if (Literal.isImaginary) { |
4253 | Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res, |
4254 | Context.getComplexType(Res->getType())); |
4255 | |
4256 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_imaginary_constant); |
4257 | } |
4258 | return Res; |
4259 | } |
4260 | |
4261 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) { |
4262 | assert(E && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr" ); |
4263 | QualType ExprTy = E->getType(); |
4264 | if (getLangOpts().ProtectParens && CurFPFeatures.getAllowFPReassociate() && |
4265 | !E->isLValue() && ExprTy->hasFloatingRepresentation()) |
4266 | return BuildBuiltinCallExpr(R, Builtin::BI__arithmetic_fence, E); |
4267 | return new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E); |
4268 | } |
4269 | |
4270 | static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, |
4271 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4272 | SourceRange ArgRange) { |
4273 | // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in |
4274 | // scalar or vector data type argument..." |
4275 | // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic |
4276 | // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void. |
4277 | if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) { |
4278 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type) |
4279 | << T << ArgRange; |
4280 | return true; |
4281 | } |
4282 | |
4283 | assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) && |
4284 | "Scalar types should always be complete" ); |
4285 | return false; |
4286 | } |
4287 | |
4288 | static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, |
4289 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4290 | SourceRange ArgRange, |
4291 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) { |
4292 | // Invalid types must be hard errors for SFINAE in C++. |
4293 | if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) |
4294 | return true; |
4295 | |
4296 | // C99 6.5.3.4p1: |
4297 | if (T->isFunctionType() && |
4298 | (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf || TraitKind == UETT_AlignOf || |
4299 | TraitKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf)) { |
4300 | // sizeof(function)/alignof(function) is allowed as an extension. |
4301 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_function_type) |
4302 | << getTraitSpelling(TraitKind) << ArgRange; |
4303 | return false; |
4304 | } |
4305 | |
4306 | // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension, unless in OpenCL where |
4307 | // this is an error (OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.k) |
4308 | if (T->isVoidType()) { |
4309 | unsigned DiagID = S.LangOpts.OpenCL ? diag::err_opencl_sizeof_alignof_type |
4310 | : diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_void_type; |
4311 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getTraitSpelling(TraitKind) << ArgRange; |
4312 | return false; |
4313 | } |
4314 | |
4315 | return true; |
4316 | } |
4317 | |
4318 | static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T, |
4319 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4320 | SourceRange ArgRange, |
4321 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) { |
4322 | // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) if the |
4323 | // runtime doesn't allow it. |
4324 | if (!S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsSizeofAlignof() && T->isObjCObjectType()) { |
4325 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface) |
4326 | << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf) |
4327 | << ArgRange; |
4328 | return true; |
4329 | } |
4330 | |
4331 | return false; |
4332 | } |
4333 | |
4334 | /// Check whether E is a pointer from a decayed array type (the decayed |
4335 | /// pointer type is equal to T) and emit a warning if it is. |
4336 | static void warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
4337 | const Expr *E) { |
4338 | // Don't warn if the operation changed the type. |
4339 | if (T != E->getType()) |
4340 | return; |
4341 | |
4342 | // Now look for array decays. |
4343 | const auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E); |
4344 | if (!ICE || ICE->getCastKind() != CK_ArrayToPointerDecay) |
4345 | return; |
4346 | |
4347 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sizeof_array_decay) << ICE->getSourceRange() |
4348 | << ICE->getType() |
4349 | << ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(); |
4350 | } |
4351 | |
4352 | /// Check the constraints on expression operands to unary type expression |
4353 | /// and type traits. |
4354 | /// |
4355 | /// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand |
4356 | /// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify |
4357 | /// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template |
4358 | /// instantiation, etc. |
4359 | bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, |
4360 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { |
4361 | QualType ExprTy = E->getType(); |
4362 | assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType()); |
4363 | |
4364 | bool IsUnevaluatedOperand = |
4365 | (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf || ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || |
4366 | ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_VecStep); |
4367 | if (IsUnevaluatedOperand) { |
4368 | ExprResult Result = CheckUnevaluatedOperand(E); |
4369 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
4370 | return true; |
4371 | E = Result.get(); |
4372 | } |
4373 | |
4374 | // The operand for sizeof and alignof is in an unevaluated expression context, |
4375 | // so side effects could result in unintended consequences. |
4376 | // Exclude instantiation-dependent expressions, because 'sizeof' is sometimes |
4377 | // used to build SFINAE gadgets. |
4378 | // FIXME: Should we consider instantiation-dependent operands to 'alignof'? |
4379 | if (IsUnevaluatedOperand && !inTemplateInstantiation() && |
4380 | !E->isInstantiationDependent() && |
4381 | !E->getType()->isVariableArrayType() && |
4382 | E->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) |
4383 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); |
4384 | |
4385 | if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) |
4386 | return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), |
4387 | E->getSourceRange()); |
4388 | |
4389 | // Explicitly list some types as extensions. |
4390 | if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), |
4391 | E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind)) |
4392 | return false; |
4393 | |
4394 | // WebAssembly tables are always illegal operands to unary expressions and |
4395 | // type traits. |
4396 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWasm() && |
4397 | E->getType()->isWebAssemblyTableType()) { |
4398 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_wasm_table_invalid_uett_operand) |
4399 | << getTraitSpelling(ExprKind); |
4400 | return true; |
4401 | } |
4402 | |
4403 | // 'alignof' applied to an expression only requires the base element type of |
4404 | // the expression to be complete. 'sizeof' requires the expression's type to |
4405 | // be complete (and will attempt to complete it if it's an array of unknown |
4406 | // bound). |
4407 | if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf) { |
4408 | if (RequireCompleteSizedType( |
4409 | E->getExprLoc(), Context.getBaseElementType(E->getType()), |
4410 | diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, |
4411 | getTraitSpelling(ExprKind), E->getSourceRange())) |
4412 | return true; |
4413 | } else { |
4414 | if (RequireCompleteSizedExprType( |
4415 | E, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, |
4416 | getTraitSpelling(ExprKind), E->getSourceRange())) |
4417 | return true; |
4418 | } |
4419 | |
4420 | // Completing the expression's type may have changed it. |
4421 | ExprTy = E->getType(); |
4422 | assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType()); |
4423 | |
4424 | if (ExprTy->isFunctionType()) { |
4425 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type) |
4426 | << getTraitSpelling(ExprKind) << E->getSourceRange(); |
4427 | return true; |
4428 | } |
4429 | |
4430 | if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), |
4431 | E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind)) |
4432 | return true; |
4433 | |
4434 | if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) { |
4435 | if (const auto *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) { |
4436 | if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) { |
4437 | QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType(); |
4438 | QualType Type = PVD->getType(); |
4439 | if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) { |
4440 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param) |
4441 | << Type << OType; |
4442 | Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); |
4443 | } |
4444 | } |
4445 | } |
4446 | |
4447 | // Warn on "sizeof(array op x)" and "sizeof(x op array)", where the array |
4448 | // decays into a pointer and returns an unintended result. This is most |
4449 | // likely a typo for "sizeof(array) op x". |
4450 | if (const auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) { |
4451 | warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(), |
4452 | BO->getLHS()); |
4453 | warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(), |
4454 | BO->getRHS()); |
4455 | } |
4456 | } |
4457 | |
4458 | return false; |
4459 | } |
4460 | |
4461 | static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { |
4462 | // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent. |
4463 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) |
4464 | return false; |
4465 | |
4466 | if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { |
4467 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) |
4468 | << 1 << E->getSourceRange(); |
4469 | return true; |
4470 | } |
4471 | |
4472 | ValueDecl *D = nullptr; |
4473 | Expr *Inner = E->IgnoreParens(); |
4474 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Inner)) { |
4475 | D = DRE->getDecl(); |
4476 | } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Inner)) { |
4477 | D = ME->getMemberDecl(); |
4478 | } |
4479 | |
4480 | // If it's a field, require the containing struct to have a |
4481 | // complete definition so that we can compute the layout. |
4482 | // |
4483 | // This can happen in C++11 onwards, either by naming the member |
4484 | // in a way that is not transformed into a member access expression |
4485 | // (in an unevaluated operand, for instance), or by naming the member |
4486 | // in a trailing-return-type. |
4487 | // |
4488 | // For the record, since __alignof__ on expressions is a GCC |
4489 | // extension, GCC seems to permit this but always gives the |
4490 | // nonsensical answer 0. |
4491 | // |
4492 | // We don't really need the layout here --- we could instead just |
4493 | // directly check for all the appropriate alignment-lowing |
4494 | // attributes --- but that would require duplicating a lot of |
4495 | // logic that just isn't worth duplicating for such a marginal |
4496 | // use-case. |
4497 | if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(D)) { |
4498 | // Fast path this check, since we at least know the record has a |
4499 | // definition if we can find a member of it. |
4500 | if (!FD->getParent()->isCompleteDefinition()) { |
4501 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignof_member_of_incomplete_type) |
4502 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
4503 | return true; |
4504 | } |
4505 | |
4506 | // Otherwise, if it's a field, and the field doesn't have |
4507 | // reference type, then it must have a complete type (or be a |
4508 | // flexible array member, which we explicitly want to |
4509 | // white-list anyway), which makes the following checks trivial. |
4510 | if (!FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) |
4511 | return false; |
4512 | } |
4513 | |
4514 | return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, ExprKind); |
4515 | } |
4516 | |
4517 | bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) { |
4518 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); |
4519 | |
4520 | // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent. |
4521 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) |
4522 | return false; |
4523 | |
4524 | return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep); |
4525 | } |
4526 | |
4527 | static void captureVariablyModifiedType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, |
4528 | CapturingScopeInfo *CSI) { |
4529 | assert(T->isVariablyModifiedType()); |
4530 | assert(CSI != nullptr); |
4531 | |
4532 | // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA expressions. |
4533 | do { |
4534 | const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); |
4535 | switch (Ty->getTypeClass()) { |
4536 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
4537 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
4538 | #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) |
4539 | #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: |
4540 | #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
4541 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
4542 | T = QualType(); |
4543 | break; |
4544 | // These types are never variably-modified. |
4545 | case Type::Builtin: |
4546 | case Type::Complex: |
4547 | case Type::Vector: |
4548 | case Type::ExtVector: |
4549 | case Type::ConstantMatrix: |
4550 | case Type::Record: |
4551 | case Type::Enum: |
4552 | case Type::TemplateSpecialization: |
4553 | case Type::ObjCObject: |
4554 | case Type::ObjCInterface: |
4555 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: |
4556 | case Type::ObjCTypeParam: |
4557 | case Type::Pipe: |
4558 | case Type::BitInt: |
4559 | llvm_unreachable("type class is never variably-modified!" ); |
4560 | case Type::Elaborated: |
4561 | T = cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)->getNamedType(); |
4562 | break; |
4563 | case Type::Adjusted: |
4564 | T = cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)->getOriginalType(); |
4565 | break; |
4566 | case Type::Decayed: |
4567 | T = cast<DecayedType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); |
4568 | break; |
4569 | case Type::Pointer: |
4570 | T = cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); |
4571 | break; |
4572 | case Type::BlockPointer: |
4573 | T = cast<BlockPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); |
4574 | break; |
4575 | case Type::LValueReference: |
4576 | case Type::RValueReference: |
4577 | T = cast<ReferenceType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); |
4578 | break; |
4579 | case Type::MemberPointer: |
4580 | T = cast<MemberPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); |
4581 | break; |
4582 | case Type::ConstantArray: |
4583 | case Type::IncompleteArray: |
4584 | // Losing element qualification here is fine. |
4585 | T = cast<ArrayType>(Ty)->getElementType(); |
4586 | break; |
4587 | case Type::VariableArray: { |
4588 | // Losing element qualification here is fine. |
4589 | const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(Ty); |
4590 | |
4591 | // Unknown size indication requires no size computation. |
4592 | // Otherwise, evaluate and record it. |
4593 | auto Size = VAT->getSizeExpr(); |
4594 | if (Size && !CSI->isVLATypeCaptured(VAT) && |
4595 | (isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI) || isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))) |
4596 | CSI->addVLATypeCapture(Size->getExprLoc(), VAT, Context.getSizeType()); |
4597 | |
4598 | T = VAT->getElementType(); |
4599 | break; |
4600 | } |
4601 | case Type::FunctionProto: |
4602 | case Type::FunctionNoProto: |
4603 | T = cast<FunctionType>(Ty)->getReturnType(); |
4604 | break; |
4605 | case Type::Paren: |
4606 | case Type::TypeOf: |
4607 | case Type::UnaryTransform: |
4608 | case Type::Attributed: |
4609 | case Type::BTFTagAttributed: |
4610 | case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: |
4611 | case Type::MacroQualified: |
4612 | // Keep walking after single level desugaring. |
4613 | T = T.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Context); |
4614 | break; |
4615 | case Type::Typedef: |
4616 | T = cast<TypedefType>(Ty)->desugar(); |
4617 | break; |
4618 | case Type::Decltype: |
4619 | T = cast<DecltypeType>(Ty)->desugar(); |
4620 | break; |
4621 | case Type::Using: |
4622 | T = cast<UsingType>(Ty)->desugar(); |
4623 | break; |
4624 | case Type::Auto: |
4625 | case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: |
4626 | T = cast<DeducedType>(Ty)->getDeducedType(); |
4627 | break; |
4628 | case Type::TypeOfExpr: |
4629 | T = cast<TypeOfExprType>(Ty)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType(); |
4630 | break; |
4631 | case Type::Atomic: |
4632 | T = cast<AtomicType>(Ty)->getValueType(); |
4633 | break; |
4634 | } |
4635 | } while (!T.isNull() && T->isVariablyModifiedType()); |
4636 | } |
4637 | |
4638 | /// Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type |
4639 | /// traits. |
4640 | /// |
4641 | /// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints |
4642 | /// on those operands. |
4643 | /// |
4644 | /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine. |
4645 | /// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state: |
4646 | /// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ... |
4647 | /// |
4648 | /// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4 |
4649 | /// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer |
4650 | /// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof. |
4651 | /// |
4652 | /// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions. |
4653 | bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, |
4654 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4655 | SourceRange ExprRange, |
4656 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
4657 | StringRef KWName) { |
4658 | if (ExprType->isDependentType()) |
4659 | return false; |
4660 | |
4661 | // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: |
4662 | // When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result |
4663 | // is the size of the referenced type. |
4664 | // C++11 [expr.alignof]p3: |
4665 | // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result |
4666 | // shall be the alignment of the referenced type. |
4667 | if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
4668 | ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType(); |
4669 | |
4670 | // C11 6.5.3.4/3, C++11 [expr.alignof]p3: |
4671 | // When alignof or _Alignof is applied to an array type, the result |
4672 | // is the alignment of the element type. |
4673 | if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || |
4674 | ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) |
4675 | ExprType = Context.getBaseElementType(ExprType); |
4676 | |
4677 | if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) |
4678 | return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange); |
4679 | |
4680 | // Explicitly list some types as extensions. |
4681 | if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange, |
4682 | ExprKind)) |
4683 | return false; |
4684 | |
4685 | if (RequireCompleteSizedType( |
4686 | OpLoc, ExprType, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, |
4687 | KWName, ExprRange)) |
4688 | return true; |
4689 | |
4690 | if (ExprType->isFunctionType()) { |
4691 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type) << KWName << ExprRange; |
4692 | return true; |
4693 | } |
4694 | |
4695 | // WebAssembly tables are always illegal operands to unary expressions and |
4696 | // type traits. |
4697 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWasm() && |
4698 | ExprType->isWebAssemblyTableType()) { |
4699 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_wasm_table_invalid_uett_operand) |
4700 | << getTraitSpelling(ExprKind); |
4701 | return true; |
4702 | } |
4703 | |
4704 | if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange, |
4705 | ExprKind)) |
4706 | return true; |
4707 | |
4708 | if (ExprType->isVariablyModifiedType() && FunctionScopes.size() > 1) { |
4709 | if (auto *TT = ExprType->getAs<TypedefType>()) { |
4710 | for (auto I = FunctionScopes.rbegin(), |
4711 | E = std::prev(FunctionScopes.rend()); |
4712 | I != E; ++I) { |
4713 | auto *CSI = dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(*I); |
4714 | if (CSI == nullptr) |
4715 | break; |
4716 | DeclContext *DC = nullptr; |
4717 | if (auto *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) |
4718 | DC = LSI->CallOperator; |
4719 | else if (auto *CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) |
4720 | DC = CRSI->TheCapturedDecl; |
4721 | else if (auto *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) |
4722 | DC = BSI->TheDecl; |
4723 | if (DC) { |
4724 | if (DC->containsDecl(TT->getDecl())) |
4725 | break; |
4726 | captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, ExprType, CSI); |
4727 | } |
4728 | } |
4729 | } |
4730 | } |
4731 | |
4732 | return false; |
4733 | } |
4734 | |
4735 | /// Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand. |
4736 | ExprResult Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4737 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4738 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
4739 | SourceRange R) { |
4740 | if (!TInfo) |
4741 | return ExprError(); |
4742 | |
4743 | QualType T = TInfo->getType(); |
4744 | |
4745 | if (!T->isDependentType() && |
4746 | CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind, |
4747 | getTraitSpelling(ExprKind))) |
4748 | return ExprError(); |
4749 | |
4750 | // Adds overload of TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated for TypeSourceInfo to |
4751 | // properly deal with VLAs in nested calls of sizeof and typeof. |
4752 | if (isUnevaluatedContext() && ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && |
4753 | TInfo->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) |
4754 | TInfo = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(TInfo); |
4755 | |
4756 | // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. |
4757 | return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr( |
4758 | ExprKind, TInfo, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, R.getEnd()); |
4759 | } |
4760 | |
4761 | /// Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression |
4762 | /// operand. |
4763 | ExprResult |
4764 | Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4765 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { |
4766 | ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); |
4767 | if (PE.isInvalid()) |
4768 | return ExprError(); |
4769 | |
4770 | E = PE.get(); |
4771 | |
4772 | // Verify that the operand is valid. |
4773 | bool isInvalid = false; |
4774 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) { |
4775 | // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. |
4776 | } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf) { |
4777 | isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E, ExprKind); |
4778 | } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) { |
4779 | isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E); |
4780 | } else if (ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) { |
4781 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_openmp_default_simd_align_expr); |
4782 | isInvalid = true; |
4783 | } else if (E->refersToBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1. |
4784 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) << 0; |
4785 | isInvalid = true; |
4786 | } else { |
4787 | isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf); |
4788 | } |
4789 | |
4790 | if (isInvalid) |
4791 | return ExprError(); |
4792 | |
4793 | if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) { |
4794 | PE = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); |
4795 | if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
4796 | E = PE.get(); |
4797 | } |
4798 | |
4799 | // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. |
4800 | return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr( |
4801 | ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, E->getSourceRange().getEnd()); |
4802 | } |
4803 | |
4804 | /// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c |
4805 | /// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof |
4806 | /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false. |
4807 | ExprResult |
4808 | Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4809 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType, |
4810 | void *TyOrEx, SourceRange ArgRange) { |
4811 | // If error parsing type, ignore. |
4812 | if (!TyOrEx) return ExprError(); |
4813 | |
4814 | if (IsType) { |
4815 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
4816 | (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo); |
4817 | return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange); |
4818 | } |
4819 | |
4820 | Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx; |
4821 | ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind); |
4822 | return Result; |
4823 | } |
4824 | |
4825 | bool Sema::CheckAlignasTypeArgument(StringRef KWName, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4826 | SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceRange R) { |
4827 | if (!TInfo) |
4828 | return true; |
4829 | return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(TInfo->getType(), OpLoc, R, |
4830 | UETT_AlignOf, KWName); |
4831 | } |
4832 | |
4833 | /// ActOnAlignasTypeArgument - Handle @c alignas(type-id) and @c |
4834 | /// _Alignas(type-name) . |
4835 | /// [dcl.align] An alignment-specifier of the form |
4836 | /// alignas(type-id) has the same effect as alignas(alignof(type-id)). |
4837 | /// |
4838 | /// [N1570 6.7.5] _Alignas(type-name) is equivalent to |
4839 | /// _Alignas(_Alignof(type-name)). |
4840 | bool Sema::ActOnAlignasTypeArgument(StringRef KWName, ParsedType Ty, |
4841 | SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceRange R) { |
4842 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
4843 | (void)GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
4844 | &TInfo); |
4845 | return CheckAlignasTypeArgument(KWName, TInfo, OpLoc, R); |
4846 | } |
4847 | |
4848 | static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc, |
4849 | bool IsReal) { |
4850 | if (V.get()->isTypeDependent()) |
4851 | return S.Context.DependentTy; |
4852 | |
4853 | // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values. |
4854 | if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) { |
4855 | V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.get()); |
4856 | if (V.isInvalid()) |
4857 | return QualType(); |
4858 | } |
4859 | |
4860 | // These operators return the element type of a complex type. |
4861 | if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()) |
4862 | return CT->getElementType(); |
4863 | |
4864 | // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here. |
4865 | if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) |
4866 | return V.get()->getType(); |
4867 | |
4868 | // Test for placeholders. |
4869 | ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get()); |
4870 | if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); |
4871 | if (PR.get() != V.get()) { |
4872 | V = PR; |
4873 | return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal); |
4874 | } |
4875 | |
4876 | // Reject anything else. |
4877 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType() |
4878 | << (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag" ); |
4879 | return QualType(); |
4880 | } |
4881 | |
4882 | |
4883 | |
4884 | ExprResult |
4885 | Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4886 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) { |
4887 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc; |
4888 | switch (Kind) { |
4889 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!" ); |
4890 | case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break; |
4891 | case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break; |
4892 | } |
4893 | |
4894 | // Since this might is a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. |
4895 | ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Input); |
4896 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
4897 | Input = Result.get(); |
4898 | |
4899 | return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input); |
4900 | } |
4901 | |
4902 | /// Diagnose if arithmetic on the given ObjC pointer is illegal. |
4903 | /// |
4904 | /// \return true on error |
4905 | static bool checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(Sema &S, |
4906 | SourceLocation opLoc, |
4907 | Expr *op) { |
4908 | assert(op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()); |
4909 | if (S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic() && |
4910 | !S.LangOpts.ObjCSubscriptingLegacyRuntime) |
4911 | return false; |
4912 | |
4913 | S.Diag(opLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) |
4914 | << op->getType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType() |
4915 | << op->getSourceRange(); |
4916 | return true; |
4917 | } |
4918 | |
4919 | static bool isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(Sema &S, Expr *Base) { |
4920 | auto *BaseNoParens = Base->IgnoreParens(); |
4921 | if (auto *MSProp = dyn_cast<MSPropertyRefExpr>(BaseNoParens)) |
4922 | return MSProp->getPropertyDecl()->getType()->isArrayType(); |
4923 | return isa<MSPropertySubscriptExpr>(BaseNoParens); |
4924 | } |
4925 | |
4926 | // Returns the type used for LHS[RHS], given one of LHS, RHS is type-dependent. |
4927 | // Typically this is DependentTy, but can sometimes be more precise. |
4928 | // |
4929 | // There are cases when we could determine a non-dependent type: |
4930 | // - LHS and RHS may have non-dependent types despite being type-dependent |
4931 | // (e.g. unbounded array static members of the current instantiation) |
4932 | // - one may be a dependent-sized array with known element type |
4933 | // - one may be a dependent-typed valid index (enum in current instantiation) |
4934 | // |
4935 | // We *always* return a dependent type, in such cases it is DependentTy. |
4936 | // This avoids creating type-dependent expressions with non-dependent types. |
4937 | // FIXME: is this important to avoid? See https://reviews.llvm.org/D107275 |
4938 | static QualType getDependentArraySubscriptType(Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
4939 | const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
4940 | assert(LHS->isTypeDependent() || RHS->isTypeDependent()); |
4941 | QualType LTy = LHS->getType(), RTy = RHS->getType(); |
4942 | QualType Result = Ctx.DependentTy; |
4943 | if (RTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { |
4944 | if (const PointerType *PT = LTy->getAs<PointerType>()) |
4945 | Result = PT->getPointeeType(); |
4946 | else if (const ArrayType *AT = LTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
4947 | Result = AT->getElementType(); |
4948 | } else if (LTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { |
4949 | if (const PointerType *PT = RTy->getAs<PointerType>()) |
4950 | Result = PT->getPointeeType(); |
4951 | else if (const ArrayType *AT = RTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
4952 | Result = AT->getElementType(); |
4953 | } |
4954 | // Ensure we return a dependent type. |
4955 | return Result->isDependentType() ? Result : Ctx.DependentTy; |
4956 | } |
4957 | |
4958 | static bool checkArgsForPlaceholders(Sema &S, MultiExprArg args); |
4959 | |
4960 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *base, |
4961 | SourceLocation lbLoc, |
4962 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, |
4963 | SourceLocation rbLoc) { |
4964 | |
4965 | if (base && !base->getType().isNull() && |
4966 | base->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) |
4967 | return ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(base, lbLoc, ArgExprs.front(), SourceLocation(), |
4968 | SourceLocation(), /*Length*/ nullptr, |
4969 | /*Stride=*/nullptr, rbLoc); |
4970 | |
4971 | // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. |
4972 | if (isa<ParenListExpr>(base)) { |
4973 | ExprResult result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, base); |
4974 | if (result.isInvalid()) |
4975 | return ExprError(); |
4976 | base = result.get(); |
4977 | } |
4978 | |
4979 | // Check if base and idx form a MatrixSubscriptExpr. |
4980 | // |
4981 | // Helper to check for comma expressions, which are not allowed as indices for |
4982 | // matrix subscript expressions. |
4983 | auto CheckAndReportCommaError = [this, base, rbLoc](Expr *E) { |
4984 | if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E) && cast<BinaryOperator>(E)->isCommaOp()) { |
4985 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_matrix_subscript_comma) |
4986 | << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc); |
4987 | return true; |
4988 | } |
4989 | return false; |
4990 | }; |
4991 | // The matrix subscript operator ([][])is considered a single operator. |
4992 | // Separating the index expressions by parenthesis is not allowed. |
4993 | if (base && !base->getType().isNull() && |
4994 | base->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx) && |
4995 | !isa<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(base)) { |
4996 | Diag(base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_matrix_separate_incomplete_index) |
4997 | << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc); |
4998 | return ExprError(); |
4999 | } |
5000 | // If the base is a MatrixSubscriptExpr, try to create a new |
5001 | // MatrixSubscriptExpr. |
5002 | auto *matSubscriptE = dyn_cast<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(base); |
5003 | if (matSubscriptE) { |
5004 | assert(ArgExprs.size() == 1); |
5005 | if (CheckAndReportCommaError(ArgExprs.front())) |
5006 | return ExprError(); |
5007 | |
5008 | assert(matSubscriptE->isIncomplete() && |
5009 | "base has to be an incomplete matrix subscript" ); |
5010 | return CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(matSubscriptE->getBase(), |
5011 | matSubscriptE->getRowIdx(), |
5012 | ArgExprs.front(), rbLoc); |
5013 | } |
5014 | if (base->getType()->isWebAssemblyTableType()) { |
5015 | Diag(base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_wasm_table_art) |
5016 | << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc) << 3; |
5017 | return ExprError(); |
5018 | } |
5019 | |
5020 | // Handle any non-overload placeholder types in the base and index |
5021 | // expressions. We can't handle overloads here because the other |
5022 | // operand might be an overloadable type, in which case the overload |
5023 | // resolution for the operator overload should get the first crack |
5024 | // at the overload. |
5025 | bool IsMSPropertySubscript = false; |
5026 | if (base->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { |
5027 | IsMSPropertySubscript = isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(*this, base); |
5028 | if (!IsMSPropertySubscript) { |
5029 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(base); |
5030 | if (result.isInvalid()) |
5031 | return ExprError(); |
5032 | base = result.get(); |
5033 | } |
5034 | } |
5035 | |
5036 | // If the base is a matrix type, try to create a new MatrixSubscriptExpr. |
5037 | if (base->getType()->isMatrixType()) { |
5038 | assert(ArgExprs.size() == 1); |
5039 | if (CheckAndReportCommaError(ArgExprs.front())) |
5040 | return ExprError(); |
5041 | |
5042 | return CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(base, ArgExprs.front(), nullptr, |
5043 | rbLoc); |
5044 | } |
5045 | |
5046 | if (ArgExprs.size() == 1 && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) { |
5047 | Expr *idx = ArgExprs[0]; |
5048 | if ((isa<BinaryOperator>(idx) && cast<BinaryOperator>(idx)->isCommaOp()) || |
5049 | (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(idx) && |
5050 | cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(idx)->getOperator() == OO_Comma)) { |
5051 | Diag(idx->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_comma_subscript) |
5052 | << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc); |
5053 | } |
5054 | } |
5055 | |
5056 | if (ArgExprs.size() == 1 && |
5057 | ArgExprs[0]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { |
5058 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArgExprs[0]); |
5059 | if (result.isInvalid()) |
5060 | return ExprError(); |
5061 | ArgExprs[0] = result.get(); |
5062 | } else { |
5063 | if (checkArgsForPlaceholders(*this, ArgExprs)) |
5064 | return ExprError(); |
5065 | } |
5066 | |
5067 | // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent. |
5068 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ArgExprs.size() == 1 && |
5069 | (base->isTypeDependent() || |
5070 | Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs)) && |
5071 | !isa<PackExpansionExpr>(ArgExprs[0])) { |
5072 | return new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr( |
5073 | base, ArgExprs.front(), |
5074 | getDependentArraySubscriptType(base, ArgExprs.front(), getASTContext()), |
5075 | VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc); |
5076 | } |
5077 | |
5078 | // MSDN, property (C++) |
5079 | // https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/yhfk0thd(v=vs.120).aspx |
5080 | // This attribute can also be used in the declaration of an empty array in a |
5081 | // class or structure definition. For example: |
5082 | // __declspec(property(get=GetX, put=PutX)) int x[]; |
5083 | // The above statement indicates that x[] can be used with one or more array |
5084 | // indices. In this case, i=p->x[a][b] will be turned into i=p->GetX(a, b), |
5085 | // and p->x[a][b] = i will be turned into p->PutX(a, b, i); |
5086 | if (IsMSPropertySubscript) { |
5087 | assert(ArgExprs.size() == 1); |
5088 | // Build MS property subscript expression if base is MS property reference |
5089 | // or MS property subscript. |
5090 | return new (Context) |
5091 | MSPropertySubscriptExpr(base, ArgExprs.front(), Context.PseudoObjectTy, |
5092 | VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc); |
5093 | } |
5094 | |
5095 | // Use C++ overloaded-operator rules if either operand has record |
5096 | // type. The spec says to do this if either type is *overloadable*, |
5097 | // but enum types can't declare subscript operators or conversion |
5098 | // operators, so there's nothing interesting for overload resolution |
5099 | // to do if there aren't any record types involved. |
5100 | // |
5101 | // ObjC pointers have their own subscripting logic that is not tied |
5102 | // to overload resolution and so should not take this path. |
5103 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !base->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
5104 | ((base->getType()->isRecordType() || |
5105 | (ArgExprs.size() != 1 || isa<PackExpansionExpr>(ArgExprs[0]) || |
5106 | ArgExprs[0]->getType()->isRecordType())))) { |
5107 | return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(lbLoc, rbLoc, base, ArgExprs); |
5108 | } |
5109 | |
5110 | ExprResult Res = |
5111 | CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(base, lbLoc, ArgExprs.front(), rbLoc); |
5112 | |
5113 | if (!Res.isInvalid() && isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Res.get())) |
5114 | CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Res.get())); |
5115 | |
5116 | return Res; |
5117 | } |
5118 | |
5119 | ExprResult Sema::tryConvertExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Ty) { |
5120 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty); |
5121 | InitializationKind Kind = |
5122 | InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E->getBeginLoc(), SourceLocation()); |
5123 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, E); |
5124 | return InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, E); |
5125 | } |
5126 | |
5127 | ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx, |
5128 | Expr *ColumnIdx, |
5129 | SourceLocation RBLoc) { |
5130 | ExprResult BaseR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); |
5131 | if (BaseR.isInvalid()) |
5132 | return BaseR; |
5133 | Base = BaseR.get(); |
5134 | |
5135 | ExprResult RowR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RowIdx); |
5136 | if (RowR.isInvalid()) |
5137 | return RowR; |
5138 | RowIdx = RowR.get(); |
5139 | |
5140 | if (!ColumnIdx) |
5141 | return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr( |
5142 | Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx, Context.IncompleteMatrixIdxTy, RBLoc); |
5143 | |
5144 | // Build an unanalyzed expression if any of the operands is type-dependent. |
5145 | if (Base->isTypeDependent() || RowIdx->isTypeDependent() || |
5146 | ColumnIdx->isTypeDependent()) |
5147 | return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr(Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx, |
5148 | Context.DependentTy, RBLoc); |
5149 | |
5150 | ExprResult ColumnR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ColumnIdx); |
5151 | if (ColumnR.isInvalid()) |
5152 | return ColumnR; |
5153 | ColumnIdx = ColumnR.get(); |
5154 | |
5155 | // Check that IndexExpr is an integer expression. If it is a constant |
5156 | // expression, check that it is less than Dim (= the number of elements in the |
5157 | // corresponding dimension). |
5158 | auto IsIndexValid = [&](Expr *IndexExpr, unsigned Dim, |
5159 | bool IsColumnIdx) -> Expr * { |
5160 | if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && |
5161 | !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) { |
5162 | Diag(IndexExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_matrix_index_not_integer) |
5163 | << IsColumnIdx; |
5164 | return nullptr; |
5165 | } |
5166 | |
5167 | if (std::optional<llvm::APSInt> Idx = |
5168 | IndexExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) { |
5169 | if ((*Idx < 0 || *Idx >= Dim)) { |
5170 | Diag(IndexExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_matrix_index_outside_range) |
5171 | << IsColumnIdx << Dim; |
5172 | return nullptr; |
5173 | } |
5174 | } |
5175 | |
5176 | ExprResult ConvExpr = |
5177 | tryConvertExprToType(IndexExpr, Context.getSizeType()); |
5178 | assert(!ConvExpr.isInvalid() && |
5179 | "should be able to convert any integer type to size type" ); |
5180 | return ConvExpr.get(); |
5181 | }; |
5182 | |
5183 | auto *MTy = Base->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); |
5184 | RowIdx = IsIndexValid(RowIdx, MTy->getNumRows(), false); |
5185 | ColumnIdx = IsIndexValid(ColumnIdx, MTy->getNumColumns(), true); |
5186 | if (!RowIdx || !ColumnIdx) |
5187 | return ExprError(); |
5188 | |
5189 | return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr(Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx, |
5190 | MTy->getElementType(), RBLoc); |
5191 | } |
5192 | |
5193 | void Sema::CheckAddressOfNoDeref(const Expr *E) { |
5194 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &LastRecord = ExprEvalContexts.back(); |
5195 | const Expr *StrippedExpr = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
5196 | |
5197 | // For expressions like `&(*s).b`, the base is recorded and what should be |
5198 | // checked. |
5199 | const MemberExpr *Member = nullptr; |
5200 | while ((Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(StrippedExpr)) && !Member->isArrow()) |
5201 | StrippedExpr = Member->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
5202 | |
5203 | LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.erase(StrippedExpr); |
5204 | } |
5205 | |
5206 | void Sema::CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E) { |
5207 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) |
5208 | return; |
5209 | |
5210 | QualType ResultTy = E->getType(); |
5211 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &LastRecord = ExprEvalContexts.back(); |
5212 | |
5213 | // Bail if the element is an array since it is not memory access. |
5214 | if (isa<ArrayType>(ResultTy)) |
5215 | return; |
5216 | |
5217 | if (ResultTy->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) { |
5218 | LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.insert(E); |
5219 | return; |
5220 | } |
5221 | |
5222 | // Check if the base type is a pointer to a member access of a struct |
5223 | // marked with noderef. |
5224 | const Expr *Base = E->getBase(); |
5225 | QualType BaseTy = Base->getType(); |
5226 | if (!(isa<ArrayType>(BaseTy) || isa<PointerType>(BaseTy))) |
5227 | // Not a pointer access |
5228 | return; |
5229 | |
5230 | const MemberExpr *Member = nullptr; |
5231 | while ((Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base->IgnoreParenCasts())) && |
5232 | Member->isArrow()) |
5233 | Base = Member->getBase(); |
5234 | |
5235 | if (const auto *Ptr = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Base->getType())) { |
5236 | if (Ptr->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) |
5237 | LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.insert(E); |
5238 | } |
5239 | } |
5240 | |
5241 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, |
5242 | Expr *LowerBound, |
5243 | SourceLocation ColonLocFirst, |
5244 | SourceLocation ColonLocSecond, |
5245 | Expr *Length, Expr *Stride, |
5246 | SourceLocation RBLoc) { |
5247 | if (Base->hasPlaceholderType() && |
5248 | !Base->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) { |
5249 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); |
5250 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5251 | return ExprError(); |
5252 | Base = Result.get(); |
5253 | } |
5254 | if (LowerBound && LowerBound->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { |
5255 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LowerBound); |
5256 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5257 | return ExprError(); |
5258 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); |
5259 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5260 | return ExprError(); |
5261 | LowerBound = Result.get(); |
5262 | } |
5263 | if (Length && Length->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { |
5264 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Length); |
5265 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5266 | return ExprError(); |
5267 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); |
5268 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5269 | return ExprError(); |
5270 | Length = Result.get(); |
5271 | } |
5272 | if (Stride && Stride->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { |
5273 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Stride); |
5274 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5275 | return ExprError(); |
5276 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); |
5277 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5278 | return ExprError(); |
5279 | Stride = Result.get(); |
5280 | } |
5281 | |
5282 | // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent. |
5283 | if (Base->isTypeDependent() || |
5284 | (LowerBound && |
5285 | (LowerBound->isTypeDependent() || LowerBound->isValueDependent())) || |
5286 | (Length && (Length->isTypeDependent() || Length->isValueDependent())) || |
5287 | (Stride && (Stride->isTypeDependent() || Stride->isValueDependent()))) { |
5288 | return new (Context) OMPArraySectionExpr( |
5289 | Base, LowerBound, Length, Stride, Context.DependentTy, VK_LValue, |
5290 | OK_Ordinary, ColonLocFirst, ColonLocSecond, RBLoc); |
5291 | } |
5292 | |
5293 | // Perform default conversions. |
5294 | QualType OriginalTy = OMPArraySectionExpr::getBaseOriginalType(Base); |
5295 | QualType ResultTy; |
5296 | if (OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) { |
5297 | ResultTy = OriginalTy->getPointeeType(); |
5298 | } else if (OriginalTy->isArrayType()) { |
5299 | ResultTy = OriginalTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); |
5300 | } else { |
5301 | return ExprError( |
5302 | Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_value) |
5303 | << Base->getSourceRange()); |
5304 | } |
5305 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1 |
5306 | if (LowerBound) { |
5307 | auto Res = PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), |
5308 | LowerBound); |
5309 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
5310 | return ExprError(Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), |
5311 | diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer) |
5312 | << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange()); |
5313 | LowerBound = Res.get(); |
5314 | |
5315 | if (LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || |
5316 | LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) |
5317 | Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char) |
5318 | << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange(); |
5319 | } |
5320 | if (Length) { |
5321 | auto Res = |
5322 | PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Length->getExprLoc(), Length); |
5323 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
5324 | return ExprError(Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), |
5325 | diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer) |
5326 | << 1 << Length->getSourceRange()); |
5327 | Length = Res.get(); |
5328 | |
5329 | if (Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || |
5330 | Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) |
5331 | Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char) |
5332 | << 1 << Length->getSourceRange(); |
5333 | } |
5334 | if (Stride) { |
5335 | ExprResult Res = |
5336 | PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Stride->getExprLoc(), Stride); |
5337 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
5338 | return ExprError(Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(), |
5339 | diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer) |
5340 | << 1 << Stride->getSourceRange()); |
5341 | Stride = Res.get(); |
5342 | |
5343 | if (Stride->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || |
5344 | Stride->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) |
5345 | Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char) |
5346 | << 1 << Stride->getSourceRange(); |
5347 | } |
5348 | |
5349 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly, |
5350 | // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object |
5351 | // type. Note that functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance) |
5352 | // incomplete types are not object types. |
5353 | if (ResultTy->isFunctionType()) { |
5354 | Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_function_type) |
5355 | << ResultTy << Base->getSourceRange(); |
5356 | return ExprError(); |
5357 | } |
5358 | |
5359 | if (RequireCompleteType(Base->getExprLoc(), ResultTy, |
5360 | diag::err_omp_section_incomplete_type, Base)) |
5361 | return ExprError(); |
5362 | |
5363 | if (LowerBound && !OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) { |
5364 | Expr::EvalResult Result; |
5365 | if (LowerBound->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) { |
5366 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] |
5367 | // The array section must be a subset of the original array. |
5368 | llvm::APSInt LowerBoundValue = Result.Val.getInt(); |
5369 | if (LowerBoundValue.isNegative()) { |
5370 | Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_not_subset_of_array) |
5371 | << LowerBound->getSourceRange(); |
5372 | return ExprError(); |
5373 | } |
5374 | } |
5375 | } |
5376 | |
5377 | if (Length) { |
5378 | Expr::EvalResult Result; |
5379 | if (Length->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) { |
5380 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] |
5381 | // The length must evaluate to non-negative integers. |
5382 | llvm::APSInt LengthValue = Result.Val.getInt(); |
5383 | if (LengthValue.isNegative()) { |
5384 | Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_length_negative) |
5385 | << toString(LengthValue, /*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true) |
5386 | << Length->getSourceRange(); |
5387 | return ExprError(); |
5388 | } |
5389 | } |
5390 | } else if (ColonLocFirst.isValid() && |
5391 | (OriginalTy.isNull() || (!OriginalTy->isConstantArrayType() && |
5392 | !OriginalTy->isVariableArrayType()))) { |
5393 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] |
5394 | // When the size of the array dimension is not known, the length must be |
5395 | // specified explicitly. |
5396 | Diag(ColonLocFirst, diag::err_omp_section_length_undefined) |
5397 | << (!OriginalTy.isNull() && OriginalTy->isArrayType()); |
5398 | return ExprError(); |
5399 | } |
5400 | |
5401 | if (Stride) { |
5402 | Expr::EvalResult Result; |
5403 | if (Stride->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) { |
5404 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] |
5405 | // The stride must evaluate to a positive integer. |
5406 | llvm::APSInt StrideValue = Result.Val.getInt(); |
5407 | if (!StrideValue.isStrictlyPositive()) { |
5408 | Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_stride_non_positive) |
5409 | << toString(StrideValue, /*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true) |
5410 | << Stride->getSourceRange(); |
5411 | return ExprError(); |
5412 | } |
5413 | } |
5414 | } |
5415 | |
5416 | if (!Base->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) { |
5417 | ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Base); |
5418 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5419 | return ExprError(); |
5420 | Base = Result.get(); |
5421 | } |
5422 | return new (Context) OMPArraySectionExpr( |
5423 | Base, LowerBound, Length, Stride, Context.OMPArraySectionTy, VK_LValue, |
5424 | OK_Ordinary, ColonLocFirst, ColonLocSecond, RBLoc); |
5425 | } |
5426 | |
5427 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPArrayShapingExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5428 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5429 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Dims, |
5430 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> Brackets) { |
5431 | if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { |
5432 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); |
5433 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5434 | return ExprError(); |
5435 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); |
5436 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5437 | return ExprError(); |
5438 | Base = Result.get(); |
5439 | } |
5440 | QualType BaseTy = Base->getType(); |
5441 | // Delay analysis of the types/expressions if instantiation/specialization is |
5442 | // required. |
5443 | if (!BaseTy->isPointerType() && Base->isTypeDependent()) |
5444 | return OMPArrayShapingExpr::Create(Context, Context.DependentTy, Base, |
5445 | LParenLoc, RParenLoc, Dims, Brackets); |
5446 | if (!BaseTy->isPointerType() || |
5447 | (!Base->isTypeDependent() && |
5448 | BaseTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType())) |
5449 | return ExprError(Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), |
5450 | diag::err_omp_non_pointer_type_array_shaping_base) |
5451 | << Base->getSourceRange()); |
5452 | |
5453 | SmallVector<Expr *, 4> NewDims; |
5454 | bool ErrorFound = false; |
5455 | for (Expr *Dim : Dims) { |
5456 | if (Dim->hasPlaceholderType()) { |
5457 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Dim); |
5458 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
5459 | ErrorFound = true; |
5460 | continue; |
5461 | } |
5462 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); |
5463 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
5464 | ErrorFound = true; |
5465 | continue; |
5466 | } |
5467 | Dim = Result.get(); |
5468 | } |
5469 | if (!Dim->isTypeDependent()) { |
5470 | ExprResult Result = |
5471 | PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Dim->getExprLoc(), Dim); |
5472 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
5473 | ErrorFound = true; |
5474 | Diag(Dim->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_typecheck_shaping_not_integer) |
5475 | << Dim->getSourceRange(); |
5476 | continue; |
5477 | } |
5478 | Dim = Result.get(); |
5479 | Expr::EvalResult EvResult; |
5480 | if (!Dim->isValueDependent() && Dim->EvaluateAsInt(EvResult, Context)) { |
5481 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.4 Array Shaping] |
5482 | // Each si is an integral type expression that must evaluate to a |
5483 | // positive integer. |
5484 | llvm::APSInt Value = EvResult.Val.getInt(); |
5485 | if (!Value.isStrictlyPositive()) { |
5486 | Diag(Dim->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_shaping_dimension_not_positive) |
5487 | << toString(Value, /*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true) |
5488 | << Dim->getSourceRange(); |
5489 | ErrorFound = true; |
5490 | continue; |
5491 | } |
5492 | } |
5493 | } |
5494 | NewDims.push_back(Dim); |
5495 | } |
5496 | if (ErrorFound) |
5497 | return ExprError(); |
5498 | return OMPArrayShapingExpr::Create(Context, Context.OMPArrayShapingTy, Base, |
5499 | LParenLoc, RParenLoc, NewDims, Brackets); |
5500 | } |
5501 | |
5502 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPIteratorExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation IteratorKwLoc, |
5503 | SourceLocation LLoc, SourceLocation RLoc, |
5504 | ArrayRef<OMPIteratorData> Data) { |
5505 | SmallVector<OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition, 4> ID; |
5506 | bool IsCorrect = true; |
5507 | for (const OMPIteratorData &D : Data) { |
5508 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; |
5509 | SourceLocation StartLoc; |
5510 | QualType DeclTy; |
5511 | if (!D.Type.getAsOpaquePtr()) { |
5512 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators |
5513 | // In an iterator-specifier, if the iterator-type is not specified then |
5514 | // the type of that iterator is of int type. |
5515 | DeclTy = Context.IntTy; |
5516 | StartLoc = D.DeclIdentLoc; |
5517 | } else { |
5518 | DeclTy = GetTypeFromParser(D.Type, &TInfo); |
5519 | StartLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); |
5520 | } |
5521 | |
5522 | bool IsDeclTyDependent = DeclTy->isDependentType() || |
5523 | DeclTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() || |
5524 | DeclTy->isInstantiationDependentType(); |
5525 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent) { |
5526 | if (!DeclTy->isIntegralType(Context) && !DeclTy->isAnyPointerType()) { |
5527 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions, C/C++ |
5528 | // The iterator-type must be an integral or pointer type. |
5529 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_omp_iterator_not_integral_or_pointer) |
5530 | << DeclTy; |
5531 | IsCorrect = false; |
5532 | continue; |
5533 | } |
5534 | if (DeclTy.isConstant(Context)) { |
5535 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions, C/C++ |
5536 | // The iterator-type must not be const qualified. |
5537 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_omp_iterator_not_integral_or_pointer) |
5538 | << DeclTy; |
5539 | IsCorrect = false; |
5540 | continue; |
5541 | } |
5542 | } |
5543 | |
5544 | // Iterator declaration. |
5545 | assert(D.DeclIdent && "Identifier expected." ); |
5546 | // Always try to create iterator declarator to avoid extra error messages |
5547 | // about unknown declarations use. |
5548 | auto *VD = VarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, StartLoc, D.DeclIdentLoc, |
5549 | D.DeclIdent, DeclTy, TInfo, SC_None); |
5550 | VD->setImplicit(); |
5551 | if (S) { |
5552 | // Check for conflicting previous declaration. |
5553 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(VD->getDeclName(), D.DeclIdentLoc); |
5554 | LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, |
5555 | ForVisibleRedeclaration); |
5556 | Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); |
5557 | LookupName(Previous, S); |
5558 | |
5559 | FilterLookupForScope(Previous, CurContext, S, /*ConsiderLinkage=*/false, |
5560 | /*AllowInlineNamespace=*/false); |
5561 | if (!Previous.empty()) { |
5562 | NamedDecl *Old = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); |
5563 | Diag(D.DeclIdentLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << VD->getDeclName(); |
5564 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
5565 | } else { |
5566 | PushOnScopeChains(VD, S); |
5567 | } |
5568 | } else { |
5569 | CurContext->addDecl(VD); |
5570 | } |
5571 | |
5572 | /// Act on the iterator variable declaration. |
5573 | ActOnOpenMPIteratorVarDecl(VD); |
5574 | |
5575 | Expr *Begin = D.Range.Begin; |
5576 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent && Begin && !Begin->isTypeDependent()) { |
5577 | ExprResult BeginRes = |
5578 | PerformImplicitConversion(Begin, DeclTy, AA_Converting); |
5579 | Begin = BeginRes.get(); |
5580 | } |
5581 | Expr *End = D.Range.End; |
5582 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent && End && !End->isTypeDependent()) { |
5583 | ExprResult EndRes = PerformImplicitConversion(End, DeclTy, AA_Converting); |
5584 | End = EndRes.get(); |
5585 | } |
5586 | Expr *Step = D.Range.Step; |
5587 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent && Step && !Step->isTypeDependent()) { |
5588 | if (!Step->getType()->isIntegralType(Context)) { |
5589 | Diag(Step->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_step_not_integral) |
5590 | << Step << Step->getSourceRange(); |
5591 | IsCorrect = false; |
5592 | continue; |
5593 | } |
5594 | std::optional<llvm::APSInt> Result = |
5595 | Step->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context); |
5596 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions |
5597 | // If the step expression of a range-specification equals zero, the |
5598 | // behavior is unspecified. |
5599 | if (Result && Result->isZero()) { |
5600 | Diag(Step->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_step_constant_zero) |
5601 | << Step << Step->getSourceRange(); |
5602 | IsCorrect = false; |
5603 | continue; |
5604 | } |
5605 | } |
5606 | if (!Begin || !End || !IsCorrect) { |
5607 | IsCorrect = false; |
5608 | continue; |
5609 | } |
5610 | OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &IDElem = ID.emplace_back(); |
5611 | IDElem.IteratorDecl = VD; |
5612 | IDElem.AssignmentLoc = D.AssignLoc; |
5613 | IDElem.Range.Begin = Begin; |
5614 | IDElem.Range.End = End; |
5615 | IDElem.Range.Step = Step; |
5616 | IDElem.ColonLoc = D.ColonLoc; |
5617 | IDElem.SecondColonLoc = D.SecColonLoc; |
5618 | } |
5619 | if (!IsCorrect) { |
5620 | // Invalidate all created iterator declarations if error is found. |
5621 | for (const OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) { |
5622 | if (Decl *ID = D.IteratorDecl) |
5623 | ID->setInvalidDecl(); |
5624 | } |
5625 | return ExprError(); |
5626 | } |
5627 | SmallVector<OMPIteratorHelperData, 4> Helpers; |
5628 | if (!CurContext->isDependentContext()) { |
5629 | // Build number of ityeration for each iteration range. |
5630 | // Ni = ((Stepi > 0) ? ((Endi + Stepi -1 - Begini)/Stepi) : |
5631 | // ((Begini-Stepi-1-Endi) / -Stepi); |
5632 | for (OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) { |
5633 | // (Endi - Begini) |
5634 | ExprResult Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, D.Range.End, |
5635 | D.Range.Begin); |
5636 | if(!Res.isUsable()) { |
5637 | IsCorrect = false; |
5638 | continue; |
5639 | } |
5640 | ExprResult St, St1; |
5641 | if (D.Range.Step) { |
5642 | St = D.Range.Step; |
5643 | // (Endi - Begini) + Stepi |
5644 | Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Add, Res.get(), St.get()); |
5645 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { |
5646 | IsCorrect = false; |
5647 | continue; |
5648 | } |
5649 | // (Endi - Begini) + Stepi - 1 |
5650 | Res = |
5651 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, Res.get(), |
5652 | ActOnIntegerConstant(D.AssignmentLoc, 1).get()); |
5653 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { |
5654 | IsCorrect = false; |
5655 | continue; |
5656 | } |
5657 | // ((Endi - Begini) + Stepi - 1) / Stepi |
5658 | Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Div, Res.get(), St.get()); |
5659 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { |
5660 | IsCorrect = false; |
5661 | continue; |
5662 | } |
5663 | St1 = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(D.AssignmentLoc, UO_Minus, D.Range.Step); |
5664 | // (Begini - Endi) |
5665 | ExprResult Res1 = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, |
5666 | D.Range.Begin, D.Range.End); |
5667 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { |
5668 | IsCorrect = false; |
5669 | continue; |
5670 | } |
5671 | // (Begini - Endi) - Stepi |
5672 | Res1 = |
5673 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Add, Res1.get(), St1.get()); |
5674 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { |
5675 | IsCorrect = false; |
5676 | continue; |
5677 | } |
5678 | // (Begini - Endi) - Stepi - 1 |
5679 | Res1 = |
5680 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, Res1.get(), |
5681 | ActOnIntegerConstant(D.AssignmentLoc, 1).get()); |
5682 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { |
5683 | IsCorrect = false; |
5684 | continue; |
5685 | } |
5686 | // ((Begini - Endi) - Stepi - 1) / (-Stepi) |
5687 | Res1 = |
5688 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Div, Res1.get(), St1.get()); |
5689 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { |
5690 | IsCorrect = false; |
5691 | continue; |
5692 | } |
5693 | // Stepi > 0. |
5694 | ExprResult CmpRes = |
5695 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_GT, D.Range.Step, |
5696 | ActOnIntegerConstant(D.AssignmentLoc, 0).get()); |
5697 | if (!CmpRes.isUsable()) { |
5698 | IsCorrect = false; |
5699 | continue; |
5700 | } |
5701 | Res = ActOnConditionalOp(D.AssignmentLoc, D.AssignmentLoc, CmpRes.get(), |
5702 | Res.get(), Res1.get()); |
5703 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { |
5704 | IsCorrect = false; |
5705 | continue; |
5706 | } |
5707 | } |
5708 | Res = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Res.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/false); |
5709 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { |
5710 | IsCorrect = false; |
5711 | continue; |
5712 | } |
5713 | |
5714 | // Build counter update. |
5715 | // Build counter. |
5716 | auto *CounterVD = |
5717 | VarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc(), |
5718 | D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, |
5719 | Res.get()->getType(), nullptr, SC_None); |
5720 | CounterVD->setImplicit(); |
5721 | ExprResult RefRes = |
5722 | BuildDeclRefExpr(CounterVD, CounterVD->getType(), VK_LValue, |
5723 | D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc()); |
5724 | // Build counter update. |
5725 | // I = Begini + counter * Stepi; |
5726 | ExprResult UpdateRes; |
5727 | if (D.Range.Step) { |
5728 | UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp( |
5729 | D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Mul, |
5730 | DefaultLvalueConversion(RefRes.get()).get(), St.get()); |
5731 | } else { |
5732 | UpdateRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(RefRes.get()); |
5733 | } |
5734 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { |
5735 | IsCorrect = false; |
5736 | continue; |
5737 | } |
5738 | UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Add, D.Range.Begin, |
5739 | UpdateRes.get()); |
5740 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { |
5741 | IsCorrect = false; |
5742 | continue; |
5743 | } |
5744 | ExprResult VDRes = |
5745 | BuildDeclRefExpr(cast<VarDecl>(D.IteratorDecl), |
5746 | cast<VarDecl>(D.IteratorDecl)->getType(), VK_LValue, |
5747 | D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc()); |
5748 | UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Assign, VDRes.get(), |
5749 | UpdateRes.get()); |
5750 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { |
5751 | IsCorrect = false; |
5752 | continue; |
5753 | } |
5754 | UpdateRes = |
5755 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(UpdateRes.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/true); |
5756 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { |
5757 | IsCorrect = false; |
5758 | continue; |
5759 | } |
5760 | ExprResult CounterUpdateRes = |
5761 | CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(D.AssignmentLoc, UO_PreInc, RefRes.get()); |
5762 | if (!CounterUpdateRes.isUsable()) { |
5763 | IsCorrect = false; |
5764 | continue; |
5765 | } |
5766 | CounterUpdateRes = |
5767 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(CounterUpdateRes.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/true); |
5768 | if (!CounterUpdateRes.isUsable()) { |
5769 | IsCorrect = false; |
5770 | continue; |
5771 | } |
5772 | OMPIteratorHelperData &HD = Helpers.emplace_back(); |
5773 | HD.CounterVD = CounterVD; |
5774 | HD.Upper = Res.get(); |
5775 | HD.Update = UpdateRes.get(); |
5776 | HD.CounterUpdate = CounterUpdateRes.get(); |
5777 | } |
5778 | } else { |
5779 | Helpers.assign(ID.size(), {}); |
5780 | } |
5781 | if (!IsCorrect) { |
5782 | // Invalidate all created iterator declarations if error is found. |
5783 | for (const OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) { |
5784 | if (Decl *ID = D.IteratorDecl) |
5785 | ID->setInvalidDecl(); |
5786 | } |
5787 | return ExprError(); |
5788 | } |
5789 | return OMPIteratorExpr::Create(Context, Context.OMPIteratorTy, IteratorKwLoc, |
5790 | LLoc, RLoc, ID, Helpers); |
5791 | } |
5792 | |
5793 | ExprResult |
5794 | Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
5795 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) { |
5796 | Expr *LHSExp = Base; |
5797 | Expr *RHSExp = Idx; |
5798 | |
5799 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue; |
5800 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; |
5801 | |
5802 | // Per C++ core issue 1213, the result is an xvalue if either operand is |
5803 | // a non-lvalue array, and an lvalue otherwise. |
5804 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
5805 | for (auto *Op : {LHSExp, RHSExp}) { |
5806 | Op = Op->IgnoreImplicit(); |
5807 | if (Op->getType()->isArrayType() && !Op->isLValue()) |
5808 | VK = VK_XValue; |
5809 | } |
5810 | } |
5811 | |
5812 | // Perform default conversions. |
5813 | if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
5814 | ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp); |
5815 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5816 | return ExprError(); |
5817 | LHSExp = Result.get(); |
5818 | } |
5819 | ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp); |
5820 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5821 | return ExprError(); |
5822 | RHSExp = Result.get(); |
5823 | |
5824 | QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); |
5825 | |
5826 | // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent |
5827 | // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be |
5828 | // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base |
5829 | // and index from the expression types. |
5830 | Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr; |
5831 | QualType ResultType; |
5832 | if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) { |
5833 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
5834 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
5835 | ResultType = |
5836 | getDependentArraySubscriptType(LHSExp, RHSExp, getASTContext()); |
5837 | } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
5838 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
5839 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
5840 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
5841 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = |
5842 | LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
5843 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
5844 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
5845 | |
5846 | // Use custom logic if this should be the pseudo-object subscript |
5847 | // expression. |
5848 | if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) |
5849 | return BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(RLoc, BaseExpr, IndexExpr, nullptr, |
5850 | nullptr); |
5851 | |
5852 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
5853 | } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
5854 | // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". |
5855 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; |
5856 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; |
5857 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
5858 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = |
5859 | RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
5860 | // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". |
5861 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; |
5862 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; |
5863 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
5864 | if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) { |
5865 | Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface) |
5866 | << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); |
5867 | return ExprError(); |
5868 | } |
5869 | } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
5870 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123] |
5871 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
5872 | // We apply C++ DR1213 to vector subscripting too. |
5873 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && LHSExp->isPRValue()) { |
5874 | ExprResult Materialized = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHSExp); |
5875 | if (Materialized.isInvalid()) |
5876 | return ExprError(); |
5877 | LHSExp = Materialized.get(); |
5878 | } |
5879 | VK = LHSExp->getValueKind(); |
5880 | if (VK != VK_PRValue) |
5881 | OK = OK_VectorComponent; |
5882 | |
5883 | ResultType = VTy->getElementType(); |
5884 | QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType(); |
5885 | Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers(); |
5886 | Qualifiers MemberQuals = ResultType.getQualifiers(); |
5887 | Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals; |
5888 | if (Combined != MemberQuals) |
5889 | ResultType = Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, Combined); |
5890 | } else if (LHSTy->isBuiltinType() && |
5891 | LHSTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { |
5892 | const BuiltinType *BTy = LHSTy->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
5893 | if (BTy->isSVEBool()) |
5894 | return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_svbool_t) |
5895 | << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange()); |
5896 | |
5897 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
5898 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
5899 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && LHSExp->isPRValue()) { |
5900 | ExprResult Materialized = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHSExp); |
5901 | if (Materialized.isInvalid()) |
5902 | return ExprError(); |
5903 | LHSExp = Materialized.get(); |
5904 | } |
5905 | VK = LHSExp->getValueKind(); |
5906 | if (VK != VK_PRValue) |
5907 | OK = OK_VectorComponent; |
5908 | |
5909 | ResultType = BTy->getSveEltType(Context); |
5910 | |
5911 | QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType(); |
5912 | Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers(); |
5913 | Qualifiers MemberQuals = ResultType.getQualifiers(); |
5914 | Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals; |
5915 | if (Combined != MemberQuals) |
5916 | ResultType = Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, Combined); |
5917 | } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) { |
5918 | // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by |
5919 | // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that |
5920 | // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't |
5921 | // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then |
5922 | // force the promotion here. |
5923 | Diag(LHSExp->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) |
5924 | << LHSExp->getSourceRange(); |
5925 | LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy), |
5926 | CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get(); |
5927 | LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(); |
5928 | |
5929 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
5930 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
5931 | ResultType = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
5932 | } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) { |
5933 | // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case |
5934 | Diag(RHSExp->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) |
5935 | << RHSExp->getSourceRange(); |
5936 | RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy), |
5937 | CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get(); |
5938 | RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); |
5939 | |
5940 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; |
5941 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; |
5942 | ResultType = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
5943 | } else { |
5944 | return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) |
5945 | << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange()); |
5946 | } |
5947 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1 |
5948 | if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) |
5949 | return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) |
5950 | << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); |
5951 | |
5952 | if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || |
5953 | IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) |
5954 | && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) |
5955 | Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange(); |
5956 | |
5957 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly, |
5958 | // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object |
5959 | // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance) |
5960 | // incomplete types are not object types. |
5961 | if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) { |
5962 | Diag(BaseExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_subscript_function_type) |
5963 | << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); |
5964 | return ExprError(); |
5965 | } |
5966 | |
5967 | if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
5968 | // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void |
5969 | Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type) |
5970 | << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); |
5971 | |
5972 | // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values. |
5973 | // See IsCForbiddenLValueType. |
5974 | if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) |
5975 | VK = VK_PRValue; |
5976 | } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && |
5977 | !ResultType.isWebAssemblyReferenceType() && |
5978 | RequireCompleteSizedType( |
5979 | LLoc, ResultType, |
5980 | diag::err_subscript_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, BaseExpr)) |
5981 | return ExprError(); |
5982 | |
5983 | assert(VK == VK_PRValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus || |
5984 | !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType()); |
5985 | |
5986 | if (LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && |
5987 | FunctionScopes.size() > 1) { |
5988 | if (auto *TT = |
5989 | LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) { |
5990 | for (auto I = FunctionScopes.rbegin(), |
5991 | E = std::prev(FunctionScopes.rend()); |
5992 | I != E; ++I) { |
5993 | auto *CSI = dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(*I); |
5994 | if (CSI == nullptr) |
5995 | break; |
5996 | DeclContext *DC = nullptr; |
5997 | if (auto *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) |
5998 | DC = LSI->CallOperator; |
5999 | else if (auto *CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) |
6000 | DC = CRSI->TheCapturedDecl; |
6001 | else if (auto *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) |
6002 | DC = BSI->TheDecl; |
6003 | if (DC) { |
6004 | if (DC->containsDecl(TT->getDecl())) |
6005 | break; |
6006 | captureVariablyModifiedType( |
6007 | Context, LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType(), CSI); |
6008 | } |
6009 | } |
6010 | } |
6011 | } |
6012 | |
6013 | return new (Context) |
6014 | ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc); |
6015 | } |
6016 | |
6017 | bool Sema::CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
6018 | ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *RewrittenInit, |
6019 | bool SkipImmediateInvocations) { |
6020 | if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) { |
6021 | assert(!RewrittenInit && "Should not have a rewritten init expression yet" ); |
6022 | // If we've already cleared out the location for the default argument, |
6023 | // that means we're parsing it right now. |
6024 | if (!UnparsedDefaultArgLocs.count(Param)) { |
6025 | Diag(Param->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_recursive_default_argument) << FD; |
6026 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::note_recursive_default_argument_used_here); |
6027 | Param->setInvalidDecl(); |
6028 | return true; |
6029 | } |
6030 | |
6031 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) |
6032 | << FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()); |
6033 | Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param], |
6034 | diag::note_default_argument_declared_here); |
6035 | return true; |
6036 | } |
6037 | |
6038 | if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) { |
6039 | assert(!RewrittenInit && "Should not have a rewitten init expression yet" ); |
6040 | if (InstantiateDefaultArgument(CallLoc, FD, Param)) |
6041 | return true; |
6042 | } |
6043 | |
6044 | Expr *Init = RewrittenInit ? RewrittenInit : Param->getInit(); |
6045 | assert(Init && "default argument but no initializer?" ); |
6046 | |
6047 | // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to |
6048 | // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll |
6049 | // be properly destroyed. |
6050 | // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new |
6051 | // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810. |
6052 | // We don't need to do that with block decls, though, because |
6053 | // blocks in default argument expression can never capture anything. |
6054 | if (auto *InitWithCleanup = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) { |
6055 | // Set the "needs cleanups" bit regardless of whether there are |
6056 | // any explicit objects. |
6057 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(InitWithCleanup->cleanupsHaveSideEffects()); |
6058 | // Append all the objects to the cleanup list. Right now, this |
6059 | // should always be a no-op, because blocks in default argument |
6060 | // expressions should never be able to capture anything. |
6061 | assert(!InitWithCleanup->getNumObjects() && |
6062 | "default argument expression has capturing blocks?" ); |
6063 | } |
6064 | // C++ [expr.const]p15.1: |
6065 | // An expression or conversion is in an immediate function context if it is |
6066 | // potentially evaluated and [...] its innermost enclosing non-block scope |
6067 | // is a function parameter scope of an immediate function. |
6068 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext( |
6069 | *this, |
6070 | FD->isImmediateFunction() |
6071 | ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext |
6072 | : ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, |
6073 | Param); |
6074 | ExprEvalContexts.back().IsCurrentlyCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer = |
6075 | SkipImmediateInvocations; |
6076 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(CallLoc, [&] { |
6077 | MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Init, /*SkipLocalVariables=*/true); |
6078 | }); |
6079 | return false; |
6080 | } |
6081 | |
6082 | struct ImmediateCallVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ImmediateCallVisitor> { |
6083 | const ASTContext &Context; |
6084 | ImmediateCallVisitor(const ASTContext &Ctx) : Context(Ctx) {} |
6085 | |
6086 | bool HasImmediateCalls = false; |
6087 | bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const { return true; } |
6088 | |
6089 | bool VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { |
6090 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) |
6091 | HasImmediateCalls |= FD->isImmediateFunction(); |
6092 | return RecursiveASTVisitor<ImmediateCallVisitor>::VisitStmt(E); |
6093 | } |
6094 | |
6095 | // SourceLocExpr are not immediate invocations |
6096 | // but CXXDefaultInitExpr/CXXDefaultArgExpr containing a SourceLocExpr |
6097 | // need to be rebuilt so that they refer to the correct SourceLocation and |
6098 | // DeclContext. |
6099 | bool VisitSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr *E) { |
6100 | HasImmediateCalls = true; |
6101 | return RecursiveASTVisitor<ImmediateCallVisitor>::VisitStmt(E); |
6102 | } |
6103 | |
6104 | // A nested lambda might have parameters with immediate invocations |
6105 | // in their default arguments. |
6106 | // The compound statement is not visited (as it does not constitute a |
6107 | // subexpression). |
6108 | // FIXME: We should consider visiting and transforming captures |
6109 | // with init expressions. |
6110 | bool VisitLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { |
6111 | return VisitCXXMethodDecl(E->getCallOperator()); |
6112 | } |
6113 | |
6114 | // Blocks don't support default parameters, and, as for lambdas, |
6115 | // we don't consider their body a subexpression. |
6116 | bool VisitBlockDecl(BlockDecl *B) { return false; } |
6117 | |
6118 | bool VisitCompoundStmt(CompoundStmt *B) { return false; } |
6119 | |
6120 | bool VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) { |
6121 | return TraverseStmt(E->getExpr()); |
6122 | } |
6123 | |
6124 | bool VisitCXXDefaultInitExpr(CXXDefaultInitExpr *E) { |
6125 | return TraverseStmt(E->getExpr()); |
6126 | } |
6127 | }; |
6128 | |
6129 | struct EnsureImmediateInvocationInDefaultArgs |
6130 | : TreeTransform<EnsureImmediateInvocationInDefaultArgs> { |
6131 | EnsureImmediateInvocationInDefaultArgs(Sema &SemaRef) |
6132 | : TreeTransform(SemaRef) {} |
6133 | |
6134 | // Lambda can only have immediate invocations in the default |
6135 | // args of their parameters, which is transformed upon calling the closure. |
6136 | // The body is not a subexpression, so we have nothing to do. |
6137 | // FIXME: Immediate calls in capture initializers should be transformed. |
6138 | ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return E; } |
6139 | ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return E; } |
6140 | |
6141 | // Make sure we don't rebuild the this pointer as it would |
6142 | // cause it to incorrectly point it to the outermost class |
6143 | // in the case of nested struct initialization. |
6144 | ExprResult TransformCXXThisExpr(CXXThisExpr *E) { return E; } |
6145 | }; |
6146 | |
6147 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
6148 | FunctionDecl *FD, ParmVarDecl *Param, |
6149 | Expr *Init) { |
6150 | assert(Param->hasDefaultArg() && "can't build nonexistent default arg" ); |
6151 | |
6152 | bool NestedDefaultChecking = isCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer(); |
6153 | |
6154 | std::optional<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::InitializationContext> |
6155 | InitializationContext = |
6156 | OutermostDeclarationWithDelayedImmediateInvocations(); |
6157 | if (!InitializationContext.has_value()) |
6158 | InitializationContext.emplace(CallLoc, Param, CurContext); |
6159 | |
6160 | if (!Init && !Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) { |
6161 | // Mark that we are replacing a default argument first. |
6162 | // If we are instantiating a template we won't have to |
6163 | // retransform immediate calls. |
6164 | // C++ [expr.const]p15.1: |
6165 | // An expression or conversion is in an immediate function context if it |
6166 | // is potentially evaluated and [...] its innermost enclosing non-block |
6167 | // scope is a function parameter scope of an immediate function. |
6168 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext( |
6169 | *this, |
6170 | FD->isImmediateFunction() |
6171 | ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext |
6172 | : ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, |
6173 | Param); |
6174 | |
6175 | if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) { |
6176 | if (InstantiateDefaultArgument(CallLoc, FD, Param)) |
6177 | return ExprError(); |
6178 | } |
6179 | // CWG2631 |
6180 | // An immediate invocation that is not evaluated where it appears is |
6181 | // evaluated and checked for whether it is a constant expression at the |
6182 | // point where the enclosing initializer is used in a function call. |
6183 | ImmediateCallVisitor V(getASTContext()); |
6184 | if (!NestedDefaultChecking) |
6185 | V.TraverseDecl(Param); |
6186 | if (V.HasImmediateCalls) { |
6187 | ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDefaultInitializationContext = { |
6188 | CallLoc, Param, CurContext}; |
6189 | EnsureImmediateInvocationInDefaultArgs Immediate(*this); |
6190 | ExprResult Res; |
6191 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(CallLoc, [&] { |
6192 | Res = Immediate.TransformInitializer(Param->getInit(), |
6193 | /*NotCopy=*/false); |
6194 | }); |
6195 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
6196 | return ExprError(); |
6197 | Res = ConvertParamDefaultArgument(Param, Res.get(), |
6198 | Res.get()->getBeginLoc()); |
6199 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
6200 | return ExprError(); |
6201 | Init = Res.get(); |
6202 | } |
6203 | } |
6204 | |
6205 | if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr( |
6206 | CallLoc, FD, Param, Init, |
6207 | /*SkipImmediateInvocations=*/NestedDefaultChecking)) |
6208 | return ExprError(); |
6209 | |
6210 | return CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, InitializationContext->Loc, Param, |
6211 | Init, InitializationContext->Context); |
6212 | } |
6213 | |
6214 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field) { |
6215 | assert(Field->hasInClassInitializer()); |
6216 | |
6217 | // If we might have already tried and failed to instantiate, don't try again. |
6218 | if (Field->isInvalidDecl()) |
6219 | return ExprError(); |
6220 | |
6221 | CXXThisScopeRAII This(*this, Field->getParent(), Qualifiers()); |
6222 | |
6223 | auto *ParentRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); |
6224 | |
6225 | std::optional<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::InitializationContext> |
6226 | InitializationContext = |
6227 | OutermostDeclarationWithDelayedImmediateInvocations(); |
6228 | if (!InitializationContext.has_value()) |
6229 | InitializationContext.emplace(Loc, Field, CurContext); |
6230 | |
6231 | Expr *Init = nullptr; |
6232 | |
6233 | bool NestedDefaultChecking = isCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer(); |
6234 | |
6235 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext( |
6236 | *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, Field); |
6237 | |
6238 | if (!Field->getInClassInitializer()) { |
6239 | // Maybe we haven't instantiated the in-class initializer. Go check the |
6240 | // pattern FieldDecl to see if it has one. |
6241 | if (isTemplateInstantiation(ParentRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) { |
6242 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassPattern = ParentRD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern(); |
6243 | DeclContext::lookup_result Lookup = |
6244 | ClassPattern->lookup(Field->getDeclName()); |
6245 | |
6246 | FieldDecl *Pattern = nullptr; |
6247 | for (auto *L : Lookup) { |
6248 | if ((Pattern = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(L))) |
6249 | break; |
6250 | } |
6251 | assert(Pattern && "We must have set the Pattern!" ); |
6252 | if (!Pattern->hasInClassInitializer() || |
6253 | InstantiateInClassInitializer(Loc, Field, Pattern, |
6254 | getTemplateInstantiationArgs(Field))) { |
6255 | Field->setInvalidDecl(); |
6256 | return ExprError(); |
6257 | } |
6258 | } |
6259 | } |
6260 | |
6261 | // CWG2631 |
6262 | // An immediate invocation that is not evaluated where it appears is |
6263 | // evaluated and checked for whether it is a constant expression at the |
6264 | // point where the enclosing initializer is used in a [...] a constructor |
6265 | // definition, or an aggregate initialization. |
6266 | ImmediateCallVisitor V(getASTContext()); |
6267 | if (!NestedDefaultChecking) |
6268 | V.TraverseDecl(Field); |
6269 | if (V.HasImmediateCalls) { |
6270 | ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDefaultInitializationContext = {Loc, Field, |
6271 | CurContext}; |
6272 | ExprEvalContexts.back().IsCurrentlyCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer = |
6273 | NestedDefaultChecking; |
6274 | |
6275 | EnsureImmediateInvocationInDefaultArgs Immediate(*this); |
6276 | ExprResult Res; |
6277 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, [&] { |
6278 | Res = Immediate.TransformInitializer(Field->getInClassInitializer(), |
6279 | /*CXXDirectInit=*/false); |
6280 | }); |
6281 | if (!Res.isInvalid()) |
6282 | Res = ConvertMemberDefaultInitExpression(Field, Res.get(), Loc); |
6283 | if (Res.isInvalid()) { |
6284 | Field->setInvalidDecl(); |
6285 | return ExprError(); |
6286 | } |
6287 | Init = Res.get(); |
6288 | } |
6289 | |
6290 | if (Field->getInClassInitializer()) { |
6291 | Expr *E = Init ? Init : Field->getInClassInitializer(); |
6292 | if (!NestedDefaultChecking) |
6293 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, [&] { |
6294 | MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(E, /*SkipLocalVariables=*/false); |
6295 | }); |
6296 | // C++11 [class.base.init]p7: |
6297 | // The initialization of each base and member constitutes a |
6298 | // full-expression. |
6299 | ExprResult Res = ActOnFinishFullExpr(E, /*DiscardedValue=*/false); |
6300 | if (Res.isInvalid()) { |
6301 | Field->setInvalidDecl(); |
6302 | return ExprError(); |
6303 | } |
6304 | Init = Res.get(); |
6305 | |
6306 | return CXXDefaultInitExpr::Create(Context, InitializationContext->Loc, |
6307 | Field, InitializationContext->Context, |
6308 | Init); |
6309 | } |
6310 | |
6311 | // DR1351: |
6312 | // If the brace-or-equal-initializer of a non-static data member |
6313 | // invokes a defaulted default constructor of its class or of an |
6314 | // enclosing class in a potentially evaluated subexpression, the |
6315 | // program is ill-formed. |
6316 | // |
6317 | // This resolution is unworkable: the exception specification of the |
6318 | // default constructor can be needed in an unevaluated context, in |
6319 | // particular, in the operand of a noexcept-expression, and we can be |
6320 | // unable to compute an exception specification for an enclosed class. |
6321 | // |
6322 | // Any attempt to resolve the exception specification of a defaulted default |
6323 | // constructor before the initializer is lexically complete will ultimately |
6324 | // come here at which point we can diagnose it. |
6325 | RecordDecl *OutermostClass = ParentRD->getOuterLexicalRecordContext(); |
6326 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_default_member_initializer_not_yet_parsed) |
6327 | << OutermostClass << Field; |
6328 | Diag(Field->getEndLoc(), |
6329 | diag::note_default_member_initializer_not_yet_parsed); |
6330 | // Recover by marking the field invalid, unless we're in a SFINAE context. |
6331 | if (!isSFINAEContext()) |
6332 | Field->setInvalidDecl(); |
6333 | return ExprError(); |
6334 | } |
6335 | |
6336 | Sema::VariadicCallType |
6337 | Sema::getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
6338 | Expr *Fn) { |
6339 | if (Proto && Proto->isVariadic()) { |
6340 | if (isa_and_nonnull<CXXConstructorDecl>(FDecl)) |
6341 | return VariadicConstructor; |
6342 | else if (Fn && Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) |
6343 | return VariadicBlock; |
6344 | else if (FDecl) { |
6345 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl)) |
6346 | if (Method->isInstance()) |
6347 | return VariadicMethod; |
6348 | } else if (Fn && Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) |
6349 | return VariadicMethod; |
6350 | return VariadicFunction; |
6351 | } |
6352 | return VariadicDoesNotApply; |
6353 | } |
6354 | |
6355 | namespace { |
6356 | class FunctionCallCCC final : public FunctionCallFilterCCC { |
6357 | public: |
6358 | FunctionCallCCC(Sema &SemaRef, const IdentifierInfo *FuncName, |
6359 | unsigned NumArgs, MemberExpr *ME) |
6360 | : FunctionCallFilterCCC(SemaRef, NumArgs, false, ME), |
6361 | FunctionName(FuncName) {} |
6362 | |
6363 | bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { |
6364 | if (!candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier() || |
6365 | candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != FunctionName) { |
6366 | return false; |
6367 | } |
6368 | |
6369 | return FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(candidate); |
6370 | } |
6371 | |
6372 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { |
6373 | return std::make_unique<FunctionCallCCC>(*this); |
6374 | } |
6375 | |
6376 | private: |
6377 | const IdentifierInfo *const FunctionName; |
6378 | }; |
6379 | } |
6380 | |
6381 | static TypoCorrection TryTypoCorrectionForCall(Sema &S, Expr *Fn, |
6382 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
6383 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { |
6384 | MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn); |
6385 | DeclarationName FuncName = FDecl->getDeclName(); |
6386 | SourceLocation NameLoc = ME ? ME->getMemberLoc() : Fn->getBeginLoc(); |
6387 | |
6388 | FunctionCallCCC CCC(S, FuncName.getAsIdentifierInfo(), Args.size(), ME); |
6389 | if (TypoCorrection Corrected = S.CorrectTypo( |
6390 | DeclarationNameInfo(FuncName, NameLoc), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, |
6391 | S.getScopeForContext(S.CurContext), nullptr, CCC, |
6392 | Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { |
6393 | if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl()) { |
6394 | if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) { |
6395 | OverloadCandidateSet OCS(NameLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
6396 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
6397 | for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) { |
6398 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD)) |
6399 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), Args, |
6400 | OCS); |
6401 | } |
6402 | switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(S, NameLoc, Best)) { |
6403 | case OR_Success: |
6404 | ND = Best->FoundDecl; |
6405 | Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND); |
6406 | break; |
6407 | default: |
6408 | break; |
6409 | } |
6410 | } |
6411 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
6412 | if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) |
6413 | return Corrected; |
6414 | } |
6415 | } |
6416 | return TypoCorrection(); |
6417 | } |
6418 | |
6419 | /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in |
6420 | /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with |
6421 | /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and |
6422 | /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this |
6423 | /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns |
6424 | /// true if the call is ill-formed. |
6425 | bool |
6426 | Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, |
6427 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
6428 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
6429 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6430 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
6431 | bool IsExecConfig) { |
6432 | // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking. |
6433 | if (FDecl) |
6434 | if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID()) |
6435 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID)) |
6436 | return false; |
6437 | |
6438 | // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by |
6439 | // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ... |
6440 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); |
6441 | bool Invalid = false; |
6442 | unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumParams; |
6443 | unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() |
6444 | ? 1 /* block */ |
6445 | : (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */ |
6446 | : 0 /* function */); |
6447 | |
6448 | // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default |
6449 | // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call. |
6450 | if (Args.size() < NumParams) { |
6451 | if (Args.size() < MinArgs) { |
6452 | TypoCorrection TC; |
6453 | if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) { |
6454 | unsigned diag_id = |
6455 | MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() |
6456 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_suggest |
6457 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_suggest; |
6458 | diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << MinArgs |
6459 | << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) |
6460 | << TC.getCorrectionRange()); |
6461 | } else if (MinArgs == 1 && FDecl && FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName()) |
6462 | Diag(RParenLoc, |
6463 | MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() |
6464 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_one |
6465 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_one) |
6466 | << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) << Fn->getSourceRange(); |
6467 | else |
6468 | Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() |
6469 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args |
6470 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) |
6471 | << FnKind << MinArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) |
6472 | << Fn->getSourceRange(); |
6473 | |
6474 | // Emit the location of the prototype. |
6475 | if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig) |
6476 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) |
6477 | << FDecl << FDecl->getParametersSourceRange(); |
6478 | |
6479 | return true; |
6480 | } |
6481 | // We reserve space for the default arguments when we create |
6482 | // the call expression, before calling ConvertArgumentsForCall. |
6483 | assert((Call->getNumArgs() == NumParams) && |
6484 | "We should have reserved space for the default arguments before!" ); |
6485 | } |
6486 | |
6487 | // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop |
6488 | // them. |
6489 | if (Args.size() > NumParams) { |
6490 | if (!Proto->isVariadic()) { |
6491 | TypoCorrection TC; |
6492 | if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) { |
6493 | unsigned diag_id = |
6494 | MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() |
6495 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_suggest |
6496 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_suggest; |
6497 | diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << NumParams |
6498 | << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) |
6499 | << TC.getCorrectionRange()); |
6500 | } else if (NumParams == 1 && FDecl && |
6501 | FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName()) |
6502 | Diag(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), |
6503 | MinArgs == NumParams |
6504 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_one |
6505 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_one) |
6506 | << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) |
6507 | << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) << Fn->getSourceRange() |
6508 | << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), |
6509 | Args.back()->getEndLoc()); |
6510 | else |
6511 | Diag(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), |
6512 | MinArgs == NumParams |
6513 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args |
6514 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most) |
6515 | << FnKind << NumParams << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) |
6516 | << Fn->getSourceRange() |
6517 | << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), |
6518 | Args.back()->getEndLoc()); |
6519 | |
6520 | // Emit the location of the prototype. |
6521 | if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig) |
6522 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) |
6523 | << FDecl << FDecl->getParametersSourceRange(); |
6524 | |
6525 | // This deletes the extra arguments. |
6526 | Call->shrinkNumArgs(NumParams); |
6527 | return true; |
6528 | } |
6529 | } |
6530 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs; |
6531 | VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, Fn); |
6532 | |
6533 | Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getBeginLoc(), FDecl, Proto, 0, Args, |
6534 | AllArgs, CallType); |
6535 | if (Invalid) |
6536 | return true; |
6537 | unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size(); |
6538 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i) |
6539 | Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]); |
6540 | |
6541 | Call->computeDependence(); |
6542 | return false; |
6543 | } |
6544 | |
6545 | bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
6546 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
6547 | unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6548 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, |
6549 | VariadicCallType CallType, bool AllowExplicit, |
6550 | bool IsListInitialization) { |
6551 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); |
6552 | bool Invalid = false; |
6553 | size_t ArgIx = 0; |
6554 | // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args). |
6555 | for (unsigned i = FirstParam; i < NumParams; i++) { |
6556 | QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getParamType(i); |
6557 | |
6558 | Expr *Arg; |
6559 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl ? FDecl->getParamDecl(i) : nullptr; |
6560 | if (ArgIx < Args.size()) { |
6561 | Arg = Args[ArgIx++]; |
6562 | |
6563 | if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getBeginLoc(), ProtoArgType, |
6564 | diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg)) |
6565 | return true; |
6566 | |
6567 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable. |
6568 | bool CFAudited = false; |
6569 | if (Arg->getType() == Context.ARCUnbridgedCastTy && |
6570 | FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() && |
6571 | (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>())) |
6572 | Arg = stripARCUnbridgedCast(Arg); |
6573 | else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && |
6574 | FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() && |
6575 | (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>())) |
6576 | CFAudited = true; |
6577 | |
6578 | if (Proto->getExtParameterInfo(i).isNoEscape() && |
6579 | ProtoArgType->isBlockPointerType()) |
6580 | if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenNoopCasts(Context))) |
6581 | BE->getBlockDecl()->setDoesNotEscape(); |
6582 | |
6583 | InitializedEntity Entity = |
6584 | Param ? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param, |
6585 | ProtoArgType) |
6586 | : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( |
6587 | Context, ProtoArgType, Proto->isParamConsumed(i)); |
6588 | |
6589 | // Remember that parameter belongs to a CF audited API. |
6590 | if (CFAudited) |
6591 | Entity.setParameterCFAudited(); |
6592 | |
6593 | ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization( |
6594 | Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg, IsListInitialization, AllowExplicit); |
6595 | if (ArgE.isInvalid()) |
6596 | return true; |
6597 | |
6598 | Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>(); |
6599 | } else { |
6600 | assert(Param && "can't use default arguments without a known callee" ); |
6601 | |
6602 | ExprResult ArgExpr = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param); |
6603 | if (ArgExpr.isInvalid()) |
6604 | return true; |
6605 | |
6606 | Arg = ArgExpr.getAs<Expr>(); |
6607 | } |
6608 | |
6609 | // Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This |
6610 | // check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr |
6611 | // with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator. |
6612 | CheckArrayAccess(Arg); |
6613 | |
6614 | // Check for violations of C99 static array rules (C99 6.7.5.3p7). |
6615 | CheckStaticArrayArgument(CallLoc, Param, Arg); |
6616 | |
6617 | AllArgs.push_back(Arg); |
6618 | } |
6619 | |
6620 | // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...". |
6621 | if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) { |
6622 | // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that |
6623 | // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic. |
6624 | if (Proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && FDecl && |
6625 | FDecl->isExternC()) { |
6626 | for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) { |
6627 | QualType paramType; // ignored |
6628 | ExprResult arg = checkUnknownAnyArg(CallLoc, A, paramType); |
6629 | Invalid |= arg.isInvalid(); |
6630 | AllArgs.push_back(arg.get()); |
6631 | } |
6632 | |
6633 | // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7). |
6634 | } else { |
6635 | for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) { |
6636 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(A, CallType, FDecl); |
6637 | Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid(); |
6638 | AllArgs.push_back(Arg.get()); |
6639 | } |
6640 | } |
6641 | |
6642 | // Check for array bounds violations. |
6643 | for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) |
6644 | CheckArrayAccess(A); |
6645 | } |
6646 | return Invalid; |
6647 | } |
6648 | |
6649 | static void DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *PVD) { |
6650 | TypeLoc TL = PVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); |
6651 | if (DecayedTypeLoc DTL = TL.getAs<DecayedTypeLoc>()) |
6652 | TL = DTL.getOriginalLoc(); |
6653 | if (ArrayTypeLoc ATL = TL.getAs<ArrayTypeLoc>()) |
6654 | S.Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_static_array) |
6655 | << ATL.getLocalSourceRange(); |
6656 | } |
6657 | |
6658 | /// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static |
6659 | /// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by |
6660 | /// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large. |
6661 | /// |
6662 | /// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of the |
6663 | /// array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value of the |
6664 | /// corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first element of |
6665 | /// an array with at least as many elements as specified by the size expression. |
6666 | void |
6667 | Sema::CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
6668 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
6669 | const Expr *ArgExpr) { |
6670 | // Static array parameters are not supported in C++. |
6671 | if (!Param || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
6672 | return; |
6673 | |
6674 | QualType OrigTy = Param->getOriginalType(); |
6675 | |
6676 | const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy); |
6677 | if (!AT || AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Static) |
6678 | return; |
6679 | |
6680 | if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
6681 | Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) { |
6682 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange(); |
6683 | DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param); |
6684 | return; |
6685 | } |
6686 | |
6687 | const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT); |
6688 | if (!CAT) |
6689 | return; |
6690 | |
6691 | const ConstantArrayType *ArgCAT = |
6692 | Context.getAsConstantArrayType(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()); |
6693 | if (!ArgCAT) |
6694 | return; |
6695 | |
6696 | if (getASTContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(CAT->getElementType(), |
6697 | ArgCAT->getElementType())) { |
6698 | if (ArgCAT->getSize().ult(CAT->getSize())) { |
6699 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small) |
6700 | << ArgExpr->getSourceRange() |
6701 | << (unsigned)ArgCAT->getSize().getZExtValue() |
6702 | << (unsigned)CAT->getSize().getZExtValue() << 0; |
6703 | DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param); |
6704 | } |
6705 | return; |
6706 | } |
6707 | |
6708 | std::optional<CharUnits> ArgSize = |
6709 | getASTContext().getTypeSizeInCharsIfKnown(ArgCAT); |
6710 | std::optional<CharUnits> ParmSize = |
6711 | getASTContext().getTypeSizeInCharsIfKnown(CAT); |
6712 | if (ArgSize && ParmSize && *ArgSize < *ParmSize) { |
6713 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small) |
6714 | << ArgExpr->getSourceRange() << (unsigned)ArgSize->getQuantity() |
6715 | << (unsigned)ParmSize->getQuantity() << 1; |
6716 | DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param); |
6717 | } |
6718 | } |
6719 | |
6720 | /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it |
6721 | /// to have a function type. |
6722 | static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn); |
6723 | |
6724 | /// Is the given type a placeholder that we need to lower out |
6725 | /// immediately during argument processing? |
6726 | static bool isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(QualType type) { |
6727 | // Placeholders are never sugared. |
6728 | const BuiltinType *placeholder = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(type); |
6729 | if (!placeholder) return false; |
6730 | |
6731 | switch (placeholder->getKind()) { |
6732 | // Ignore all the non-placeholder types. |
6733 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
6734 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
6735 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6736 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
6737 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
6738 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6739 | // In practice we'll never use this, since all SVE types are sugared |
6740 | // via TypedefTypes rather than exposed directly as BuiltinTypes. |
6741 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \ |
6742 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
6743 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
6744 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) \ |
6745 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
6746 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" |
6747 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
6748 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" |
6749 | #define WASM_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
6750 | #include "clang/Basic/WebAssemblyReferenceTypes.def" |
6751 | #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) |
6752 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) case BuiltinType::ID: |
6753 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
6754 | return false; |
6755 | |
6756 | // We cannot lower out overload sets; they might validly be resolved |
6757 | // by the call machinery. |
6758 | case BuiltinType::Overload: |
6759 | return false; |
6760 | |
6761 | // Unbridged casts in ARC can be handled in some call positions and |
6762 | // should be left in place. |
6763 | case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: |
6764 | return false; |
6765 | |
6766 | // Pseudo-objects should be converted as soon as possible. |
6767 | case BuiltinType::PseudoObject: |
6768 | return true; |
6769 | |
6770 | // The debugger mode could theoretically but currently does not try |
6771 | // to resolve unknown-typed arguments based on known parameter types. |
6772 | case BuiltinType::UnknownAny: |
6773 | return true; |
6774 | |
6775 | // These are always invalid as call arguments and should be reported. |
6776 | case BuiltinType::BoundMember: |
6777 | case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: |
6778 | case BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx: |
6779 | case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection: |
6780 | case BuiltinType::OMPArrayShaping: |
6781 | case BuiltinType::OMPIterator: |
6782 | return true; |
6783 | |
6784 | } |
6785 | llvm_unreachable("bad builtin type kind" ); |
6786 | } |
6787 | |
6788 | /// Check an argument list for placeholders that we won't try to |
6789 | /// handle later. |
6790 | static bool checkArgsForPlaceholders(Sema &S, MultiExprArg args) { |
6791 | // Apply this processing to all the arguments at once instead of |
6792 | // dying at the first failure. |
6793 | bool hasInvalid = false; |
6794 | for (size_t i = 0, e = args.size(); i != e; i++) { |
6795 | if (isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(args[i]->getType())) { |
6796 | ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(args[i]); |
6797 | if (result.isInvalid()) hasInvalid = true; |
6798 | else args[i] = result.get(); |
6799 | } |
6800 | } |
6801 | return hasInvalid; |
6802 | } |
6803 | |
6804 | /// If a builtin function has a pointer argument with no explicit address |
6805 | /// space, then it should be able to accept a pointer to any address |
6806 | /// space as input. In order to do this, we need to replace the |
6807 | /// standard builtin declaration with one that uses the same address space |
6808 | /// as the call. |
6809 | /// |
6810 | /// \returns nullptr If this builtin is not a candidate for a rewrite i.e. |
6811 | /// it does not contain any pointer arguments without |
6812 | /// an address space qualifer. Otherwise the rewritten |
6813 | /// FunctionDecl is returned. |
6814 | /// TODO: Handle pointer return types. |
6815 | static FunctionDecl *rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(Sema *Sema, ASTContext &Context, |
6816 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
6817 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs) { |
6818 | |
6819 | QualType DeclType = FDecl->getType(); |
6820 | const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(DeclType); |
6821 | |
6822 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.hasPtrArgsOrResult(FDecl->getBuiltinID()) || !FT || |
6823 | ArgExprs.size() < FT->getNumParams()) |
6824 | return nullptr; |
6825 | |
6826 | bool NeedsNewDecl = false; |
6827 | unsigned i = 0; |
6828 | SmallVector<QualType, 8> OverloadParams; |
6829 | |
6830 | for (QualType ParamType : FT->param_types()) { |
6831 | |
6832 | // Convert array arguments to pointer to simplify type lookup. |
6833 | ExprResult ArgRes = |
6834 | Sema->DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ArgExprs[i++]); |
6835 | if (ArgRes.isInvalid()) |
6836 | return nullptr; |
6837 | Expr *Arg = ArgRes.get(); |
6838 | QualType ArgType = Arg->getType(); |
6839 | if (!ParamType->isPointerType() || ParamType.hasAddressSpace() || |
6840 | !ArgType->isPointerType() || |
6841 | !ArgType->getPointeeType().hasAddressSpace() || |
6842 | isPtrSizeAddressSpace(ArgType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace())) { |
6843 | OverloadParams.push_back(ParamType); |
6844 | continue; |
6845 | } |
6846 | |
6847 | QualType PointeeType = ParamType->getPointeeType(); |
6848 | if (PointeeType.hasAddressSpace()) |
6849 | continue; |
6850 | |
6851 | NeedsNewDecl = true; |
6852 | LangAS AS = ArgType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
6853 | |
6854 | PointeeType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(PointeeType, AS); |
6855 | OverloadParams.push_back(Context.getPointerType(PointeeType)); |
6856 | } |
6857 | |
6858 | if (!NeedsNewDecl) |
6859 | return nullptr; |
6860 | |
6861 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
6862 | EPI.Variadic = FT->isVariadic(); |
6863 | QualType OverloadTy = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), |
6864 | OverloadParams, EPI); |
6865 | DeclContext *Parent = FDecl->getParent(); |
6866 | FunctionDecl *OverloadDecl = FunctionDecl::Create( |
6867 | Context, Parent, FDecl->getLocation(), FDecl->getLocation(), |
6868 | FDecl->getIdentifier(), OverloadTy, |
6869 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_Extern, Sema->getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), |
6870 | false, |
6871 | /*hasPrototype=*/true); |
6872 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
6873 | FT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OverloadTy); |
6874 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { |
6875 | QualType ParamType = FT->getParamType(i); |
6876 | ParmVarDecl *Parm = |
6877 | ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, OverloadDecl, SourceLocation(), |
6878 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, ParamType, |
6879 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr); |
6880 | Parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); |
6881 | Params.push_back(Parm); |
6882 | } |
6883 | OverloadDecl->setParams(Params); |
6884 | Sema->mergeDeclAttributes(OverloadDecl, FDecl); |
6885 | return OverloadDecl; |
6886 | } |
6887 | |
6888 | static void checkDirectCallValidity(Sema &S, const Expr *Fn, |
6889 | FunctionDecl *Callee, |
6890 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs) { |
6891 | // `Callee` (when called with ArgExprs) may be ill-formed. enable_if (and |
6892 | // similar attributes) really don't like it when functions are called with an |
6893 | // invalid number of args. |
6894 | if (S.TooManyArguments(Callee->getNumParams(), ArgExprs.size(), |
6895 | /*PartialOverloading=*/false) && |
6896 | !Callee->isVariadic()) |
6897 | return; |
6898 | if (Callee->getMinRequiredArguments() > ArgExprs.size()) |
6899 | return; |
6900 | |
6901 | if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = |
6902 | S.CheckEnableIf(Callee, Fn->getBeginLoc(), ArgExprs, true)) { |
6903 | S.Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(), |
6904 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee) |
6905 | ? diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call |
6906 | : diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) |
6907 | << Callee << Callee->getSourceRange(); |
6908 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), |
6909 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr) |
6910 | << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage(); |
6911 | return; |
6912 | } |
6913 | } |
6914 | |
6915 | static bool enclosingClassIsRelatedToClassInWhichMembersWereFound( |
6916 | const UnresolvedMemberExpr *const UME, Sema &S) { |
6917 | |
6918 | const auto GetFunctionLevelDCIfCXXClass = |
6919 | [](Sema &S) -> const CXXRecordDecl * { |
6920 | const DeclContext *const DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); |
6921 | if (!DC || !DC->getParent()) |
6922 | return nullptr; |
6923 | |
6924 | // If the call to some member function was made from within a member |
6925 | // function body 'M' return return 'M's parent. |
6926 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) |
6927 | return MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl(); |
6928 | // else the call was made from within a default member initializer of a |
6929 | // class, so return the class. |
6930 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) |
6931 | return RD->getCanonicalDecl(); |
6932 | return nullptr; |
6933 | }; |
6934 | // If our DeclContext is neither a member function nor a class (in the |
6935 | // case of a lambda in a default member initializer), we can't have an |
6936 | // enclosing 'this'. |
6937 | |
6938 | const CXXRecordDecl *const CurParentClass = GetFunctionLevelDCIfCXXClass(S); |
6939 | if (!CurParentClass) |
6940 | return false; |
6941 | |
6942 | // The naming class for implicit member functions call is the class in which |
6943 | // name lookup starts. |
6944 | const CXXRecordDecl *const NamingClass = |
6945 | UME->getNamingClass()->getCanonicalDecl(); |
6946 | assert(NamingClass && "Must have naming class even for implicit access" ); |
6947 | |
6948 | // If the unresolved member functions were found in a 'naming class' that is |
6949 | // related (either the same or derived from) to the class that contains the |
6950 | // member function that itself contained the implicit member access. |
6951 | |
6952 | return CurParentClass == NamingClass || |
6953 | CurParentClass->isDerivedFrom(NamingClass); |
6954 | } |
6955 | |
6956 | static void |
6957 | tryImplicitlyCaptureThisIfImplicitMemberFunctionAccessWithDependentArgs( |
6958 | Sema &S, const UnresolvedMemberExpr *const UME, SourceLocation CallLoc) { |
6959 | |
6960 | if (!UME) |
6961 | return; |
6962 | |
6963 | LambdaScopeInfo *const CurLSI = S.getCurLambda(); |
6964 | // Only try and implicitly capture 'this' within a C++ Lambda if it hasn't |
6965 | // already been captured, or if this is an implicit member function call (if |
6966 | // it isn't, an attempt to capture 'this' should already have been made). |
6967 | if (!CurLSI || CurLSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CurLSI->ImpCap_None || |
6968 | !UME->isImplicitAccess() || CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) |
6969 | return; |
6970 | |
6971 | // Check if the naming class in which the unresolved members were found is |
6972 | // related (same as or is a base of) to the enclosing class. |
6973 | |
6974 | if (!enclosingClassIsRelatedToClassInWhichMembersWereFound(UME, S)) |
6975 | return; |
6976 | |
6977 | |
6978 | DeclContext *EnclosingFunctionCtx = S.CurContext->getParent()->getParent(); |
6979 | // If the enclosing function is not dependent, then this lambda is |
6980 | // capture ready, so if we can capture this, do so. |
6981 | if (!EnclosingFunctionCtx->isDependentContext()) { |
6982 | // If the current lambda and all enclosing lambdas can capture 'this' - |
6983 | // then go ahead and capture 'this' (since our unresolved overload set |
6984 | // contains at least one non-static member function). |
6985 | if (!S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CallLoc, /*Explcit*/ false, /*Diagnose*/ false)) |
6986 | S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CallLoc); |
6987 | } else if (S.CurContext->isDependentContext()) { |
6988 | // ... since this is an implicit member reference, that might potentially |
6989 | // involve a 'this' capture, mark 'this' for potential capture in |
6990 | // enclosing lambdas. |
6991 | if (CurLSI->ImpCaptureStyle != CurLSI->ImpCap_None) |
6992 | CurLSI->addPotentialThisCapture(CallLoc); |
6993 | } |
6994 | } |
6995 | |
6996 | // Once a call is fully resolved, warn for unqualified calls to specific |
6997 | // C++ standard functions, like move and forward. |
6998 | static void DiagnosedUnqualifiedCallsToStdFunctions(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) { |
6999 | // We are only checking unary move and forward so exit early here. |
7000 | if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1) |
7001 | return; |
7002 | |
7003 | Expr *E = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
7004 | if (!E || isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) |
7005 | return; |
7006 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E); |
7007 | if (!DRE || !DRE->getLocation().isValid()) |
7008 | return; |
7009 | |
7010 | if (DRE->getQualifier()) |
7011 | return; |
7012 | |
7013 | const FunctionDecl *FD = Call->getDirectCallee(); |
7014 | if (!FD) |
7015 | return; |
7016 | |
7017 | // Only warn for some functions deemed more frequent or problematic. |
7018 | unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(); |
7019 | if (BuiltinID != Builtin::BImove && BuiltinID != Builtin::BIforward) |
7020 | return; |
7021 | |
7022 | S.Diag(DRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_unqualified_call_to_std_cast_function) |
7023 | << FD->getQualifiedNameAsString() |
7024 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DRE->getLocation(), "std::" ); |
7025 | } |
7026 | |
7027 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
7028 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
7029 | Expr *ExecConfig) { |
7030 | ExprResult Call = |
7031 | BuildCallExpr(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, ExecConfig, |
7032 | /*IsExecConfig=*/false, /*AllowRecovery=*/true); |
7033 | if (Call.isInvalid()) |
7034 | return Call; |
7035 | |
7036 | // Diagnose uses of the C++20 "ADL-only template-id call" feature in earlier |
7037 | // language modes. |
7038 | if (auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Fn)) { |
7039 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() && |
7040 | ULE->decls_begin() == ULE->decls_end()) { |
7041 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
7042 | ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_adl_only_template_id |
7043 | : diag::ext_adl_only_template_id) |
7044 | << ULE->getName(); |
7045 | } |
7046 | } |
7047 | |
7048 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP) |
7049 | Call = ActOnOpenMPCall(Call, Scope, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, |
7050 | ExecConfig); |
7051 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { |
7052 | CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Call.get()); |
7053 | if (CE) |
7054 | DiagnosedUnqualifiedCallsToStdFunctions(*this, CE); |
7055 | } |
7056 | return Call; |
7057 | } |
7058 | |
7059 | /// BuildCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. |
7060 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma |
7061 | /// locations. |
7062 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
7063 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
7064 | Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig, |
7065 | bool AllowRecovery) { |
7066 | // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. |
7067 | ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope, Fn); |
7068 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
7069 | Fn = Result.get(); |
7070 | |
7071 | if (checkArgsForPlaceholders(*this, ArgExprs)) |
7072 | return ExprError(); |
7073 | |
7074 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
7075 | // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately. |
7076 | if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) { |
7077 | if (!ArgExprs.empty()) { |
7078 | // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments. |
7079 | Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args) |
7080 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( |
7081 | SourceRange(ArgExprs.front()->getBeginLoc(), |
7082 | ArgExprs.back()->getEndLoc())); |
7083 | } |
7084 | |
7085 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, /*Args=*/{}, Context.VoidTy, |
7086 | VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
7087 | } |
7088 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.PseudoObjectTy) { |
7089 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Fn); |
7090 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
7091 | Fn = result.get(); |
7092 | } |
7093 | |
7094 | // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template, |
7095 | // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now. |
7096 | if (Fn->isTypeDependent() || Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs)) { |
7097 | if (ExecConfig) { |
7098 | return CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, |
7099 | cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), ArgExprs, |
7100 | Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue, |
7101 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
7102 | } else { |
7103 | |
7104 | tryImplicitlyCaptureThisIfImplicitMemberFunctionAccessWithDependentArgs( |
7105 | *this, dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()), |
7106 | Fn->getBeginLoc()); |
7107 | |
7108 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, |
7109 | VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
7110 | } |
7111 | } |
7112 | |
7113 | // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]). |
7114 | if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType()) |
7115 | return BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, |
7116 | RParenLoc); |
7117 | |
7118 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { |
7119 | ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn); |
7120 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
7121 | Fn = result.get(); |
7122 | } |
7123 | |
7124 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) { |
7125 | return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, |
7126 | RParenLoc, ExecConfig, IsExecConfig, |
7127 | AllowRecovery); |
7128 | } |
7129 | } |
7130 | |
7131 | // Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions. |
7132 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) { |
7133 | OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn); |
7134 | |
7135 | // We aren't supposed to apply this logic if there's an '&' involved. |
7136 | if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) { |
7137 | if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs)) |
7138 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, |
7139 | VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
7140 | OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression; |
7141 | if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl)) |
7142 | return BuildOverloadedCallExpr( |
7143 | Scope, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, ExecConfig, |
7144 | /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/true, find.IsAddressOfOperand); |
7145 | return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, |
7146 | RParenLoc, ExecConfig, IsExecConfig, |
7147 | AllowRecovery); |
7148 | } |
7149 | } |
7150 | |
7151 | // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration. |
7152 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { |
7153 | ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn); |
7154 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
7155 | Fn = result.get(); |
7156 | } |
7157 | |
7158 | Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens(); |
7159 | |
7160 | bool CallingNDeclIndirectly = false; |
7161 | NamedDecl *NDecl = nullptr; |
7162 | if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn)) { |
7163 | if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) { |
7164 | CallingNDeclIndirectly = true; |
7165 | NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); |
7166 | } |
7167 | } |
7168 | |
7169 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) { |
7170 | NDecl = DRE->getDecl(); |
7171 | |
7172 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl); |
7173 | if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID()) { |
7174 | // Rewrite the function decl for this builtin by replacing parameters |
7175 | // with no explicit address space with the address space of the arguments |
7176 | // in ArgExprs. |
7177 | if ((FDecl = |
7178 | rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(this, Context, FDecl, ArgExprs))) { |
7179 | NDecl = FDecl; |
7180 | Fn = DeclRefExpr::Create( |
7181 | Context, FDecl->getQualifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), FDecl, false, |
7182 | SourceLocation(), FDecl->getType(), Fn->getValueKind(), FDecl, |
7183 | nullptr, DRE->isNonOdrUse()); |
7184 | } |
7185 | } |
7186 | } else if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) |
7187 | NDecl = ME->getMemberDecl(); |
7188 | |
7189 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl)) { |
7190 | if (CallingNDeclIndirectly && !checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable( |
7191 | FD, /*Complain=*/true, Fn->getBeginLoc())) |
7192 | return ExprError(); |
7193 | |
7194 | checkDirectCallValidity(*this, Fn, FD, ArgExprs); |
7195 | |
7196 | // If this expression is a call to a builtin function in HIP device |
7197 | // compilation, allow a pointer-type argument to default address space to be |
7198 | // passed as a pointer-type parameter to a non-default address space. |
7199 | // If Arg is declared in the default address space and Param is declared |
7200 | // in a non-default address space, perform an implicit address space cast to |
7201 | // the parameter type. |
7202 | if (getLangOpts().HIP && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && FD && |
7203 | FD->getBuiltinID()) { |
7204 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < FD->param_size(); ++Idx) { |
7205 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(Idx); |
7206 | if (!ArgExprs[Idx] || !Param || !Param->getType()->isPointerType() || |
7207 | !ArgExprs[Idx]->getType()->isPointerType()) |
7208 | continue; |
7209 | |
7210 | auto ParamAS = Param->getType()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
7211 | auto ArgTy = ArgExprs[Idx]->getType(); |
7212 | auto ArgPtTy = ArgTy->getPointeeType(); |
7213 | auto ArgAS = ArgPtTy.getAddressSpace(); |
7214 | |
7215 | // Add address space cast if target address spaces are different |
7216 | bool NeedImplicitASC = |
7217 | ParamAS != LangAS::Default && // Pointer params in generic AS don't need special handling. |
7218 | ( ArgAS == LangAS::Default || // We do allow implicit conversion from generic AS |
7219 | // or from specific AS which has target AS matching that of Param. |
7220 | getASTContext().getTargetAddressSpace(ArgAS) == getASTContext().getTargetAddressSpace(ParamAS)); |
7221 | if (!NeedImplicitASC) |
7222 | continue; |
7223 | |
7224 | // First, ensure that the Arg is an RValue. |
7225 | if (ArgExprs[Idx]->isGLValue()) { |
7226 | ArgExprs[Idx] = ImplicitCastExpr::Create( |
7227 | Context, ArgExprs[Idx]->getType(), CK_NoOp, ArgExprs[Idx], |
7228 | nullptr, VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride()); |
7229 | } |
7230 | |
7231 | // Construct a new arg type with address space of Param |
7232 | Qualifiers ArgPtQuals = ArgPtTy.getQualifiers(); |
7233 | ArgPtQuals.setAddressSpace(ParamAS); |
7234 | auto NewArgPtTy = |
7235 | Context.getQualifiedType(ArgPtTy.getUnqualifiedType(), ArgPtQuals); |
7236 | auto NewArgTy = |
7237 | Context.getQualifiedType(Context.getPointerType(NewArgPtTy), |
7238 | ArgTy.getQualifiers()); |
7239 | |
7240 | // Finally perform an implicit address space cast |
7241 | ArgExprs[Idx] = ImpCastExprToType(ArgExprs[Idx], NewArgTy, |
7242 | CK_AddressSpaceConversion) |
7243 | .get(); |
7244 | } |
7245 | } |
7246 | } |
7247 | |
7248 | if (Context.isDependenceAllowed() && |
7249 | (Fn->isTypeDependent() || Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))) { |
7250 | assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus); |
7251 | assert((Fn->containsErrors() || |
7252 | llvm::any_of(ArgExprs, |
7253 | [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) && |
7254 | "should only occur in error-recovery path." ); |
7255 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, |
7256 | VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
7257 | } |
7258 | return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, |
7259 | ExecConfig, IsExecConfig); |
7260 | } |
7261 | |
7262 | /// BuildBuiltinCallExpr - Create a call to a builtin function specified by Id |
7263 | // with the specified CallArgs |
7264 | Expr *Sema::BuildBuiltinCallExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Builtin::ID Id, |
7265 | MultiExprArg CallArgs) { |
7266 | StringRef Name = Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(Id); |
7267 | LookupResult R(*this, &Context.Idents.get(Name), Loc, |
7268 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); |
7269 | LookupName(R, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true); |
7270 | |
7271 | auto *BuiltInDecl = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>(); |
7272 | assert(BuiltInDecl && "failed to find builtin declaration" ); |
7273 | |
7274 | ExprResult DeclRef = |
7275 | BuildDeclRefExpr(BuiltInDecl, BuiltInDecl->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc); |
7276 | assert(DeclRef.isUsable() && "Builtin reference cannot fail" ); |
7277 | |
7278 | ExprResult Call = |
7279 | BuildCallExpr(/*Scope=*/nullptr, DeclRef.get(), Loc, CallArgs, Loc); |
7280 | |
7281 | assert(!Call.isInvalid() && "Call to builtin cannot fail!" ); |
7282 | return Call.get(); |
7283 | } |
7284 | |
7285 | /// Parse a __builtin_astype expression. |
7286 | /// |
7287 | /// __builtin_astype( value, dst type ) |
7288 | /// |
7289 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
7290 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
7291 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
7292 | QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy); |
7293 | return BuildAsTypeExpr(E, DstTy, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); |
7294 | } |
7295 | |
7296 | /// Create a new AsTypeExpr node (bitcast) from the arguments. |
7297 | ExprResult Sema::BuildAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, QualType DestTy, |
7298 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
7299 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
7300 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; |
7301 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; |
7302 | QualType SrcTy = E->getType(); |
7303 | if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && |
7304 | Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy)) |
7305 | return ExprError( |
7306 | Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size) |
7307 | << DestTy << SrcTy << E->getSourceRange()); |
7308 | return new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DestTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); |
7309 | } |
7310 | |
7311 | /// ActOnConvertVectorExpr - create a new convert-vector expression from the |
7312 | /// provided arguments. |
7313 | /// |
7314 | /// __builtin_convertvector( value, dst type ) |
7315 | /// |
7316 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
7317 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
7318 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
7319 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
7320 | GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy, &TInfo); |
7321 | return SemaConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); |
7322 | } |
7323 | |
7324 | /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression, |
7325 | /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should |
7326 | /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or |
7327 | /// block-pointer type. |
7328 | /// |
7329 | /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available |
7330 | ExprResult Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, |
7331 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
7332 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
7333 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *Config, |
7334 | bool IsExecConfig, ADLCallKind UsesADL) { |
7335 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl); |
7336 | unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0); |
7337 | |
7338 | // Functions with 'interrupt' attribute cannot be called directly. |
7339 | if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) { |
7340 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_called); |
7341 | return ExprError(); |
7342 | } |
7343 | |
7344 | // Interrupt handlers don't save off the VFP regs automatically on ARM, |
7345 | // so there's some risk when calling out to non-interrupt handler functions |
7346 | // that the callee might not preserve them. This is easy to diagnose here, |
7347 | // but can be very challenging to debug. |
7348 | // Likewise, X86 interrupt handlers may only call routines with attribute |
7349 | // no_caller_saved_registers since there is no efficient way to |
7350 | // save and restore the non-GPR state. |
7351 | if (auto *Caller = getCurFunctionDecl()) { |
7352 | if (Caller->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>()) { |
7353 | bool VFP = Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("vfp" ); |
7354 | if (VFP && (!FDecl || !FDecl->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>())) { |
7355 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arm_interrupt_calling_convention); |
7356 | if (FDecl) |
7357 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl; |
7358 | } |
7359 | } |
7360 | if (Caller->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>() && |
7361 | ((!FDecl || !FDecl->hasAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>()))) { |
7362 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_anyx86_interrupt_regsave); |
7363 | if (FDecl) |
7364 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl; |
7365 | } |
7366 | } |
7367 | |
7368 | // Promote the function operand. |
7369 | // We special-case function promotion here because we only allow promoting |
7370 | // builtin functions to function pointers in the callee of a call. |
7371 | ExprResult Result; |
7372 | QualType ResultTy; |
7373 | if (BuiltinID && |
7374 | Fn->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BuiltinFn)) { |
7375 | // Extract the return type from the (builtin) function pointer type. |
7376 | // FIXME Several builtins still have setType in |
7377 | // Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall. One should review their definitions in |
7378 | // Builtins.def to ensure they are correct before removing setType calls. |
7379 | QualType FnPtrTy = Context.getPointerType(FDecl->getType()); |
7380 | Result = ImpCastExprToType(Fn, FnPtrTy, CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get(); |
7381 | ResultTy = FDecl->getCallResultType(); |
7382 | } else { |
7383 | Result = CallExprUnaryConversions(Fn); |
7384 | ResultTy = Context.BoolTy; |
7385 | } |
7386 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
7387 | return ExprError(); |
7388 | Fn = Result.get(); |
7389 | |
7390 | // Check for a valid function type, but only if it is not a builtin which |
7391 | // requires custom type checking. These will be handled by |
7392 | // CheckBuiltinFunctionCall below just after creation of the call expression. |
7393 | const FunctionType *FuncT = nullptr; |
7394 | if (!BuiltinID || !Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID)) { |
7395 | retry: |
7396 | if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
7397 | // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall |
7398 | // have type pointer to function". |
7399 | FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
7400 | if (!FuncT) |
7401 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) |
7402 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
7403 | } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT = |
7404 | Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
7405 | FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
7406 | } else { |
7407 | // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type. |
7408 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { |
7409 | ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn); |
7410 | if (rewrite.isInvalid()) |
7411 | return ExprError(); |
7412 | Fn = rewrite.get(); |
7413 | goto retry; |
7414 | } |
7415 | |
7416 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) |
7417 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
7418 | } |
7419 | } |
7420 | |
7421 | // Get the number of parameters in the function prototype, if any. |
7422 | // We will allocate space for max(Args.size(), NumParams) arguments |
7423 | // in the call expression. |
7424 | const auto *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT); |
7425 | unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0; |
7426 | |
7427 | CallExpr *TheCall; |
7428 | if (Config) { |
7429 | assert(UsesADL == ADLCallKind::NotADL && |
7430 | "CUDAKernelCallExpr should not use ADL" ); |
7431 | TheCall = CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(Config), |
7432 | Args, ResultTy, VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, |
7433 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams); |
7434 | } else { |
7435 | TheCall = |
7436 | CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, Args, ResultTy, VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, |
7437 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams, UsesADL); |
7438 | } |
7439 | |
7440 | if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { |
7441 | // Forget about the nulled arguments since typo correction |
7442 | // do not handle them well. |
7443 | TheCall->shrinkNumArgs(Args.size()); |
7444 | // C cannot always handle TypoExpr nodes in builtin calls and direct |
7445 | // function calls as their argument checking don't necessarily handle |
7446 | // dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have been |
7447 | // dealt with. |
7448 | ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(TheCall); |
7449 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
7450 | CallExpr *TheOldCall = TheCall; |
7451 | TheCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Result.get()); |
7452 | bool CorrectedTypos = TheCall != TheOldCall; |
7453 | if (!TheCall) return Result; |
7454 | Args = llvm::ArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()); |
7455 | |
7456 | // A new call expression node was created if some typos were corrected. |
7457 | // However it may not have been constructed with enough storage. In this |
7458 | // case, rebuild the node with enough storage. The waste of space is |
7459 | // immaterial since this only happens when some typos were corrected. |
7460 | if (CorrectedTypos && Args.size() < NumParams) { |
7461 | if (Config) |
7462 | TheCall = CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create( |
7463 | Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(Config), Args, ResultTy, VK_PRValue, |
7464 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams); |
7465 | else |
7466 | TheCall = |
7467 | CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, Args, ResultTy, VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, |
7468 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams, UsesADL); |
7469 | } |
7470 | // We can now handle the nulled arguments for the default arguments. |
7471 | TheCall->setNumArgsUnsafe(std::max<unsigned>(Args.size(), NumParams)); |
7472 | } |
7473 | |
7474 | // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom type checking. |
7475 | if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID)) |
7476 | return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall); |
7477 | |
7478 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { |
7479 | if (Config) { |
7480 | // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions |
7481 | if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) |
7482 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function) |
7483 | << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
7484 | |
7485 | // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type |
7486 | if (!FuncT->getReturnType()->isVoidType() && |
7487 | !FuncT->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>() && |
7488 | !FuncT->getReturnType()->isInstantiationDependentType()) |
7489 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return) |
7490 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
7491 | } else { |
7492 | // CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured |
7493 | if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) |
7494 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config) |
7495 | << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
7496 | } |
7497 | } |
7498 | |
7499 | // Check for a valid return type |
7500 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getReturnType(), Fn->getBeginLoc(), TheCall, |
7501 | FDecl)) |
7502 | return ExprError(); |
7503 | |
7504 | // We know the result type of the call, set it. |
7505 | TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context)); |
7506 | TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getReturnType())); |
7507 | |
7508 | // WebAssembly tables can't be used as arguments. |
7509 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWasm()) { |
7510 | for (const Expr *Arg : Args) { |
7511 | if (Arg && Arg->getType()->isWebAssemblyTableType()) { |
7512 | return ExprError(Diag(Arg->getExprLoc(), |
7513 | diag::err_wasm_table_as_function_parameter)); |
7514 | } |
7515 | } |
7516 | } |
7517 | |
7518 | if (Proto) { |
7519 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, RParenLoc, |
7520 | IsExecConfig)) |
7521 | return ExprError(); |
7522 | } else { |
7523 | assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!" ); |
7524 | |
7525 | if (FDecl) { |
7526 | // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based |
7527 | // on our knowledge of the function definition. |
7528 | const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr; |
7529 | if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && Args.size() != Def->param_size()) { |
7530 | Proto = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
7531 | if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && Args.size() >= Def->param_size())) |
7532 | Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments) |
7533 | << (Args.size() > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange(); |
7534 | } |
7535 | |
7536 | // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have |
7537 | // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype. |
7538 | if (!FDecl->hasPrototype()) |
7539 | Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
7540 | } |
7541 | |
7542 | // If we still haven't found a prototype to use but there are arguments to |
7543 | // the call, diagnose this as calling a function without a prototype. |
7544 | // However, if we found a function declaration, check to see if |
7545 | // -Wdeprecated-non-prototype was disabled where the function was declared. |
7546 | // If so, we will silence the diagnostic here on the assumption that this |
7547 | // interface is intentional and the user knows what they're doing. We will |
7548 | // also silence the diagnostic if there is a function declaration but it |
7549 | // was implicitly defined (the user already gets diagnostics about the |
7550 | // creation of the implicit function declaration, so the additional warning |
7551 | // is not helpful). |
7552 | if (!Proto && !Args.empty() && |
7553 | (!FDecl || (!FDecl->isImplicit() && |
7554 | !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_strict_uses_without_prototype, |
7555 | FDecl->getLocation())))) |
7556 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::warn_strict_uses_without_prototype) |
7557 | << (FDecl != nullptr) << FDecl; |
7558 | |
7559 | // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6). |
7560 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) { |
7561 | Expr *Arg = Args[i]; |
7562 | |
7563 | if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumParams()) { |
7564 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( |
7565 | Context, Proto->getParamType(i), Proto->isParamConsumed(i)); |
7566 | ExprResult ArgE = |
7567 | PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg); |
7568 | if (ArgE.isInvalid()) |
7569 | return true; |
7570 | |
7571 | Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>(); |
7572 | |
7573 | } else { |
7574 | ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg); |
7575 | |
7576 | if (ArgE.isInvalid()) |
7577 | return true; |
7578 | |
7579 | Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>(); |
7580 | } |
7581 | |
7582 | if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getBeginLoc(), Arg->getType(), |
7583 | diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg)) |
7584 | return ExprError(); |
7585 | |
7586 | TheCall->setArg(i, Arg); |
7587 | } |
7588 | TheCall->computeDependence(); |
7589 | } |
7590 | |
7591 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl)) |
7592 | if (!Method->isStatic()) |
7593 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) |
7594 | << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
7595 | |
7596 | // Check for sentinels |
7597 | if (NDecl) |
7598 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args); |
7599 | |
7600 | // Warn for unions passing across security boundary (CMSE). |
7601 | if (FuncT != nullptr && FuncT->getCmseNSCallAttr()) { |
7602 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) { |
7603 | if (const auto *RT = |
7604 | dyn_cast<RecordType>(Args[i]->getType().getCanonicalType())) { |
7605 | if (RT->getDecl()->isOrContainsUnion()) |
7606 | Diag(Args[i]->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_cmse_nonsecure_union) |
7607 | << 0 << i; |
7608 | } |
7609 | } |
7610 | } |
7611 | |
7612 | // Do special checking on direct calls to functions. |
7613 | if (FDecl) { |
7614 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall, Proto)) |
7615 | return ExprError(); |
7616 | |
7617 | checkFortifiedBuiltinMemoryFunction(FDecl, TheCall); |
7618 | |
7619 | if (BuiltinID) |
7620 | return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall); |
7621 | } else if (NDecl) { |
7622 | if (CheckPointerCall(NDecl, TheCall, Proto)) |
7623 | return ExprError(); |
7624 | } else { |
7625 | if (CheckOtherCall(TheCall, Proto)) |
7626 | return ExprError(); |
7627 | } |
7628 | |
7629 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), FDecl); |
7630 | } |
7631 | |
7632 | ExprResult |
7633 | Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty, |
7634 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) { |
7635 | assert(Ty && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type" ); |
7636 | assert(InitExpr && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression" ); |
7637 | |
7638 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
7639 | QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo); |
7640 | if (!TInfo) |
7641 | TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType); |
7642 | |
7643 | return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr); |
7644 | } |
7645 | |
7646 | ExprResult |
7647 | Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
7648 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) { |
7649 | QualType literalType = TInfo->getType(); |
7650 | |
7651 | if (literalType->isArrayType()) { |
7652 | if (RequireCompleteSizedType( |
7653 | LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType), |
7654 | diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, |
7655 | SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()))) |
7656 | return ExprError(); |
7657 | if (literalType->isVariableArrayType()) { |
7658 | // C2x 6.7.9p4: An entity of variable length array type shall not be |
7659 | // initialized except by an empty initializer. |
7660 | // |
7661 | // The C extension warnings are issued from ParseBraceInitializer() and |
7662 | // do not need to be issued here. However, we continue to issue an error |
7663 | // in the case there are initializers or we are compiling C++. We allow |
7664 | // use of VLAs in C++, but it's not clear we want to allow {} to zero |
7665 | // init a VLA in C++ in all cases (such as with non-trivial constructors). |
7666 | // FIXME: should we allow this construct in C++ when it makes sense to do |
7667 | // so? |
7668 | std::optional<unsigned> NumInits; |
7669 | if (const auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(LiteralExpr)) |
7670 | NumInits = ILE->getNumInits(); |
7671 | if ((LangOpts.CPlusPlus || NumInits.value_or(0)) && |
7672 | !tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TInfo, literalType, LParenLoc, |
7673 | diag::err_variable_object_no_init)) |
7674 | return ExprError(); |
7675 | } |
7676 | } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() && |
7677 | RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType, |
7678 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type, |
7679 | SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()))) |
7680 | return ExprError(); |
7681 | |
7682 | InitializedEntity Entity |
7683 | = InitializedEntity::InitializeCompoundLiteralInit(TInfo); |
7684 | InitializationKind Kind |
7685 | = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc, |
7686 | SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), |
7687 | /*InitList=*/true); |
7688 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr); |
7689 | ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr, |
7690 | &literalType); |
7691 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
7692 | return ExprError(); |
7693 | LiteralExpr = Result.get(); |
7694 | |
7695 | bool isFileScope = !CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod(); |
7696 | |
7697 | // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason. |
7698 | // For GCC compatibility, in C++, file-scope array compound literals with |
7699 | // constant initializers are also l-values, and compound literals are |
7700 | // otherwise prvalues. |
7701 | // |
7702 | // (GCC also treats C++ list-initialized file-scope array prvalues with |
7703 | // constant initializers as l-values, but that's non-conforming, so we don't |
7704 | // follow it there.) |
7705 | // |
7706 | // FIXME: It would be better to handle the lvalue cases as materializing and |
7707 | // lifetime-extending a temporary object, but our materialized temporaries |
7708 | // representation only supports lifetime extension from a variable, not "out |
7709 | // of thin air". |
7710 | // FIXME: For C++, we might want to instead lifetime-extend only if a pointer |
7711 | // is bound to the result of applying array-to-pointer decay to the compound |
7712 | // literal. |
7713 | // FIXME: GCC supports compound literals of reference type, which should |
7714 | // obviously have a value kind derived from the kind of reference involved. |
7715 | ExprValueKind VK = |
7716 | (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !(isFileScope && literalType->isArrayType())) |
7717 | ? VK_PRValue |
7718 | : VK_LValue; |
7719 | |
7720 | if (isFileScope) |
7721 | if (auto ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(LiteralExpr)) |
7722 | for (unsigned i = 0, j = ILE->getNumInits(); i != j; i++) { |
7723 | Expr *Init = ILE->getInit(i); |
7724 | ILE->setInit(i, ConstantExpr::Create(Context, Init)); |
7725 | } |
7726 | |
7727 | auto *E = new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType, |
7728 | VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope); |
7729 | if (isFileScope) { |
7730 | if (!LiteralExpr->isTypeDependent() && |
7731 | !LiteralExpr->isValueDependent() && |
7732 | !literalType->isDependentType()) // C99 6.5.2.5p3 |
7733 | if (CheckForConstantInitializer(LiteralExpr, literalType)) |
7734 | return ExprError(); |
7735 | } else if (literalType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private && |
7736 | literalType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { |
7737 | // Embedded-C extensions to C99 6.5.2.5: |
7738 | // "If the compound literal occurs inside the body of a function, the |
7739 | // type name shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." |
7740 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_compound_literal_with_address_space) |
7741 | << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()); |
7742 | return ExprError(); |
7743 | } |
7744 | |
7745 | if (!isFileScope && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
7746 | // Compound literals that have automatic storage duration are destroyed at |
7747 | // the end of the scope in C; in C++, they're just temporaries. |
7748 | |
7749 | // Emit diagnostics if it is or contains a C union type that is non-trivial |
7750 | // to destruct. |
7751 | if (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion()) |
7752 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(E->getType(), E->getExprLoc(), |
7753 | NTCUC_CompoundLiteral, NTCUK_Destruct); |
7754 | |
7755 | // Diagnose jumps that enter or exit the lifetime of the compound literal. |
7756 | if (literalType.isDestructedType()) { |
7757 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); |
7758 | ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(E); |
7759 | getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
7760 | } |
7761 | } |
7762 | |
7763 | if (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || |
7764 | E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) |
7765 | checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(E->getInitializer(), |
7766 | E->getInitializer()->getExprLoc()); |
7767 | |
7768 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(E); |
7769 | } |
7770 | |
7771 | ExprResult |
7772 | Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
7773 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { |
7774 | // Only produce each kind of designated initialization diagnostic once. |
7775 | SourceLocation FirstDesignator; |
7776 | bool DiagnosedArrayDesignator = false; |
7777 | bool DiagnosedNestedDesignator = false; |
7778 | bool DiagnosedMixedDesignator = false; |
7779 | |
7780 | // Check that any designated initializers are syntactically valid in the |
7781 | // current language mode. |
7782 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) { |
7783 | if (auto *DIE = dyn_cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[I])) { |
7784 | if (FirstDesignator.isInvalid()) |
7785 | FirstDesignator = DIE->getBeginLoc(); |
7786 | |
7787 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
7788 | break; |
7789 | |
7790 | if (!DiagnosedNestedDesignator && DIE->size() > 1) { |
7791 | DiagnosedNestedDesignator = true; |
7792 | Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_nested) |
7793 | << DIE->getDesignatorsSourceRange(); |
7794 | } |
7795 | |
7796 | for (auto &Desig : DIE->designators()) { |
7797 | if (!Desig.isFieldDesignator() && !DiagnosedArrayDesignator) { |
7798 | DiagnosedArrayDesignator = true; |
7799 | Diag(Desig.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_array) |
7800 | << Desig.getSourceRange(); |
7801 | } |
7802 | } |
7803 | |
7804 | if (!DiagnosedMixedDesignator && |
7805 | !isa<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[0])) { |
7806 | DiagnosedMixedDesignator = true; |
7807 | Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_mixed) |
7808 | << DIE->getSourceRange(); |
7809 | Diag(InitArgList[0]->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_designated_init_mixed) |
7810 | << InitArgList[0]->getSourceRange(); |
7811 | } |
7812 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !DiagnosedMixedDesignator && |
7813 | isa<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[0])) { |
7814 | DiagnosedMixedDesignator = true; |
7815 | auto *DIE = cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[0]); |
7816 | Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_mixed) |
7817 | << DIE->getSourceRange(); |
7818 | Diag(InitArgList[I]->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_designated_init_mixed) |
7819 | << InitArgList[I]->getSourceRange(); |
7820 | } |
7821 | } |
7822 | |
7823 | if (FirstDesignator.isValid()) { |
7824 | // Only diagnose designated initiaization as a C++20 extension if we didn't |
7825 | // already diagnose use of (non-C++20) C99 designator syntax. |
7826 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !DiagnosedArrayDesignator && |
7827 | !DiagnosedNestedDesignator && !DiagnosedMixedDesignator) { |
7828 | Diag(FirstDesignator, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
7829 | ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_designated_init |
7830 | : diag::ext_cxx_designated_init); |
7831 | } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C99) { |
7832 | Diag(FirstDesignator, diag::ext_designated_init); |
7833 | } |
7834 | } |
7835 | |
7836 | return BuildInitList(LBraceLoc, InitArgList, RBraceLoc); |
7837 | } |
7838 | |
7839 | ExprResult |
7840 | Sema::BuildInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
7841 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { |
7842 | // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and |
7843 | // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being initialized. |
7844 | |
7845 | // Immediately handle non-overload placeholders. Overloads can be |
7846 | // resolved contextually, but everything else here can't. |
7847 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) { |
7848 | if (InitArgList[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { |
7849 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(InitArgList[I]); |
7850 | |
7851 | // Ignore failures; dropping the entire initializer list because |
7852 | // of one failure would be terrible for indexing/etc. |
7853 | if (result.isInvalid()) continue; |
7854 | |
7855 | InitArgList[I] = result.get(); |
7856 | } |
7857 | } |
7858 | |
7859 | InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitArgList, |
7860 | RBraceLoc); |
7861 | E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now. |
7862 | return E; |
7863 | } |
7864 | |
7865 | /// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC. |
7866 | void Sema::maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E) { |
7867 | assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()); |
7868 | assert(E.get()->isPRValue()); |
7869 | |
7870 | // Only do this in an r-value context. |
7871 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return; |
7872 | |
7873 | E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create( |
7874 | Context, E.get()->getType(), CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, E.get(), |
7875 | /*base path*/ nullptr, VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride()); |
7876 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); |
7877 | } |
7878 | |
7879 | /// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object |
7880 | /// pointer type. |
7881 | CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) { |
7882 | QualType type = E.get()->getType(); |
7883 | if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
7884 | return CK_BitCast; |
7885 | } else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) { |
7886 | maybeExtendBlockObject(E); |
7887 | return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; |
7888 | } else { |
7889 | assert(type->isPointerType()); |
7890 | return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; |
7891 | } |
7892 | } |
7893 | |
7894 | /// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages |
7895 | /// except the final cast and returning the kind required. |
7896 | CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) { |
7897 | // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer. |
7898 | // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with |
7899 | // pointers. Everything else should be possible. |
7900 | |
7901 | QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType(); |
7902 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy)) |
7903 | return CK_NoOp; |
7904 | |
7905 | switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { |
7906 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: |
7907 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C" ); |
7908 | |
7909 | case Type::STK_CPointer: |
7910 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: |
7911 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: |
7912 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { |
7913 | case Type::STK_CPointer: { |
7914 | LangAS SrcAS = SrcTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
7915 | LangAS DestAS = DestTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
7916 | if (SrcAS != DestAS) |
7917 | return CK_AddressSpaceConversion; |
7918 | if (Context.hasCvrSimilarType(SrcTy, DestTy)) |
7919 | return CK_NoOp; |
7920 | return CK_BitCast; |
7921 | } |
7922 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: |
7923 | return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer |
7924 | ? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); |
7925 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: |
7926 | if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer) |
7927 | return CK_BitCast; |
7928 | if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer) |
7929 | return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; |
7930 | maybeExtendBlockObject(Src); |
7931 | return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; |
7932 | case Type::STK_Bool: |
7933 | return CK_PointerToBoolean; |
7934 | case Type::STK_Integral: |
7935 | return CK_PointerToIntegral; |
7936 | case Type::STK_Floating: |
7937 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: |
7938 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: |
7939 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: |
7940 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: |
7941 | llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer" ); |
7942 | } |
7943 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this" ); |
7944 | |
7945 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: |
7946 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { |
7947 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: |
7948 | return CK_FixedPointCast; |
7949 | case Type::STK_Bool: |
7950 | return CK_FixedPointToBoolean; |
7951 | case Type::STK_Integral: |
7952 | return CK_FixedPointToIntegral; |
7953 | case Type::STK_Floating: |
7954 | return CK_FixedPointToFloating; |
7955 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: |
7956 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: |
7957 | Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(), |
7958 | diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type) |
7959 | << DestTy; |
7960 | return CK_IntegralCast; |
7961 | case Type::STK_CPointer: |
7962 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: |
7963 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: |
7964 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: |
7965 | llvm_unreachable("illegal cast to pointer type" ); |
7966 | } |
7967 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this" ); |
7968 | |
7969 | case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer |
7970 | case Type::STK_Integral: |
7971 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { |
7972 | case Type::STK_CPointer: |
7973 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: |
7974 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: |
7975 | if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
7976 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) |
7977 | return CK_NullToPointer; |
7978 | return CK_IntegralToPointer; |
7979 | case Type::STK_Bool: |
7980 | return CK_IntegralToBoolean; |
7981 | case Type::STK_Integral: |
7982 | return CK_IntegralCast; |
7983 | case Type::STK_Floating: |
7984 | return CK_IntegralToFloating; |
7985 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: |
7986 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), |
7987 | DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), |
7988 | CK_IntegralCast); |
7989 | return CK_IntegralRealToComplex; |
7990 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: |
7991 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), |
7992 | DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), |
7993 | CK_IntegralToFloating); |
7994 | return CK_FloatingRealToComplex; |
7995 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: |
7996 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C" ); |
7997 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: |
7998 | return CK_IntegralToFixedPoint; |
7999 | } |
8000 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this" ); |
8001 | |
8002 | case Type::STK_Floating: |
8003 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { |
8004 | case Type::STK_Floating: |
8005 | return CK_FloatingCast; |
8006 | case Type::STK_Bool: |
8007 | return CK_FloatingToBoolean; |
8008 | case Type::STK_Integral: |
8009 | return CK_FloatingToIntegral; |
8010 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: |
8011 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), |
8012 | DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), |
8013 | CK_FloatingCast); |
8014 | return CK_FloatingRealToComplex; |
8015 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: |
8016 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), |
8017 | DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), |
8018 | CK_FloatingToIntegral); |
8019 | return CK_IntegralRealToComplex; |
8020 | case Type::STK_CPointer: |
8021 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: |
8022 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: |
8023 | llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?" ); |
8024 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: |
8025 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C" ); |
8026 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: |
8027 | return CK_FloatingToFixedPoint; |
8028 | } |
8029 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this" ); |
8030 | |
8031 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: |
8032 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { |
8033 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: |
8034 | return CK_FloatingComplexCast; |
8035 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: |
8036 | return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; |
8037 | case Type::STK_Floating: { |
8038 | QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); |
8039 | if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy)) |
8040 | return CK_FloatingComplexToReal; |
8041 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal); |
8042 | return CK_FloatingCast; |
8043 | } |
8044 | case Type::STK_Bool: |
8045 | return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean; |
8046 | case Type::STK_Integral: |
8047 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), |
8048 | SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), |
8049 | CK_FloatingComplexToReal); |
8050 | return CK_FloatingToIntegral; |
8051 | case Type::STK_CPointer: |
8052 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: |
8053 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: |
8054 | llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?" ); |
8055 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: |
8056 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C" ); |
8057 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: |
8058 | Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(), |
8059 | diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type) |
8060 | << SrcTy; |
8061 | return CK_IntegralCast; |
8062 | } |
8063 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this" ); |
8064 | |
8065 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: |
8066 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { |
8067 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: |
8068 | return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; |
8069 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: |
8070 | return CK_IntegralComplexCast; |
8071 | case Type::STK_Integral: { |
8072 | QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); |
8073 | if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy)) |
8074 | return CK_IntegralComplexToReal; |
8075 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal); |
8076 | return CK_IntegralCast; |
8077 | } |
8078 | case Type::STK_Bool: |
8079 | return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean; |
8080 | case Type::STK_Floating: |
8081 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), |
8082 | SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), |
8083 | CK_IntegralComplexToReal); |
8084 | return CK_IntegralToFloating; |
8085 | case Type::STK_CPointer: |
8086 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: |
8087 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: |
8088 | llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?" ); |
8089 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: |
8090 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C" ); |
8091 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: |
8092 | Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(), |
8093 | diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type) |
8094 | << SrcTy; |
8095 | return CK_IntegralCast; |
8096 | } |
8097 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this" ); |
8098 | } |
8099 | |
8100 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast" ); |
8101 | } |
8102 | |
8103 | static bool breakDownVectorType(QualType type, uint64_t &len, |
8104 | QualType &eltType) { |
8105 | // Vectors are simple. |
8106 | if (const VectorType *vecType = type->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
8107 | len = vecType->getNumElements(); |
8108 | eltType = vecType->getElementType(); |
8109 | assert(eltType->isScalarType()); |
8110 | return true; |
8111 | } |
8112 | |
8113 | // We allow lax conversion to and from non-vector types, but only if |
8114 | // they're real types (i.e. non-complex, non-pointer scalar types). |
8115 | if (!type->isRealType()) return false; |
8116 | |
8117 | len = 1; |
8118 | eltType = type; |
8119 | return true; |
8120 | } |
8121 | |
8122 | /// Are the two types SVE-bitcast-compatible types? I.e. is bitcasting from the |
8123 | /// first SVE type (e.g. an SVE VLAT) to the second type (e.g. an SVE VLST) |
8124 | /// allowed? |
8125 | /// |
8126 | /// This will also return false if the two given types do not make sense from |
8127 | /// the perspective of SVE bitcasts. |
8128 | bool Sema::isValidSveBitcast(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { |
8129 | assert(srcTy->isVectorType() || destTy->isVectorType()); |
8130 | |
8131 | auto ValidScalableConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType) { |
8132 | if (!FirstType->isSVESizelessBuiltinType()) |
8133 | return false; |
8134 | |
8135 | const auto *VecTy = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
8136 | return VecTy && |
8137 | VecTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector; |
8138 | }; |
8139 | |
8140 | return ValidScalableConversion(srcTy, destTy) || |
8141 | ValidScalableConversion(destTy, srcTy); |
8142 | } |
8143 | |
8144 | /// Are the two types RVV-bitcast-compatible types? I.e. is bitcasting from the |
8145 | /// first RVV type (e.g. an RVV scalable type) to the second type (e.g. an RVV |
8146 | /// VLS type) allowed? |
8147 | /// |
8148 | /// This will also return false if the two given types do not make sense from |
8149 | /// the perspective of RVV bitcasts. |
8150 | bool Sema::isValidRVVBitcast(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { |
8151 | assert(srcTy->isVectorType() || destTy->isVectorType()); |
8152 | |
8153 | auto ValidScalableConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType) { |
8154 | if (!FirstType->isRVVSizelessBuiltinType()) |
8155 | return false; |
8156 | |
8157 | const auto *VecTy = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
8158 | return VecTy && |
8159 | VecTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::RVVFixedLengthDataVector; |
8160 | }; |
8161 | |
8162 | return ValidScalableConversion(srcTy, destTy) || |
8163 | ValidScalableConversion(destTy, srcTy); |
8164 | } |
8165 | |
8166 | /// Are the two types matrix types and do they have the same dimensions i.e. |
8167 | /// do they have the same number of rows and the same number of columns? |
8168 | bool Sema::areMatrixTypesOfTheSameDimension(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { |
8169 | if (!destTy->isMatrixType() || !srcTy->isMatrixType()) |
8170 | return false; |
8171 | |
8172 | const ConstantMatrixType *matSrcType = srcTy->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); |
8173 | const ConstantMatrixType *matDestType = destTy->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); |
8174 | |
8175 | return matSrcType->getNumRows() == matDestType->getNumRows() && |
8176 | matSrcType->getNumColumns() == matDestType->getNumColumns(); |
8177 | } |
8178 | |
8179 | bool Sema::areVectorTypesSameSize(QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) { |
8180 | assert(DestTy->isVectorType() || SrcTy->isVectorType()); |
8181 | |
8182 | uint64_t SrcLen, DestLen; |
8183 | QualType SrcEltTy, DestEltTy; |
8184 | if (!breakDownVectorType(SrcTy, SrcLen, SrcEltTy)) |
8185 | return false; |
8186 | if (!breakDownVectorType(DestTy, DestLen, DestEltTy)) |
8187 | return false; |
8188 | |
8189 | // ASTContext::getTypeSize will return the size rounded up to a |
8190 | // power of 2, so instead of using that, we need to use the raw |
8191 | // element size multiplied by the element count. |
8192 | uint64_t SrcEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(SrcEltTy); |
8193 | uint64_t DestEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(DestEltTy); |
8194 | |
8195 | return (SrcLen * SrcEltSize == DestLen * DestEltSize); |
8196 | } |
8197 | |
8198 | // This returns true if at least one of the types is an altivec vector. |
8199 | bool Sema::anyAltivecTypes(QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) { |
8200 | assert((DestTy->isVectorType() || SrcTy->isVectorType()) && |
8201 | "expected at least one type to be a vector here" ); |
8202 | |
8203 | bool IsSrcTyAltivec = |
8204 | SrcTy->isVectorType() && ((SrcTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == |
8205 | VectorType::AltiVecVector) || |
8206 | (SrcTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == |
8207 | VectorType::AltiVecBool) || |
8208 | (SrcTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == |
8209 | VectorType::AltiVecPixel)); |
8210 | |
8211 | bool IsDestTyAltivec = DestTy->isVectorType() && |
8212 | ((DestTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == |
8213 | VectorType::AltiVecVector) || |
8214 | (DestTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == |
8215 | VectorType::AltiVecBool) || |
8216 | (DestTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == |
8217 | VectorType::AltiVecPixel)); |
8218 | |
8219 | return (IsSrcTyAltivec || IsDestTyAltivec); |
8220 | } |
8221 | |
8222 | /// Are the two types lax-compatible vector types? That is, given |
8223 | /// that one of them is a vector, do they have equal storage sizes, |
8224 | /// where the storage size is the number of elements times the element |
8225 | /// size? |
8226 | /// |
8227 | /// This will also return false if either of the types is neither a |
8228 | /// vector nor a real type. |
8229 | bool Sema::areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { |
8230 | assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType()); |
8231 | |
8232 | // Disallow lax conversions between scalars and ExtVectors (these |
8233 | // conversions are allowed for other vector types because common headers |
8234 | // depend on them). Most scalar OP ExtVector cases are handled by the |
8235 | // splat path anyway, which does what we want (convert, not bitcast). |
8236 | // What this rules out for ExtVectors is crazy things like char4*float. |
8237 | if (srcTy->isScalarType() && destTy->isExtVectorType()) return false; |
8238 | if (destTy->isScalarType() && srcTy->isExtVectorType()) return false; |
8239 | |
8240 | return areVectorTypesSameSize(srcTy, destTy); |
8241 | } |
8242 | |
8243 | /// Is this a legal conversion between two types, one of which is |
8244 | /// known to be a vector type? |
8245 | bool Sema::isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { |
8246 | assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType()); |
8247 | |
8248 | switch (Context.getLangOpts().getLaxVectorConversions()) { |
8249 | case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::None: |
8250 | return false; |
8251 | |
8252 | case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::Integer: |
8253 | if (!srcTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { |
8254 | auto *Vec = srcTy->getAs<VectorType>(); |
8255 | if (!Vec || !Vec->getElementType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
8256 | return false; |
8257 | } |
8258 | if (!destTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { |
8259 | auto *Vec = destTy->getAs<VectorType>(); |
8260 | if (!Vec || !Vec->getElementType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
8261 | return false; |
8262 | } |
8263 | // OK, integer (vector) -> integer (vector) bitcast. |
8264 | break; |
8265 | |
8266 | case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::All: |
8267 | break; |
8268 | } |
8269 | |
8270 | return areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(srcTy, destTy); |
8271 | } |
8272 | |
8273 | bool Sema::CheckMatrixCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy, |
8274 | CastKind &Kind) { |
8275 | if (SrcTy->isMatrixType() && DestTy->isMatrixType()) { |
8276 | if (!areMatrixTypesOfTheSameDimension(SrcTy, DestTy)) { |
8277 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_matrixes) |
8278 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; |
8279 | } |
8280 | } else if (SrcTy->isMatrixType()) { |
8281 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
8282 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_matrix_and_type) |
8283 | << SrcTy << DestTy << R; |
8284 | } else if (DestTy->isMatrixType()) { |
8285 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
8286 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_matrix_and_type) |
8287 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; |
8288 | } |
8289 | |
8290 | Kind = CK_MatrixCast; |
8291 | return false; |
8292 | } |
8293 | |
8294 | bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, |
8295 | CastKind &Kind) { |
8296 | assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!" ); |
8297 | |
8298 | if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegralType(Context)) { |
8299 | if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(Ty, VectorTy)) |
8300 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
8301 | Ty->isVectorType() ? |
8302 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors : |
8303 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer) |
8304 | << VectorTy << Ty << R; |
8305 | } else |
8306 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
8307 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) |
8308 | << VectorTy << Ty << R; |
8309 | |
8310 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
8311 | return false; |
8312 | } |
8313 | |
8314 | ExprResult Sema::prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr) { |
8315 | QualType DestElemTy = VectorTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(); |
8316 | |
8317 | if (DestElemTy == SplattedExpr->getType()) |
8318 | return SplattedExpr; |
8319 | |
8320 | assert(DestElemTy->isFloatingType() || |
8321 | DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()); |
8322 | |
8323 | CastKind CK; |
8324 | if (VectorTy->isExtVectorType() && SplattedExpr->getType()->isBooleanType()) { |
8325 | // OpenCL requires that we convert `true` boolean expressions to -1, but |
8326 | // only when splatting vectors. |
8327 | if (DestElemTy->isFloatingType()) { |
8328 | // To avoid having to have a CK_BooleanToSignedFloating cast kind, we cast |
8329 | // in two steps: boolean to signed integral, then to floating. |
8330 | ExprResult CastExprRes = ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, Context.IntTy, |
8331 | CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral); |
8332 | SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get(); |
8333 | CK = CK_IntegralToFloating; |
8334 | } else { |
8335 | CK = CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral; |
8336 | } |
8337 | } else { |
8338 | ExprResult CastExprRes = SplattedExpr; |
8339 | CK = PrepareScalarCast(CastExprRes, DestElemTy); |
8340 | if (CastExprRes.isInvalid()) |
8341 | return ExprError(); |
8342 | SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get(); |
8343 | } |
8344 | return ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, DestElemTy, CK); |
8345 | } |
8346 | |
8347 | ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, |
8348 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) { |
8349 | assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!" ); |
8350 | |
8351 | QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType(); |
8352 | |
8353 | // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to |
8354 | // an ExtVectorType. |
8355 | // In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed. |
8356 | // (See OpenCL 6.2). |
8357 | if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) { |
8358 | if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(SrcTy, DestTy) || |
8359 | (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
8360 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestTy, SrcTy))) { |
8361 | Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors) |
8362 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; |
8363 | return ExprError(); |
8364 | } |
8365 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
8366 | return CastExpr; |
8367 | } |
8368 | |
8369 | // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate |
8370 | // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then |
8371 | // splat from elt type to vector. |
8372 | if (SrcTy->isPointerType()) |
8373 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
8374 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) |
8375 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; |
8376 | |
8377 | Kind = CK_VectorSplat; |
8378 | return prepareVectorSplat(DestTy, CastExpr); |
8379 | } |
8380 | |
8381 | ExprResult |
8382 | Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8383 | Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, |
8384 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) { |
8385 | assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) && |
8386 | "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr" ); |
8387 | |
8388 | TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, CastExpr->getType()); |
8389 | if (D.isInvalidType()) |
8390 | return ExprError(); |
8391 | |
8392 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
8393 | // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). |
8394 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
8395 | } else { |
8396 | // Make sure any TypoExprs have been dealt with. |
8397 | ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CastExpr); |
8398 | if (!Res.isUsable()) |
8399 | return ExprError(); |
8400 | CastExpr = Res.get(); |
8401 | } |
8402 | |
8403 | checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D); |
8404 | |
8405 | QualType castType = castTInfo->getType(); |
8406 | Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo); |
8407 | |
8408 | bool isVectorLiteral = false; |
8409 | |
8410 | // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal, |
8411 | // i.e. all the elements are integer constants. |
8412 | ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(CastExpr); |
8413 | ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr); |
8414 | if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector || getLangOpts().OpenCL) |
8415 | && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) { |
8416 | if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) { |
8417 | Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer); |
8418 | return ExprError(); |
8419 | } |
8420 | if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) { |
8421 | Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0)); |
8422 | if (!E->isTypeDependent() && !E->getType()->isVectorType()) |
8423 | isVectorLiteral = true; |
8424 | } |
8425 | else |
8426 | isVectorLiteral = true; |
8427 | } |
8428 | |
8429 | // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')' |
8430 | // then handle it as such. |
8431 | if (isVectorLiteral) |
8432 | return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, CastExpr, castTInfo); |
8433 | |
8434 | // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially. |
8435 | // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a |
8436 | // sequence of BinOp comma operators. |
8437 | if (isa<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr)) { |
8438 | ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, CastExpr); |
8439 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
8440 | CastExpr = Result.get(); |
8441 | } |
8442 | |
8443 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !castType->isVoidType()) |
8444 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::warn_old_style_cast) << CastExpr->getSourceRange(); |
8445 | |
8446 | CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(castType, CastExpr); |
8447 | |
8448 | CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(castType, CastExpr); |
8449 | |
8450 | DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(castType.getTypePtr(), CastExpr); |
8451 | |
8452 | return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, CastExpr); |
8453 | } |
8454 | |
8455 | ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8456 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, |
8457 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { |
8458 | assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) && |
8459 | "Expected paren or paren list expression" ); |
8460 | |
8461 | Expr **exprs; |
8462 | unsigned numExprs; |
8463 | Expr *subExpr; |
8464 | SourceLocation LiteralLParenLoc, LiteralRParenLoc; |
8465 | if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) { |
8466 | LiteralLParenLoc = PE->getLParenLoc(); |
8467 | LiteralRParenLoc = PE->getRParenLoc(); |
8468 | exprs = PE->getExprs(); |
8469 | numExprs = PE->getNumExprs(); |
8470 | } else { // isa<ParenExpr> by assertion at function entrance |
8471 | LiteralLParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getLParen(); |
8472 | LiteralRParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getRParen(); |
8473 | subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); |
8474 | exprs = &subExpr; |
8475 | numExprs = 1; |
8476 | } |
8477 | |
8478 | QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); |
8479 | assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type" ); |
8480 | |
8481 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs; |
8482 | const VectorType *VTy = Ty->castAs<VectorType>(); |
8483 | unsigned numElems = VTy->getNumElements(); |
8484 | |
8485 | // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of |
8486 | // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector. |
8487 | // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be |
8488 | // replicated to all the components of the vector |
8489 | if (CheckAltivecInitFromScalar(E->getSourceRange(), Ty, |
8490 | VTy->getElementType())) |
8491 | return ExprError(); |
8492 | if (ShouldSplatAltivecScalarInCast(VTy)) { |
8493 | // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the |
8494 | // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will |
8495 | // be replicated to all the components of the vector |
8496 | if (numExprs == 1) { |
8497 | QualType ElemTy = VTy->getElementType(); |
8498 | ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]); |
8499 | if (Literal.isInvalid()) |
8500 | return ExprError(); |
8501 | Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy, |
8502 | PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy)); |
8503 | return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get()); |
8504 | } |
8505 | else if (numExprs < numElems) { |
8506 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), |
8507 | diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers); |
8508 | return ExprError(); |
8509 | } |
8510 | else |
8511 | initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs); |
8512 | } |
8513 | else { |
8514 | // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value, |
8515 | // it will be replicated to all components of the vector. |
8516 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
8517 | VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector && |
8518 | numExprs == 1) { |
8519 | QualType ElemTy = VTy->getElementType(); |
8520 | ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]); |
8521 | if (Literal.isInvalid()) |
8522 | return ExprError(); |
8523 | Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy, |
8524 | PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy)); |
8525 | return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get()); |
8526 | } |
8527 | |
8528 | initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs); |
8529 | } |
8530 | // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly |
8531 | // braces instead of the original commas. |
8532 | InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LiteralLParenLoc, |
8533 | initExprs, LiteralRParenLoc); |
8534 | initE->setType(Ty); |
8535 | return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE); |
8536 | } |
8537 | |
8538 | /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn |
8539 | /// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators. |
8540 | ExprResult |
8541 | Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) { |
8542 | ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(OrigExpr); |
8543 | if (!E) |
8544 | return OrigExpr; |
8545 | |
8546 | ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0)); |
8547 | |
8548 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i) |
8549 | Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(), |
8550 | E->getExpr(i)); |
8551 | |
8552 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
8553 | |
8554 | return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get()); |
8555 | } |
8556 | |
8557 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, |
8558 | SourceLocation R, |
8559 | MultiExprArg Val) { |
8560 | return ParenListExpr::Create(Context, L, Val, R); |
8561 | } |
8562 | |
8563 | /// Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer |
8564 | /// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is |
8565 | /// emitted. |
8566 | bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
8567 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
8568 | Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr; |
8569 | Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr; |
8570 | Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind = |
8571 | NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
8572 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); |
8573 | |
8574 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) { |
8575 | NullExpr = RHSExpr; |
8576 | NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr; |
8577 | NullKind = |
8578 | NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
8579 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); |
8580 | } |
8581 | |
8582 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) |
8583 | return false; |
8584 | |
8585 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) |
8586 | return false; |
8587 | |
8588 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) { |
8589 | // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL" |
8590 | // string in the source code. |
8591 | NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
8592 | SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc(); |
8593 | if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL" )) |
8594 | return false; |
8595 | } |
8596 | |
8597 | int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr); |
8598 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null) |
8599 | << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType |
8600 | << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange(); |
8601 | return true; |
8602 | } |
8603 | |
8604 | /// Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise. |
8605 | static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, Expr *Cond, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
8606 | QualType CondTy = Cond->getType(); |
8607 | |
8608 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i says the condition cannot be a floating point type. |
8609 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isFloatingType()) { |
8610 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat) |
8611 | << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange(); |
8612 | return true; |
8613 | } |
8614 | |
8615 | // C99 6.5.15p2 |
8616 | if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false; |
8617 | |
8618 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) |
8619 | << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange(); |
8620 | return true; |
8621 | } |
8622 | |
8623 | /// Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy, |
8624 | /// true otherwise. |
8625 | static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr, |
8626 | QualType PointerTy) { |
8627 | if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) || |
8628 | !NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, |
8629 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) |
8630 | return true; |
8631 | |
8632 | NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(NullExpr.get(), PointerTy, CK_NullToPointer); |
8633 | return false; |
8634 | } |
8635 | |
8636 | /// Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting |
8637 | /// type. |
8638 | static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
8639 | ExprResult &RHS, |
8640 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
8641 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
8642 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
8643 | |
8644 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) { |
8645 | // Two identical pointers types are always compatible. |
8646 | return S.Context.getCommonSugaredType(LHSTy, RHSTy); |
8647 | } |
8648 | |
8649 | QualType lhptee, rhptee; |
8650 | |
8651 | // Get the pointee types. |
8652 | bool IsBlockPointer = false; |
8653 | if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
8654 | lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType(); |
8655 | rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
8656 | IsBlockPointer = true; |
8657 | } else { |
8658 | lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
8659 | rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
8660 | } |
8661 | |
8662 | // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types or to |
8663 | // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is |
8664 | // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the composite |
8665 | // type. |
8666 | |
8667 | // Only CVR-qualifiers exist in the standard, and the differently-qualified |
8668 | // clause doesn't make sense for our extensions. E.g. address space 2 should |
8669 | // be incompatible with address space 3: they may live on different devices or |
8670 | // anything. |
8671 | Qualifiers lhQual = lhptee.getQualifiers(); |
8672 | Qualifiers rhQual = rhptee.getQualifiers(); |
8673 | |
8674 | LangAS ResultAddrSpace = LangAS::Default; |
8675 | LangAS LAddrSpace = lhQual.getAddressSpace(); |
8676 | LangAS RAddrSpace = rhQual.getAddressSpace(); |
8677 | |
8678 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5 - Conversion between pointers to distinct address |
8679 | // spaces is disallowed. |
8680 | if (lhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhQual)) |
8681 | ResultAddrSpace = LAddrSpace; |
8682 | else if (rhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(lhQual)) |
8683 | ResultAddrSpace = RAddrSpace; |
8684 | else { |
8685 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers) |
8686 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << 2 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
8687 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
8688 | return QualType(); |
8689 | } |
8690 | |
8691 | unsigned MergedCVRQual = lhQual.getCVRQualifiers() | rhQual.getCVRQualifiers(); |
8692 | auto LHSCastKind = CK_BitCast, RHSCastKind = CK_BitCast; |
8693 | lhQual.removeCVRQualifiers(); |
8694 | rhQual.removeCVRQualifiers(); |
8695 | |
8696 | // OpenCL v2.0 specification doesn't extend compatibility of type qualifiers |
8697 | // (C99 6.7.3) for address spaces. We assume that the check should behave in |
8698 | // the same manner as it's defined for CVR qualifiers, so for OpenCL two |
8699 | // qual types are compatible iff |
8700 | // * corresponded types are compatible |
8701 | // * CVR qualifiers are equal |
8702 | // * address spaces are equal |
8703 | // Thus for conditional operator we merge CVR and address space unqualified |
8704 | // pointees and if there is a composite type we return a pointer to it with |
8705 | // merged qualifiers. |
8706 | LHSCastKind = |
8707 | LAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace ? CK_BitCast : CK_AddressSpaceConversion; |
8708 | RHSCastKind = |
8709 | RAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace ? CK_BitCast : CK_AddressSpaceConversion; |
8710 | lhQual.removeAddressSpace(); |
8711 | rhQual.removeAddressSpace(); |
8712 | |
8713 | lhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), lhQual); |
8714 | rhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), rhQual); |
8715 | |
8716 | QualType CompositeTy = S.Context.mergeTypes( |
8717 | lhptee, rhptee, /*OfBlockPointer=*/false, /*Unqualified=*/false, |
8718 | /*BlockReturnType=*/false, /*IsConditionalOperator=*/true); |
8719 | |
8720 | if (CompositeTy.isNull()) { |
8721 | // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good |
8722 | // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick |
8723 | // to get a consistent AST. |
8724 | QualType incompatTy; |
8725 | incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType( |
8726 | S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(S.Context.VoidTy, ResultAddrSpace)); |
8727 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, LHSCastKind); |
8728 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, RHSCastKind); |
8729 | |
8730 | // FIXME: For OpenCL the warning emission and cast to void* leaves a room |
8731 | // for casts between types with incompatible address space qualifiers. |
8732 | // For the following code the compiler produces casts between global and |
8733 | // local address spaces of the corresponded innermost pointees: |
8734 | // local int *global *a; |
8735 | // global int *global *b; |
8736 | // a = (0 ? a : b); // see C99 6.5.16.1.p1. |
8737 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers) |
8738 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
8739 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
8740 | |
8741 | return incompatTy; |
8742 | } |
8743 | |
8744 | // The pointer types are compatible. |
8745 | // In case of OpenCL ResultTy should have the address space qualifier |
8746 | // which is a superset of address spaces of both the 2nd and the 3rd |
8747 | // operands of the conditional operator. |
8748 | QualType ResultTy = [&, ResultAddrSpace]() { |
8749 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
8750 | Qualifiers CompositeQuals = CompositeTy.getQualifiers(); |
8751 | CompositeQuals.setAddressSpace(ResultAddrSpace); |
8752 | return S.Context |
8753 | .getQualifiedType(CompositeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), CompositeQuals) |
8754 | .withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual); |
8755 | } |
8756 | return CompositeTy.withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual); |
8757 | }(); |
8758 | if (IsBlockPointer) |
8759 | ResultTy = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultTy); |
8760 | else |
8761 | ResultTy = S.Context.getPointerType(ResultTy); |
8762 | |
8763 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultTy, LHSCastKind); |
8764 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultTy, RHSCastKind); |
8765 | return ResultTy; |
8766 | } |
8767 | |
8768 | /// Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers. |
8769 | static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, |
8770 | ExprResult &LHS, |
8771 | ExprResult &RHS, |
8772 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
8773 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
8774 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
8775 | |
8776 | if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { |
8777 | if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { |
8778 | QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy); |
8779 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); |
8780 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); |
8781 | return destType; |
8782 | } |
8783 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) |
8784 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
8785 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
8786 | return QualType(); |
8787 | } |
8788 | |
8789 | // We have 2 block pointer types. |
8790 | return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc); |
8791 | } |
8792 | |
8793 | /// Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers. |
8794 | static QualType |
8795 | checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
8796 | ExprResult &RHS, |
8797 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
8798 | // get the pointer types |
8799 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
8800 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
8801 | |
8802 | // get the "pointed to" types |
8803 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
8804 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
8805 | |
8806 | // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6) |
8807 | if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { |
8808 | // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6) |
8809 | QualType destPointee |
8810 | = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); |
8811 | QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee); |
8812 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
8813 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp); |
8814 | // Promote to void*. |
8815 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); |
8816 | return destType; |
8817 | } |
8818 | if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { |
8819 | QualType destPointee |
8820 | = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); |
8821 | QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee); |
8822 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
8823 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp); |
8824 | // Promote to void*. |
8825 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); |
8826 | return destType; |
8827 | } |
8828 | |
8829 | return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc); |
8830 | } |
8831 | |
8832 | /// Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second |
8833 | /// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise. |
8834 | static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int, |
8835 | Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc, |
8836 | bool IsIntFirstExpr) { |
8837 | if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() || |
8838 | !Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
8839 | return false; |
8840 | |
8841 | Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr; |
8842 | Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get(); |
8843 | |
8844 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch) |
8845 | << Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType() |
8846 | << Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange(); |
8847 | Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(Int.get(), PointerExpr->getType(), |
8848 | CK_IntegralToPointer); |
8849 | return true; |
8850 | } |
8851 | |
8852 | /// Simple conversion between integer and floating point types. |
8853 | /// |
8854 | /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the |
8855 | /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar. |
8856 | /// |
8857 | /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i and s6.11.6 together require that the scalar |
8858 | /// types are either integer or floating type. Between the two |
8859 | /// operands, the type with the higher rank is defined as the "result |
8860 | /// type". The other operand needs to be promoted to the same type. No |
8861 | /// other type promotion is allowed. We cannot use |
8862 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() for this purpose, since it always |
8863 | /// promotes promotable types. |
8864 | static QualType OpenCLArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
8865 | ExprResult &RHS, |
8866 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
8867 | LHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); |
8868 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
8869 | return QualType(); |
8870 | RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); |
8871 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
8872 | return QualType(); |
8873 | |
8874 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. |
8875 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. |
8876 | QualType LHSType = |
8877 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); |
8878 | QualType RHSType = |
8879 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); |
8880 | |
8881 | if (!LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSType->isRealFloatingType()) { |
8882 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float) |
8883 | << LHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
8884 | return QualType(); |
8885 | } |
8886 | |
8887 | if (!RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) { |
8888 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float) |
8889 | << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
8890 | return QualType(); |
8891 | } |
8892 | |
8893 | // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. |
8894 | if (LHSType == RHSType) |
8895 | return LHSType; |
8896 | |
8897 | // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double). |
8898 | if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) |
8899 | return handleFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, |
8900 | /*IsCompAssign = */ false); |
8901 | |
8902 | // Finally, we have two differing integer types. |
8903 | return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast> |
8904 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, /*IsCompAssign = */ false); |
8905 | } |
8906 | |
8907 | /// Convert scalar operands to a vector that matches the |
8908 | /// condition in length. |
8909 | /// |
8910 | /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the |
8911 | /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar. |
8912 | /// |
8913 | /// We first compute the "result type" for the scalar operands |
8914 | /// according to OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i. Both operands are then converted |
8915 | /// into a vector of that type where the length matches the condition |
8916 | /// vector type. s6.11.6 requires that the element types of the result |
8917 | /// and the condition must have the same number of bits. |
8918 | static QualType |
8919 | OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
8920 | QualType CondTy, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
8921 | QualType ResTy = OpenCLArithmeticConversions(S, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); |
8922 | if (ResTy.isNull()) return QualType(); |
8923 | |
8924 | const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>(); |
8925 | assert(CV); |
8926 | |
8927 | // Determine the vector result type |
8928 | unsigned NumElements = CV->getNumElements(); |
8929 | QualType VectorTy = S.Context.getExtVectorType(ResTy, NumElements); |
8930 | |
8931 | // Ensure that all types have the same number of bits |
8932 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CV->getElementType()) |
8933 | != S.Context.getTypeSize(ResTy)) { |
8934 | // Since VectorTy is created internally, it does not pretty print |
8935 | // with an OpenCL name. Instead, we just print a description. |
8936 | std::string EleTyName = ResTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString(); |
8937 | SmallString<64> Str; |
8938 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str); |
8939 | OS << "(vector of " << NumElements << " '" << EleTyName << "' values)" ; |
8940 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size) |
8941 | << CondTy << OS.str(); |
8942 | return QualType(); |
8943 | } |
8944 | |
8945 | // Convert operands to the vector result type |
8946 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat); |
8947 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat); |
8948 | |
8949 | return VectorTy; |
8950 | } |
8951 | |
8952 | /// Return false if this is a valid OpenCL condition vector |
8953 | static bool checkOpenCLConditionVector(Sema &S, Expr *Cond, |
8954 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
8955 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 says the elements of the vector must be of |
8956 | // integral type. |
8957 | const VectorType *CondTy = Cond->getType()->getAs<VectorType>(); |
8958 | assert(CondTy); |
8959 | QualType EleTy = CondTy->getElementType(); |
8960 | if (EleTy->isIntegerType()) return false; |
8961 | |
8962 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat) |
8963 | << Cond->getType() << Cond->getSourceRange(); |
8964 | return true; |
8965 | } |
8966 | |
8967 | /// Return false if the vector condition type and the vector |
8968 | /// result type are compatible. |
8969 | /// |
8970 | /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 requires that both vector types have the same |
8971 | /// number of elements, and their element types have the same number |
8972 | /// of bits. |
8973 | static bool checkVectorResult(Sema &S, QualType CondTy, QualType VecResTy, |
8974 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
8975 | const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>(); |
8976 | const VectorType *RV = VecResTy->getAs<VectorType>(); |
8977 | assert(CV && RV); |
8978 | |
8979 | if (CV->getNumElements() != RV->getNumElements()) { |
8980 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_size) |
8981 | << CondTy << VecResTy; |
8982 | return true; |
8983 | } |
8984 | |
8985 | QualType CVE = CV->getElementType(); |
8986 | QualType RVE = RV->getElementType(); |
8987 | |
8988 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CVE) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RVE)) { |
8989 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size) |
8990 | << CondTy << VecResTy; |
8991 | return true; |
8992 | } |
8993 | |
8994 | return false; |
8995 | } |
8996 | |
8997 | /// Return the resulting type for the conditional operator in |
8998 | /// OpenCL (aka "ternary selection operator", OpenCL v1.1 |
8999 | /// s6.3.i) when the condition is a vector type. |
9000 | static QualType |
9001 | OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(Sema &S, ExprResult &Cond, |
9002 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9003 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
9004 | Cond = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Cond.get()); |
9005 | if (Cond.isInvalid()) |
9006 | return QualType(); |
9007 | QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType(); |
9008 | |
9009 | if (checkOpenCLConditionVector(S, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc)) |
9010 | return QualType(); |
9011 | |
9012 | // If either operand is a vector then find the vector type of the |
9013 | // result as specified in OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i. |
9014 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
9015 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
9016 | bool IsBoolVecLang = |
9017 | !S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus; |
9018 | QualType VecResTy = |
9019 | S.CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, |
9020 | /*isCompAssign*/ false, |
9021 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, |
9022 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ false, |
9023 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ IsBoolVecLang, |
9024 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
9025 | if (VecResTy.isNull()) |
9026 | return QualType(); |
9027 | // The result type must match the condition type as specified in |
9028 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6. |
9029 | if (checkVectorResult(S, CondTy, VecResTy, QuestionLoc)) |
9030 | return QualType(); |
9031 | return VecResTy; |
9032 | } |
9033 | |
9034 | // Both operands are scalar. |
9035 | return OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(S, LHS, RHS, CondTy, QuestionLoc); |
9036 | } |
9037 | |
9038 | /// Return true if the Expr is block type |
9039 | static bool checkBlockType(Sema &S, const Expr *E) { |
9040 | if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { |
9041 | QualType Ty = CE->getCallee()->getType(); |
9042 | if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) { |
9043 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_ternary_with_block); |
9044 | return true; |
9045 | } |
9046 | } |
9047 | return false; |
9048 | } |
9049 | |
9050 | /// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension. |
9051 | /// In that case, LHS = cond. |
9052 | /// C99 6.5.15 |
9053 | QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, |
9054 | ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, |
9055 | ExprObjectKind &OK, |
9056 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
9057 | |
9058 | ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get()); |
9059 | if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType(); |
9060 | LHS = LHSResult; |
9061 | |
9062 | ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get()); |
9063 | if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType(); |
9064 | RHS = RHSResult; |
9065 | |
9066 | // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker. |
9067 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
9068 | return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc); |
9069 | |
9070 | VK = VK_PRValue; |
9071 | OK = OK_Ordinary; |
9072 | |
9073 | if (Context.isDependenceAllowed() && |
9074 | (Cond.get()->isTypeDependent() || LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || |
9075 | RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())) { |
9076 | assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus); |
9077 | assert((Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors() || |
9078 | RHS.get()->containsErrors()) && |
9079 | "should only occur in error-recovery path." ); |
9080 | return Context.DependentTy; |
9081 | } |
9082 | |
9083 | // The OpenCL operator with a vector condition is sufficiently |
9084 | // different to merit its own checker. |
9085 | if ((getLangOpts().OpenCL && Cond.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) || |
9086 | Cond.get()->getType()->isExtVectorType()) |
9087 | return OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(*this, Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); |
9088 | |
9089 | // First, check the condition. |
9090 | Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.get()); |
9091 | if (Cond.isInvalid()) |
9092 | return QualType(); |
9093 | if (checkCondition(*this, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc)) |
9094 | return QualType(); |
9095 | |
9096 | // Now check the two expressions. |
9097 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
9098 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) |
9099 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/ false, |
9100 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, |
9101 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ false, |
9102 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ false, |
9103 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
9104 | |
9105 | QualType ResTy = |
9106 | UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, ACK_Conditional); |
9107 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
9108 | return QualType(); |
9109 | |
9110 | // WebAssembly tables are not allowed as conditional LHS or RHS. |
9111 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
9112 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
9113 | if (LHSTy->isWebAssemblyTableType() || RHSTy->isWebAssemblyTableType()) { |
9114 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_wasm_table_conditional_expression) |
9115 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9116 | return QualType(); |
9117 | } |
9118 | |
9119 | // Diagnose attempts to convert between __ibm128, __float128 and long double |
9120 | // where such conversions currently can't be handled. |
9121 | if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSTy, RHSTy)) { |
9122 | Diag(QuestionLoc, |
9123 | diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LHSTy << RHSTy |
9124 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9125 | return QualType(); |
9126 | } |
9127 | |
9128 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks cannot be used as expressions of the ternary |
9129 | // selection operator (?:). |
9130 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
9131 | ((int)checkBlockType(*this, LHS.get()) | (int)checkBlockType(*this, RHS.get()))) { |
9132 | return QualType(); |
9133 | } |
9134 | |
9135 | // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions |
9136 | // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5. |
9137 | if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) { |
9138 | // Disallow invalid arithmetic conversions, such as those between bit- |
9139 | // precise integers types of different sizes, or between a bit-precise |
9140 | // integer and another type. |
9141 | if (ResTy.isNull() && (LHSTy->isBitIntType() || RHSTy->isBitIntType())) { |
9142 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) |
9143 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
9144 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9145 | return QualType(); |
9146 | } |
9147 | |
9148 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); |
9149 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); |
9150 | |
9151 | return ResTy; |
9152 | } |
9153 | |
9154 | // And if they're both bfloat (which isn't arithmetic), that's fine too. |
9155 | if (LHSTy->isBFloat16Type() && RHSTy->isBFloat16Type()) { |
9156 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType(LHSTy, RHSTy); |
9157 | } |
9158 | |
9159 | // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that |
9160 | // type. |
9161 | if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3 |
9162 | if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) |
9163 | if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl()) |
9164 | // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has |
9165 | // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped. |
9166 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType(LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType(), |
9167 | RHSTy.getUnqualifiedType()); |
9168 | // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode. |
9169 | } |
9170 | |
9171 | // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type." |
9172 | // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism). |
9173 | if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) { |
9174 | QualType ResTy; |
9175 | if (LHSTy->isVoidType() && RHSTy->isVoidType()) { |
9176 | ResTy = Context.getCommonSugaredType(LHSTy, RHSTy); |
9177 | } else if (RHSTy->isVoidType()) { |
9178 | ResTy = RHSTy; |
9179 | Diag(RHS.get()->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) |
9180 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9181 | } else { |
9182 | ResTy = LHSTy; |
9183 | Diag(LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) |
9184 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9185 | } |
9186 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, CK_ToVoid); |
9187 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, CK_ToVoid); |
9188 | return ResTy; |
9189 | } |
9190 | |
9191 | // C2x 6.5.15p7: |
9192 | // ... if both the second and third operands have nullptr_t type, the |
9193 | // result also has that type. |
9194 | if (LHSTy->isNullPtrType() && Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) |
9195 | return ResTy; |
9196 | |
9197 | // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has |
9198 | // the type of the other operand." |
9199 | if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, RHS, LHSTy)) return LHSTy; |
9200 | if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, LHS, RHSTy)) return RHSTy; |
9201 | |
9202 | // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here. |
9203 | QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, |
9204 | QuestionLoc); |
9205 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
9206 | return QualType(); |
9207 | if (!compositeType.isNull()) |
9208 | return compositeType; |
9209 | |
9210 | |
9211 | // Handle block pointer types. |
9212 | if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) |
9213 | return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS, |
9214 | QuestionLoc); |
9215 | |
9216 | // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6). |
9217 | if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) |
9218 | return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS, |
9219 | QuestionLoc); |
9220 | |
9221 | // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that |
9222 | // null pointers have been filtered out by this point. |
9223 | if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, LHS, RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, |
9224 | /*IsIntFirstExpr=*/true)) |
9225 | return RHSTy; |
9226 | if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, RHS, LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, |
9227 | /*IsIntFirstExpr=*/false)) |
9228 | return LHSTy; |
9229 | |
9230 | // Allow ?: operations in which both operands have the same |
9231 | // built-in sizeless type. |
9232 | if (LHSTy->isSizelessBuiltinType() && Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) |
9233 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType(LHSTy, RHSTy); |
9234 | |
9235 | // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer |
9236 | // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most |
9237 | // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. |
9238 | if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) |
9239 | return QualType(); |
9240 | |
9241 | // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible. |
9242 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) |
9243 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
9244 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9245 | return QualType(); |
9246 | } |
9247 | |
9248 | /// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of |
9249 | /// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions. |
9250 | QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9251 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
9252 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
9253 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
9254 | |
9255 | // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result |
9256 | // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the |
9257 | // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields. |
9258 | if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() && |
9259 | (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) { |
9260 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
9261 | return LHSTy; |
9262 | } |
9263 | if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() && |
9264 | (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) { |
9265 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
9266 | return RHSTy; |
9267 | } |
9268 | // And the same for struct objc_object* / id |
9269 | if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() && |
9270 | (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) { |
9271 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
9272 | return LHSTy; |
9273 | } |
9274 | if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() && |
9275 | (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) { |
9276 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
9277 | return RHSTy; |
9278 | } |
9279 | // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL |
9280 | if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) && |
9281 | (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) { |
9282 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast); |
9283 | return LHSTy; |
9284 | } |
9285 | if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) && |
9286 | (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) { |
9287 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast); |
9288 | return RHSTy; |
9289 | } |
9290 | // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types. |
9291 | if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
9292 | |
9293 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { |
9294 | // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible. |
9295 | return LHSTy; |
9296 | } |
9297 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
9298 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
9299 | QualType compositeType = LHSTy; |
9300 | |
9301 | // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be |
9302 | // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite |
9303 | // type. This allows |
9304 | // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b |
9305 | // where B is a subclass of A. |
9306 | // |
9307 | // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id' |
9308 | // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are |
9309 | // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite |
9310 | // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to. |
9311 | |
9312 | // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'. |
9313 | // It could return the composite type. |
9314 | if (!(compositeType = |
9315 | Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull()) { |
9316 | // Nothing more to do. |
9317 | } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) { |
9318 | compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy; |
9319 | } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) { |
9320 | compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy; |
9321 | } else if ((LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || |
9322 | RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) && |
9323 | Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT, |
9324 | true)) { |
9325 | // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. |
9326 | // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to |
9327 | // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be |
9328 | // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible. |
9329 | compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
9330 | } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) { |
9331 | compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
9332 | } else { |
9333 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) |
9334 | << LHSTy << RHSTy |
9335 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9336 | QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
9337 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast); |
9338 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast); |
9339 | return incompatTy; |
9340 | } |
9341 | // The object pointer types are compatible. |
9342 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast); |
9343 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast); |
9344 | return compositeType; |
9345 | } |
9346 | // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *' |
9347 | if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
9348 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { |
9349 | // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *', |
9350 | // so these types are not compatible. |
9351 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy |
9352 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9353 | LHS = RHS = true; |
9354 | return QualType(); |
9355 | } |
9356 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
9357 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
9358 | QualType destPointee |
9359 | = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); |
9360 | QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); |
9361 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
9362 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp); |
9363 | // Promote to void*. |
9364 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); |
9365 | return destType; |
9366 | } |
9367 | if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { |
9368 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { |
9369 | // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *', |
9370 | // so these types are not compatible. |
9371 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy |
9372 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9373 | LHS = RHS = true; |
9374 | return QualType(); |
9375 | } |
9376 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
9377 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
9378 | QualType destPointee |
9379 | = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); |
9380 | QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); |
9381 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
9382 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp); |
9383 | // Promote to void*. |
9384 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); |
9385 | return destType; |
9386 | } |
9387 | return QualType(); |
9388 | } |
9389 | |
9390 | /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps |
9391 | /// ParenRange in parentheses. |
9392 | static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc, |
9393 | const PartialDiagnostic &Note, |
9394 | SourceRange ParenRange) { |
9395 | SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd()); |
9396 | if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() && |
9397 | EndLoc.isValid()) { |
9398 | Self.Diag(Loc, Note) |
9399 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(" ) |
9400 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")" ); |
9401 | } else { |
9402 | // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note. |
9403 | Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange; |
9404 | } |
9405 | } |
9406 | |
9407 | static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
9408 | return BinaryOperator::isAdditiveOp(Opc) || |
9409 | BinaryOperator::isMultiplicativeOp(Opc) || |
9410 | BinaryOperator::isShiftOp(Opc) || Opc == BO_And || Opc == BO_Or; |
9411 | // This only checks for bitwise-or and bitwise-and, but not bitwise-xor and |
9412 | // not any of the logical operators. Bitwise-xor is commonly used as a |
9413 | // logical-xor because there is no logical-xor operator. The logical |
9414 | // operators, including uses of xor, have a high false positive rate for |
9415 | // precedence warnings. |
9416 | } |
9417 | |
9418 | /// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary |
9419 | /// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator, |
9420 | /// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side |
9421 | /// expression. |
9422 | static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode, |
9423 | Expr **RHSExprs) { |
9424 | // Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis. |
9425 | E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); |
9426 | E = E->IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep(); |
9427 | E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); |
9428 | if (auto *MTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)) { |
9429 | E = MTE->getSubExpr(); |
9430 | E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); |
9431 | } |
9432 | |
9433 | // Built-in binary operator. |
9434 | if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { |
9435 | if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) { |
9436 | *Opcode = OP->getOpcode(); |
9437 | *RHSExprs = OP->getRHS(); |
9438 | return true; |
9439 | } |
9440 | } |
9441 | |
9442 | // Overloaded operator. |
9443 | if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) { |
9444 | if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2) |
9445 | return false; |
9446 | |
9447 | // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into |
9448 | // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op. |
9449 | OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator(); |
9450 | if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow || |
9451 | OO == OO_PlusPlus || OO == OO_MinusMinus) |
9452 | return false; |
9453 | |
9454 | BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO); |
9455 | if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) { |
9456 | *Opcode = OpKind; |
9457 | *RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1); |
9458 | return true; |
9459 | } |
9460 | } |
9461 | |
9462 | return false; |
9463 | } |
9464 | |
9465 | /// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type |
9466 | /// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is |
9467 | /// commonly interpreted as boolean. |
9468 | static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) { |
9469 | E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
9470 | |
9471 | if (E->getType()->isBooleanType()) |
9472 | return true; |
9473 | if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) |
9474 | return OP->isComparisonOp() || OP->isLogicalOp(); |
9475 | if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) |
9476 | return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot; |
9477 | if (E->getType()->isPointerType()) |
9478 | return true; |
9479 | // FIXME: What about overloaded operator calls returning "unspecified boolean |
9480 | // type"s (commonly pointer-to-members)? |
9481 | |
9482 | return false; |
9483 | } |
9484 | |
9485 | /// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator |
9486 | /// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed |
9487 | /// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example: |
9488 | /// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2". |
9489 | static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self, |
9490 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
9491 | Expr *Condition, |
9492 | Expr *LHSExpr, |
9493 | Expr *RHSExpr) { |
9494 | BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode; |
9495 | Expr *CondRHS; |
9496 | |
9497 | if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS)) |
9498 | return; |
9499 | if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS)) |
9500 | return; |
9501 | |
9502 | // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right- |
9503 | // hand side that looks boolean, so warn. |
9504 | |
9505 | unsigned DiagID = BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(CondOpcode) |
9506 | ? diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_conditional |
9507 | : diag::warn_precedence_conditional; |
9508 | |
9509 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, DiagID) |
9510 | << Condition->getSourceRange() |
9511 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode); |
9512 | |
9513 | SuggestParentheses( |
9514 | Self, OpLoc, |
9515 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) |
9516 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode), |
9517 | SourceRange(Condition->getBeginLoc(), Condition->getEndLoc())); |
9518 | |
9519 | SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, |
9520 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first), |
9521 | SourceRange(CondRHS->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc())); |
9522 | } |
9523 | |
9524 | /// Compute the nullability of a conditional expression. |
9525 | static QualType computeConditionalNullability(QualType ResTy, bool IsBin, |
9526 | QualType LHSTy, QualType RHSTy, |
9527 | ASTContext &Ctx) { |
9528 | if (!ResTy->isAnyPointerType()) |
9529 | return ResTy; |
9530 | |
9531 | auto GetNullability = [](QualType Ty) { |
9532 | std::optional<NullabilityKind> Kind = Ty->getNullability(); |
9533 | if (Kind) { |
9534 | // For our purposes, treat _Nullable_result as _Nullable. |
9535 | if (*Kind == NullabilityKind::NullableResult) |
9536 | return NullabilityKind::Nullable; |
9537 | return *Kind; |
9538 | } |
9539 | return NullabilityKind::Unspecified; |
9540 | }; |
9541 | |
9542 | auto LHSKind = GetNullability(LHSTy), RHSKind = GetNullability(RHSTy); |
9543 | NullabilityKind MergedKind; |
9544 | |
9545 | // Compute nullability of a binary conditional expression. |
9546 | if (IsBin) { |
9547 | if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull) |
9548 | MergedKind = NullabilityKind::NonNull; |
9549 | else |
9550 | MergedKind = RHSKind; |
9551 | // Compute nullability of a normal conditional expression. |
9552 | } else { |
9553 | if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable || |
9554 | RHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable) |
9555 | MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Nullable; |
9556 | else if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull) |
9557 | MergedKind = RHSKind; |
9558 | else if (RHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull) |
9559 | MergedKind = LHSKind; |
9560 | else |
9561 | MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Unspecified; |
9562 | } |
9563 | |
9564 | // Return if ResTy already has the correct nullability. |
9565 | if (GetNullability(ResTy) == MergedKind) |
9566 | return ResTy; |
9567 | |
9568 | // Strip all nullability from ResTy. |
9569 | while (ResTy->getNullability()) |
9570 | ResTy = ResTy.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Ctx); |
9571 | |
9572 | // Create a new AttributedType with the new nullability kind. |
9573 | auto NewAttr = AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(MergedKind); |
9574 | return Ctx.getAttributedType(NewAttr, ResTy, ResTy); |
9575 | } |
9576 | |
9577 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null |
9578 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. |
9579 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, |
9580 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9581 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, |
9582 | Expr *RHSExpr) { |
9583 | if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { |
9584 | // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes in the condition because it |
9585 | // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have |
9586 | // been dealt with before checking the operands. |
9587 | ExprResult CondResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CondExpr); |
9588 | ExprResult LHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHSExpr); |
9589 | ExprResult RHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(RHSExpr); |
9590 | |
9591 | if (!CondResult.isUsable()) |
9592 | return ExprError(); |
9593 | |
9594 | if (LHSExpr) { |
9595 | if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) |
9596 | return ExprError(); |
9597 | } |
9598 | |
9599 | if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) |
9600 | return ExprError(); |
9601 | |
9602 | CondExpr = CondResult.get(); |
9603 | LHSExpr = LHSResult.get(); |
9604 | RHSExpr = RHSResult.get(); |
9605 | } |
9606 | |
9607 | // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS |
9608 | // was the condition. |
9609 | OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = nullptr; |
9610 | Expr *commonExpr = nullptr; |
9611 | if (!LHSExpr) { |
9612 | commonExpr = CondExpr; |
9613 | // Lower out placeholder types first. This is important so that we don't |
9614 | // try to capture a placeholder. This happens in few cases in C++; such |
9615 | // as Objective-C++'s dictionary subscripting syntax. |
9616 | if (commonExpr->hasPlaceholderType()) { |
9617 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(commonExpr); |
9618 | if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
9619 | commonExpr = result.get(); |
9620 | } |
9621 | // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except |
9622 | // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional. |
9623 | if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
9624 | && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent() |
9625 | && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind() |
9626 | && commonExpr->isGLValue() |
9627 | && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() |
9628 | && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() |
9629 | && Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) { |
9630 | ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr); |
9631 | if (commonRes.isInvalid()) |
9632 | return ExprError(); |
9633 | commonExpr = commonRes.get(); |
9634 | } |
9635 | |
9636 | // If the common expression is a class or array prvalue, materialize it |
9637 | // so that we can safely refer to it multiple times. |
9638 | if (commonExpr->isPRValue() && (commonExpr->getType()->isRecordType() || |
9639 | commonExpr->getType()->isArrayType())) { |
9640 | ExprResult MatExpr = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(commonExpr); |
9641 | if (MatExpr.isInvalid()) |
9642 | return ExprError(); |
9643 | commonExpr = MatExpr.get(); |
9644 | } |
9645 | |
9646 | opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(), |
9647 | commonExpr->getType(), |
9648 | commonExpr->getValueKind(), |
9649 | commonExpr->getObjectKind(), |
9650 | commonExpr); |
9651 | LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue; |
9652 | } |
9653 | |
9654 | QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType(); |
9655 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; |
9656 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; |
9657 | ExprResult Cond = CondExpr, LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr; |
9658 | QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, |
9659 | VK, OK, QuestionLoc); |
9660 | if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() || |
9661 | RHS.isInvalid()) |
9662 | return ExprError(); |
9663 | |
9664 | DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), |
9665 | RHS.get()); |
9666 | |
9667 | CheckBoolLikeConversion(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc); |
9668 | |
9669 | result = computeConditionalNullability(result, commonExpr, LHSTy, RHSTy, |
9670 | Context); |
9671 | |
9672 | if (!commonExpr) |
9673 | return new (Context) |
9674 | ConditionalOperator(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc, LHS.get(), ColonLoc, |
9675 | RHS.get(), result, VK, OK); |
9676 | |
9677 | return new (Context) BinaryConditionalOperator( |
9678 | commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, |
9679 | ColonLoc, result, VK, OK); |
9680 | } |
9681 | |
9682 | // Check if we have a conversion between incompatible cmse function pointer |
9683 | // types, that is, a conversion between a function pointer with the |
9684 | // cmse_nonsecure_call attribute and one without. |
9685 | static bool IsInvalidCmseNSCallConversion(Sema &S, QualType FromType, |
9686 | QualType ToType) { |
9687 | if (const auto *ToFn = |
9688 | dyn_cast<FunctionType>(S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType))) { |
9689 | if (const auto *FromFn = |
9690 | dyn_cast<FunctionType>(S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType))) { |
9691 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFn->getExtInfo(); |
9692 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo(); |
9693 | |
9694 | return ToEInfo.getCmseNSCall() != FromEInfo.getCmseNSCall(); |
9695 | } |
9696 | } |
9697 | return false; |
9698 | } |
9699 | |
9700 | // checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite |
9701 | // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this |
9702 | // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee. |
9703 | // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3]. |
9704 | // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment. |
9705 | static Sema::AssignConvertType |
9706 | checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType, |
9707 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
9708 | assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!" ); |
9709 | assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!" ); |
9710 | |
9711 | // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) |
9712 | const Type *lhptee, *rhptee; |
9713 | Qualifiers lhq, rhq; |
9714 | std::tie(lhptee, lhq) = |
9715 | cast<PointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); |
9716 | std::tie(rhptee, rhq) = |
9717 | cast<PointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); |
9718 | |
9719 | Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible; |
9720 | |
9721 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints |
9722 | // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the |
9723 | // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right; |
9724 | |
9725 | // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay. |
9726 | if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() && |
9727 | lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) { |
9728 | // Ignore lifetime for further calculation. |
9729 | lhq.removeObjCLifetime(); |
9730 | rhq.removeObjCLifetime(); |
9731 | } |
9732 | |
9733 | if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) { |
9734 | // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal. |
9735 | if (!lhq.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhq)) |
9736 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
9737 | |
9738 | // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to |
9739 | // and from void*. |
9740 | else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime() |
9741 | .compatiblyIncludes( |
9742 | rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime()) |
9743 | && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType())) |
9744 | ; // keep old |
9745 | |
9746 | // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal. |
9747 | else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) |
9748 | ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
9749 | |
9750 | // For GCC/MS compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated |
9751 | // as still compatible in C. |
9752 | else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
9753 | } |
9754 | |
9755 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or |
9756 | // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified |
9757 | // version of void... |
9758 | if (lhptee->isVoidType()) { |
9759 | if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) |
9760 | return ConvTy; |
9761 | |
9762 | // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. |
9763 | assert(rhptee->isFunctionType()); |
9764 | return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer; |
9765 | } |
9766 | |
9767 | if (rhptee->isVoidType()) { |
9768 | if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) |
9769 | return ConvTy; |
9770 | |
9771 | // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. |
9772 | assert(lhptee->isFunctionType()); |
9773 | return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer; |
9774 | } |
9775 | |
9776 | if (!S.Diags.isIgnored( |
9777 | diag::warn_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer_strict, |
9778 | Loc) && |
9779 | RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && |
9780 | !S.IsFunctionConversion(RHSType, LHSType, RHSType)) |
9781 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointerStrict; |
9782 | |
9783 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or |
9784 | // unqualified versions of compatible types, ... |
9785 | QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0); |
9786 | if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) { |
9787 | // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign. |
9788 | // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs |
9789 | // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned. |
9790 | if (lhptee->isCharType()) |
9791 | ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy; |
9792 | else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) |
9793 | ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans); |
9794 | |
9795 | if (rhptee->isCharType()) |
9796 | rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy; |
9797 | else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) |
9798 | rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans); |
9799 | |
9800 | if (ltrans == rtrans) { |
9801 | // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility |
9802 | // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign |
9803 | // warning can be disabled. |
9804 | if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible) |
9805 | return ConvTy; |
9806 | |
9807 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign; |
9808 | } |
9809 | |
9810 | // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply |
9811 | // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If |
9812 | // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same |
9813 | // level of indirection, this must be the issue. |
9814 | if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) { |
9815 | do { |
9816 | std::tie(lhptee, lhq) = |
9817 | cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); |
9818 | std::tie(rhptee, rhq) = |
9819 | cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); |
9820 | |
9821 | // Inconsistent address spaces at this point is invalid, even if the |
9822 | // address spaces would be compatible. |
9823 | // FIXME: This doesn't catch address space mismatches for pointers of |
9824 | // different nesting levels, like: |
9825 | // __local int *** a; |
9826 | // int ** b = a; |
9827 | // It's not clear how to actually determine when such pointers are |
9828 | // invalidly incompatible. |
9829 | if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) |
9830 | return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch; |
9831 | |
9832 | } while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)); |
9833 | |
9834 | if (lhptee == rhptee) |
9835 | return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers; |
9836 | } |
9837 | |
9838 | // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers. |
9839 | if (RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isFunctionPointerType()) |
9840 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer; |
9841 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; |
9842 | } |
9843 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
9844 | S.IsFunctionConversion(ltrans, rtrans, ltrans)) |
9845 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer; |
9846 | if (IsInvalidCmseNSCallConversion(S, ltrans, rtrans)) |
9847 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer; |
9848 | return ConvTy; |
9849 | } |
9850 | |
9851 | /// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two |
9852 | /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer |
9853 | /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer |
9854 | // types. |
9855 | static Sema::AssignConvertType |
9856 | checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, |
9857 | QualType RHSType) { |
9858 | assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!" ); |
9859 | assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!" ); |
9860 | |
9861 | QualType lhptee, rhptee; |
9862 | |
9863 | // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) |
9864 | lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType(); |
9865 | rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType(); |
9866 | |
9867 | // In C++, the types have to match exactly. |
9868 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
9869 | return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer; |
9870 | |
9871 | Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible; |
9872 | |
9873 | // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical. |
9874 | Qualifiers LQuals = lhptee.getLocalQualifiers(); |
9875 | Qualifiers RQuals = rhptee.getLocalQualifiers(); |
9876 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
9877 | LQuals.removeAddressSpace(); |
9878 | RQuals.removeAddressSpace(); |
9879 | } |
9880 | if (LQuals != RQuals) |
9881 | ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
9882 | |
9883 | // FIXME: OpenCL doesn't define the exact compile time semantics for a block |
9884 | // assignment. |
9885 | // The current behavior is similar to C++ lambdas. A block might be |
9886 | // assigned to a variable iff its return type and parameters are compatible |
9887 | // (C99 6.2.7) with the corresponding return type and parameters of the LHS of |
9888 | // an assignment. Presumably it should behave in way that a function pointer |
9889 | // assignment does in C, so for each parameter and return type: |
9890 | // * CVR and address space of LHS should be a superset of CVR and address |
9891 | // space of RHS. |
9892 | // * unqualified types should be compatible. |
9893 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
9894 | if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible( |
9895 | S.Context.getQualifiedType(LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), LQuals), |
9896 | S.Context.getQualifiedType(RHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), RQuals))) |
9897 | return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer; |
9898 | } else if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) |
9899 | return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer; |
9900 | |
9901 | return ConvTy; |
9902 | } |
9903 | |
9904 | /// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types |
9905 | /// for assignment compatibility. |
9906 | static Sema::AssignConvertType |
9907 | checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, |
9908 | QualType RHSType) { |
9909 | assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!" ); |
9910 | assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!" ); |
9911 | |
9912 | if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) { |
9913 | // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers. |
9914 | if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() && |
9915 | !RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) |
9916 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; |
9917 | return Sema::Compatible; |
9918 | } |
9919 | if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) { |
9920 | if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() && |
9921 | !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) |
9922 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; |
9923 | return Sema::Compatible; |
9924 | } |
9925 | QualType lhptee = LHSType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
9926 | QualType rhptee = RHSType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
9927 | |
9928 | if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee) && |
9929 | // make an exception for id<P> |
9930 | !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) |
9931 | return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
9932 | |
9933 | if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) |
9934 | return Sema::Compatible; |
9935 | if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) |
9936 | return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId; |
9937 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; |
9938 | } |
9939 | |
9940 | Sema::AssignConvertType |
9941 | Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, |
9942 | QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) { |
9943 | // Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what |
9944 | // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints |
9945 | // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't |
9946 | // usually happen on valid code. |
9947 | OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_PRValue); |
9948 | ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr; |
9949 | CastKind K; |
9950 | |
9951 | return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSPtr, K, /*ConvertRHS=*/false); |
9952 | } |
9953 | |
9954 | /// This helper function returns true if QT is a vector type that has element |
9955 | /// type ElementType. |
9956 | static bool isVector(QualType QT, QualType ElementType) { |
9957 | if (const VectorType *VT = QT->getAs<VectorType>()) |
9958 | return VT->getElementType().getCanonicalType() == ElementType; |
9959 | return false; |
9960 | } |
9961 | |
9962 | /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently |
9963 | /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking |
9964 | /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings: |
9965 | /// |
9966 | /// int a, *pint; |
9967 | /// short *pshort; |
9968 | /// struct foo *pfoo; |
9969 | /// |
9970 | /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type |
9971 | /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast |
9972 | /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast |
9973 | /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type |
9974 | /// |
9975 | /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the |
9976 | /// C99 spec dictates. |
9977 | /// |
9978 | /// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible. |
9979 | Sema::AssignConvertType |
9980 | Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, |
9981 | CastKind &Kind, bool ConvertRHS) { |
9982 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
9983 | QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType; |
9984 | |
9985 | // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing |
9986 | // them. |
9987 | LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(LHSType).getUnqualifiedType(); |
9988 | RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(RHSType).getUnqualifiedType(); |
9989 | |
9990 | // Common case: no conversion required. |
9991 | if (LHSType == RHSType) { |
9992 | Kind = CK_NoOp; |
9993 | return Compatible; |
9994 | } |
9995 | |
9996 | // If the LHS has an __auto_type, there are no additional type constraints |
9997 | // to be worried about. |
9998 | if (const auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(LHSType)) { |
9999 | if (AT->isGNUAutoType()) { |
10000 | Kind = CK_NoOp; |
10001 | return Compatible; |
10002 | } |
10003 | } |
10004 | |
10005 | // If we have an atomic type, try a non-atomic assignment, then just add an |
10006 | // atomic qualification step. |
10007 | if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(LHSType)) { |
10008 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = |
10009 | CheckAssignmentConstraints(AtomicTy->getValueType(), RHS, Kind); |
10010 | if (result != Compatible) |
10011 | return result; |
10012 | if (Kind != CK_NoOp && ConvertRHS) |
10013 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), AtomicTy->getValueType(), Kind); |
10014 | Kind = CK_NonAtomicToAtomic; |
10015 | return Compatible; |
10016 | } |
10017 | |
10018 | // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a |
10019 | // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C, |
10020 | // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case, |
10021 | // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the |
10022 | // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting |
10023 | // LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference |
10024 | // type. |
10025 | if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef = LHSType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { |
10026 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), RHSType)) { |
10027 | Kind = CK_LValueBitCast; |
10028 | return Compatible; |
10029 | } |
10030 | return Incompatible; |
10031 | } |
10032 | |
10033 | // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type |
10034 | // to the same ExtVector type. |
10035 | if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) { |
10036 | if (RHSType->isExtVectorType()) |
10037 | return Incompatible; |
10038 | if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) { |
10039 | // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the element type. |
10040 | if (ConvertRHS) |
10041 | RHS = prepareVectorSplat(LHSType, RHS.get()); |
10042 | Kind = CK_VectorSplat; |
10043 | return Compatible; |
10044 | } |
10045 | } |
10046 | |
10047 | // Conversions to or from vector type. |
10048 | if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) { |
10049 | if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) { |
10050 | // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC |
10051 | // vector type and vice versa |
10052 | if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) { |
10053 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10054 | return Compatible; |
10055 | } |
10056 | |
10057 | // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both |
10058 | // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast; |
10059 | // no bits are changed but the result type is different. |
10060 | if (isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) { |
10061 | // The default for lax vector conversions with Altivec vectors will |
10062 | // change, so if we are converting between vector types where |
10063 | // at least one is an Altivec vector, emit a warning. |
10064 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC() && |
10065 | anyAltivecTypes(RHSType, LHSType) && |
10066 | !Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(RHSType, LHSType)) |
10067 | Diag(RHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_lax_vec_conv_all) |
10068 | << RHSType << LHSType; |
10069 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10070 | return IncompatibleVectors; |
10071 | } |
10072 | } |
10073 | |
10074 | // When the RHS comes from another lax conversion (e.g. binops between |
10075 | // scalars and vectors) the result is canonicalized as a vector. When the |
10076 | // LHS is also a vector, the lax is allowed by the condition above. Handle |
10077 | // the case where LHS is a scalar. |
10078 | if (LHSType->isScalarType()) { |
10079 | const VectorType *VecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
10080 | if (VecType && VecType->getNumElements() == 1 && |
10081 | isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) { |
10082 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC() && |
10083 | (VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector || |
10084 | VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool || |
10085 | VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecPixel)) |
10086 | Diag(RHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_lax_vec_conv_all) |
10087 | << RHSType << LHSType; |
10088 | ExprResult *VecExpr = &RHS; |
10089 | *VecExpr = ImpCastExprToType(VecExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); |
10090 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10091 | return Compatible; |
10092 | } |
10093 | } |
10094 | |
10095 | // Allow assignments between fixed-length and sizeless SVE vectors. |
10096 | if ((LHSType->isSVESizelessBuiltinType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) || |
10097 | (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isSVESizelessBuiltinType())) |
10098 | if (Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(LHSType, RHSType) || |
10099 | Context.areLaxCompatibleSveTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) { |
10100 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10101 | return Compatible; |
10102 | } |
10103 | |
10104 | // Allow assignments between fixed-length and sizeless RVV vectors. |
10105 | if ((LHSType->isRVVSizelessBuiltinType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) || |
10106 | (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isRVVSizelessBuiltinType())) { |
10107 | if (Context.areCompatibleRVVTypes(LHSType, RHSType) || |
10108 | Context.areLaxCompatibleRVVTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) { |
10109 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10110 | return Compatible; |
10111 | } |
10112 | } |
10113 | |
10114 | return Incompatible; |
10115 | } |
10116 | |
10117 | // Diagnose attempts to convert between __ibm128, __float128 and long double |
10118 | // where such conversions currently can't be handled. |
10119 | if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType)) |
10120 | return Incompatible; |
10121 | |
10122 | // Disallow assigning a _Complex to a real type in C++ mode since it simply |
10123 | // discards the imaginary part. |
10124 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>() && |
10125 | !LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>()) |
10126 | return Incompatible; |
10127 | |
10128 | // Arithmetic conversions. |
10129 | if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() && |
10130 | !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) { |
10131 | if (ConvertRHS) |
10132 | Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, LHSType); |
10133 | return Compatible; |
10134 | } |
10135 | |
10136 | // Conversions to normal pointers. |
10137 | if (const PointerType *LHSPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(LHSType)) { |
10138 | // U* -> T* |
10139 | if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) { |
10140 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
10141 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
10142 | if (AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR) |
10143 | Kind = CK_AddressSpaceConversion; |
10144 | else if (Context.hasCvrSimilarType(RHSType, LHSType)) |
10145 | Kind = CK_NoOp; |
10146 | else |
10147 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10148 | return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType, |
10149 | RHS.get()->getBeginLoc()); |
10150 | } |
10151 | |
10152 | // int -> T* |
10153 | if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { |
10154 | Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null? |
10155 | return IntToPointer; |
10156 | } |
10157 | |
10158 | // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers, |
10159 | // with two exceptions: |
10160 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) { |
10161 | // - conversions to void* |
10162 | if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { |
10163 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10164 | return Compatible; |
10165 | } |
10166 | |
10167 | // - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type |
10168 | if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && |
10169 | Context.hasSameType(LHSType, |
10170 | Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) { |
10171 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10172 | return Compatible; |
10173 | } |
10174 | |
10175 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10176 | return IncompatiblePointer; |
10177 | } |
10178 | |
10179 | // U^ -> void* |
10180 | if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
10181 | if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { |
10182 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
10183 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() |
10184 | ->getPointeeType() |
10185 | .getAddressSpace(); |
10186 | Kind = |
10187 | AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast; |
10188 | return Compatible; |
10189 | } |
10190 | } |
10191 | |
10192 | return Incompatible; |
10193 | } |
10194 | |
10195 | // Conversions to block pointers. |
10196 | if (isa<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)) { |
10197 | // U^ -> T^ |
10198 | if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { |
10199 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() |
10200 | ->getPointeeType() |
10201 | .getAddressSpace(); |
10202 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() |
10203 | ->getPointeeType() |
10204 | .getAddressSpace(); |
10205 | Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast; |
10206 | return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType); |
10207 | } |
10208 | |
10209 | // int or null -> T^ |
10210 | if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { |
10211 | Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null |
10212 | return IntToBlockPointer; |
10213 | } |
10214 | |
10215 | // id -> T^ |
10216 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) { |
10217 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; |
10218 | return Compatible; |
10219 | } |
10220 | |
10221 | // void* -> T^ |
10222 | if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
10223 | if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { |
10224 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; |
10225 | return Compatible; |
10226 | } |
10227 | |
10228 | return Incompatible; |
10229 | } |
10230 | |
10231 | // Conversions to Objective-C pointers. |
10232 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(LHSType)) { |
10233 | // A* -> B* |
10234 | if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
10235 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10236 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = |
10237 | checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType); |
10238 | if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && |
10239 | result == Compatible && |
10240 | !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(OrigLHSType, RHSType)) |
10241 | result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef; |
10242 | return result; |
10243 | } |
10244 | |
10245 | // int or null -> A* |
10246 | if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { |
10247 | Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null |
10248 | return IntToPointer; |
10249 | } |
10250 | |
10251 | // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers, |
10252 | // with two exceptions: |
10253 | if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) { |
10254 | Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; |
10255 | |
10256 | // - conversions from 'void*' |
10257 | if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) { |
10258 | return Compatible; |
10259 | } |
10260 | |
10261 | // - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type |
10262 | if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && |
10263 | Context.hasSameType(RHSType, |
10264 | Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) { |
10265 | return Compatible; |
10266 | } |
10267 | |
10268 | return IncompatiblePointer; |
10269 | } |
10270 | |
10271 | // Only under strict condition T^ is compatible with an Objective-C pointer. |
10272 | if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType() && |
10273 | LHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context)) { |
10274 | if (ConvertRHS) |
10275 | maybeExtendBlockObject(RHS); |
10276 | Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; |
10277 | return Compatible; |
10278 | } |
10279 | |
10280 | return Incompatible; |
10281 | } |
10282 | |
10283 | // Conversion to nullptr_t (C2x only) |
10284 | if (getLangOpts().C2x && LHSType->isNullPtrType() && |
10285 | RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
10286 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
10287 | // null -> nullptr_t |
10288 | Kind = CK_NullToPointer; |
10289 | return Compatible; |
10290 | } |
10291 | |
10292 | // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above. |
10293 | if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) { |
10294 | // T* -> _Bool |
10295 | if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) { |
10296 | Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean; |
10297 | return Compatible; |
10298 | } |
10299 | |
10300 | // T* -> int |
10301 | if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) { |
10302 | Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral; |
10303 | return PointerToInt; |
10304 | } |
10305 | |
10306 | return Incompatible; |
10307 | } |
10308 | |
10309 | // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above. |
10310 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) { |
10311 | // T* -> _Bool |
10312 | if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) { |
10313 | Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean; |
10314 | return Compatible; |
10315 | } |
10316 | |
10317 | // T* -> int |
10318 | if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) { |
10319 | Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral; |
10320 | return PointerToInt; |
10321 | } |
10322 | |
10323 | return Incompatible; |
10324 | } |
10325 | |
10326 | // struct A -> struct B |
10327 | if (isa<TagType>(LHSType) && isa<TagType>(RHSType)) { |
10328 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) { |
10329 | Kind = CK_NoOp; |
10330 | return Compatible; |
10331 | } |
10332 | } |
10333 | |
10334 | if (LHSType->isSamplerT() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) { |
10335 | Kind = CK_IntToOCLSampler; |
10336 | return Compatible; |
10337 | } |
10338 | |
10339 | return Incompatible; |
10340 | } |
10341 | |
10342 | /// Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is |
10343 | /// used to initialize the transparent union. |
10344 | static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C, |
10345 | ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType, |
10346 | FieldDecl *Field) { |
10347 | // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member |
10348 | // of the transparent union. |
10349 | Expr *E = EResult.get(); |
10350 | InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(), |
10351 | E, SourceLocation()); |
10352 | Initializer->setType(UnionType); |
10353 | Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field); |
10354 | |
10355 | // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent |
10356 | // union type from this initializer list. |
10357 | TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType); |
10358 | EResult = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType, |
10359 | VK_PRValue, Initializer, false); |
10360 | } |
10361 | |
10362 | Sema::AssignConvertType |
10363 | Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, |
10364 | ExprResult &RHS) { |
10365 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
10366 | |
10367 | // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential |
10368 | // transparent_union GCC extension. |
10369 | const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType(); |
10370 | if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) |
10371 | return Incompatible; |
10372 | |
10373 | // The field to initialize within the transparent union. |
10374 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); |
10375 | FieldDecl *InitField = nullptr; |
10376 | // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. |
10377 | for (auto *it : UD->fields()) { |
10378 | if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) { |
10379 | // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow: |
10380 | // 1) void pointer |
10381 | // 2) null pointer constant |
10382 | if (RHSType->isPointerType()) |
10383 | if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { |
10384 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast); |
10385 | InitField = it; |
10386 | break; |
10387 | } |
10388 | |
10389 | if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
10390 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
10391 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), |
10392 | CK_NullToPointer); |
10393 | InitField = it; |
10394 | break; |
10395 | } |
10396 | } |
10397 | |
10398 | CastKind Kind; |
10399 | if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind) |
10400 | == Compatible) { |
10401 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), Kind); |
10402 | InitField = it; |
10403 | break; |
10404 | } |
10405 | } |
10406 | |
10407 | if (!InitField) |
10408 | return Incompatible; |
10409 | |
10410 | ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, RHS, ArgType, InitField); |
10411 | return Compatible; |
10412 | } |
10413 | |
10414 | Sema::AssignConvertType |
10415 | Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &CallerRHS, |
10416 | bool Diagnose, |
10417 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited, |
10418 | bool ConvertRHS) { |
10419 | // We need to be able to tell the caller whether we diagnosed a problem, if |
10420 | // they ask us to issue diagnostics. |
10421 | assert((ConvertRHS || !Diagnose) && "can't indicate whether we diagnosed" ); |
10422 | |
10423 | // If ConvertRHS is false, we want to leave the caller's RHS untouched. Sadly, |
10424 | // we can't avoid *all* modifications at the moment, so we need some somewhere |
10425 | // to put the updated value. |
10426 | ExprResult LocalRHS = CallerRHS; |
10427 | ExprResult &RHS = ConvertRHS ? CallerRHS : LocalRHS; |
10428 | |
10429 | if (const auto *LHSPtrType = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
10430 | if (const auto *RHSPtrType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
10431 | if (RHSPtrType->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref) && |
10432 | !LHSPtrType->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) { |
10433 | Diag(RHS.get()->getExprLoc(), |
10434 | diag::warn_noderef_to_dereferenceable_pointer) |
10435 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
10436 | } |
10437 | } |
10438 | } |
10439 | |
10440 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
10441 | if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) { |
10442 | // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the |
10443 | // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the |
10444 | // cv-unqualified type of the left operand. |
10445 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
10446 | if (Diagnose) { |
10447 | RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), |
10448 | AA_Assigning); |
10449 | } else { |
10450 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = |
10451 | TryImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), |
10452 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
10453 | AllowedExplicit::None, |
10454 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, |
10455 | /*CStyle=*/false, |
10456 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false); |
10457 | if (ICS.isFailure()) |
10458 | return Incompatible; |
10459 | RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), |
10460 | ICS, AA_Assigning); |
10461 | } |
10462 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
10463 | return Incompatible; |
10464 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible; |
10465 | if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && |
10466 | !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(LHSType, RHSType)) |
10467 | result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef; |
10468 | return result; |
10469 | } |
10470 | |
10471 | // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C |
10472 | // structures. |
10473 | // FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should |
10474 | // happen there, though. |
10475 | } else if (RHS.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) { |
10476 | // As a set of extensions to C, we support overloading on functions. These |
10477 | // functions need to be resolved here. |
10478 | DeclAccessPair DAP; |
10479 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction( |
10480 | RHS.get(), LHSType, /*Complain=*/false, DAP)) |
10481 | RHS = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(RHS.get(), DAP, FD); |
10482 | else |
10483 | return Incompatible; |
10484 | } |
10485 | |
10486 | // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper |
10487 | // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all |
10488 | // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary |
10489 | // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof). This needs |
10490 | // to happen before we check for null pointer conversions because C does not |
10491 | // undergo the same implicit conversions as C++ does above (by the calls to |
10492 | // TryImplicitConversion() and PerformImplicitConversion()) which insert the |
10493 | // lvalue to rvalue cast before checking for null pointer constraints. This |
10494 | // addresses code like: nullptr_t val; int *ptr; ptr = val; |
10495 | // |
10496 | // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5. |
10497 | if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) { |
10498 | // FIXME: We potentially allocate here even if ConvertRHS is false. |
10499 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get(), Diagnose); |
10500 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
10501 | return Incompatible; |
10502 | } |
10503 | |
10504 | // The constraints are expressed in terms of the atomic, qualified, or |
10505 | // unqualified type of the LHS. |
10506 | QualType LHSTypeAfterConversion = LHSType.getAtomicUnqualifiedType(); |
10507 | |
10508 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is |
10509 | // a null pointer constant <C2x>or its type is nullptr_t;</C2x>. |
10510 | if ((LHSTypeAfterConversion->isPointerType() || |
10511 | LHSTypeAfterConversion->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
10512 | LHSTypeAfterConversion->isBlockPointerType()) && |
10513 | ((getLangOpts().C2x && RHS.get()->getType()->isNullPtrType()) || |
10514 | RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
10515 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) { |
10516 | if (Diagnose || ConvertRHS) { |
10517 | CastKind Kind; |
10518 | CXXCastPath Path; |
10519 | CheckPointerConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, Path, |
10520 | /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false, Diagnose); |
10521 | if (ConvertRHS) |
10522 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, VK_PRValue, &Path); |
10523 | } |
10524 | return Compatible; |
10525 | } |
10526 | // C2x 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand has type atomic, qualified, or |
10527 | // unqualified bool, and the right operand is a pointer or its type is |
10528 | // nullptr_t. |
10529 | if (getLangOpts().C2x && LHSType->isBooleanType() && |
10530 | RHS.get()->getType()->isNullPtrType()) { |
10531 | // NB: T* -> _Bool is handled in CheckAssignmentConstraints, this only |
10532 | // only handles nullptr -> _Bool due to needing an extra conversion |
10533 | // step. |
10534 | // We model this by converting from nullptr -> void * and then let the |
10535 | // conversion from void * -> _Bool happen naturally. |
10536 | if (Diagnose || ConvertRHS) { |
10537 | CastKind Kind; |
10538 | CXXCastPath Path; |
10539 | CheckPointerConversion(RHS.get(), Context.VoidPtrTy, Kind, Path, |
10540 | /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false, Diagnose); |
10541 | if (ConvertRHS) |
10542 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), Context.VoidPtrTy, Kind, VK_PRValue, |
10543 | &Path); |
10544 | } |
10545 | } |
10546 | |
10547 | // OpenCL queue_t type assignment. |
10548 | if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant( |
10549 | Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
10550 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); |
10551 | return Compatible; |
10552 | } |
10553 | |
10554 | CastKind Kind; |
10555 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = |
10556 | CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind, ConvertRHS); |
10557 | |
10558 | // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the |
10559 | // type of the assignment expression. |
10560 | // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference, |
10561 | // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C. |
10562 | // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression |
10563 | // does not have reference type. |
10564 | if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType) { |
10565 | QualType Ty = LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
10566 | Expr *E = RHS.get(); |
10567 | |
10568 | // Check for various Objective-C errors. If we are not reporting |
10569 | // diagnostics and just checking for errors, e.g., during overload |
10570 | // resolution, return Incompatible to indicate the failure. |
10571 | if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && |
10572 | CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), Ty, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion, |
10573 | Diagnose, DiagnoseCFAudited) != ACR_okay) { |
10574 | if (!Diagnose) |
10575 | return Incompatible; |
10576 | } |
10577 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC && |
10578 | (CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(E->getBeginLoc(), LHSType, |
10579 | E->getType(), E, Diagnose) || |
10580 | CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(LHSType, E, Diagnose))) { |
10581 | if (!Diagnose) |
10582 | return Incompatible; |
10583 | // Replace the expression with a corrected version and continue so we |
10584 | // can find further errors. |
10585 | RHS = E; |
10586 | return Compatible; |
10587 | } |
10588 | |
10589 | if (ConvertRHS) |
10590 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty, Kind); |
10591 | } |
10592 | |
10593 | return result; |
10594 | } |
10595 | |
10596 | namespace { |
10597 | /// The original operand to an operator, prior to the application of the usual |
10598 | /// arithmetic conversions and converting the arguments of a builtin operator |
10599 | /// candidate. |
10600 | struct OriginalOperand { |
10601 | explicit OriginalOperand(Expr *Op) : Orig(Op), Conversion(nullptr) { |
10602 | if (auto *MTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(Op)) |
10603 | Op = MTE->getSubExpr(); |
10604 | if (auto *BTE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Op)) |
10605 | Op = BTE->getSubExpr(); |
10606 | if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Op)) { |
10607 | Orig = ICE->getSubExprAsWritten(); |
10608 | Conversion = ICE->getConversionFunction(); |
10609 | } |
10610 | } |
10611 | |
10612 | QualType getType() const { return Orig->getType(); } |
10613 | |
10614 | Expr *Orig; |
10615 | NamedDecl *Conversion; |
10616 | }; |
10617 | } |
10618 | |
10619 | QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
10620 | ExprResult &RHS) { |
10621 | OriginalOperand OrigLHS(LHS.get()), OrigRHS(RHS.get()); |
10622 | |
10623 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) |
10624 | << OrigLHS.getType() << OrigRHS.getType() |
10625 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
10626 | |
10627 | // If a user-defined conversion was applied to either of the operands prior |
10628 | // to applying the built-in operator rules, tell the user about it. |
10629 | if (OrigLHS.Conversion) { |
10630 | Diag(OrigLHS.Conversion->getLocation(), |
10631 | diag::note_typecheck_invalid_operands_converted) |
10632 | << 0 << LHS.get()->getType(); |
10633 | } |
10634 | if (OrigRHS.Conversion) { |
10635 | Diag(OrigRHS.Conversion->getLocation(), |
10636 | diag::note_typecheck_invalid_operands_converted) |
10637 | << 1 << RHS.get()->getType(); |
10638 | } |
10639 | |
10640 | return QualType(); |
10641 | } |
10642 | |
10643 | // Diagnose cases where a scalar was implicitly converted to a vector and |
10644 | // diagnose the underlying types. Otherwise, diagnose the error |
10645 | // as invalid vector logical operands for non-C++ cases. |
10646 | QualType Sema::InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
10647 | ExprResult &RHS) { |
10648 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(); |
10649 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(); |
10650 | |
10651 | bool LHSNatVec = LHSType->isVectorType(); |
10652 | bool RHSNatVec = RHSType->isVectorType(); |
10653 | |
10654 | if (!(LHSNatVec && RHSNatVec)) { |
10655 | Expr *Vector = LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get(); |
10656 | Expr *NonVector = !LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get(); |
10657 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict) |
10658 | << 0 << Vector->getType() << NonVector->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType() |
10659 | << Vector->getSourceRange(); |
10660 | return QualType(); |
10661 | } |
10662 | |
10663 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict) |
10664 | << 1 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
10665 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
10666 | |
10667 | return QualType(); |
10668 | } |
10669 | |
10670 | /// Try to convert a value of non-vector type to a vector type by converting |
10671 | /// the type to the element type of the vector and then performing a splat. |
10672 | /// If the language is OpenCL, we only use conversions that promote scalar |
10673 | /// rank; for C, Obj-C, and C++ we allow any real scalar conversion except |
10674 | /// for float->int. |
10675 | /// |
10676 | /// OpenCL V2.0 6.2.6.p2: |
10677 | /// An error shall occur if any scalar operand type has greater rank |
10678 | /// than the type of the vector element. |
10679 | /// |
10680 | /// \param scalar - if non-null, actually perform the conversions |
10681 | /// \return true if the operation fails (but without diagnosing the failure) |
10682 | static bool tryVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *scalar, |
10683 | QualType scalarTy, |
10684 | QualType vectorEltTy, |
10685 | QualType vectorTy, |
10686 | unsigned &DiagID) { |
10687 | // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it, |
10688 | // if necessary. |
10689 | CastKind scalarCast = CK_NoOp; |
10690 | |
10691 | if (vectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { |
10692 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType() || |
10693 | (scalarTy->isIntegerType() && |
10694 | S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0))) { |
10695 | DiagID = diag::err_opencl_scalar_type_rank_greater_than_vector_type; |
10696 | return true; |
10697 | } |
10698 | if (!scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) |
10699 | return true; |
10700 | scalarCast = CK_IntegralCast; |
10701 | } else if (vectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) { |
10702 | if (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) { |
10703 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
10704 | S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0) { |
10705 | DiagID = diag::err_opencl_scalar_type_rank_greater_than_vector_type; |
10706 | return true; |
10707 | } |
10708 | scalarCast = CK_FloatingCast; |
10709 | } |
10710 | else if (scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) |
10711 | scalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating; |
10712 | else |
10713 | return true; |
10714 | } else { |
10715 | return true; |
10716 | } |
10717 | |
10718 | // Adjust scalar if desired. |
10719 | if (scalar) { |
10720 | if (scalarCast != CK_NoOp) |
10721 | *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorEltTy, scalarCast); |
10722 | *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorTy, CK_VectorSplat); |
10723 | } |
10724 | return false; |
10725 | } |
10726 | |
10727 | /// Convert vector E to a vector with the same number of elements but different |
10728 | /// element type. |
10729 | static ExprResult convertVector(Expr *E, QualType ElementType, Sema &S) { |
10730 | const auto *VecTy = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>(); |
10731 | assert(VecTy && "Expression E must be a vector" ); |
10732 | QualType NewVecTy = |
10733 | VecTy->isExtVectorType() |
10734 | ? S.Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, VecTy->getNumElements()) |
10735 | : S.Context.getVectorType(ElementType, VecTy->getNumElements(), |
10736 | VecTy->getVectorKind()); |
10737 | |
10738 | // Look through the implicit cast. Return the subexpression if its type is |
10739 | // NewVecTy. |
10740 | if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) |
10741 | if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType() == NewVecTy) |
10742 | return ICE->getSubExpr(); |
10743 | |
10744 | auto Cast = ElementType->isIntegerType() ? CK_IntegralCast : CK_FloatingCast; |
10745 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(E, NewVecTy, Cast); |
10746 | } |
10747 | |
10748 | /// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to another integer type |
10749 | /// IntTy without losing precision. |
10750 | static bool canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int, |
10751 | QualType OtherIntTy) { |
10752 | QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
10753 | |
10754 | // Reject cases where the value of the Int is unknown as that would |
10755 | // possibly cause truncation, but accept cases where the scalar can be |
10756 | // demoted without loss of precision. |
10757 | Expr::EvalResult EVResult; |
10758 | bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(EVResult, S.Context); |
10759 | int Order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(OtherIntTy, IntTy); |
10760 | bool IntSigned = IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); |
10761 | bool OtherIntSigned = OtherIntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); |
10762 | |
10763 | if (CstInt) { |
10764 | // If the scalar is constant and is of a higher order and has more active |
10765 | // bits that the vector element type, reject it. |
10766 | llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt(); |
10767 | unsigned NumBits = IntSigned |
10768 | ? (Result.isNegative() ? Result.getSignificantBits() |
10769 | : Result.getActiveBits()) |
10770 | : Result.getActiveBits(); |
10771 | if (Order < 0 && S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy) < NumBits) |
10772 | return true; |
10773 | |
10774 | // If the signedness of the scalar type and the vector element type |
10775 | // differs and the number of bits is greater than that of the vector |
10776 | // element reject it. |
10777 | return (IntSigned != OtherIntSigned && |
10778 | NumBits > S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy)); |
10779 | } |
10780 | |
10781 | // Reject cases where the value of the scalar is not constant and it's |
10782 | // order is greater than that of the vector element type. |
10783 | return (Order < 0); |
10784 | } |
10785 | |
10786 | /// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to floating point type |
10787 | /// FloatTy without losing precision. |
10788 | static bool canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int, |
10789 | QualType FloatTy) { |
10790 | QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
10791 | |
10792 | // Determine if the integer constant can be expressed as a floating point |
10793 | // number of the appropriate type. |
10794 | Expr::EvalResult EVResult; |
10795 | bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(EVResult, S.Context); |
10796 | |
10797 | uint64_t Bits = 0; |
10798 | if (CstInt) { |
10799 | // Reject constants that would be truncated if they were converted to |
10800 | // the floating point type. Test by simple to/from conversion. |
10801 | // FIXME: Ideally the conversion to an APFloat and from an APFloat |
10802 | // could be avoided if there was a convertFromAPInt method |
10803 | // which could signal back if implicit truncation occurred. |
10804 | llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt(); |
10805 | llvm::APFloat Float(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy)); |
10806 | Float.convertFromAPInt(Result, IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(), |
10807 | llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero); |
10808 | llvm::APSInt ConvertBack(S.Context.getIntWidth(IntTy), |
10809 | !IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()); |
10810 | bool Ignored = false; |
10811 | Float.convertToInteger(ConvertBack, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, |
10812 | &Ignored); |
10813 | if (Result != ConvertBack) |
10814 | return true; |
10815 | } else { |
10816 | // Reject types that cannot be fully encoded into the mantissa of |
10817 | // the float. |
10818 | Bits = S.Context.getTypeSize(IntTy); |
10819 | unsigned FloatPrec = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision( |
10820 | S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy)); |
10821 | if (Bits > FloatPrec) |
10822 | return true; |
10823 | } |
10824 | |
10825 | return false; |
10826 | } |
10827 | |
10828 | /// Attempt to convert and splat Scalar into a vector whose types matches |
10829 | /// Vector following GCC conversion rules. The rule is that implicit |
10830 | /// conversion can occur when Scalar can be casted to match Vector's element |
10831 | /// type without causing truncation of Scalar. |
10832 | static bool tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *Scalar, |
10833 | ExprResult *Vector) { |
10834 | QualType ScalarTy = Scalar->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
10835 | QualType VectorTy = Vector->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
10836 | QualType VectorEltTy; |
10837 | |
10838 | if (const auto *VT = VectorTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
10839 | assert(!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) && |
10840 | "ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!" ); |
10841 | VectorEltTy = VT->getElementType(); |
10842 | } else if (VectorTy->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { |
10843 | VectorEltTy = |
10844 | VectorTy->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getSveEltType(S.getASTContext()); |
10845 | } else { |
10846 | llvm_unreachable("Only Fixed-Length and SVE Vector types are handled here" ); |
10847 | } |
10848 | |
10849 | // Reject cases where the vector element type or the scalar element type are |
10850 | // not integral or floating point types. |
10851 | if (!VectorEltTy->isArithmeticType() || !ScalarTy->isArithmeticType()) |
10852 | return true; |
10853 | |
10854 | // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it, |
10855 | // if necessary. |
10856 | CastKind ScalarCast = CK_NoOp; |
10857 | |
10858 | // Accept cases where the vector elements are integers and the scalar is |
10859 | // an integer. |
10860 | // FIXME: Notionally if the scalar was a floating point value with a precise |
10861 | // integral representation, we could cast it to an appropriate integer |
10862 | // type and then perform the rest of the checks here. GCC will perform |
10863 | // this conversion in some cases as determined by the input language. |
10864 | // We should accept it on a language independent basis. |
10865 | if (VectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) && |
10866 | ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) && |
10867 | S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy)) { |
10868 | |
10869 | if (canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy)) |
10870 | return true; |
10871 | |
10872 | ScalarCast = CK_IntegralCast; |
10873 | } else if (VectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) && |
10874 | ScalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) { |
10875 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(VectorEltTy) == S.Context.getTypeSize(ScalarTy)) |
10876 | ScalarCast = CK_FloatingToIntegral; |
10877 | else |
10878 | return true; |
10879 | } else if (VectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) { |
10880 | if (ScalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) { |
10881 | |
10882 | // Reject cases where the scalar type is not a constant and has a higher |
10883 | // Order than the vector element type. |
10884 | llvm::APFloat Result(0.0); |
10885 | |
10886 | // Determine whether this is a constant scalar. In the event that the |
10887 | // value is dependent (and thus cannot be evaluated by the constant |
10888 | // evaluator), skip the evaluation. This will then diagnose once the |
10889 | // expression is instantiated. |
10890 | bool CstScalar = Scalar->get()->isValueDependent() || |
10891 | Scalar->get()->EvaluateAsFloat(Result, S.Context); |
10892 | int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy); |
10893 | if (!CstScalar && Order < 0) |
10894 | return true; |
10895 | |
10896 | // If the scalar cannot be safely casted to the vector element type, |
10897 | // reject it. |
10898 | if (CstScalar) { |
10899 | bool Truncated = false; |
10900 | Result.convert(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(VectorEltTy), |
10901 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &Truncated); |
10902 | if (Truncated) |
10903 | return true; |
10904 | } |
10905 | |
10906 | ScalarCast = CK_FloatingCast; |
10907 | } else if (ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { |
10908 | if (canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy)) |
10909 | return true; |
10910 | |
10911 | ScalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating; |
10912 | } else |
10913 | return true; |
10914 | } else if (ScalarTy->isEnumeralType()) |
10915 | return true; |
10916 | |
10917 | // Adjust scalar if desired. |
10918 | if (ScalarCast != CK_NoOp) |
10919 | *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorEltTy, ScalarCast); |
10920 | *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat); |
10921 | return false; |
10922 | } |
10923 | |
10924 | QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
10925 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
10926 | bool AllowBothBool, |
10927 | bool AllowBoolConversions, |
10928 | bool AllowBoolOperation, |
10929 | bool ReportInvalid) { |
10930 | if (!IsCompAssign) { |
10931 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); |
10932 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
10933 | return QualType(); |
10934 | } |
10935 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); |
10936 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
10937 | return QualType(); |
10938 | |
10939 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. |
10940 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. |
10941 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
10942 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
10943 | |
10944 | const VectorType *LHSVecType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
10945 | const VectorType *RHSVecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
10946 | assert(LHSVecType || RHSVecType); |
10947 | |
10948 | // AltiVec-style "vector bool op vector bool" combinations are allowed |
10949 | // for some operators but not others. |
10950 | if (!AllowBothBool && |
10951 | LHSVecType && LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool && |
10952 | RHSVecType && RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) |
10953 | return ReportInvalid ? InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS) : QualType(); |
10954 | |
10955 | // This operation may not be performed on boolean vectors. |
10956 | if (!AllowBoolOperation && |
10957 | (LHSType->isExtVectorBoolType() || RHSType->isExtVectorBoolType())) |
10958 | return ReportInvalid ? InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS) : QualType(); |
10959 | |
10960 | // If the vector types are identical, return. |
10961 | if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType)) |
10962 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType(LHSType, RHSType); |
10963 | |
10964 | // If we have compatible AltiVec and GCC vector types, use the AltiVec type. |
10965 | if (LHSVecType && RHSVecType && |
10966 | Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) { |
10967 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) { |
10968 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); |
10969 | return LHSType; |
10970 | } |
10971 | |
10972 | if (!IsCompAssign) |
10973 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast); |
10974 | return RHSType; |
10975 | } |
10976 | |
10977 | // AllowBoolConversions says that bool and non-bool AltiVec vectors |
10978 | // can be mixed, with the result being the non-bool type. The non-bool |
10979 | // operand must have integer element type. |
10980 | if (AllowBoolConversions && LHSVecType && RHSVecType && |
10981 | LHSVecType->getNumElements() == RHSVecType->getNumElements() && |
10982 | (Context.getTypeSize(LHSVecType->getElementType()) == |
10983 | Context.getTypeSize(RHSVecType->getElementType()))) { |
10984 | if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector && |
10985 | LHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType() && |
10986 | RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) { |
10987 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); |
10988 | return LHSType; |
10989 | } |
10990 | if (!IsCompAssign && |
10991 | LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool && |
10992 | RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector && |
10993 | RHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) { |
10994 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast); |
10995 | return RHSType; |
10996 | } |
10997 | } |
10998 | |
10999 | // Expressions containing fixed-length and sizeless SVE/RVV vectors are |
11000 | // invalid since the ambiguity can affect the ABI. |
11001 | auto IsSveRVVConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType, |
11002 | unsigned &SVEorRVV) { |
11003 | const VectorType *VecType = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
11004 | SVEorRVV = 0; |
11005 | if (FirstType->isSizelessBuiltinType() && VecType) { |
11006 | if (VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector || |
11007 | VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthPredicateVector) |
11008 | return true; |
11009 | if (VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::RVVFixedLengthDataVector) { |
11010 | SVEorRVV = 1; |
11011 | return true; |
11012 | } |
11013 | } |
11014 | |
11015 | return false; |
11016 | }; |
11017 | |
11018 | unsigned SVEorRVV; |
11019 | if (IsSveRVVConversion(LHSType, RHSType, SVEorRVV) || |
11020 | IsSveRVVConversion(RHSType, LHSType, SVEorRVV)) { |
11021 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sve_rvv_ambiguous) |
11022 | << SVEorRVV << LHSType << RHSType; |
11023 | return QualType(); |
11024 | } |
11025 | |
11026 | // Expressions containing GNU and SVE or RVV (fixed or sizeless) vectors are |
11027 | // invalid since the ambiguity can affect the ABI. |
11028 | auto IsSveRVVGnuConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType, |
11029 | unsigned &SVEorRVV) { |
11030 | const VectorType *FirstVecType = FirstType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
11031 | const VectorType *SecondVecType = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
11032 | |
11033 | SVEorRVV = 0; |
11034 | if (FirstVecType && SecondVecType) { |
11035 | if (FirstVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector) { |
11036 | if (SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == |
11037 | VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector || |
11038 | SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == |
11039 | VectorType::SveFixedLengthPredicateVector) |
11040 | return true; |
11041 | if (SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == |
11042 | VectorType::RVVFixedLengthDataVector) { |
11043 | SVEorRVV = 1; |
11044 | return true; |
11045 | } |
11046 | } |
11047 | return false; |
11048 | } |
11049 | |
11050 | if (SecondVecType && |
11051 | SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector) { |
11052 | if (FirstType->isSVESizelessBuiltinType()) |
11053 | return true; |
11054 | if (FirstType->isRVVSizelessBuiltinType()) { |
11055 | SVEorRVV = 1; |
11056 | return true; |
11057 | } |
11058 | } |
11059 | |
11060 | return false; |
11061 | }; |
11062 | |
11063 | if (IsSveRVVGnuConversion(LHSType, RHSType, SVEorRVV) || |
11064 | IsSveRVVGnuConversion(RHSType, LHSType, SVEorRVV)) { |
11065 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sve_rvv_gnu_ambiguous) |
11066 | << SVEorRVV << LHSType << RHSType; |
11067 | return QualType(); |
11068 | } |
11069 | |
11070 | // If there's a vector type and a scalar, try to convert the scalar to |
11071 | // the vector element type and splat. |
11072 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable; |
11073 | if (!RHSVecType) { |
11074 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) { |
11075 | if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, RHSType, |
11076 | LHSVecType->getElementType(), LHSType, |
11077 | DiagID)) |
11078 | return LHSType; |
11079 | } else { |
11080 | if (!tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, &LHS)) |
11081 | return LHSType; |
11082 | } |
11083 | } |
11084 | if (!LHSVecType) { |
11085 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) { |
11086 | if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, (IsCompAssign ? nullptr : &LHS), |
11087 | LHSType, RHSVecType->getElementType(), |
11088 | RHSType, DiagID)) |
11089 | return RHSType; |
11090 | } else { |
11091 | if (LHS.get()->isLValue() || |
11092 | !tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &LHS, &RHS)) |
11093 | return RHSType; |
11094 | } |
11095 | } |
11096 | |
11097 | // FIXME: The code below also handles conversion between vectors and |
11098 | // non-scalars, we should break this down into fine grained specific checks |
11099 | // and emit proper diagnostics. |
11100 | QualType VecType = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType; |
11101 | const VectorType *VT = LHSVecType ? LHSVecType : RHSVecType; |
11102 | QualType OtherType = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType; |
11103 | ExprResult *OtherExpr = LHSVecType ? &RHS : &LHS; |
11104 | if (isLaxVectorConversion(OtherType, VecType)) { |
11105 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC() && |
11106 | anyAltivecTypes(RHSType, LHSType) && |
11107 | !Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(RHSType, LHSType)) |
11108 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_lax_vec_conv_all) << RHSType << LHSType; |
11109 | // If we're allowing lax vector conversions, only the total (data) size |
11110 | // needs to be the same. For non compound assignment, if one of the types is |
11111 | // scalar, the result is always the vector type. |
11112 | if (!IsCompAssign) { |
11113 | *OtherExpr = ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr->get(), VecType, CK_BitCast); |
11114 | return VecType; |
11115 | // In a compound assignment, lhs += rhs, 'lhs' is a lvalue src, forbidding |
11116 | // any implicit cast. Here, the 'rhs' should be implicit casted to 'lhs' |
11117 | // type. Note that this is already done by non-compound assignments in |
11118 | // CheckAssignmentConstraints. If it's a scalar type, only bitcast for |
11119 | // <1 x T> -> T. The result is also a vector type. |
11120 | } else if (OtherType->isExtVectorType() || OtherType->isVectorType() || |
11121 | (OtherType->isScalarType() && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) { |
11122 | ExprResult *RHSExpr = &RHS; |
11123 | *RHSExpr = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); |
11124 | return VecType; |
11125 | } |
11126 | } |
11127 | |
11128 | // Okay, the expression is invalid. |
11129 | |
11130 | // If there's a non-vector, non-real operand, diagnose that. |
11131 | if ((!RHSVecType && !RHSType->isRealType()) || |
11132 | (!LHSVecType && !LHSType->isRealType())) { |
11133 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_non_scalar) |
11134 | << LHSType << RHSType |
11135 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11136 | return QualType(); |
11137 | } |
11138 | |
11139 | // OpenCL V1.1 6.2.6.p1: |
11140 | // If the operands are of more than one vector type, then an error shall |
11141 | // occur. Implicit conversions between vector types are not permitted, per |
11142 | // section 6.2.1. |
11143 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
11144 | RHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType) && |
11145 | LHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) { |
11146 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_implicit_vector_conversion) << LHSType |
11147 | << RHSType; |
11148 | return QualType(); |
11149 | } |
11150 | |
11151 | |
11152 | // If there is a vector type that is not a ExtVector and a scalar, we reach |
11153 | // this point if scalar could not be converted to the vector's element type |
11154 | // without truncation. |
11155 | if ((RHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) || |
11156 | (LHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType))) { |
11157 | QualType Scalar = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType; |
11158 | QualType Vector = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType; |
11159 | unsigned ScalarOrVector = LHSVecType && RHSVecType ? 1 : 0; |
11160 | Diag(Loc, |
11161 | diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_implict_truncation) |
11162 | << ScalarOrVector << Scalar << Vector; |
11163 | |
11164 | return QualType(); |
11165 | } |
11166 | |
11167 | // Otherwise, use the generic diagnostic. |
11168 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) |
11169 | << LHSType << RHSType |
11170 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11171 | return QualType(); |
11172 | } |
11173 | |
11174 | QualType Sema::CheckSizelessVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11175 | SourceLocation Loc, |
11176 | bool IsCompAssign, |
11177 | ArithConvKind OperationKind) { |
11178 | if (!IsCompAssign) { |
11179 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); |
11180 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
11181 | return QualType(); |
11182 | } |
11183 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); |
11184 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
11185 | return QualType(); |
11186 | |
11187 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
11188 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
11189 | |
11190 | const BuiltinType *LHSBuiltinTy = LHSType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
11191 | const BuiltinType *RHSBuiltinTy = RHSType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
11192 | |
11193 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands; |
11194 | if ((OperationKind == ACK_Arithmetic) && |
11195 | ((LHSBuiltinTy && LHSBuiltinTy->isSVEBool()) || |
11196 | (RHSBuiltinTy && RHSBuiltinTy->isSVEBool()))) { |
11197 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
11198 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11199 | return QualType(); |
11200 | } |
11201 | |
11202 | if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType)) |
11203 | return LHSType; |
11204 | |
11205 | if (LHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType() && !RHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { |
11206 | if (!tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, &LHS)) |
11207 | return LHSType; |
11208 | } |
11209 | if (RHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType() && !LHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { |
11210 | if (LHS.get()->isLValue() || |
11211 | !tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &LHS, &RHS)) |
11212 | return RHSType; |
11213 | } |
11214 | |
11215 | if ((!LHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType() && !LHSType->isRealType()) || |
11216 | (!RHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType() && !RHSType->isRealType())) { |
11217 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_non_scalar) |
11218 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
11219 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11220 | return QualType(); |
11221 | } |
11222 | |
11223 | if (LHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType() && RHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType() && |
11224 | Context.getBuiltinVectorTypeInfo(LHSBuiltinTy).EC != |
11225 | Context.getBuiltinVectorTypeInfo(RHSBuiltinTy).EC) { |
11226 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_lengths_not_equal) |
11227 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
11228 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11229 | return QualType(); |
11230 | } |
11231 | |
11232 | if (LHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType() || RHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { |
11233 | QualType Scalar = LHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType() ? RHSType : LHSType; |
11234 | QualType Vector = LHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType() ? LHSType : RHSType; |
11235 | bool ScalarOrVector = |
11236 | LHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType() && RHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType(); |
11237 | |
11238 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_implict_truncation) |
11239 | << ScalarOrVector << Scalar << Vector; |
11240 | |
11241 | return QualType(); |
11242 | } |
11243 | |
11244 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
11245 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11246 | return QualType(); |
11247 | } |
11248 | |
11249 | // checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an |
11250 | // expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an |
11251 | // integer instead of a pointer. |
11252 | static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11253 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) { |
11254 | // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant, |
11255 | // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively |
11256 | // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow. |
11257 | bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); |
11258 | bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); |
11259 | |
11260 | QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType(); |
11261 | |
11262 | // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and |
11263 | // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about. |
11264 | if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() || |
11265 | NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType()) |
11266 | return; |
11267 | |
11268 | // Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter |
11269 | // what the other expression is. |
11270 | if (!IsCompare) { |
11271 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation) |
11272 | << (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) |
11273 | << (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); |
11274 | return; |
11275 | } |
11276 | |
11277 | // The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer |
11278 | // if the other expression is a pointer. |
11279 | if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() || |
11280 | NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType()) |
11281 | return; |
11282 | |
11283 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation) |
11284 | << LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType |
11285 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11286 | } |
11287 | |
11288 | static void DiagnoseDivisionSizeofPointerOrArray(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
11289 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
11290 | const auto *LUE = dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(LHS); |
11291 | const auto *RUE = dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(RHS); |
11292 | if (!LUE || !RUE) |
11293 | return; |
11294 | if (LUE->getKind() != UETT_SizeOf || LUE->isArgumentType() || |
11295 | RUE->getKind() != UETT_SizeOf) |
11296 | return; |
11297 | |
11298 | const Expr *LHSArg = LUE->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParens(); |
11299 | QualType LHSTy = LHSArg->getType(); |
11300 | QualType RHSTy; |
11301 | |
11302 | if (RUE->isArgumentType()) |
11303 | RHSTy = RUE->getArgumentType().getNonReferenceType(); |
11304 | else |
11305 | RHSTy = RUE->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParens()->getType(); |
11306 | |
11307 | if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && !RHSTy->isPointerType()) { |
11308 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSTy->getPointeeType(), RHSTy)) |
11309 | return; |
11310 | |
11311 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_division_sizeof_ptr) << LHS << LHS->getSourceRange(); |
11312 | if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSArg)) { |
11313 | if (const ValueDecl *LHSArgDecl = DRE->getDecl()) |
11314 | S.Diag(LHSArgDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_pointer_declared_here) |
11315 | << LHSArgDecl; |
11316 | } |
11317 | } else if (const auto *ArrayTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(LHSTy)) { |
11318 | QualType ArrayElemTy = ArrayTy->getElementType(); |
11319 | if (ArrayElemTy != S.Context.getBaseElementType(ArrayTy) || |
11320 | ArrayElemTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType() || |
11321 | RHSTy->isReferenceType() || ArrayElemTy->isCharType() || |
11322 | S.Context.getTypeSize(ArrayElemTy) == S.Context.getTypeSize(RHSTy)) |
11323 | return; |
11324 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_division_sizeof_array) |
11325 | << LHSArg->getSourceRange() << ArrayElemTy << RHSTy; |
11326 | if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSArg)) { |
11327 | if (const ValueDecl *LHSArgDecl = DRE->getDecl()) |
11328 | S.Diag(LHSArgDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_array_declared_here) |
11329 | << LHSArgDecl; |
11330 | } |
11331 | |
11332 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_precedence_silence) << RHS; |
11333 | } |
11334 | } |
11335 | |
11336 | static void DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, |
11337 | ExprResult &RHS, |
11338 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsDiv) { |
11339 | // Check for division/remainder by zero. |
11340 | Expr::EvalResult RHSValue; |
11341 | if (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() && |
11342 | RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, S.Context) && |
11343 | RHSValue.Val.getInt() == 0) |
11344 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), |
11345 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_division_by_zero) |
11346 | << IsDiv << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); |
11347 | } |
11348 | |
11349 | QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11350 | SourceLocation Loc, |
11351 | bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) { |
11352 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); |
11353 | |
11354 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
11355 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
11356 | if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType()) |
11357 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, |
11358 | /*AllowBothBool*/ getLangOpts().AltiVec, |
11359 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ false, |
11360 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ false, |
11361 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
11362 | if (LHSTy->isVLSTBuiltinType() || RHSTy->isVLSTBuiltinType()) |
11363 | return CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, |
11364 | ACK_Arithmetic); |
11365 | if (!IsDiv && |
11366 | (LHSTy->isConstantMatrixType() || RHSTy->isConstantMatrixType())) |
11367 | return CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); |
11368 | // For division, only matrix-by-scalar is supported. Other combinations with |
11369 | // matrix types are invalid. |
11370 | if (IsDiv && LHSTy->isConstantMatrixType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) |
11371 | return CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); |
11372 | |
11373 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( |
11374 | LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); |
11375 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
11376 | return QualType(); |
11377 | |
11378 | |
11379 | if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isArithmeticType()) |
11380 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
11381 | if (IsDiv) { |
11382 | DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsDiv); |
11383 | DiagnoseDivisionSizeofPointerOrArray(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Loc); |
11384 | } |
11385 | return compType; |
11386 | } |
11387 | |
11388 | QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands( |
11389 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) { |
11390 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); |
11391 | |
11392 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
11393 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
11394 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && |
11395 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) |
11396 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, |
11397 | /*AllowBothBool*/ getLangOpts().AltiVec, |
11398 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ false, |
11399 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ false, |
11400 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
11401 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
11402 | } |
11403 | |
11404 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType() || |
11405 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { |
11406 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && |
11407 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) |
11408 | return CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, |
11409 | ACK_Arithmetic); |
11410 | |
11411 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
11412 | } |
11413 | |
11414 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( |
11415 | LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); |
11416 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
11417 | return QualType(); |
11418 | |
11419 | if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isIntegerType()) |
11420 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
11421 | DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, false /* IsDiv */); |
11422 | return compType; |
11423 | } |
11424 | |
11425 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers. |
11426 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11427 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
11428 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
11429 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type |
11430 | : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) |
11431 | << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() |
11432 | << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); |
11433 | } |
11434 | |
11435 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer. |
11436 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11437 | Expr *Pointer) { |
11438 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
11439 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type |
11440 | : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) |
11441 | << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange(); |
11442 | } |
11443 | |
11444 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a null pointer. |
11445 | /// |
11446 | /// If \p IsGNUIdiom is true, the operation is using the 'p = (i8*)nullptr + n' |
11447 | /// idiom, which we recognize as a GNU extension. |
11448 | /// |
11449 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11450 | Expr *Pointer, bool IsGNUIdiom) { |
11451 | if (IsGNUIdiom) |
11452 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_gnu_null_ptr_arith) |
11453 | << Pointer->getSourceRange(); |
11454 | else |
11455 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_pointer_arith_null_ptr) |
11456 | << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus << Pointer->getSourceRange(); |
11457 | } |
11458 | |
11459 | /// Diagnose invalid subraction on a null pointer. |
11460 | /// |
11461 | static void diagnoseSubtractionOnNullPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11462 | Expr *Pointer, bool BothNull) { |
11463 | // Null - null is valid in C++ [expr.add]p7 |
11464 | if (BothNull && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
11465 | return; |
11466 | |
11467 | // Is this s a macro from a system header? |
11468 | if (S.Diags.getSuppressSystemWarnings() && S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(Loc)) |
11469 | return; |
11470 | |
11471 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, Pointer, |
11472 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_pointer_sub_null_ptr) |
11473 | << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
11474 | << Pointer->getSourceRange()); |
11475 | } |
11476 | |
11477 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers. |
11478 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11479 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) { |
11480 | assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); |
11481 | assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); |
11482 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
11483 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type |
11484 | : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) |
11485 | << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType() |
11486 | // We only show the second type if it differs from the first. |
11487 | << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(), |
11488 | RHS->getType()) |
11489 | << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType() |
11490 | << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
11491 | } |
11492 | |
11493 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer. |
11494 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11495 | Expr *Pointer) { |
11496 | assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); |
11497 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
11498 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type |
11499 | : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) |
11500 | << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType() |
11501 | << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */ |
11502 | << Pointer->getSourceRange(); |
11503 | } |
11504 | |
11505 | /// Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type |
11506 | /// |
11507 | /// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type |
11508 | static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11509 | Expr *Operand) { |
11510 | QualType ResType = Operand->getType(); |
11511 | if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>()) |
11512 | ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType(); |
11513 | |
11514 | assert(ResType->isAnyPointerType() && !ResType->isDependentType()); |
11515 | QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType(); |
11516 | return S.RequireCompleteSizedType( |
11517 | Loc, PointeeTy, |
11518 | diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, |
11519 | Operand->getSourceRange()); |
11520 | } |
11521 | |
11522 | /// Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand. |
11523 | /// |
11524 | /// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types |
11525 | /// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed |
11526 | /// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an |
11527 | /// extension. |
11528 | /// |
11529 | /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension). |
11530 | static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11531 | Expr *Operand) { |
11532 | QualType ResType = Operand->getType(); |
11533 | if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>()) |
11534 | ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType(); |
11535 | |
11536 | if (!ResType->isAnyPointerType()) return true; |
11537 | |
11538 | QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType(); |
11539 | if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) { |
11540 | diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand); |
11541 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
11542 | } |
11543 | if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { |
11544 | diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand); |
11545 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
11546 | } |
11547 | |
11548 | if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false; |
11549 | |
11550 | return true; |
11551 | } |
11552 | |
11553 | /// Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer |
11554 | /// operands. |
11555 | /// |
11556 | /// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much |
11557 | /// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic |
11558 | /// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS |
11559 | /// are (potentially problematic) pointers. |
11560 | /// |
11561 | /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension). |
11562 | static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11563 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
11564 | bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType(); |
11565 | bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType(); |
11566 | if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true; |
11567 | |
11568 | QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy; |
11569 | if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType(); |
11570 | if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType(); |
11571 | |
11572 | // if both are pointers check if operation is valid wrt address spaces |
11573 | if (isLHSPointer && isRHSPointer) { |
11574 | if (!LHSPointeeTy.isAddressSpaceOverlapping(RHSPointeeTy)) { |
11575 | S.Diag(Loc, |
11576 | diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers) |
11577 | << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << 1 /*arithmetic op*/ |
11578 | << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); |
11579 | return false; |
11580 | } |
11581 | } |
11582 | |
11583 | // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types. |
11584 | bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType(); |
11585 | bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType(); |
11586 | if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) { |
11587 | if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr); |
11588 | else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHSExpr); |
11589 | else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
11590 | |
11591 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
11592 | } |
11593 | |
11594 | bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType(); |
11595 | bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType(); |
11596 | if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) { |
11597 | if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr); |
11598 | else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, |
11599 | RHSExpr); |
11600 | else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
11601 | |
11602 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
11603 | } |
11604 | |
11605 | if (isLHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, LHSExpr)) |
11606 | return false; |
11607 | if (isRHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, RHSExpr)) |
11608 | return false; |
11609 | |
11610 | return true; |
11611 | } |
11612 | |
11613 | /// diagnoseStringPlusInt - Emit a warning when adding an integer to a string |
11614 | /// literal. |
11615 | static void diagnoseStringPlusInt(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
11616 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
11617 | StringLiteral* StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); |
11618 | Expr* IndexExpr = RHSExpr; |
11619 | if (!StrExpr) { |
11620 | StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); |
11621 | IndexExpr = LHSExpr; |
11622 | } |
11623 | |
11624 | bool IsStringPlusInt = StrExpr && |
11625 | IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); |
11626 | if (!IsStringPlusInt || IndexExpr->isValueDependent()) |
11627 | return; |
11628 | |
11629 | SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); |
11630 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_int) |
11631 | << DiagRange << IndexExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(); |
11632 | |
11633 | // Only print a fixit for "str" + int, not for int + "str". |
11634 | if (IndexExpr == RHSExpr) { |
11635 | SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); |
11636 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence) |
11637 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), "&" ) |
11638 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[" ) |
11639 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]" ); |
11640 | } else |
11641 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence); |
11642 | } |
11643 | |
11644 | /// Emit a warning when adding a char literal to a string. |
11645 | static void diagnoseStringPlusChar(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
11646 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
11647 | const Expr *StringRefExpr = LHSExpr; |
11648 | const CharacterLiteral *CharExpr = |
11649 | dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); |
11650 | |
11651 | if (!CharExpr) { |
11652 | CharExpr = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); |
11653 | StringRefExpr = RHSExpr; |
11654 | } |
11655 | |
11656 | if (!CharExpr || !StringRefExpr) |
11657 | return; |
11658 | |
11659 | const QualType StringType = StringRefExpr->getType(); |
11660 | |
11661 | // Return if not a PointerType. |
11662 | if (!StringType->isAnyPointerType()) |
11663 | return; |
11664 | |
11665 | // Return if not a CharacterType. |
11666 | if (!StringType->getPointeeType()->isAnyCharacterType()) |
11667 | return; |
11668 | |
11669 | ASTContext &Ctx = Self.getASTContext(); |
11670 | SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); |
11671 | |
11672 | const QualType CharType = CharExpr->getType(); |
11673 | if (!CharType->isAnyCharacterType() && |
11674 | CharType->isIntegerType() && |
11675 | llvm::isUIntN(Ctx.getCharWidth(), CharExpr->getValue())) { |
11676 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char) |
11677 | << DiagRange << Ctx.CharTy; |
11678 | } else { |
11679 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char) |
11680 | << DiagRange << CharExpr->getType(); |
11681 | } |
11682 | |
11683 | // Only print a fixit for str + char, not for char + str. |
11684 | if (isa<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts())) { |
11685 | SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); |
11686 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence) |
11687 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), "&" ) |
11688 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[" ) |
11689 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]" ); |
11690 | } else { |
11691 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence); |
11692 | } |
11693 | } |
11694 | |
11695 | /// Emit error when two pointers are incompatible. |
11696 | static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11697 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
11698 | assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); |
11699 | assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); |
11700 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible) |
11701 | << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() |
11702 | << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); |
11703 | } |
11704 | |
11705 | // C99 6.5.6 |
11706 | QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11707 | SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
11708 | QualType* CompLHSTy) { |
11709 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); |
11710 | |
11711 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
11712 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
11713 | QualType compType = |
11714 | CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy, |
11715 | /*AllowBothBool*/ getLangOpts().AltiVec, |
11716 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ getLangOpts().ZVector, |
11717 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ false, |
11718 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
11719 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
11720 | return compType; |
11721 | } |
11722 | |
11723 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType() || |
11724 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { |
11725 | QualType compType = |
11726 | CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy, ACK_Arithmetic); |
11727 | if (CompLHSTy) |
11728 | *CompLHSTy = compType; |
11729 | return compType; |
11730 | } |
11731 | |
11732 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType() || |
11733 | RHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType()) { |
11734 | QualType compType = |
11735 | CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy); |
11736 | if (CompLHSTy) |
11737 | *CompLHSTy = compType; |
11738 | return compType; |
11739 | } |
11740 | |
11741 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( |
11742 | LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); |
11743 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
11744 | return QualType(); |
11745 | |
11746 | // Diagnose "string literal" '+' int and string '+' "char literal". |
11747 | if (Opc == BO_Add) { |
11748 | diagnoseStringPlusInt(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); |
11749 | diagnoseStringPlusChar(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); |
11750 | } |
11751 | |
11752 | // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). |
11753 | if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) { |
11754 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
11755 | return compType; |
11756 | } |
11757 | |
11758 | // Type-checking. Ultimately the pointer's going to be in PExp; |
11759 | // note that we bias towards the LHS being the pointer. |
11760 | Expr *PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get(); |
11761 | |
11762 | bool isObjCPointer; |
11763 | if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) { |
11764 | isObjCPointer = false; |
11765 | } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
11766 | isObjCPointer = true; |
11767 | } else { |
11768 | std::swap(PExp, IExp); |
11769 | if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) { |
11770 | isObjCPointer = false; |
11771 | } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
11772 | isObjCPointer = true; |
11773 | } else { |
11774 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
11775 | } |
11776 | } |
11777 | assert(PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); |
11778 | |
11779 | if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
11780 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
11781 | |
11782 | // Adding to a null pointer results in undefined behavior. |
11783 | if (PExp->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant( |
11784 | Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) { |
11785 | // In C++ adding zero to a null pointer is defined. |
11786 | Expr::EvalResult KnownVal; |
11787 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || |
11788 | (!IExp->isValueDependent() && |
11789 | (!IExp->EvaluateAsInt(KnownVal, Context) || |
11790 | KnownVal.Val.getInt() != 0))) { |
11791 | // Check the conditions to see if this is the 'p = nullptr + n' idiom. |
11792 | bool IsGNUIdiom = BinaryOperator::isNullPointerArithmeticExtension( |
11793 | Context, BO_Add, PExp, IExp); |
11794 | diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(*this, Loc, PExp, IsGNUIdiom); |
11795 | } |
11796 | } |
11797 | |
11798 | if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp)) |
11799 | return QualType(); |
11800 | |
11801 | if (isObjCPointer && checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, PExp)) |
11802 | return QualType(); |
11803 | |
11804 | // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic |
11805 | CheckArrayAccess(PExp, IExp); |
11806 | |
11807 | if (CompLHSTy) { |
11808 | QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get()); |
11809 | if (LHSTy.isNull()) { |
11810 | LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
11811 | if (Context.isPromotableIntegerType(LHSTy)) |
11812 | LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy); |
11813 | } |
11814 | *CompLHSTy = LHSTy; |
11815 | } |
11816 | |
11817 | return PExp->getType(); |
11818 | } |
11819 | |
11820 | // C99 6.5.6 |
11821 | QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11822 | SourceLocation Loc, |
11823 | QualType* CompLHSTy) { |
11824 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); |
11825 | |
11826 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
11827 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
11828 | QualType compType = |
11829 | CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy, |
11830 | /*AllowBothBool*/ getLangOpts().AltiVec, |
11831 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ getLangOpts().ZVector, |
11832 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ false, |
11833 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
11834 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
11835 | return compType; |
11836 | } |
11837 | |
11838 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType() || |
11839 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { |
11840 | QualType compType = |
11841 | CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy, ACK_Arithmetic); |
11842 | if (CompLHSTy) |
11843 | *CompLHSTy = compType; |
11844 | return compType; |
11845 | } |
11846 | |
11847 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType() || |
11848 | RHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType()) { |
11849 | QualType compType = |
11850 | CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy); |
11851 | if (CompLHSTy) |
11852 | *CompLHSTy = compType; |
11853 | return compType; |
11854 | } |
11855 | |
11856 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( |
11857 | LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); |
11858 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
11859 | return QualType(); |
11860 | |
11861 | // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3. |
11862 | |
11863 | // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). |
11864 | if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) { |
11865 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
11866 | return compType; |
11867 | } |
11868 | |
11869 | // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr. |
11870 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) { |
11871 | QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType(); |
11872 | |
11873 | // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. |
11874 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
11875 | checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get())) |
11876 | return QualType(); |
11877 | |
11878 | // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type. |
11879 | if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) { |
11880 | // Subtracting from a null pointer should produce a warning. |
11881 | // The last argument to the diagnose call says this doesn't match the |
11882 | // GNU int-to-pointer idiom. |
11883 | if (LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
11884 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) { |
11885 | // In C++ adding zero to a null pointer is defined. |
11886 | Expr::EvalResult KnownVal; |
11887 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || |
11888 | (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() && |
11889 | (!RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(KnownVal, Context) || |
11890 | KnownVal.Val.getInt() != 0))) { |
11891 | diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), false); |
11892 | } |
11893 | } |
11894 | |
11895 | if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, LHS.get())) |
11896 | return QualType(); |
11897 | |
11898 | // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic |
11899 | CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), /*ArraySubscriptExpr*/nullptr, |
11900 | /*AllowOnePastEnd*/true, /*IndexNegated*/true); |
11901 | |
11902 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
11903 | return LHS.get()->getType(); |
11904 | } |
11905 | |
11906 | // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions. |
11907 | if (const PointerType *RHSPTy |
11908 | = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
11909 | QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType(); |
11910 | |
11911 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
11912 | // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add] |
11913 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) { |
11914 | diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); |
11915 | } |
11916 | } else { |
11917 | // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3 |
11918 | if (!Context.typesAreCompatible( |
11919 | Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(), |
11920 | Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) { |
11921 | diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); |
11922 | return QualType(); |
11923 | } |
11924 | } |
11925 | |
11926 | if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc, |
11927 | LHS.get(), RHS.get())) |
11928 | return QualType(); |
11929 | |
11930 | bool LHSIsNullPtr = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant( |
11931 | Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); |
11932 | bool RHSIsNullPtr = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant( |
11933 | Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); |
11934 | |
11935 | // Subtracting nullptr or from nullptr is suspect |
11936 | if (LHSIsNullPtr) |
11937 | diagnoseSubtractionOnNullPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHSIsNullPtr); |
11938 | if (RHSIsNullPtr) |
11939 | diagnoseSubtractionOnNullPointer(*this, Loc, RHS.get(), LHSIsNullPtr); |
11940 | |
11941 | // The pointee type may have zero size. As an extension, a structure or |
11942 | // union may have zero size or an array may have zero length. In this |
11943 | // case subtraction does not make sense. |
11944 | if (!rpointee->isVoidType() && !rpointee->isFunctionType()) { |
11945 | CharUnits ElementSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(rpointee); |
11946 | if (ElementSize.isZero()) { |
11947 | Diag(Loc,diag::warn_sub_ptr_zero_size_types) |
11948 | << rpointee.getUnqualifiedType() |
11949 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11950 | } |
11951 | } |
11952 | |
11953 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
11954 | return Context.getPointerDiffType(); |
11955 | } |
11956 | } |
11957 | |
11958 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
11959 | } |
11960 | |
11961 | static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) { |
11962 | if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) |
11963 | return ET->getDecl()->isScoped(); |
11964 | return false; |
11965 | } |
11966 | |
11967 | static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11968 | SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
11969 | QualType LHSType) { |
11970 | // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS (more defined), |
11971 | // so skip remaining warnings as we don't want to modify values within Sema. |
11972 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) |
11973 | return; |
11974 | |
11975 | // Check right/shifter operand |
11976 | Expr::EvalResult RHSResult; |
11977 | if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() || |
11978 | !RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSResult, S.Context)) |
11979 | return; |
11980 | llvm::APSInt Right = RHSResult.Val.getInt(); |
11981 | |
11982 | if (Right.isNegative()) { |
11983 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), |
11984 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative) |
11985 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); |
11986 | return; |
11987 | } |
11988 | |
11989 | QualType LHSExprType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
11990 | uint64_t LeftSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(LHSExprType); |
11991 | if (LHSExprType->isBitIntType()) |
11992 | LeftSize = S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSExprType); |
11993 | else if (LHSExprType->isFixedPointType()) { |
11994 | auto FXSema = S.Context.getFixedPointSemantics(LHSExprType); |
11995 | LeftSize = FXSema.getWidth() - (unsigned)FXSema.hasUnsignedPadding(); |
11996 | } |
11997 | llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(), LeftSize); |
11998 | if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) { |
11999 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), |
12000 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) |
12001 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); |
12002 | return; |
12003 | } |
12004 | |
12005 | // FIXME: We probably need to handle fixed point types specially here. |
12006 | if (Opc != BO_Shl || LHSExprType->isFixedPointType()) |
12007 | return; |
12008 | |
12009 | // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which |
12010 | // according to C++ standards prior to C++2a has undefined behavior |
12011 | // ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned integers have defined behavior modulo one |
12012 | // more than the maximum value representable in the result type, so never |
12013 | // warn for those. (FIXME: Unsigned left-shift overflow in a constant |
12014 | // expression is still probably a bug.) |
12015 | Expr::EvalResult LHSResult; |
12016 | if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() || |
12017 | LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || |
12018 | !LHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(LHSResult, S.Context)) |
12019 | return; |
12020 | llvm::APSInt Left = LHSResult.Val.getInt(); |
12021 | |
12022 | // Don't warn if signed overflow is defined, then all the rest of the |
12023 | // diagnostics will not be triggered because the behavior is defined. |
12024 | // Also don't warn in C++20 mode (and newer), as signed left shifts |
12025 | // always wrap and never overflow. |
12026 | if (S.getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined() || S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) |
12027 | return; |
12028 | |
12029 | // If LHS does not have a non-negative value then, the |
12030 | // behavior is undefined before C++2a. Warn about it. |
12031 | if (Left.isNegative()) { |
12032 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, LHS.get(), |
12033 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_lhs_negative) |
12034 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()); |
12035 | return; |
12036 | } |
12037 | |
12038 | llvm::APInt ResultBits = |
12039 | static_cast<llvm::APInt &>(Right) + Left.getSignificantBits(); |
12040 | if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits)) |
12041 | return; |
12042 | llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue()); |
12043 | Result = Result.shl(Right); |
12044 | |
12045 | // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned |
12046 | // hexadecimal number. |
12047 | SmallString<40> HexResult; |
12048 | Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true); |
12049 | |
12050 | // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual |
12051 | // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the |
12052 | // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be |
12053 | // turned off separately if needed. |
12054 | if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) { |
12055 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit) |
12056 | << HexResult << LHSType |
12057 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12058 | return; |
12059 | } |
12060 | |
12061 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth) |
12062 | << HexResult.str() << Result.getSignificantBits() << LHSType |
12063 | << Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
12064 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12065 | } |
12066 | |
12067 | /// Return the resulting type when a vector is shifted |
12068 | /// by a scalar or vector shift amount. |
12069 | static QualType checkVectorShift(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12070 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) { |
12071 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says RHS can be a vector only if LHS is a vector. |
12072 | if ((S.LangOpts.OpenCL || S.LangOpts.ZVector) && |
12073 | !LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
12074 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_shift_rhs_only_vector) |
12075 | << RHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getType() |
12076 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12077 | return QualType(); |
12078 | } |
12079 | |
12080 | if (!IsCompAssign) { |
12081 | LHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()); |
12082 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); |
12083 | } |
12084 | |
12085 | RHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get()); |
12086 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); |
12087 | |
12088 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
12089 | // Note that LHS might be a scalar because the routine calls not only in |
12090 | // OpenCL case. |
12091 | const VectorType *LHSVecTy = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
12092 | QualType LHSEleType = LHSVecTy ? LHSVecTy->getElementType() : LHSType; |
12093 | |
12094 | // Note that RHS might not be a vector. |
12095 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
12096 | const VectorType *RHSVecTy = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
12097 | QualType RHSEleType = RHSVecTy ? RHSVecTy->getElementType() : RHSType; |
12098 | |
12099 | // Do not allow shifts for boolean vectors. |
12100 | if ((LHSVecTy && LHSVecTy->isExtVectorBoolType()) || |
12101 | (RHSVecTy && RHSVecTy->isExtVectorBoolType())) { |
12102 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) |
12103 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() |
12104 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12105 | return QualType(); |
12106 | } |
12107 | |
12108 | // The operands need to be integers. |
12109 | if (!LHSEleType->isIntegerType()) { |
12110 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int) |
12111 | << LHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12112 | return QualType(); |
12113 | } |
12114 | |
12115 | if (!RHSEleType->isIntegerType()) { |
12116 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int) |
12117 | << RHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12118 | return QualType(); |
12119 | } |
12120 | |
12121 | if (!LHSVecTy) { |
12122 | assert(RHSVecTy); |
12123 | if (IsCompAssign) |
12124 | return RHSType; |
12125 | if (LHSEleType != RHSEleType) { |
12126 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(),RHSEleType, CK_IntegralCast); |
12127 | LHSEleType = RHSEleType; |
12128 | } |
12129 | QualType VecTy = |
12130 | S.Context.getExtVectorType(LHSEleType, RHSVecTy->getNumElements()); |
12131 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat); |
12132 | LHSType = VecTy; |
12133 | } else if (RHSVecTy) { |
12134 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says that for vector types, the operators |
12135 | // are applied component-wise. So if RHS is a vector, then ensure |
12136 | // that the number of elements is the same as LHS... |
12137 | if (RHSVecTy->getNumElements() != LHSVecTy->getNumElements()) { |
12138 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_lengths_not_equal) |
12139 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() |
12140 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12141 | return QualType(); |
12142 | } |
12143 | if (!S.LangOpts.OpenCL && !S.LangOpts.ZVector) { |
12144 | const BuiltinType *LHSBT = LHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>(); |
12145 | const BuiltinType *RHSBT = RHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>(); |
12146 | if (LHSBT != RHSBT && |
12147 | S.Context.getTypeSize(LHSBT) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RHSBT)) { |
12148 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_vector_element_sizes_not_equal) |
12149 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() |
12150 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12151 | } |
12152 | } |
12153 | } else { |
12154 | // ...else expand RHS to match the number of elements in LHS. |
12155 | QualType VecTy = |
12156 | S.Context.getExtVectorType(RHSEleType, LHSVecTy->getNumElements()); |
12157 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat); |
12158 | } |
12159 | |
12160 | return LHSType; |
12161 | } |
12162 | |
12163 | static QualType checkSizelessVectorShift(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
12164 | ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
12165 | bool IsCompAssign) { |
12166 | if (!IsCompAssign) { |
12167 | LHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()); |
12168 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
12169 | return QualType(); |
12170 | } |
12171 | |
12172 | RHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get()); |
12173 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
12174 | return QualType(); |
12175 | |
12176 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
12177 | const BuiltinType *LHSBuiltinTy = LHSType->castAs<BuiltinType>(); |
12178 | QualType LHSEleType = LHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType() |
12179 | ? LHSBuiltinTy->getSveEltType(S.getASTContext()) |
12180 | : LHSType; |
12181 | |
12182 | // Note that RHS might not be a vector |
12183 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
12184 | const BuiltinType *RHSBuiltinTy = RHSType->castAs<BuiltinType>(); |
12185 | QualType RHSEleType = RHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType() |
12186 | ? RHSBuiltinTy->getSveEltType(S.getASTContext()) |
12187 | : RHSType; |
12188 | |
12189 | if ((LHSBuiltinTy && LHSBuiltinTy->isSVEBool()) || |
12190 | (RHSBuiltinTy && RHSBuiltinTy->isSVEBool())) { |
12191 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) |
12192 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12193 | return QualType(); |
12194 | } |
12195 | |
12196 | if (!LHSEleType->isIntegerType()) { |
12197 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int) |
12198 | << LHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12199 | return QualType(); |
12200 | } |
12201 | |
12202 | if (!RHSEleType->isIntegerType()) { |
12203 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int) |
12204 | << RHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12205 | return QualType(); |
12206 | } |
12207 | |
12208 | if (LHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType() && RHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType() && |
12209 | (S.Context.getBuiltinVectorTypeInfo(LHSBuiltinTy).EC != |
12210 | S.Context.getBuiltinVectorTypeInfo(RHSBuiltinTy).EC)) { |
12211 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) |
12212 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
12213 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12214 | return QualType(); |
12215 | } |
12216 | |
12217 | if (!LHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { |
12218 | assert(RHSType->isVLSTBuiltinType()); |
12219 | if (IsCompAssign) |
12220 | return RHSType; |
12221 | if (LHSEleType != RHSEleType) { |
12222 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSEleType, clang::CK_IntegralCast); |
12223 | LHSEleType = RHSEleType; |
12224 | } |
12225 | const llvm::ElementCount VecSize = |
12226 | S.Context.getBuiltinVectorTypeInfo(RHSBuiltinTy).EC; |
12227 | QualType VecTy = |
12228 | S.Context.getScalableVectorType(LHSEleType, VecSize.getKnownMinValue()); |
12229 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VecTy, clang::CK_VectorSplat); |
12230 | LHSType = VecTy; |
12231 | } else if (RHSBuiltinTy && RHSBuiltinTy->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { |
12232 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(RHSBuiltinTy) != |
12233 | S.Context.getTypeSize(LHSBuiltinTy)) { |
12234 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_lengths_not_equal) |
12235 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
12236 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12237 | return QualType(); |
12238 | } |
12239 | } else { |
12240 | const llvm::ElementCount VecSize = |
12241 | S.Context.getBuiltinVectorTypeInfo(LHSBuiltinTy).EC; |
12242 | if (LHSEleType != RHSEleType) { |
12243 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSEleType, clang::CK_IntegralCast); |
12244 | RHSEleType = LHSEleType; |
12245 | } |
12246 | QualType VecTy = |
12247 | S.Context.getScalableVectorType(RHSEleType, VecSize.getKnownMinValue()); |
12248 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat); |
12249 | } |
12250 | |
12251 | return LHSType; |
12252 | } |
12253 | |
12254 | // C99 6.5.7 |
12255 | QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12256 | SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
12257 | bool IsCompAssign) { |
12258 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); |
12259 | |
12260 | // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type. |
12261 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
12262 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
12263 | if (LangOpts.ZVector) { |
12264 | // The shift operators for the z vector extensions work basically |
12265 | // like general shifts, except that neither the LHS nor the RHS is |
12266 | // allowed to be a "vector bool". |
12267 | if (auto LHSVecType = LHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) |
12268 | if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) |
12269 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12270 | if (auto RHSVecType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) |
12271 | if (RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) |
12272 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12273 | } |
12274 | return checkVectorShift(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); |
12275 | } |
12276 | |
12277 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType() || |
12278 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType()) |
12279 | return checkSizelessVectorShift(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); |
12280 | |
12281 | // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer |
12282 | // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3 |
12283 | |
12284 | // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away |
12285 | // if this is a compound assignment. |
12286 | ExprResult OldLHS = LHS; |
12287 | LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()); |
12288 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
12289 | return QualType(); |
12290 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
12291 | if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS; |
12292 | |
12293 | // The RHS is simpler. |
12294 | RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get()); |
12295 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
12296 | return QualType(); |
12297 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
12298 | |
12299 | // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type. |
12300 | // Embedded-C 4.1.6.2.2: The LHS may also be fixed-point. |
12301 | if ((!LHSType->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() && |
12302 | !LHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation()) || |
12303 | !RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation()) |
12304 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12305 | |
12306 | // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than |
12307 | // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this. |
12308 | if (isScopedEnumerationType(LHSType) || |
12309 | isScopedEnumerationType(RHSType)) { |
12310 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12311 | } |
12312 | DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType); |
12313 | |
12314 | // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand." |
12315 | return LHSType; |
12316 | } |
12317 | |
12318 | /// Diagnose bad pointer comparisons. |
12319 | static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
12320 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12321 | bool IsError) { |
12322 | S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers |
12323 | : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) |
12324 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() |
12325 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12326 | } |
12327 | |
12328 | /// Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type, |
12329 | /// true otherwise. |
12330 | static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
12331 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) { |
12332 | // C++ [expr.rel]p2: |
12333 | // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification |
12334 | // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on |
12335 | // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring |
12336 | // them to their composite pointer type. [...] |
12337 | // |
12338 | // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality |
12339 | // comparisons of pointers. |
12340 | |
12341 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
12342 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
12343 | assert(LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isPointerType() || |
12344 | LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType()); |
12345 | |
12346 | QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12347 | if (T.isNull()) { |
12348 | if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType()) && |
12349 | (RHSType->isAnyPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())) |
12350 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/true); |
12351 | else |
12352 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12353 | return true; |
12354 | } |
12355 | |
12356 | return false; |
12357 | } |
12358 | |
12359 | static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
12360 | ExprResult &LHS, |
12361 | ExprResult &RHS, |
12362 | bool IsError) { |
12363 | S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void |
12364 | : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void) |
12365 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() |
12366 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12367 | } |
12368 | |
12369 | static bool isObjCObjectLiteral(ExprResult &E) { |
12370 | switch (E.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getStmtClass()) { |
12371 | case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass: |
12372 | case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass: |
12373 | case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass: |
12374 | case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: |
12375 | return true; |
12376 | default: |
12377 | // Note that ObjCBoolLiteral is NOT an object literal! |
12378 | return false; |
12379 | } |
12380 | } |
12381 | |
12382 | static bool hasIsEqualMethod(Sema &S, const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS) { |
12383 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *Type = |
12384 | LHS->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
12385 | |
12386 | // If this is not actually an Objective-C object, bail out. |
12387 | if (!Type) |
12388 | return false; |
12389 | |
12390 | // Get the LHS object's interface type. |
12391 | QualType InterfaceType = Type->getPointeeType(); |
12392 | |
12393 | // If the RHS isn't an Objective-C object, bail out. |
12394 | if (!RHS->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) |
12395 | return false; |
12396 | |
12397 | // Try to find the -isEqual: method. |
12398 | Selector IsEqualSel = S.NSAPIObj->getIsEqualSelector(); |
12399 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.LookupMethodInObjectType(IsEqualSel, |
12400 | InterfaceType, |
12401 | /*IsInstance=*/true); |
12402 | if (!Method) { |
12403 | if (Type->isObjCIdType()) { |
12404 | // For 'id', just check the global pool. |
12405 | Method = S.LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(IsEqualSel, SourceRange(), |
12406 | /*receiverId=*/true); |
12407 | } else { |
12408 | // Check protocols. |
12409 | Method = S.LookupMethodInQualifiedType(IsEqualSel, Type, |
12410 | /*IsInstance=*/true); |
12411 | } |
12412 | } |
12413 | |
12414 | if (!Method) |
12415 | return false; |
12416 | |
12417 | QualType T = Method->parameters()[0]->getType(); |
12418 | if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) |
12419 | return false; |
12420 | |
12421 | QualType R = Method->getReturnType(); |
12422 | if (!R->isScalarType()) |
12423 | return false; |
12424 | |
12425 | return true; |
12426 | } |
12427 | |
12428 | Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Sema::CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE) { |
12429 | FromE = FromE->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
12430 | switch (FromE->getStmtClass()) { |
12431 | default: |
12432 | break; |
12433 | case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass: |
12434 | // "string literal" |
12435 | return LK_String; |
12436 | case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass: |
12437 | // "array literal" |
12438 | return LK_Array; |
12439 | case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass: |
12440 | // "dictionary literal" |
12441 | return LK_Dictionary; |
12442 | case Stmt::BlockExprClass: |
12443 | return LK_Block; |
12444 | case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: { |
12445 | Expr *Inner = cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(FromE)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); |
12446 | switch (Inner->getStmtClass()) { |
12447 | case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: |
12448 | case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass: |
12449 | case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass: |
12450 | case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass: |
12451 | case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass: |
12452 | // "numeric literal" |
12453 | return LK_Numeric; |
12454 | case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: { |
12455 | CastKind CK = cast<CastExpr>(Inner)->getCastKind(); |
12456 | // Boolean literals can be represented by implicit casts. |
12457 | if (CK == CK_IntegralToBoolean || CK == CK_IntegralCast) |
12458 | return LK_Numeric; |
12459 | break; |
12460 | } |
12461 | default: |
12462 | break; |
12463 | } |
12464 | return LK_Boxed; |
12465 | } |
12466 | } |
12467 | return LK_None; |
12468 | } |
12469 | |
12470 | static void diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
12471 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12472 | BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc){ |
12473 | Expr *Literal; |
12474 | Expr *Other; |
12475 | if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS)) { |
12476 | Literal = LHS.get(); |
12477 | Other = RHS.get(); |
12478 | } else { |
12479 | Literal = RHS.get(); |
12480 | Other = LHS.get(); |
12481 | } |
12482 | |
12483 | // Don't warn on comparisons against nil. |
12484 | Other = Other->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
12485 | if (Other->isNullPointerConstant(S.getASTContext(), |
12486 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) |
12487 | return; |
12488 | |
12489 | // This should be kept in sync with warn_objc_literal_comparison. |
12490 | // LK_String should always be after the other literals, since it has its own |
12491 | // warning flag. |
12492 | Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind = S.CheckLiteralKind(Literal); |
12493 | assert(LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block); |
12494 | if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_None) { |
12495 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind" ); |
12496 | } |
12497 | |
12498 | if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_String) |
12499 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_string_literal_comparison) |
12500 | << Literal->getSourceRange(); |
12501 | else |
12502 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_literal_comparison) |
12503 | << LiteralKind << Literal->getSourceRange(); |
12504 | |
12505 | if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) && |
12506 | hasIsEqualMethod(S, LHS.get(), RHS.get())) { |
12507 | SourceLocation Start = LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(); |
12508 | SourceLocation End = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getEndLoc()); |
12509 | CharSourceRange OpRange = |
12510 | CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)); |
12511 | |
12512 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_objc_literal_comparison_isequal) |
12513 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Start, Opc == BO_EQ ? "[" : "![" ) |
12514 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, " isEqual:" ) |
12515 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(End, "]" ); |
12516 | } |
12517 | } |
12518 | |
12519 | /// Warns on !x < y, !x & y where !(x < y), !(x & y) was probably intended. |
12520 | static void diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
12521 | ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
12522 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
12523 | // Check that left hand side is !something. |
12524 | UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()); |
12525 | if (!UO || UO->getOpcode() != UO_LNot) return; |
12526 | |
12527 | // Only check if the right hand side is non-bool arithmetic type. |
12528 | if (RHS.get()->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return; |
12529 | |
12530 | // Make sure that the something in !something is not bool. |
12531 | Expr *SubExpr = UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts(); |
12532 | if (SubExpr->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return; |
12533 | |
12534 | // Emit warning. |
12535 | bool IsBitwiseOp = Opc == BO_And || Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor; |
12536 | S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_not_on_lhs_of_check) |
12537 | << Loc << IsBitwiseOp; |
12538 | |
12539 | // First note suggest !(x < y) |
12540 | SourceLocation FirstOpen = SubExpr->getBeginLoc(); |
12541 | SourceLocation FirstClose = RHS.get()->getEndLoc(); |
12542 | FirstClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstClose); |
12543 | if (FirstClose.isInvalid()) |
12544 | FirstOpen = SourceLocation(); |
12545 | S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_fix) |
12546 | << IsBitwiseOp |
12547 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstOpen, "(" ) |
12548 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstClose, ")" ); |
12549 | |
12550 | // Second note suggests (!x) < y |
12551 | SourceLocation SecondOpen = LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(); |
12552 | SourceLocation SecondClose = LHS.get()->getEndLoc(); |
12553 | SecondClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondClose); |
12554 | if (SecondClose.isInvalid()) |
12555 | SecondOpen = SourceLocation(); |
12556 | S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_silence_with_parens) |
12557 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondOpen, "(" ) |
12558 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondClose, ")" ); |
12559 | } |
12560 | |
12561 | // Returns true if E refers to a non-weak array. |
12562 | static bool checkForArray(const Expr *E) { |
12563 | const ValueDecl *D = nullptr; |
12564 | if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { |
12565 | D = DR->getDecl(); |
12566 | } else if (const MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { |
12567 | if (Mem->isImplicitAccess()) |
12568 | D = Mem->getMemberDecl(); |
12569 | } |
12570 | if (!D) |
12571 | return false; |
12572 | return D->getType()->isArrayType() && !D->isWeak(); |
12573 | } |
12574 | |
12575 | /// Diagnose some forms of syntactically-obvious tautological comparison. |
12576 | static void diagnoseTautologicalComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
12577 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
12578 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
12579 | Expr *LHSStripped = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
12580 | Expr *RHSStripped = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
12581 | |
12582 | QualType LHSType = LHS->getType(); |
12583 | QualType RHSType = RHS->getType(); |
12584 | if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() || |
12585 | (LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && !BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc)) || |
12586 | S.inTemplateInstantiation()) |
12587 | return; |
12588 | |
12589 | // WebAssembly Tables cannot be compared, therefore shouldn't emit |
12590 | // Tautological diagnostics. |
12591 | if (LHSType->isWebAssemblyTableType() || RHSType->isWebAssemblyTableType()) |
12592 | return; |
12593 | |
12594 | // Comparisons between two array types are ill-formed for operator<=>, so |
12595 | // we shouldn't emit any additional warnings about it. |
12596 | if (Opc == BO_Cmp && LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType()) |
12597 | return; |
12598 | |
12599 | // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form |
12600 | // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and |
12601 | // often indicate logic errors in the program. |
12602 | // |
12603 | // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro |
12604 | // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self |
12605 | // comparisons within a template instantiation. The warnings should catch |
12606 | // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to |
12607 | // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same |
12608 | // result. |
12609 | |
12610 | // Used for indexing into %select in warn_comparison_always |
12611 | enum { |
12612 | AlwaysConstant, |
12613 | AlwaysTrue, |
12614 | AlwaysFalse, |
12615 | AlwaysEqual, // std::strong_ordering::equal from operator<=> |
12616 | }; |
12617 | |
12618 | // C++2a [depr.array.comp]: |
12619 | // Equality and relational comparisons ([expr.eq], [expr.rel]) between two |
12620 | // operands of array type are deprecated. |
12621 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && LHSStripped->getType()->isArrayType() && |
12622 | RHSStripped->getType()->isArrayType()) { |
12623 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_depr_array_comparison) |
12624 | << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange() |
12625 | << LHSStripped->getType() << RHSStripped->getType(); |
12626 | // Carry on to produce the tautological comparison warning, if this |
12627 | // expression is potentially-evaluated, we can resolve the array to a |
12628 | // non-weak declaration, and so on. |
12629 | } |
12630 | |
12631 | if (!LHS->getBeginLoc().isMacroID() && !RHS->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) { |
12632 | if (Expr::isSameComparisonOperand(LHS, RHS)) { |
12633 | unsigned Result; |
12634 | switch (Opc) { |
12635 | case BO_EQ: |
12636 | case BO_LE: |
12637 | case BO_GE: |
12638 | Result = AlwaysTrue; |
12639 | break; |
12640 | case BO_NE: |
12641 | case BO_LT: |
12642 | case BO_GT: |
12643 | Result = AlwaysFalse; |
12644 | break; |
12645 | case BO_Cmp: |
12646 | Result = AlwaysEqual; |
12647 | break; |
12648 | default: |
12649 | Result = AlwaysConstant; |
12650 | break; |
12651 | } |
12652 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, |
12653 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always) |
12654 | << 0 /*self-comparison*/ |
12655 | << Result); |
12656 | } else if (checkForArray(LHSStripped) && checkForArray(RHSStripped)) { |
12657 | // What is it always going to evaluate to? |
12658 | unsigned Result; |
12659 | switch (Opc) { |
12660 | case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2 |
12661 | Result = AlwaysFalse; |
12662 | break; |
12663 | case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2 |
12664 | Result = AlwaysTrue; |
12665 | break; |
12666 | default: // e.g. array1 <= array2 |
12667 | // The best we can say is 'a constant' |
12668 | Result = AlwaysConstant; |
12669 | break; |
12670 | } |
12671 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, |
12672 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always) |
12673 | << 1 /*array comparison*/ |
12674 | << Result); |
12675 | } |
12676 | } |
12677 | |
12678 | if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped)) |
12679 | LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
12680 | if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped)) |
12681 | RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
12682 | |
12683 | // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other |
12684 | // operand is null); the user probably wants string comparison function. |
12685 | Expr *LiteralString = nullptr; |
12686 | Expr *LiteralStringStripped = nullptr; |
12687 | if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) && |
12688 | !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, |
12689 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
12690 | LiteralString = LHS; |
12691 | LiteralStringStripped = LHSStripped; |
12692 | } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) || |
12693 | isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) && |
12694 | !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, |
12695 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
12696 | LiteralString = RHS; |
12697 | LiteralStringStripped = RHSStripped; |
12698 | } |
12699 | |
12700 | if (LiteralString) { |
12701 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, |
12702 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare) |
12703 | << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LiteralStringStripped) |
12704 | << LiteralString->getSourceRange()); |
12705 | } |
12706 | } |
12707 | |
12708 | static ImplicitConversionKind castKindToImplicitConversionKind(CastKind CK) { |
12709 | switch (CK) { |
12710 | default: { |
12711 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
12712 | llvm::errs() << "unhandled cast kind: " << CastExpr::getCastKindName(CK) |
12713 | << "\n" ; |
12714 | #endif |
12715 | llvm_unreachable("unhandled cast kind" ); |
12716 | } |
12717 | case CK_UserDefinedConversion: |
12718 | return ICK_Identity; |
12719 | case CK_LValueToRValue: |
12720 | return ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue; |
12721 | case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: |
12722 | return ICK_Array_To_Pointer; |
12723 | case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay: |
12724 | return ICK_Function_To_Pointer; |
12725 | case CK_IntegralCast: |
12726 | return ICK_Integral_Conversion; |
12727 | case CK_FloatingCast: |
12728 | return ICK_Floating_Conversion; |
12729 | case CK_IntegralToFloating: |
12730 | case CK_FloatingToIntegral: |
12731 | return ICK_Floating_Integral; |
12732 | case CK_IntegralComplexCast: |
12733 | case CK_FloatingComplexCast: |
12734 | case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex: |
12735 | case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex: |
12736 | return ICK_Complex_Conversion; |
12737 | case CK_FloatingComplexToReal: |
12738 | case CK_FloatingRealToComplex: |
12739 | case CK_IntegralComplexToReal: |
12740 | case CK_IntegralRealToComplex: |
12741 | return ICK_Complex_Real; |
12742 | } |
12743 | } |
12744 | |
12745 | static bool checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion(Sema &S, QualType ToType, Expr *E, |
12746 | QualType FromType, |
12747 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
12748 | // Check for a narrowing implicit conversion. |
12749 | StandardConversionSequence SCS; |
12750 | SCS.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
12751 | SCS.setToType(0, FromType); |
12752 | SCS.setToType(1, ToType); |
12753 | if (const auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) |
12754 | SCS.Second = castKindToImplicitConversionKind(ICE->getCastKind()); |
12755 | |
12756 | APValue PreNarrowingValue; |
12757 | QualType PreNarrowingType; |
12758 | switch (SCS.getNarrowingKind(S.Context, E, PreNarrowingValue, |
12759 | PreNarrowingType, |
12760 | /*IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion*/ true)) { |
12761 | case NK_Dependent_Narrowing: |
12762 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, but the expression is |
12763 | // value-dependent so we can't tell whether it's actually narrowing. |
12764 | case NK_Not_Narrowing: |
12765 | return false; |
12766 | |
12767 | case NK_Constant_Narrowing: |
12768 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant |
12769 | // expression. |
12770 | S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_spaceship_argument_narrowing) |
12771 | << /*Constant*/ 1 |
12772 | << PreNarrowingValue.getAsString(S.Context, PreNarrowingType) << ToType; |
12773 | return true; |
12774 | |
12775 | case NK_Variable_Narrowing: |
12776 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant |
12777 | // expression. |
12778 | case NK_Type_Narrowing: |
12779 | S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_spaceship_argument_narrowing) |
12780 | << /*Constant*/ 0 << FromType << ToType; |
12781 | // TODO: It's not a constant expression, but what if the user intended it |
12782 | // to be? Can we produce notes to help them figure out why it isn't? |
12783 | return true; |
12784 | } |
12785 | llvm_unreachable("unhandled case in switch" ); |
12786 | } |
12787 | |
12788 | static QualType checkArithmeticOrEnumeralThreeWayCompare(Sema &S, |
12789 | ExprResult &LHS, |
12790 | ExprResult &RHS, |
12791 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
12792 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
12793 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
12794 | // Dig out the original argument type and expression before implicit casts |
12795 | // were applied. These are the types/expressions we need to check the |
12796 | // [expr.spaceship] requirements against. |
12797 | ExprResult LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
12798 | ExprResult RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
12799 | QualType LHSStrippedType = LHSStripped.get()->getType(); |
12800 | QualType RHSStrippedType = RHSStripped.get()->getType(); |
12801 | |
12802 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p3: If one of the operands is of type bool and the |
12803 | // other is not, the program is ill-formed. |
12804 | if (LHSStrippedType->isBooleanType() != RHSStrippedType->isBooleanType()) { |
12805 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHSStripped, RHSStripped); |
12806 | return QualType(); |
12807 | } |
12808 | |
12809 | // FIXME: Consider combining this with checkEnumArithmeticConversions. |
12810 | int = (int)LHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType() + |
12811 | RHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType(); |
12812 | if (NumEnumArgs == 1) { |
12813 | bool LHSIsEnum = LHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType(); |
12814 | QualType OtherTy = LHSIsEnum ? RHSStrippedType : LHSStrippedType; |
12815 | if (OtherTy->hasFloatingRepresentation()) { |
12816 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHSStripped, RHSStripped); |
12817 | return QualType(); |
12818 | } |
12819 | } |
12820 | if (NumEnumArgs == 2) { |
12821 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p5: If both operands have the same enumeration |
12822 | // type E, the operator yields the result of converting the operands |
12823 | // to the underlying type of E and applying <=> to the converted operands. |
12824 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType)) { |
12825 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12826 | return QualType(); |
12827 | } |
12828 | QualType IntType = |
12829 | LHSStrippedType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
12830 | assert(IntType->isArithmeticType()); |
12831 | |
12832 | // We can't use `CK_IntegralCast` when the underlying type is 'bool', so we |
12833 | // promote the boolean type, and all other promotable integer types, to |
12834 | // avoid this. |
12835 | if (S.Context.isPromotableIntegerType(IntType)) |
12836 | IntType = S.Context.getPromotedIntegerType(IntType); |
12837 | |
12838 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), IntType, CK_IntegralCast); |
12839 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), IntType, CK_IntegralCast); |
12840 | LHSType = RHSType = IntType; |
12841 | } |
12842 | |
12843 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p4: If both operands have arithmetic types, the |
12844 | // usual arithmetic conversions are applied to the operands. |
12845 | QualType Type = |
12846 | S.UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, Loc, Sema::ACK_Comparison); |
12847 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
12848 | return QualType(); |
12849 | if (Type.isNull()) |
12850 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12851 | |
12852 | std::optional<ComparisonCategoryType> CCT = |
12853 | getComparisonCategoryForBuiltinCmp(Type); |
12854 | if (!CCT) |
12855 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12856 | |
12857 | bool HasNarrowing = checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion( |
12858 | S, Type, LHS.get(), LHSType, LHS.get()->getBeginLoc()); |
12859 | HasNarrowing |= checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion(S, Type, RHS.get(), RHSType, |
12860 | RHS.get()->getBeginLoc()); |
12861 | if (HasNarrowing) |
12862 | return QualType(); |
12863 | |
12864 | assert(!Type.isNull() && "composite type for <=> has not been set" ); |
12865 | |
12866 | return S.CheckComparisonCategoryType( |
12867 | *CCT, Loc, Sema::ComparisonCategoryUsage::OperatorInExpression); |
12868 | } |
12869 | |
12870 | static QualType checkArithmeticOrEnumeralCompare(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
12871 | ExprResult &RHS, |
12872 | SourceLocation Loc, |
12873 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
12874 | if (Opc == BO_Cmp) |
12875 | return checkArithmeticOrEnumeralThreeWayCompare(S, LHS, RHS, Loc); |
12876 | |
12877 | // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4 |
12878 | QualType Type = |
12879 | S.UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, Loc, Sema::ACK_Comparison); |
12880 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
12881 | return QualType(); |
12882 | if (Type.isNull()) |
12883 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12884 | assert(Type->isArithmeticType() || Type->isEnumeralType()); |
12885 | |
12886 | if (Type->isAnyComplexType() && BinaryOperator::isRelationalOp(Opc)) |
12887 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12888 | |
12889 | // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. |
12890 | if (Type->hasFloatingRepresentation()) |
12891 | S.CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc); |
12892 | |
12893 | // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C. |
12894 | return S.Context.getLogicalOperationType(); |
12895 | } |
12896 | |
12897 | void Sema::CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(ExprResult &E, ExprResult &NullE) { |
12898 | if (!NullE.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) |
12899 | return; |
12900 | int NullValue = PP.isMacroDefined("NULL" ) ? 0 : 1; |
12901 | if (!E.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && |
12902 | E.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
12903 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) == |
12904 | Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) { |
12905 | if (const auto *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E.get())) { |
12906 | if (CL->getValue() == 0) |
12907 | Diag(E.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_compare) |
12908 | << NullValue |
12909 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(E.get()->getExprLoc(), |
12910 | NullValue ? "NULL" : "(void *)0" ); |
12911 | } else if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E.get())) { |
12912 | TypeSourceInfo *TI = CE->getTypeInfoAsWritten(); |
12913 | QualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(TI->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); |
12914 | if (T == Context.CharTy) |
12915 | Diag(E.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_compare) |
12916 | << NullValue |
12917 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(E.get()->getExprLoc(), |
12918 | NullValue ? "NULL" : "(void *)0" ); |
12919 | } |
12920 | } |
12921 | } |
12922 | |
12923 | // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel] |
12924 | QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12925 | SourceLocation Loc, |
12926 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
12927 | bool IsRelational = BinaryOperator::isRelationalOp(Opc); |
12928 | bool IsThreeWay = Opc == BO_Cmp; |
12929 | bool IsOrdered = IsRelational || IsThreeWay; |
12930 | auto IsAnyPointerType = [](ExprResult E) { |
12931 | QualType Ty = E.get()->getType(); |
12932 | return Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType(); |
12933 | }; |
12934 | |
12935 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p6: If at least one of the operands is of pointer |
12936 | // type, array-to-pointer, ..., conversions are performed on both operands to |
12937 | // bring them to their composite type. |
12938 | // Otherwise, all comparisons expect an rvalue, so convert to rvalue before |
12939 | // any type-related checks. |
12940 | if (!IsThreeWay || IsAnyPointerType(LHS) || IsAnyPointerType(RHS)) { |
12941 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); |
12942 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
12943 | return QualType(); |
12944 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); |
12945 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
12946 | return QualType(); |
12947 | } else { |
12948 | LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); |
12949 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
12950 | return QualType(); |
12951 | RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); |
12952 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
12953 | return QualType(); |
12954 | } |
12955 | |
12956 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/true); |
12957 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc)) { |
12958 | CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(LHS, RHS); |
12959 | CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(RHS, LHS); |
12960 | } |
12961 | |
12962 | // Handle vector comparisons separately. |
12963 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
12964 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) |
12965 | return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); |
12966 | |
12967 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType() || |
12968 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType()) |
12969 | return CheckSizelessVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); |
12970 | |
12971 | diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); |
12972 | diagnoseTautologicalComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc); |
12973 | |
12974 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
12975 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
12976 | if ((LHSType->isArithmeticType() || LHSType->isEnumeralType()) && |
12977 | (RHSType->isArithmeticType() || RHSType->isEnumeralType())) |
12978 | return checkArithmeticOrEnumeralCompare(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); |
12979 | |
12980 | if ((LHSType->isPointerType() && |
12981 | LHSType->getPointeeType().isWebAssemblyReferenceType()) || |
12982 | (RHSType->isPointerType() && |
12983 | RHSType->getPointeeType().isWebAssemblyReferenceType())) |
12984 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12985 | |
12986 | const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind LHSNullKind = |
12987 | LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); |
12988 | const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind RHSNullKind = |
12989 | RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); |
12990 | bool LHSIsNull = LHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull; |
12991 | bool RHSIsNull = RHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull; |
12992 | |
12993 | auto computeResultTy = [&]() { |
12994 | if (Opc != BO_Cmp) |
12995 | return Context.getLogicalOperationType(); |
12996 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus); |
12997 | assert(Context.hasSameType(LHS.get()->getType(), RHS.get()->getType())); |
12998 | |
12999 | QualType CompositeTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
13000 | assert(!CompositeTy->isReferenceType()); |
13001 | |
13002 | std::optional<ComparisonCategoryType> CCT = |
13003 | getComparisonCategoryForBuiltinCmp(CompositeTy); |
13004 | if (!CCT) |
13005 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13006 | |
13007 | if (CompositeTy->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) { |
13008 | // P0946R0: Comparisons between a null pointer constant and an object |
13009 | // pointer result in std::strong_equality, which is ill-formed under |
13010 | // P1959R0. |
13011 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_three_way_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero) |
13012 | << (LHSIsNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
13013 | : RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); |
13014 | return QualType(); |
13015 | } |
13016 | |
13017 | return CheckComparisonCategoryType( |
13018 | *CCT, Loc, ComparisonCategoryUsage::OperatorInExpression); |
13019 | }; |
13020 | |
13021 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) { |
13022 | bool IsEquality = Opc == BO_EQ; |
13023 | if (RHSIsNull) |
13024 | DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(LHS.get(), RHSNullKind, IsEquality, |
13025 | RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); |
13026 | else |
13027 | DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(RHS.get(), LHSNullKind, IsEquality, |
13028 | LHS.get()->getSourceRange()); |
13029 | } |
13030 | |
13031 | if (IsOrdered && LHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && |
13032 | RHSType->isFunctionPointerType()) { |
13033 | // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers |
13034 | bool IsError = Opc == BO_Cmp; |
13035 | auto DiagID = |
13036 | IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers |
13037 | : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
13038 | ? diag::warn_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers |
13039 | : diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers; |
13040 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
13041 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
13042 | if (IsError) |
13043 | return QualType(); |
13044 | } |
13045 | |
13046 | if ((LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSIsNull) || |
13047 | (RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSIsNull)) { |
13048 | // Skip normal pointer conversion checks in this case; we have better |
13049 | // diagnostics for this below. |
13050 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
13051 | // Equality comparison of a function pointer to a void pointer is invalid, |
13052 | // but we allow it as an extension. |
13053 | // FIXME: If we really want to allow this, should it be part of composite |
13054 | // pointer type computation so it works in conditionals too? |
13055 | if (!IsOrdered && |
13056 | ((LHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) || |
13057 | (RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isVoidPointerType()))) { |
13058 | // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison. |
13059 | // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain |
13060 | // conformance with the C++ standard. |
13061 | diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison( |
13062 | *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ (bool)isSFINAEContext()); |
13063 | |
13064 | if (isSFINAEContext()) |
13065 | return QualType(); |
13066 | |
13067 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); |
13068 | return computeResultTy(); |
13069 | } |
13070 | |
13071 | // C++ [expr.eq]p2: |
13072 | // If at least one operand is a pointer [...] bring them to their |
13073 | // composite pointer type. |
13074 | // C++ [expr.spaceship]p6 |
13075 | // If at least one of the operands is of pointer type, [...] bring them |
13076 | // to their composite pointer type. |
13077 | // C++ [expr.rel]p2: |
13078 | // If both operands are pointers, [...] bring them to their composite |
13079 | // pointer type. |
13080 | // For <=>, the only valid non-pointer types are arrays and functions, and |
13081 | // we already decayed those, so this is really the same as the relational |
13082 | // comparison rule. |
13083 | if ((int)LHSType->isPointerType() + (int)RHSType->isPointerType() >= |
13084 | (IsOrdered ? 2 : 1) && |
13085 | (!LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount || !(LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
13086 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) { |
13087 | if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS)) |
13088 | return QualType(); |
13089 | return computeResultTy(); |
13090 | } |
13091 | } else if (LHSType->isPointerType() && |
13092 | RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2 |
13093 | // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except |
13094 | // when handling null pointer constants. |
13095 | QualType LCanPointeeTy = |
13096 | LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType(); |
13097 | QualType RCanPointeeTy = |
13098 | RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType(); |
13099 | |
13100 | // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2 |
13101 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), |
13102 | RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) { |
13103 | if (IsRelational) { |
13104 | // Pointers both need to point to complete or incomplete types |
13105 | if ((LCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType() != |
13106 | RCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType()) && |
13107 | !getLangOpts().C11) { |
13108 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_compare_complete_incomplete_pointers) |
13109 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
13110 | << LHSType << RHSType << LCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType() |
13111 | << RCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType(); |
13112 | } |
13113 | } |
13114 | } else if (!IsRelational && |
13115 | (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) { |
13116 | // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer |
13117 | if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) |
13118 | && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) |
13119 | diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, |
13120 | /*isError*/false); |
13121 | } else { |
13122 | // Invalid |
13123 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/false); |
13124 | } |
13125 | if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) { |
13126 | // Treat NULL constant as a special case in OpenCL. |
13127 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { |
13128 | if (!LCanPointeeTy.isAddressSpaceOverlapping(RCanPointeeTy)) { |
13129 | Diag(Loc, |
13130 | diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers) |
13131 | << LHSType << RHSType << 0 /* comparison */ |
13132 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
13133 | } |
13134 | } |
13135 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace(); |
13136 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace(); |
13137 | CastKind Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion |
13138 | : CK_BitCast; |
13139 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) |
13140 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, Kind); |
13141 | else |
13142 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind); |
13143 | } |
13144 | return computeResultTy(); |
13145 | } |
13146 | |
13147 | |
13148 | // C++ [expr.eq]p4: |
13149 | // Two operands of type std::nullptr_t or one operand of type |
13150 | // std::nullptr_t and the other a null pointer constant compare |
13151 | // equal. |
13152 | // C2x 6.5.9p5: |
13153 | // If both operands have type nullptr_t or one operand has type nullptr_t |
13154 | // and the other is a null pointer constant, they compare equal. |
13155 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull && RHSIsNull) { |
13156 | if (LHSType->isNullPtrType()) { |
13157 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); |
13158 | return computeResultTy(); |
13159 | } |
13160 | if (RHSType->isNullPtrType()) { |
13161 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); |
13162 | return computeResultTy(); |
13163 | } |
13164 | } |
13165 | |
13166 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdered && (LHSIsNull || RHSIsNull)) { |
13167 | // C2x 6.5.9p6: |
13168 | // Otherwise, at least one operand is a pointer. If one is a pointer and |
13169 | // the other is a null pointer constant, the null pointer constant is |
13170 | // converted to the type of the pointer. |
13171 | if (LHSIsNull && RHSType->isPointerType()) { |
13172 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); |
13173 | return computeResultTy(); |
13174 | } |
13175 | if (RHSIsNull && LHSType->isPointerType()) { |
13176 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); |
13177 | return computeResultTy(); |
13178 | } |
13179 | } |
13180 | |
13181 | // Comparison of Objective-C pointers and block pointers against nullptr_t. |
13182 | // These aren't covered by the composite pointer type rules. |
13183 | if (!IsOrdered && RHSType->isNullPtrType() && |
13184 | (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())) { |
13185 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); |
13186 | return computeResultTy(); |
13187 | } |
13188 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isNullPtrType() && |
13189 | (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())) { |
13190 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); |
13191 | return computeResultTy(); |
13192 | } |
13193 | |
13194 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
13195 | if (IsRelational && |
13196 | ((LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) || |
13197 | (RHSType->isNullPtrType() && LHSType->isPointerType()))) { |
13198 | // HACK: Relational comparison of nullptr_t against a pointer type is |
13199 | // invalid per DR583, but we allow it within std::less<> and friends, |
13200 | // since otherwise common uses of it break. |
13201 | // FIXME: Consider removing this hack once LWG fixes std::less<> and |
13202 | // friends to have std::nullptr_t overload candidates. |
13203 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; |
13204 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) |
13205 | DC = DC->getParent(); |
13206 | if (auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC)) { |
13207 | if (CTSD->isInStdNamespace() && |
13208 | llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(CTSD->getName()) |
13209 | .Cases("less" , "less_equal" , "greater" , "greater_equal" , true) |
13210 | .Default(false)) { |
13211 | if (RHSType->isNullPtrType()) |
13212 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); |
13213 | else |
13214 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); |
13215 | return computeResultTy(); |
13216 | } |
13217 | } |
13218 | } |
13219 | |
13220 | // C++ [expr.eq]p2: |
13221 | // If at least one operand is a pointer to member, [...] bring them to |
13222 | // their composite pointer type. |
13223 | if (!IsOrdered && |
13224 | (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())) { |
13225 | if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS)) |
13226 | return QualType(); |
13227 | else |
13228 | return computeResultTy(); |
13229 | } |
13230 | } |
13231 | |
13232 | // Handle block pointer types. |
13233 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && |
13234 | RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { |
13235 | QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
13236 | QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
13237 | |
13238 | if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && |
13239 | !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) { |
13240 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) |
13241 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
13242 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
13243 | } |
13244 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); |
13245 | return computeResultTy(); |
13246 | } |
13247 | |
13248 | // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants. |
13249 | if (!IsOrdered |
13250 | && ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) |
13251 | || (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) { |
13252 | if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { |
13253 | if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>() |
13254 | ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) |
13255 | || (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>() |
13256 | ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()))) |
13257 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) |
13258 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
13259 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
13260 | } |
13261 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) |
13262 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, |
13263 | RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast |
13264 | : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); |
13265 | else |
13266 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, |
13267 | LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast |
13268 | : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); |
13269 | return computeResultTy(); |
13270 | } |
13271 | |
13272 | if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
13273 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
13274 | const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
13275 | const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
13276 | if (LPT || RPT) { |
13277 | bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false; |
13278 | bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false; |
13279 | |
13280 | if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid && |
13281 | !Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) { |
13282 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, |
13283 | /*isError*/false); |
13284 | } |
13285 | // FIXME: If LPtrToVoid, we should presumably convert the LHS rather than |
13286 | // the RHS, but we have test coverage for this behavior. |
13287 | // FIXME: Consider using convertPointersToCompositeType in C++. |
13288 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { |
13289 | Expr *E = LHS.get(); |
13290 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) |
13291 | CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), RHSType, E, |
13292 | CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
13293 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, RHSType, |
13294 | RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
13295 | } |
13296 | else { |
13297 | Expr *E = RHS.get(); |
13298 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) |
13299 | CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), LHSType, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion, |
13300 | /*Diagnose=*/true, |
13301 | /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, Opc); |
13302 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, LHSType, |
13303 | LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
13304 | } |
13305 | return computeResultTy(); |
13306 | } |
13307 | if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
13308 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
13309 | if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) |
13310 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, |
13311 | /*isError*/false); |
13312 | if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS) || isObjCObjectLiteral(RHS)) |
13313 | diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, Opc); |
13314 | |
13315 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) |
13316 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast); |
13317 | else |
13318 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); |
13319 | return computeResultTy(); |
13320 | } |
13321 | |
13322 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && |
13323 | RHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context)) { |
13324 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, |
13325 | CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
13326 | return computeResultTy(); |
13327 | } else if (!IsOrdered && |
13328 | LHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context) && |
13329 | RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { |
13330 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, |
13331 | CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
13332 | return computeResultTy(); |
13333 | } |
13334 | } |
13335 | if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) || |
13336 | (LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) { |
13337 | unsigned DiagID = 0; |
13338 | bool isError = false; |
13339 | if (LangOpts.DebuggerSupport) { |
13340 | // Under a debugger, allow the comparison of pointers to integers, |
13341 | // since users tend to want to compare addresses. |
13342 | } else if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) || |
13343 | (RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) { |
13344 | if (IsOrdered) { |
13345 | isError = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
13346 | DiagID = |
13347 | isError ? diag::err_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero |
13348 | : diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero; |
13349 | } |
13350 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
13351 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; |
13352 | isError = true; |
13353 | } else if (IsOrdered) |
13354 | DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer; |
13355 | else |
13356 | DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; |
13357 | |
13358 | if (DiagID) { |
13359 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) |
13360 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
13361 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
13362 | if (isError) |
13363 | return QualType(); |
13364 | } |
13365 | |
13366 | if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) |
13367 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, |
13368 | LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer); |
13369 | else |
13370 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, |
13371 | RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer); |
13372 | return computeResultTy(); |
13373 | } |
13374 | |
13375 | // Handle block pointers. |
13376 | if (!IsOrdered && RHSIsNull |
13377 | && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) { |
13378 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); |
13379 | return computeResultTy(); |
13380 | } |
13381 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull |
13382 | && LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { |
13383 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); |
13384 | return computeResultTy(); |
13385 | } |
13386 | |
13387 | if (getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() >= 200) { |
13388 | if (LHSType->isClkEventT() && RHSType->isClkEventT()) { |
13389 | return computeResultTy(); |
13390 | } |
13391 | |
13392 | if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHSType->isQueueT()) { |
13393 | return computeResultTy(); |
13394 | } |
13395 | |
13396 | if (LHSIsNull && RHSType->isQueueT()) { |
13397 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); |
13398 | return computeResultTy(); |
13399 | } |
13400 | |
13401 | if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHSIsNull) { |
13402 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); |
13403 | return computeResultTy(); |
13404 | } |
13405 | } |
13406 | |
13407 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13408 | } |
13409 | |
13410 | // Return a signed ext_vector_type that is of identical size and number of |
13411 | // elements. For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical |
13412 | // size and number of elements. In the non ext_vector_type case, search from |
13413 | // the largest type to the smallest type to avoid cases where long long == long, |
13414 | // where long gets picked over long long. |
13415 | QualType Sema::GetSignedVectorType(QualType V) { |
13416 | const VectorType *VTy = V->castAs<VectorType>(); |
13417 | unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType()); |
13418 | |
13419 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(VTy)) { |
13420 | if (VTy->isExtVectorBoolType()) |
13421 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.BoolTy, VTy->getNumElements()); |
13422 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy)) |
13423 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements()); |
13424 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy)) |
13425 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements()); |
13426 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy)) |
13427 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements()); |
13428 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.Int128Ty)) |
13429 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.Int128Ty, VTy->getNumElements()); |
13430 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy)) |
13431 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); |
13432 | assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) && |
13433 | "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare" ); |
13434 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); |
13435 | } |
13436 | |
13437 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.Int128Ty)) |
13438 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.Int128Ty, VTy->getNumElements(), |
13439 | VectorType::GenericVector); |
13440 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy)) |
13441 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements(), |
13442 | VectorType::GenericVector); |
13443 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy)) |
13444 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements(), |
13445 | VectorType::GenericVector); |
13446 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy)) |
13447 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements(), |
13448 | VectorType::GenericVector); |
13449 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy)) |
13450 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements(), |
13451 | VectorType::GenericVector); |
13452 | assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy) && |
13453 | "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare" ); |
13454 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements(), |
13455 | VectorType::GenericVector); |
13456 | } |
13457 | |
13458 | QualType Sema::GetSignedSizelessVectorType(QualType V) { |
13459 | const BuiltinType *VTy = V->castAs<BuiltinType>(); |
13460 | assert(VTy->isSizelessBuiltinType() && "expected sizeless type" ); |
13461 | |
13462 | const QualType ETy = V->getSveEltType(Context); |
13463 | const auto TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(ETy); |
13464 | |
13465 | const QualType IntTy = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(TypeSize, true); |
13466 | const llvm::ElementCount VecSize = Context.getBuiltinVectorTypeInfo(VTy).EC; |
13467 | return Context.getScalableVectorType(IntTy, VecSize.getKnownMinValue()); |
13468 | } |
13469 | |
13470 | /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that |
13471 | /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result, |
13472 | /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer |
13473 | /// types. |
13474 | QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
13475 | SourceLocation Loc, |
13476 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
13477 | if (Opc == BO_Cmp) { |
13478 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_three_way_vector_comparison); |
13479 | return QualType(); |
13480 | } |
13481 | |
13482 | // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width, |
13483 | // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type. |
13484 | QualType vType = |
13485 | CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/ false, |
13486 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, |
13487 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ getLangOpts().ZVector, |
13488 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ true, |
13489 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
13490 | if (vType.isNull()) |
13491 | return vType; |
13492 | |
13493 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
13494 | |
13495 | // Determine the return type of a vector compare. By default clang will return |
13496 | // a scalar for all vector compares except vector bool and vector pixel. |
13497 | // With the gcc compiler we will always return a vector type and with the xl |
13498 | // compiler we will always return a scalar type. This switch allows choosing |
13499 | // which behavior is prefered. |
13500 | if (getLangOpts().AltiVec) { |
13501 | switch (getLangOpts().getAltivecSrcCompat()) { |
13502 | case LangOptions::AltivecSrcCompatKind::Mixed: |
13503 | // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e. |
13504 | // bool for C++, int for C |
13505 | if (vType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == |
13506 | VectorType::AltiVecVector) |
13507 | return Context.getLogicalOperationType(); |
13508 | else |
13509 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_altivec_src_compat); |
13510 | break; |
13511 | case LangOptions::AltivecSrcCompatKind::GCC: |
13512 | // For GCC we always return the vector type. |
13513 | break; |
13514 | case LangOptions::AltivecSrcCompatKind::XL: |
13515 | return Context.getLogicalOperationType(); |
13516 | break; |
13517 | } |
13518 | } |
13519 | |
13520 | // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form |
13521 | // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and |
13522 | // often indicate logic errors in the program. |
13523 | diagnoseTautologicalComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc); |
13524 | |
13525 | // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. |
13526 | if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) { |
13527 | assert(RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation()); |
13528 | CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc); |
13529 | } |
13530 | |
13531 | // Return a signed type for the vector. |
13532 | return GetSignedVectorType(vType); |
13533 | } |
13534 | |
13535 | QualType Sema::CheckSizelessVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, |
13536 | ExprResult &RHS, |
13537 | SourceLocation Loc, |
13538 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
13539 | if (Opc == BO_Cmp) { |
13540 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_three_way_vector_comparison); |
13541 | return QualType(); |
13542 | } |
13543 | |
13544 | // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width, |
13545 | // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type. |
13546 | QualType vType = CheckSizelessVectorOperands( |
13547 | LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/ false, ACK_Comparison); |
13548 | |
13549 | if (vType.isNull()) |
13550 | return vType; |
13551 | |
13552 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
13553 | |
13554 | // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form |
13555 | // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and |
13556 | // often indicate logic errors in the program. |
13557 | diagnoseTautologicalComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc); |
13558 | |
13559 | // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. |
13560 | if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) { |
13561 | assert(RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation()); |
13562 | CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc); |
13563 | } |
13564 | |
13565 | const BuiltinType *LHSBuiltinTy = LHSType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
13566 | const BuiltinType *RHSBuiltinTy = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
13567 | |
13568 | if (LHSBuiltinTy && RHSBuiltinTy && LHSBuiltinTy->isSVEBool() && |
13569 | RHSBuiltinTy->isSVEBool()) |
13570 | return LHSType; |
13571 | |
13572 | // Return a signed type for the vector. |
13573 | return GetSignedSizelessVectorType(vType); |
13574 | } |
13575 | |
13576 | static void diagnoseXorMisusedAsPow(Sema &S, const ExprResult &XorLHS, |
13577 | const ExprResult &XorRHS, |
13578 | const SourceLocation Loc) { |
13579 | // Do not diagnose macros. |
13580 | if (Loc.isMacroID()) |
13581 | return; |
13582 | |
13583 | // Do not diagnose if both LHS and RHS are macros. |
13584 | if (XorLHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID() && |
13585 | XorRHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) |
13586 | return; |
13587 | |
13588 | bool Negative = false; |
13589 | bool ExplicitPlus = false; |
13590 | const auto *LHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(XorLHS.get()); |
13591 | const auto *RHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(XorRHS.get()); |
13592 | |
13593 | if (!LHSInt) |
13594 | return; |
13595 | if (!RHSInt) { |
13596 | // Check negative literals. |
13597 | if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(XorRHS.get())) { |
13598 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc = UO->getOpcode(); |
13599 | if (Opc != UO_Minus && Opc != UO_Plus) |
13600 | return; |
13601 | RHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(UO->getSubExpr()); |
13602 | if (!RHSInt) |
13603 | return; |
13604 | Negative = (Opc == UO_Minus); |
13605 | ExplicitPlus = !Negative; |
13606 | } else { |
13607 | return; |
13608 | } |
13609 | } |
13610 | |
13611 | const llvm::APInt &LeftSideValue = LHSInt->getValue(); |
13612 | llvm::APInt RightSideValue = RHSInt->getValue(); |
13613 | if (LeftSideValue != 2 && LeftSideValue != 10) |
13614 | return; |
13615 | |
13616 | if (LeftSideValue.getBitWidth() != RightSideValue.getBitWidth()) |
13617 | return; |
13618 | |
13619 | CharSourceRange ExprRange = CharSourceRange::getCharRange( |
13620 | LHSInt->getBeginLoc(), S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSInt->getLocation())); |
13621 | llvm::StringRef ExprStr = |
13622 | Lexer::getSourceText(ExprRange, S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts()); |
13623 | |
13624 | CharSourceRange XorRange = |
13625 | CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)); |
13626 | llvm::StringRef XorStr = |
13627 | Lexer::getSourceText(XorRange, S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts()); |
13628 | // Do not diagnose if xor keyword/macro is used. |
13629 | if (XorStr == "xor" ) |
13630 | return; |
13631 | |
13632 | std::string LHSStr = std::string(Lexer::getSourceText( |
13633 | CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(LHSInt->getSourceRange()), |
13634 | S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts())); |
13635 | std::string RHSStr = std::string(Lexer::getSourceText( |
13636 | CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(RHSInt->getSourceRange()), |
13637 | S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts())); |
13638 | |
13639 | if (Negative) { |
13640 | RightSideValue = -RightSideValue; |
13641 | RHSStr = "-" + RHSStr; |
13642 | } else if (ExplicitPlus) { |
13643 | RHSStr = "+" + RHSStr; |
13644 | } |
13645 | |
13646 | StringRef LHSStrRef = LHSStr; |
13647 | StringRef RHSStrRef = RHSStr; |
13648 | // Do not diagnose literals with digit separators, binary, hexadecimal, octal |
13649 | // literals. |
13650 | if (LHSStrRef.startswith("0b" ) || LHSStrRef.startswith("0B" ) || |
13651 | RHSStrRef.startswith("0b" ) || RHSStrRef.startswith("0B" ) || |
13652 | LHSStrRef.startswith("0x" ) || LHSStrRef.startswith("0X" ) || |
13653 | RHSStrRef.startswith("0x" ) || RHSStrRef.startswith("0X" ) || |
13654 | (LHSStrRef.size() > 1 && LHSStrRef.startswith("0" )) || |
13655 | (RHSStrRef.size() > 1 && RHSStrRef.startswith("0" )) || |
13656 | LHSStrRef.contains('\'') || RHSStrRef.contains('\'')) |
13657 | return; |
13658 | |
13659 | bool SuggestXor = |
13660 | S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getPreprocessor().isMacroDefined("xor" ); |
13661 | const llvm::APInt XorValue = LeftSideValue ^ RightSideValue; |
13662 | int64_t RightSideIntValue = RightSideValue.getSExtValue(); |
13663 | if (LeftSideValue == 2 && RightSideIntValue >= 0) { |
13664 | std::string SuggestedExpr = "1 << " + RHSStr; |
13665 | bool Overflow = false; |
13666 | llvm::APInt One = (LeftSideValue - 1); |
13667 | llvm::APInt PowValue = One.sshl_ov(RightSideValue, Overflow); |
13668 | if (Overflow) { |
13669 | if (RightSideIntValue < 64) |
13670 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base) |
13671 | << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true) << ("1LL << " + RHSStr) |
13672 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ExprRange, "1LL << " + RHSStr); |
13673 | else if (RightSideIntValue == 64) |
13674 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow) |
13675 | << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true); |
13676 | else |
13677 | return; |
13678 | } else { |
13679 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base_extra) |
13680 | << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true) << SuggestedExpr |
13681 | << toString(PowValue, 10, true) |
13682 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( |
13683 | ExprRange, (RightSideIntValue == 0) ? "1" : SuggestedExpr); |
13684 | } |
13685 | |
13686 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_xor_used_as_pow_silence) |
13687 | << ("0x2 ^ " + RHSStr) << SuggestXor; |
13688 | } else if (LeftSideValue == 10) { |
13689 | std::string SuggestedValue = "1e" + std::to_string(RightSideIntValue); |
13690 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base) |
13691 | << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true) << SuggestedValue |
13692 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ExprRange, SuggestedValue); |
13693 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_xor_used_as_pow_silence) |
13694 | << ("0xA ^ " + RHSStr) << SuggestXor; |
13695 | } |
13696 | } |
13697 | |
13698 | QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
13699 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
13700 | // Ensure that either both operands are of the same vector type, or |
13701 | // one operand is of a vector type and the other is of its element type. |
13702 | QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, false, |
13703 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, |
13704 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ false, |
13705 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ false, |
13706 | /*ReportInvalid*/ false); |
13707 | if (vType.isNull()) |
13708 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13709 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
13710 | getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() < 120 && |
13711 | vType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) |
13712 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13713 | // FIXME: The check for C++ here is for GCC compatibility. GCC rejects the |
13714 | // usage of the logical operators && and || with vectors in C. This |
13715 | // check could be notionally dropped. |
13716 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
13717 | !(isa<ExtVectorType>(vType->getAs<VectorType>()))) |
13718 | return InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13719 | |
13720 | return GetSignedVectorType(LHS.get()->getType()); |
13721 | } |
13722 | |
13723 | QualType Sema::CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
13724 | SourceLocation Loc, |
13725 | bool IsCompAssign) { |
13726 | if (!IsCompAssign) { |
13727 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); |
13728 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
13729 | return QualType(); |
13730 | } |
13731 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); |
13732 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
13733 | return QualType(); |
13734 | |
13735 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. |
13736 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. |
13737 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
13738 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
13739 | |
13740 | const MatrixType *LHSMatType = LHSType->getAs<MatrixType>(); |
13741 | const MatrixType *RHSMatType = RHSType->getAs<MatrixType>(); |
13742 | assert((LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && "At least one operand must be a matrix" ); |
13743 | |
13744 | if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType)) |
13745 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType(LHSType, RHSType); |
13746 | |
13747 | // Type conversion may change LHS/RHS. Keep copies to the original results, in |
13748 | // case we have to return InvalidOperands. |
13749 | ExprResult OriginalLHS = LHS; |
13750 | ExprResult OriginalRHS = RHS; |
13751 | if (LHSMatType && !RHSMatType) { |
13752 | RHS = tryConvertExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSMatType->getElementType()); |
13753 | if (!RHS.isInvalid()) |
13754 | return LHSType; |
13755 | |
13756 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, OriginalLHS, OriginalRHS); |
13757 | } |
13758 | |
13759 | if (!LHSMatType && RHSMatType) { |
13760 | LHS = tryConvertExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSMatType->getElementType()); |
13761 | if (!LHS.isInvalid()) |
13762 | return RHSType; |
13763 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, OriginalLHS, OriginalRHS); |
13764 | } |
13765 | |
13766 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13767 | } |
13768 | |
13769 | QualType Sema::CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
13770 | SourceLocation Loc, |
13771 | bool IsCompAssign) { |
13772 | if (!IsCompAssign) { |
13773 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); |
13774 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
13775 | return QualType(); |
13776 | } |
13777 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); |
13778 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
13779 | return QualType(); |
13780 | |
13781 | auto *LHSMatType = LHS.get()->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); |
13782 | auto *RHSMatType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); |
13783 | assert((LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && "At least one operand must be a matrix" ); |
13784 | |
13785 | if (LHSMatType && RHSMatType) { |
13786 | if (LHSMatType->getNumColumns() != RHSMatType->getNumRows()) |
13787 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13788 | |
13789 | if (Context.hasSameType(LHSMatType, RHSMatType)) |
13790 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType( |
13791 | LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), |
13792 | RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); |
13793 | |
13794 | QualType LHSELTy = LHSMatType->getElementType(), |
13795 | RHSELTy = RHSMatType->getElementType(); |
13796 | if (!Context.hasSameType(LHSELTy, RHSELTy)) |
13797 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13798 | |
13799 | return Context.getConstantMatrixType( |
13800 | Context.getCommonSugaredType(LHSELTy, RHSELTy), |
13801 | LHSMatType->getNumRows(), RHSMatType->getNumColumns()); |
13802 | } |
13803 | return CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); |
13804 | } |
13805 | |
13806 | static bool isLegalBoolVectorBinaryOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
13807 | switch (Opc) { |
13808 | default: |
13809 | return false; |
13810 | case BO_And: |
13811 | case BO_AndAssign: |
13812 | case BO_Or: |
13813 | case BO_OrAssign: |
13814 | case BO_Xor: |
13815 | case BO_XorAssign: |
13816 | return true; |
13817 | } |
13818 | } |
13819 | |
13820 | inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
13821 | SourceLocation Loc, |
13822 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
13823 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); |
13824 | |
13825 | bool IsCompAssign = |
13826 | Opc == BO_AndAssign || Opc == BO_OrAssign || Opc == BO_XorAssign; |
13827 | |
13828 | bool LegalBoolVecOperator = isLegalBoolVectorBinaryOp(Opc); |
13829 | |
13830 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
13831 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
13832 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && |
13833 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) |
13834 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, |
13835 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, |
13836 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ getLangOpts().ZVector, |
13837 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ LegalBoolVecOperator, |
13838 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
13839 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13840 | } |
13841 | |
13842 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType() || |
13843 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { |
13844 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && |
13845 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) |
13846 | return CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, |
13847 | ACK_BitwiseOp); |
13848 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13849 | } |
13850 | |
13851 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType() || |
13852 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVLSTBuiltinType()) { |
13853 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && |
13854 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) |
13855 | return CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, |
13856 | ACK_BitwiseOp); |
13857 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13858 | } |
13859 | |
13860 | if (Opc == BO_And) |
13861 | diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); |
13862 | |
13863 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation() || |
13864 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation()) |
13865 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13866 | |
13867 | ExprResult LHSResult = LHS, RHSResult = RHS; |
13868 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( |
13869 | LHSResult, RHSResult, Loc, IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_BitwiseOp); |
13870 | if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid()) |
13871 | return QualType(); |
13872 | LHS = LHSResult.get(); |
13873 | RHS = RHSResult.get(); |
13874 | |
13875 | if (Opc == BO_Xor) |
13876 | diagnoseXorMisusedAsPow(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc); |
13877 | |
13878 | if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) |
13879 | return compType; |
13880 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13881 | } |
13882 | |
13883 | // C99 6.5.[13,14] |
13884 | inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
13885 | SourceLocation Loc, |
13886 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
13887 | // Check vector operands differently. |
13888 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
13889 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) |
13890 | return CheckVectorLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc); |
13891 | |
13892 | bool EnumConstantInBoolContext = false; |
13893 | for (const ExprResult &HS : {LHS, RHS}) { |
13894 | if (const auto *DREHS = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(HS.get())) { |
13895 | const auto *ECDHS = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DREHS->getDecl()); |
13896 | if (ECDHS && ECDHS->getInitVal() != 0 && ECDHS->getInitVal() != 1) |
13897 | EnumConstantInBoolContext = true; |
13898 | } |
13899 | } |
13900 | |
13901 | if (EnumConstantInBoolContext) |
13902 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_enum_constant_in_bool_context); |
13903 | |
13904 | // WebAssembly tables can't be used with logical operators. |
13905 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
13906 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
13907 | const auto *LHSATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(LHSTy); |
13908 | const auto *RHSATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(RHSTy); |
13909 | if ((LHSATy && LHSATy->getElementType().isWebAssemblyReferenceType()) || |
13910 | (RHSATy && RHSATy->getElementType().isWebAssemblyReferenceType())) { |
13911 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13912 | } |
13913 | |
13914 | // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a |
13915 | // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS |
13916 | // is a constant. |
13917 | if (!EnumConstantInBoolContext && LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && |
13918 | !LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() && |
13919 | RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() && |
13920 | // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations. |
13921 | !Loc.isMacroID() && !inTemplateInstantiation()) { |
13922 | // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something |
13923 | // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that |
13924 | // happened to fold to true/false) then warn. |
13925 | // Parens on the RHS are ignored. |
13926 | Expr::EvalResult EVResult; |
13927 | if (RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(EVResult, Context)) { |
13928 | llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt(); |
13929 | if ((getLangOpts().Bool && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() && |
13930 | !RHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) || |
13931 | (Result != 0 && Result != 1)) { |
13932 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise) |
13933 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange() << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||" ); |
13934 | // Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version |
13935 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator) |
13936 | << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|" ) |
13937 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( |
13938 | SourceRange(Loc, getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)), |
13939 | Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|" ); |
13940 | if (Opc == BO_LAnd) |
13941 | // Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()" |
13942 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant) |
13943 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( |
13944 | SourceRange(getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getEndLoc()), |
13945 | RHS.get()->getEndLoc())); |
13946 | } |
13947 | } |
13948 | } |
13949 | |
13950 | if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
13951 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.g: The logical operators and (&&), or (||) do |
13952 | // not operate on the built-in scalar and vector float types. |
13953 | if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
13954 | Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) { |
13955 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType() || |
13956 | RHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType()) |
13957 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13958 | } |
13959 | |
13960 | LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()); |
13961 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
13962 | return QualType(); |
13963 | |
13964 | RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get()); |
13965 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
13966 | return QualType(); |
13967 | |
13968 | if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() || |
13969 | !RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) |
13970 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13971 | |
13972 | return Context.IntTy; |
13973 | } |
13974 | |
13975 | // The following is safe because we only use this method for |
13976 | // non-overloadable operands. |
13977 | |
13978 | // C++ [expr.log.and]p1 |
13979 | // C++ [expr.log.or]p1 |
13980 | // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool. |
13981 | ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(LHS.get()); |
13982 | if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) |
13983 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13984 | LHS = LHSRes; |
13985 | |
13986 | ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(RHS.get()); |
13987 | if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) |
13988 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13989 | RHS = RHSRes; |
13990 | |
13991 | // C++ [expr.log.and]p2 |
13992 | // C++ [expr.log.or]p2 |
13993 | // The result is a bool. |
13994 | return Context.BoolTy; |
13995 | } |
13996 | |
13997 | static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) { |
13998 | const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E); |
13999 | if (!ME) return false; |
14000 | if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) return false; |
14001 | ObjCMessageExpr *Base = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>( |
14002 | ME->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); |
14003 | if (!Base) return false; |
14004 | return Base->getMethodDecl() != nullptr; |
14005 | } |
14006 | |
14007 | /// Is the given expression (which must be 'const') a reference to a |
14008 | /// variable which was originally non-const, but which has become |
14009 | /// 'const' due to being captured within a block? |
14010 | enum NonConstCaptureKind { NCCK_None, NCCK_Block, NCCK_Lambda }; |
14011 | static NonConstCaptureKind isReferenceToNonConstCapture(Sema &S, Expr *E) { |
14012 | assert(E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified()); |
14013 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); |
14014 | |
14015 | // Must be a reference to a declaration from an enclosing scope. |
14016 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); |
14017 | if (!DRE) return NCCK_None; |
14018 | if (!DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) return NCCK_None; |
14019 | |
14020 | // The declaration must be a variable which is not declared 'const'. |
14021 | VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); |
14022 | if (!var) return NCCK_None; |
14023 | if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) return NCCK_None; |
14024 | assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?" ); |
14025 | |
14026 | // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda. |
14027 | DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext, *Prev = nullptr; |
14028 | // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda. |
14029 | while (DC) { |
14030 | // For init-capture, it is possible that the variable belongs to the |
14031 | // template pattern of the current context. |
14032 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)) |
14033 | if (var->isInitCapture() && |
14034 | FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern() == var->getDeclContext()) |
14035 | break; |
14036 | if (DC == var->getDeclContext()) |
14037 | break; |
14038 | Prev = DC; |
14039 | DC = DC->getParent(); |
14040 | } |
14041 | // Unless we have an init-capture, we've gone one step too far. |
14042 | if (!var->isInitCapture()) |
14043 | DC = Prev; |
14044 | return (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) ? NCCK_Block : NCCK_Lambda); |
14045 | } |
14046 | |
14047 | static bool IsTypeModifiable(QualType Ty, bool IsDereference) { |
14048 | Ty = Ty.getNonReferenceType(); |
14049 | if (IsDereference && Ty->isPointerType()) |
14050 | Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); |
14051 | return !Ty.isConstQualified(); |
14052 | } |
14053 | |
14054 | // Update err_typecheck_assign_const and note_typecheck_assign_const |
14055 | // when this enum is changed. |
14056 | enum { |
14057 | ConstFunction, |
14058 | ConstVariable, |
14059 | ConstMember, |
14060 | ConstMethod, |
14061 | NestedConstMember, |
14062 | ConstUnknown, // Keep as last element |
14063 | }; |
14064 | |
14065 | /// Emit the "read-only variable not assignable" error and print notes to give |
14066 | /// more information about why the variable is not assignable, such as pointing |
14067 | /// to the declaration of a const variable, showing that a method is const, or |
14068 | /// that the function is returning a const reference. |
14069 | static void DiagnoseConstAssignment(Sema &S, const Expr *E, |
14070 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
14071 | SourceRange ExprRange = E->getSourceRange(); |
14072 | |
14073 | // Only emit one error on the first const found. All other consts will emit |
14074 | // a note to the error. |
14075 | bool DiagnosticEmitted = false; |
14076 | |
14077 | // Track if the current expression is the result of a dereference, and if the |
14078 | // next checked expression is the result of a dereference. |
14079 | bool IsDereference = false; |
14080 | bool NextIsDereference = false; |
14081 | |
14082 | // Loop to process MemberExpr chains. |
14083 | while (true) { |
14084 | IsDereference = NextIsDereference; |
14085 | |
14086 | E = E->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
14087 | if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { |
14088 | NextIsDereference = ME->isArrow(); |
14089 | const ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl(); |
14090 | if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { |
14091 | // Mutable fields can be modified even if the class is const. |
14092 | if (Field->isMutable()) { |
14093 | assert(DiagnosticEmitted && "Expected diagnostic not emitted." ); |
14094 | break; |
14095 | } |
14096 | |
14097 | if (!IsTypeModifiable(Field->getType(), IsDereference)) { |
14098 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { |
14099 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) |
14100 | << ExprRange << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field |
14101 | << Field->getType(); |
14102 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; |
14103 | } |
14104 | S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) |
14105 | << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field << Field->getType() |
14106 | << Field->getSourceRange(); |
14107 | } |
14108 | E = ME->getBase(); |
14109 | continue; |
14110 | } else if (const VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) { |
14111 | if (VDecl->getType().isConstQualified()) { |
14112 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { |
14113 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) |
14114 | << ExprRange << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl |
14115 | << VDecl->getType(); |
14116 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; |
14117 | } |
14118 | S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) |
14119 | << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl << VDecl->getType() |
14120 | << VDecl->getSourceRange(); |
14121 | } |
14122 | // Static fields do not inherit constness from parents. |
14123 | break; |
14124 | } |
14125 | break; // End MemberExpr |
14126 | } else if (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = |
14127 | dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) { |
14128 | E = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
14129 | continue; |
14130 | } else if (const ExtVectorElementExpr *EVE = |
14131 | dyn_cast<ExtVectorElementExpr>(E)) { |
14132 | E = EVE->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
14133 | continue; |
14134 | } |
14135 | break; |
14136 | } |
14137 | |
14138 | if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { |
14139 | // Function calls |
14140 | const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee(); |
14141 | if (FD && !IsTypeModifiable(FD->getReturnType(), IsDereference)) { |
14142 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { |
14143 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange |
14144 | << ConstFunction << FD; |
14145 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; |
14146 | } |
14147 | S.Diag(FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(), |
14148 | diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) |
14149 | << ConstFunction << FD << FD->getReturnType() |
14150 | << FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); |
14151 | } |
14152 | } else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { |
14153 | // Point to variable declaration. |
14154 | if (const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl()) { |
14155 | if (!IsTypeModifiable(VD->getType(), IsDereference)) { |
14156 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { |
14157 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) |
14158 | << ExprRange << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType(); |
14159 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; |
14160 | } |
14161 | S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) |
14162 | << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType() << VD->getSourceRange(); |
14163 | } |
14164 | } |
14165 | } else if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) { |
14166 | if (const DeclContext *DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext()) { |
14167 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { |
14168 | if (MD->isConst()) { |
14169 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { |
14170 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange |
14171 | << ConstMethod << MD; |
14172 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; |
14173 | } |
14174 | S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) |
14175 | << ConstMethod << MD << MD->getSourceRange(); |
14176 | } |
14177 | } |
14178 | } |
14179 | } |
14180 | |
14181 | if (DiagnosticEmitted) |
14182 | return; |
14183 | |
14184 | // Can't determine a more specific message, so display the generic error. |
14185 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange << ConstUnknown; |
14186 | } |
14187 | |
14188 | enum OriginalExprKind { |
14189 | OEK_Variable, |
14190 | OEK_Member, |
14191 | OEK_LValue |
14192 | }; |
14193 | |
14194 | static void DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(Sema &S, const ValueDecl *VD, |
14195 | const RecordType *Ty, |
14196 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
14197 | OriginalExprKind OEK, |
14198 | bool &DiagnosticEmitted) { |
14199 | std::vector<const RecordType *> RecordTypeList; |
14200 | RecordTypeList.push_back(Ty); |
14201 | unsigned NextToCheckIndex = 0; |
14202 | // We walk the record hierarchy breadth-first to ensure that we print |
14203 | // diagnostics in field nesting order. |
14204 | while (RecordTypeList.size() > NextToCheckIndex) { |
14205 | bool IsNested = NextToCheckIndex > 0; |
14206 | for (const FieldDecl *Field : |
14207 | RecordTypeList[NextToCheckIndex]->getDecl()->fields()) { |
14208 | // First, check every field for constness. |
14209 | QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); |
14210 | if (FieldTy.isConstQualified()) { |
14211 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { |
14212 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) |
14213 | << Range << NestedConstMember << OEK << VD |
14214 | << IsNested << Field; |
14215 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; |
14216 | } |
14217 | S.Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) |
14218 | << NestedConstMember << IsNested << Field |
14219 | << FieldTy << Field->getSourceRange(); |
14220 | } |
14221 | |
14222 | // Then we append it to the list to check next in order. |
14223 | FieldTy = FieldTy.getCanonicalType(); |
14224 | if (const auto *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
14225 | if (!llvm::is_contained(RecordTypeList, FieldRecTy)) |
14226 | RecordTypeList.push_back(FieldRecTy); |
14227 | } |
14228 | } |
14229 | ++NextToCheckIndex; |
14230 | } |
14231 | } |
14232 | |
14233 | /// Emit an error for the case where a record we are trying to assign to has a |
14234 | /// const-qualified field somewhere in its hierarchy. |
14235 | static void DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(Sema &S, const Expr *E, |
14236 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
14237 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
14238 | assert(Ty->isRecordType() && "lvalue was not record?" ); |
14239 | SourceRange Range = E->getSourceRange(); |
14240 | const RecordType *RTy = Ty.getCanonicalType()->getAs<RecordType>(); |
14241 | bool DiagEmitted = false; |
14242 | |
14243 | if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) |
14244 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, ME->getMemberDecl(), RTy, Loc, |
14245 | Range, OEK_Member, DiagEmitted); |
14246 | else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) |
14247 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, DRE->getDecl(), RTy, Loc, |
14248 | Range, OEK_Variable, DiagEmitted); |
14249 | else |
14250 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, nullptr, RTy, Loc, |
14251 | Range, OEK_LValue, DiagEmitted); |
14252 | if (!DiagEmitted) |
14253 | DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc); |
14254 | } |
14255 | |
14256 | /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not, |
14257 | /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false. |
14258 | static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) { |
14259 | assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject)); |
14260 | |
14261 | S.CheckShadowingDeclModification(E, Loc); |
14262 | |
14263 | SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc; |
14264 | Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context, |
14265 | &Loc); |
14266 | if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S)) |
14267 | IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression; |
14268 | if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid) |
14269 | return false; |
14270 | |
14271 | unsigned DiagID = 0; |
14272 | bool NeedType = false; |
14273 | switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2 |
14274 | case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: |
14275 | // Use a specialized diagnostic when we're assigning to an object |
14276 | // from an enclosing function or block. |
14277 | if (NonConstCaptureKind NCCK = isReferenceToNonConstCapture(S, E)) { |
14278 | if (NCCK == NCCK_Block) |
14279 | DiagID = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
14280 | else |
14281 | DiagID = diag::err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
14282 | break; |
14283 | } |
14284 | |
14285 | // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we |
14286 | // infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables. |
14287 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { |
14288 | DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()); |
14289 | if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) { |
14290 | VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl()); |
14291 | |
14292 | // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the |
14293 | // user actually wrote 'const'. |
14294 | if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() && |
14295 | (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() || |
14296 | !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) { |
14297 | // There are three pseudo-strong cases: |
14298 | // - self |
14299 | ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl(); |
14300 | if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl()) { |
14301 | DiagID = method->isClassMethod() |
14302 | ? diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method |
14303 | : diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self; |
14304 | |
14305 | // - Objective-C externally_retained attribute. |
14306 | } else if (var->hasAttr<ObjCExternallyRetainedAttr>() || |
14307 | isa<ParmVarDecl>(var)) { |
14308 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_externally_retained; |
14309 | |
14310 | // - fast enumeration variables |
14311 | } else { |
14312 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration; |
14313 | } |
14314 | |
14315 | SourceRange Assign; |
14316 | if (Loc != OrigLoc) |
14317 | Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc); |
14318 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; |
14319 | // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool |
14320 | // can do its job. |
14321 | return false; |
14322 | } |
14323 | } |
14324 | } |
14325 | |
14326 | // If none of the special cases above are triggered, then this is a |
14327 | // simple const assignment. |
14328 | if (DiagID == 0) { |
14329 | DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc); |
14330 | return true; |
14331 | } |
14332 | |
14333 | break; |
14334 | case Expr::MLV_ConstAddrSpace: |
14335 | DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc); |
14336 | return true; |
14337 | case Expr::MLV_ConstQualifiedField: |
14338 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, E, Loc); |
14339 | return true; |
14340 | case Expr::MLV_ArrayType: |
14341 | case Expr::MLV_ArrayTemporary: |
14342 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
14343 | NeedType = true; |
14344 | break; |
14345 | case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType: |
14346 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
14347 | NeedType = true; |
14348 | break; |
14349 | case Expr::MLV_LValueCast: |
14350 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported; |
14351 | break; |
14352 | case Expr::MLV_Valid: |
14353 | llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid" ); |
14354 | case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression: |
14355 | case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction: |
14356 | case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary: |
14357 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
14358 | break; |
14359 | case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType: |
14360 | case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType: |
14361 | return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(), |
14362 | diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue, E); |
14363 | case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents: |
14364 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue; |
14365 | break; |
14366 | case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty: |
14367 | llvm_unreachable("readonly properties should be processed differently" ); |
14368 | case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression: |
14369 | DiagID = diag::err_readonly_message_assignment; |
14370 | break; |
14371 | case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting: |
14372 | DiagID = diag::err_no_subobject_property_setting; |
14373 | break; |
14374 | } |
14375 | |
14376 | SourceRange Assign; |
14377 | if (Loc != OrigLoc) |
14378 | Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc); |
14379 | if (NeedType) |
14380 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; |
14381 | else |
14382 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; |
14383 | return true; |
14384 | } |
14385 | |
14386 | static void CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
14387 | SourceLocation Loc, |
14388 | Sema &Sema) { |
14389 | if (Sema.inTemplateInstantiation()) |
14390 | return; |
14391 | if (Sema.isUnevaluatedContext()) |
14392 | return; |
14393 | if (Loc.isInvalid() || Loc.isMacroID()) |
14394 | return; |
14395 | if (LHSExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID() || RHSExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) |
14396 | return; |
14397 | |
14398 | // C / C++ fields |
14399 | MemberExpr *ML = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr); |
14400 | MemberExpr *MR = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr); |
14401 | if (ML && MR) { |
14402 | if (!(isa<CXXThisExpr>(ML->getBase()) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(MR->getBase()))) |
14403 | return; |
14404 | const ValueDecl *LHSDecl = |
14405 | cast<ValueDecl>(ML->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); |
14406 | const ValueDecl *RHSDecl = |
14407 | cast<ValueDecl>(MR->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); |
14408 | if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl) |
14409 | return; |
14410 | if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified()) |
14411 | return; |
14412 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
14413 | if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified()) |
14414 | return; |
14415 | |
14416 | Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 0; |
14417 | } |
14418 | |
14419 | // Objective-C instance variables |
14420 | ObjCIvarRefExpr *OL = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHSExpr); |
14421 | ObjCIvarRefExpr *OR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(RHSExpr); |
14422 | if (OL && OR && OL->getDecl() == OR->getDecl()) { |
14423 | DeclRefExpr *RL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OL->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts()); |
14424 | DeclRefExpr *RR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OR->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts()); |
14425 | if (RL && RR && RL->getDecl() == RR->getDecl()) |
14426 | Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 1; |
14427 | } |
14428 | } |
14429 | |
14430 | // C99 6.5.16.1 |
14431 | QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, |
14432 | SourceLocation Loc, |
14433 | QualType CompoundType, |
14434 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
14435 | assert(!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject)); |
14436 | |
14437 | // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not. |
14438 | if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHSExpr, Loc, *this)) |
14439 | return QualType(); |
14440 | |
14441 | QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType(); |
14442 | QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() : |
14443 | CompoundType; |
14444 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1 p2: |
14445 | // The half data type can only be used to declare a pointer to a buffer that |
14446 | // contains half values |
14447 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
14448 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16" , getLangOpts()) && |
14449 | LHSType->isHalfType()) { |
14450 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_half_load_store) << 1 |
14451 | << LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
14452 | return QualType(); |
14453 | } |
14454 | |
14455 | // WebAssembly tables can't be used on RHS of an assignment expression. |
14456 | if (RHSType->isWebAssemblyTableType()) { |
14457 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_wasm_table_art) << 0; |
14458 | return QualType(); |
14459 | } |
14460 | |
14461 | AssignConvertType ConvTy; |
14462 | if (CompoundType.isNull()) { |
14463 | Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get(); |
14464 | |
14465 | CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHSExpr, RHSCheck, Loc, *this); |
14466 | |
14467 | QualType LHSTy(LHSType); |
14468 | ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS); |
14469 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
14470 | return QualType(); |
14471 | // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types. |
14472 | if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer && |
14473 | ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) && |
14474 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || |
14475 | (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) && |
14476 | LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) |
14477 | ConvTy = Compatible; |
14478 | |
14479 | if (ConvTy == Compatible && |
14480 | LHSType->isObjCObjectType()) |
14481 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_object_assignment) |
14482 | << LHSType; |
14483 | |
14484 | // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are |
14485 | // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4" |
14486 | // instead of "x += 4". |
14487 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck)) |
14488 | RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr(); |
14489 | if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) { |
14490 | if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) && |
14491 | Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() && |
14492 | // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent. |
14493 | Loc.getLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() && |
14494 | // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the |
14495 | // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1". |
14496 | Loc.getLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc() && |
14497 | UO->getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc().isFileID()) { |
14498 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign) |
14499 | << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-" ) |
14500 | << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc()); |
14501 | } |
14502 | } |
14503 | |
14504 | if (ConvTy == Compatible) { |
14505 | if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { |
14506 | // Warn about retain cycles where a block captures the LHS, but |
14507 | // not if the LHS is a simple variable into which the block is |
14508 | // being stored...unless that variable can be captured by reference! |
14509 | const Expr *InnerLHS = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
14510 | const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InnerLHS); |
14511 | if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl()->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
14512 | checkRetainCycles(LHSExpr, RHS.get()); |
14513 | } |
14514 | |
14515 | if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || |
14516 | LHSType.isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) { |
14517 | // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. |
14518 | // Although this code can still have problems: |
14519 | // id x = self.weakProp; |
14520 | // id y = self.weakProp; |
14521 | // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate |
14522 | // paths through the function. This should be revisited if |
14523 | // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. |
14524 | // For ObjCWeak only, we do not warn if the assign is to a non-weak |
14525 | // variable, which will be valid for the current autorelease scope. |
14526 | if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, |
14527 | RHS.get()->getBeginLoc())) |
14528 | getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(RHS.get()); |
14529 | |
14530 | } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || getLangOpts().ObjCWeak) { |
14531 | checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHSExpr, RHS.get()); |
14532 | } |
14533 | } |
14534 | } else { |
14535 | // Compound assignment "x += y" |
14536 | ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType); |
14537 | } |
14538 | |
14539 | if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType, |
14540 | RHS.get(), AA_Assigning)) |
14541 | return QualType(); |
14542 | |
14543 | CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHSExpr); |
14544 | |
14545 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && LHSType.isVolatileQualified()) { |
14546 | if (CompoundType.isNull()) { |
14547 | // C++2a [expr.ass]p5: |
14548 | // A simple-assignment whose left operand is of a volatile-qualified |
14549 | // type is deprecated unless the assignment is either a discarded-value |
14550 | // expression or an unevaluated operand |
14551 | ExprEvalContexts.back().VolatileAssignmentLHSs.push_back(LHSExpr); |
14552 | } |
14553 | } |
14554 | |
14555 | // C11 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the |
14556 | // left operand would have after lvalue conversion. |
14557 | // C11 6.3.2.1p2: ...this is called lvalue conversion. If the lvalue has |
14558 | // qualified type, the value has the unqualified version of the type of the |
14559 | // lvalue; additionally, if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the |
14560 | // non-atomic version of the type of the lvalue. |
14561 | // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left |
14562 | // operand. |
14563 | return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? LHSType : LHSType.getAtomicUnqualifiedType(); |
14564 | } |
14565 | |
14566 | // Scenarios to ignore if expression E is: |
14567 | // 1. an explicit cast expression into void |
14568 | // 2. a function call expression that returns void |
14569 | static bool IgnoreCommaOperand(const Expr *E, const ASTContext &Context) { |
14570 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); |
14571 | |
14572 | if (const CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E)) { |
14573 | if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ToVoid) { |
14574 | return true; |
14575 | } |
14576 | |
14577 | // static_cast<void> on a dependent type will not show up as CK_ToVoid. |
14578 | if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_Dependent && E->getType()->isVoidType() && |
14579 | CE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isDependentType()) { |
14580 | return true; |
14581 | } |
14582 | } |
14583 | |
14584 | if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) |
14585 | return CE->getCallReturnType(Context)->isVoidType(); |
14586 | return false; |
14587 | } |
14588 | |
14589 | // Look for instances where it is likely the comma operator is confused with |
14590 | // another operator. There is an explicit list of acceptable expressions for |
14591 | // the left hand side of the comma operator, otherwise emit a warning. |
14592 | void Sema::DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc) { |
14593 | // No warnings in macros |
14594 | if (Loc.isMacroID()) |
14595 | return; |
14596 | |
14597 | // Don't warn in template instantiations. |
14598 | if (inTemplateInstantiation()) |
14599 | return; |
14600 | |
14601 | // Scope isn't fine-grained enough to explicitly list the specific cases, so |
14602 | // instead, skip more than needed, then call back into here with the |
14603 | // CommaVisitor in SemaStmt.cpp. |
14604 | // The listed locations are the initialization and increment portions |
14605 | // of a for loop. The additional checks are on the condition of |
14606 | // if statements, do/while loops, and for loops. |
14607 | // Differences in scope flags for C89 mode requires the extra logic. |
14608 | const unsigned ForIncrementFlags = |
14609 | getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
14610 | ? Scope::ControlScope | Scope::ContinueScope | Scope::BreakScope |
14611 | : Scope::ContinueScope | Scope::BreakScope; |
14612 | const unsigned ForInitFlags = Scope::ControlScope | Scope::DeclScope; |
14613 | const unsigned ScopeFlags = getCurScope()->getFlags(); |
14614 | if ((ScopeFlags & ForIncrementFlags) == ForIncrementFlags || |
14615 | (ScopeFlags & ForInitFlags) == ForInitFlags) |
14616 | return; |
14617 | |
14618 | // If there are multiple comma operators used together, get the RHS of the |
14619 | // of the comma operator as the LHS. |
14620 | while (const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHS)) { |
14621 | if (BO->getOpcode() != BO_Comma) |
14622 | break; |
14623 | LHS = BO->getRHS(); |
14624 | } |
14625 | |
14626 | // Only allow some expressions on LHS to not warn. |
14627 | if (IgnoreCommaOperand(LHS, Context)) |
14628 | return; |
14629 | |
14630 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comma_operator); |
14631 | Diag(LHS->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_cast_to_void) |
14632 | << LHS->getSourceRange() |
14633 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS->getBeginLoc(), |
14634 | LangOpts.CPlusPlus ? "static_cast<void>(" |
14635 | : "(void)(" ) |
14636 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(LHS->getEndLoc()), |
14637 | ")" ); |
14638 | } |
14639 | |
14640 | // C99 6.5.17 |
14641 | static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
14642 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
14643 | LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get()); |
14644 | RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get()); |
14645 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
14646 | return QualType(); |
14647 | |
14648 | // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its |
14649 | // operands, but not unary promotions. |
14650 | // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1). |
14651 | |
14652 | // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the |
14653 | // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS. |
14654 | LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.get()); |
14655 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
14656 | return QualType(); |
14657 | |
14658 | S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get(), diag::warn_unused_comma_left_operand); |
14659 | |
14660 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
14661 | RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); |
14662 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
14663 | return QualType(); |
14664 | if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType()) |
14665 | S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(), |
14666 | diag::err_incomplete_type); |
14667 | } |
14668 | |
14669 | if (!S.getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_comma_operator, Loc)) |
14670 | S.DiagnoseCommaOperator(LHS.get(), Loc); |
14671 | |
14672 | return RHS.get()->getType(); |
14673 | } |
14674 | |
14675 | /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine |
14676 | /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions. |
14677 | static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, |
14678 | ExprValueKind &VK, |
14679 | ExprObjectKind &OK, |
14680 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
14681 | bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) { |
14682 | if (Op->isTypeDependent()) |
14683 | return S.Context.DependentTy; |
14684 | |
14685 | QualType ResType = Op->getType(); |
14686 | // Atomic types can be used for increment / decrement where the non-atomic |
14687 | // versions can, so ignore the _Atomic() specifier for the purpose of |
14688 | // checking. |
14689 | if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>()) |
14690 | ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType(); |
14691 | |
14692 | assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression" ); |
14693 | |
14694 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) { |
14695 | // Decrement of bool is not allowed. |
14696 | if (!IsInc) { |
14697 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange(); |
14698 | return QualType(); |
14699 | } |
14700 | // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated. |
14701 | S.Diag(OpLoc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_increment_bool |
14702 | : diag::warn_increment_bool) |
14703 | << Op->getSourceRange(); |
14704 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isEnumeralType()) { |
14705 | // Error on enum increments and decrements in C++ mode |
14706 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_increment_decrement_enum) << IsInc << ResType; |
14707 | return QualType(); |
14708 | } else if (ResType->isRealType()) { |
14709 | // OK! |
14710 | } else if (ResType->isPointerType()) { |
14711 | // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2 |
14712 | if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op)) |
14713 | return QualType(); |
14714 | } else if (ResType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
14715 | // On modern runtimes, ObjC pointer arithmetic is forbidden. |
14716 | // Otherwise, we just need a complete type. |
14717 | if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, OpLoc, Op) || |
14718 | checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S, OpLoc, Op)) |
14719 | return QualType(); |
14720 | } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) { |
14721 | // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension. |
14722 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex) |
14723 | << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); |
14724 | } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) { |
14725 | ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op); |
14726 | if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); |
14727 | return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OK, OpLoc, |
14728 | IsInc, IsPrefix); |
14729 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) { |
14730 | // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 ) |
14731 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().ZVector && ResType->isVectorType() && |
14732 | (ResType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() != |
14733 | VectorType::AltiVecBool)) { |
14734 | // The z vector extensions allow ++ and -- for non-bool vectors. |
14735 | } else if(S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ResType->isVectorType() && |
14736 | ResType->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) { |
14737 | // OpenCL V1.2 6.3 says dec/inc ops operate on integer vector types. |
14738 | } else { |
14739 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement) |
14740 | << ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange(); |
14741 | return QualType(); |
14742 | } |
14743 | // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type. |
14744 | // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue. |
14745 | if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S)) |
14746 | return QualType(); |
14747 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && ResType.isVolatileQualified()) { |
14748 | // C++2a [expr.pre.inc]p1, [expr.post.inc]p1: |
14749 | // An operand with volatile-qualified type is deprecated |
14750 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_deprecated_increment_decrement_volatile) |
14751 | << IsInc << ResType; |
14752 | } |
14753 | // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise |
14754 | // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the |
14755 | // operand. |
14756 | if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
14757 | VK = VK_LValue; |
14758 | OK = Op->getObjectKind(); |
14759 | return ResType; |
14760 | } else { |
14761 | VK = VK_PRValue; |
14762 | return ResType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
14763 | } |
14764 | } |
14765 | |
14766 | |
14767 | /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand(). |
14768 | /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions |
14769 | /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to |
14770 | /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator |
14771 | /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples: |
14772 | /// - &(x) => x |
14773 | /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator. |
14774 | /// - &s.xx => s |
14775 | /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array |
14776 | /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array |
14777 | /// - &"123"[2] -> 0 |
14778 | /// - & __real__ x -> x |
14779 | /// |
14780 | /// FIXME: We don't recurse to the RHS of a comma, nor handle pointers to |
14781 | /// members. |
14782 | static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) { |
14783 | switch (E->getStmtClass()) { |
14784 | case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: |
14785 | return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl(); |
14786 | case Stmt::MemberExprClass: |
14787 | // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from |
14788 | // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is |
14789 | // irrelevant. |
14790 | if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow()) |
14791 | return nullptr; |
14792 | // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base |
14793 | return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase()); |
14794 | case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { |
14795 | // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit |
14796 | // promotion of register arrays earlier. |
14797 | Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(); |
14798 | if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) { |
14799 | if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType()) |
14800 | return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr()); |
14801 | } |
14802 | return nullptr; |
14803 | } |
14804 | case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { |
14805 | UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); |
14806 | |
14807 | switch(UO->getOpcode()) { |
14808 | case UO_Real: |
14809 | case UO_Imag: |
14810 | case UO_Extension: |
14811 | return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr()); |
14812 | default: |
14813 | return nullptr; |
14814 | } |
14815 | } |
14816 | case Stmt::ParenExprClass: |
14817 | return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); |
14818 | case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: |
14819 | // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about |
14820 | // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter. |
14821 | return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); |
14822 | case Stmt::CXXUuidofExprClass: |
14823 | return cast<CXXUuidofExpr>(E)->getGuidDecl(); |
14824 | default: |
14825 | return nullptr; |
14826 | } |
14827 | } |
14828 | |
14829 | namespace { |
14830 | enum { |
14831 | AO_Bit_Field = 0, |
14832 | AO_Vector_Element = 1, |
14833 | AO_Property_Expansion = 2, |
14834 | AO_Register_Variable = 3, |
14835 | AO_Matrix_Element = 4, |
14836 | AO_No_Error = 5 |
14837 | }; |
14838 | } |
14839 | /// Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations. |
14840 | /// |
14841 | /// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken. |
14842 | static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
14843 | Expr *E, unsigned Type) { |
14844 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange(); |
14845 | } |
14846 | |
14847 | /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function |
14848 | /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the |
14849 | /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field. |
14850 | /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the & |
14851 | /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue. |
14852 | /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case |
14853 | /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type. |
14854 | QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &OrigOp, SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
14855 | if (const BuiltinType *PTy = OrigOp.get()->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()){ |
14856 | if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { |
14857 | Expr *E = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens(); |
14858 | if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(E)) { |
14859 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf); |
14860 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof_addrof_function) |
14861 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); |
14862 | return QualType(); |
14863 | } |
14864 | |
14865 | OverloadExpr *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(E); |
14866 | if (isa<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Ovl)) |
14867 | if (!ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Ovl)) { |
14868 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) |
14869 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); |
14870 | return QualType(); |
14871 | } |
14872 | |
14873 | return Context.OverloadTy; |
14874 | } |
14875 | |
14876 | if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny) |
14877 | return Context.UnknownAnyTy; |
14878 | |
14879 | if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember) { |
14880 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) |
14881 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); |
14882 | return QualType(); |
14883 | } |
14884 | |
14885 | OrigOp = CheckPlaceholderExpr(OrigOp.get()); |
14886 | if (OrigOp.isInvalid()) return QualType(); |
14887 | } |
14888 | |
14889 | if (OrigOp.get()->isTypeDependent()) |
14890 | return Context.DependentTy; |
14891 | |
14892 | assert(!OrigOp.get()->hasPlaceholderType()); |
14893 | |
14894 | // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks |
14895 | Expr *op = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens(); |
14896 | |
14897 | // In OpenCL captures for blocks called as lambda functions |
14898 | // are located in the private address space. Blocks used in |
14899 | // enqueue_kernel can be located in a different address space |
14900 | // depending on a vendor implementation. Thus preventing |
14901 | // taking an address of the capture to avoid invalid AS casts. |
14902 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { |
14903 | auto* VarRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(op); |
14904 | if (VarRef && VarRef->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) { |
14905 | Diag(op->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_address_capture); |
14906 | return QualType(); |
14907 | } |
14908 | } |
14909 | |
14910 | if (getLangOpts().C99) { |
14911 | // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules. |
14912 | if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) { |
14913 | if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) |
14914 | // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result |
14915 | // (assuming the deref expression is valid). |
14916 | return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType(); |
14917 | } |
14918 | // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript |
14919 | // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway. |
14920 | } |
14921 | ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op); |
14922 | |
14923 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) |
14924 | if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true, |
14925 | op->getBeginLoc())) |
14926 | return QualType(); |
14927 | |
14928 | Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(Context); |
14929 | unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error; |
14930 | |
14931 | if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary || lval == Expr::LV_ArrayTemporary) { |
14932 | bool sfinae = (bool)isSFINAEContext(); |
14933 | Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_temporary |
14934 | : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_temporary) |
14935 | << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange(); |
14936 | if (sfinae) |
14937 | return QualType(); |
14938 | // Materialize the temporary as an lvalue so that we can take its address. |
14939 | OrigOp = op = |
14940 | CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(op->getType(), OrigOp.get(), true); |
14941 | } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) { |
14942 | return Context.getPointerType(op->getType()); |
14943 | } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) { |
14944 | // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer. |
14945 | // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo. |
14946 | |
14947 | // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up. |
14948 | if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) { |
14949 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) |
14950 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); |
14951 | return QualType(); |
14952 | } |
14953 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op); |
14954 | CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); |
14955 | |
14956 | // The id-expression was parenthesized. |
14957 | if (OrigOp.get() != DRE) { |
14958 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function) |
14959 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); |
14960 | |
14961 | // The method was named without a qualifier. |
14962 | } else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) { |
14963 | if (MD->getParent()->getName().empty()) |
14964 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function) |
14965 | << op->getSourceRange(); |
14966 | else { |
14967 | SmallString<32> Str; |
14968 | StringRef Qual = (MD->getParent()->getName() + "::" ).toStringRef(Str); |
14969 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function) |
14970 | << op->getSourceRange() |
14971 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(op->getSourceRange().getBegin(), Qual); |
14972 | } |
14973 | } |
14974 | |
14975 | // Taking the address of a dtor is illegal per C++ [class.dtor]p2. |
14976 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) |
14977 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_addrof_dtor) << op->getSourceRange(); |
14978 | |
14979 | QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType( |
14980 | op->getType(), Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr()); |
14981 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. |
14982 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) |
14983 | (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy); |
14984 | return MPTy; |
14985 | } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { |
14986 | // C99 6.5.3.2p1 |
14987 | // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator |
14988 | if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) { |
14989 | // Use a special diagnostic for loads from property references. |
14990 | if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(op)) { |
14991 | AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion; |
14992 | } else { |
14993 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof) |
14994 | << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange(); |
14995 | return QualType(); |
14996 | } |
14997 | } |
14998 | } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 |
14999 | // The operand cannot be a bit-field |
15000 | AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field; |
15001 | } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) { |
15002 | // The operand cannot be an element of a vector |
15003 | AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element; |
15004 | } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_MatrixComponent) { |
15005 | // The operand cannot be an element of a matrix. |
15006 | AddressOfError = AO_Matrix_Element; |
15007 | } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 |
15008 | // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared |
15009 | // with the register storage-class specifier. |
15010 | if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) { |
15011 | // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register |
15012 | // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3) |
15013 | if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && |
15014 | !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
15015 | AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable; |
15016 | } |
15017 | } else if (isa<MSPropertyDecl>(dcl)) { |
15018 | AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion; |
15019 | } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { |
15020 | return Context.OverloadTy; |
15021 | } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) { |
15022 | // Okay: we can take the address of a field. |
15023 | // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit |
15024 | // scope qualifier for the class. |
15025 | if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) { |
15026 | DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext(); |
15027 | if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) { |
15028 | if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { |
15029 | Diag(OpLoc, |
15030 | diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type) |
15031 | << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType(); |
15032 | return QualType(); |
15033 | } |
15034 | |
15035 | while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) |
15036 | Ctx = Ctx->getParent(); |
15037 | |
15038 | QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType( |
15039 | op->getType(), |
15040 | Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr()); |
15041 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. |
15042 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) |
15043 | (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy); |
15044 | return MPTy; |
15045 | } |
15046 | } |
15047 | } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl, NonTypeTemplateParmDecl, BindingDecl, |
15048 | MSGuidDecl, UnnamedGlobalConstantDecl>(dcl)) |
15049 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type" ); |
15050 | } |
15051 | |
15052 | if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) { |
15053 | diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(*this, OpLoc, op, AddressOfError); |
15054 | return QualType(); |
15055 | } |
15056 | |
15057 | if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { |
15058 | // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we |
15059 | // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid. |
15060 | // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;". |
15061 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange(); |
15062 | } |
15063 | |
15064 | // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type". |
15065 | if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType()) |
15066 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType()); |
15067 | |
15068 | // Cannot take the address of WebAssembly references or tables. |
15069 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWasm()) { |
15070 | QualType OpTy = op->getType(); |
15071 | if (OpTy.isWebAssemblyReferenceType()) { |
15072 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_wasm_ca_reference) |
15073 | << 1 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); |
15074 | return QualType(); |
15075 | } |
15076 | if (OpTy->isWebAssemblyTableType()) { |
15077 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_wasm_table_pr) |
15078 | << 1 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); |
15079 | return QualType(); |
15080 | } |
15081 | } |
15082 | |
15083 | CheckAddressOfPackedMember(op); |
15084 | |
15085 | return Context.getPointerType(op->getType()); |
15086 | } |
15087 | |
15088 | static void RecordModifiableNonNullParam(Sema &S, const Expr *Exp) { |
15089 | const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Exp); |
15090 | if (!DRE) |
15091 | return; |
15092 | const Decl *D = DRE->getDecl(); |
15093 | if (!D) |
15094 | return; |
15095 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D); |
15096 | if (!Param) |
15097 | return; |
15098 | if (const FunctionDecl* FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())) |
15099 | if (!FD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() && !Param->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>()) |
15100 | return; |
15101 | if (FunctionScopeInfo *FD = S.getCurFunction()) |
15102 | FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.insert(Param); |
15103 | } |
15104 | |
15105 | /// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*'). |
15106 | static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK, |
15107 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15108 | bool IsAfterAmp = false) { |
15109 | if (Op->isTypeDependent()) |
15110 | return S.Context.DependentTy; |
15111 | |
15112 | ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op); |
15113 | if (ConvResult.isInvalid()) |
15114 | return QualType(); |
15115 | Op = ConvResult.get(); |
15116 | QualType OpTy = Op->getType(); |
15117 | QualType Result; |
15118 | |
15119 | if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) { |
15120 | QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType(); |
15121 | S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true, |
15122 | Op->getSourceRange()); |
15123 | } |
15124 | |
15125 | if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>()) |
15126 | { |
15127 | Result = PT->getPointeeType(); |
15128 | } |
15129 | else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = |
15130 | OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
15131 | Result = OPT->getPointeeType(); |
15132 | else { |
15133 | ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op); |
15134 | if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); |
15135 | if (PR.get() != Op) |
15136 | return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OpLoc); |
15137 | } |
15138 | |
15139 | if (Result.isNull()) { |
15140 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer) |
15141 | << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange(); |
15142 | return QualType(); |
15143 | } |
15144 | |
15145 | if (Result->isVoidType()) { |
15146 | // C++ [expr.unary.op]p1: |
15147 | // [...] the expression to which [the unary * operator] is applied shall |
15148 | // be a pointer to an object type, or a pointer to a function type |
15149 | LangOptions LO = S.getLangOpts(); |
15150 | if (LO.CPlusPlus) |
15151 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_through_void_pointer_cpp) |
15152 | << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange(); |
15153 | else if (!(LO.C99 && IsAfterAmp) && !S.isUnevaluatedContext()) |
15154 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_indirection_through_void_pointer) |
15155 | << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange(); |
15156 | } |
15157 | |
15158 | // Dereferences are usually l-values... |
15159 | VK = VK_LValue; |
15160 | |
15161 | // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C. |
15162 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType()) |
15163 | VK = VK_PRValue; |
15164 | |
15165 | return Result; |
15166 | } |
15167 | |
15168 | BinaryOperatorKind Sema::ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
15169 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc; |
15170 | switch (Kind) { |
15171 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!" ); |
15172 | case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break; |
15173 | case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break; |
15174 | case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break; |
15175 | case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break; |
15176 | case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break; |
15177 | case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break; |
15178 | case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break; |
15179 | case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break; |
15180 | case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break; |
15181 | case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break; |
15182 | case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break; |
15183 | case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break; |
15184 | case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break; |
15185 | case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break; |
15186 | case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break; |
15187 | case tok::spaceship: Opc = BO_Cmp; break; |
15188 | case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break; |
15189 | case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break; |
15190 | case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break; |
15191 | case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break; |
15192 | case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break; |
15193 | case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break; |
15194 | case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break; |
15195 | case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break; |
15196 | case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break; |
15197 | case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break; |
15198 | case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break; |
15199 | case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break; |
15200 | case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break; |
15201 | case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break; |
15202 | case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break; |
15203 | case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break; |
15204 | case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break; |
15205 | } |
15206 | return Opc; |
15207 | } |
15208 | |
15209 | static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode( |
15210 | tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
15211 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc; |
15212 | switch (Kind) { |
15213 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!" ); |
15214 | case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break; |
15215 | case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break; |
15216 | case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break; |
15217 | case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break; |
15218 | case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break; |
15219 | case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break; |
15220 | case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break; |
15221 | case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break; |
15222 | case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break; |
15223 | case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break; |
15224 | case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break; |
15225 | } |
15226 | return Opc; |
15227 | } |
15228 | |
15229 | const FieldDecl * |
15230 | Sema::getSelfAssignmentClassMemberCandidate(const ValueDecl *SelfAssigned) { |
15231 | // Explore the case for adding 'this->' to the LHS of a self assignment, very |
15232 | // common for setters. |
15233 | // struct A { |
15234 | // int X; |
15235 | // -void setX(int X) { X = X; } |
15236 | // +void setX(int X) { this->X = X; } |
15237 | // }; |
15238 | |
15239 | // Only consider parameters for self assignment fixes. |
15240 | if (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(SelfAssigned)) |
15241 | return nullptr; |
15242 | const auto *Method = |
15243 | dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(getCurFunctionDecl(true)); |
15244 | if (!Method) |
15245 | return nullptr; |
15246 | |
15247 | const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent(); |
15248 | // In theory this is fixable if the lambda explicitly captures this, but |
15249 | // that's added complexity that's rarely going to be used. |
15250 | if (Parent->isLambda()) |
15251 | return nullptr; |
15252 | |
15253 | // FIXME: Use an actual Lookup operation instead of just traversing fields |
15254 | // in order to get base class fields. |
15255 | auto Field = |
15256 | llvm::find_if(Parent->fields(), |
15257 | [Name(SelfAssigned->getDeclName())](const FieldDecl *F) { |
15258 | return F->getDeclName() == Name; |
15259 | }); |
15260 | return (Field != Parent->field_end()) ? *Field : nullptr; |
15261 | } |
15262 | |
15263 | /// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself. |
15264 | /// This warning suppressed in the event of macro expansions. |
15265 | static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
15266 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsBuiltin) { |
15267 | if (S.inTemplateInstantiation()) |
15268 | return; |
15269 | if (S.isUnevaluatedContext()) |
15270 | return; |
15271 | if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID()) |
15272 | return; |
15273 | LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
15274 | RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
15275 | const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr); |
15276 | const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr); |
15277 | if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef || |
15278 | LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() || |
15279 | RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID()) |
15280 | return; |
15281 | const ValueDecl *LHSDecl = |
15282 | cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); |
15283 | const ValueDecl *RHSDecl = |
15284 | cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); |
15285 | if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl) |
15286 | return; |
15287 | if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified()) |
15288 | return; |
15289 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
15290 | if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified()) |
15291 | return; |
15292 | |
15293 | auto Diag = S.Diag(OpLoc, IsBuiltin ? diag::warn_self_assignment_builtin |
15294 | : diag::warn_self_assignment_overloaded) |
15295 | << LHSDeclRef->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() |
15296 | << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); |
15297 | if (const FieldDecl *SelfAssignField = |
15298 | S.getSelfAssignmentClassMemberCandidate(RHSDecl)) |
15299 | Diag << 1 << SelfAssignField |
15300 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSDeclRef->getBeginLoc(), "this->" ); |
15301 | else |
15302 | Diag << 0; |
15303 | } |
15304 | |
15305 | /// Check if a bitwise-& is performed on an Objective-C pointer. This |
15306 | /// is usually indicative of introspection within the Objective-C pointer. |
15307 | static void checkObjCPointerIntrospection(Sema &S, ExprResult &L, ExprResult &R, |
15308 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
15309 | if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC) |
15310 | return; |
15311 | |
15312 | const Expr *ObjCPointerExpr = nullptr, *OtherExpr = nullptr; |
15313 | const Expr *LHS = L.get(); |
15314 | const Expr *RHS = R.get(); |
15315 | |
15316 | if (LHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
15317 | ObjCPointerExpr = LHS; |
15318 | OtherExpr = RHS; |
15319 | } |
15320 | else if (RHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
15321 | ObjCPointerExpr = RHS; |
15322 | OtherExpr = LHS; |
15323 | } |
15324 | |
15325 | // This warning is deliberately made very specific to reduce false |
15326 | // positives with logic that uses '&' for hashing. This logic mainly |
15327 | // looks for code trying to introspect into tagged pointers, which |
15328 | // code should generally never do. |
15329 | if (ObjCPointerExpr && isa<IntegerLiteral>(OtherExpr->IgnoreParenCasts())) { |
15330 | unsigned Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking; |
15331 | // Determine if we are introspecting the result of performSelectorXXX. |
15332 | const Expr *Ex = ObjCPointerExpr->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
15333 | // Special case messages to -performSelector and friends, which |
15334 | // can return non-pointer values boxed in a pointer value. |
15335 | // Some clients may wish to silence warnings in this subcase. |
15336 | if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Ex)) { |
15337 | Selector S = ME->getSelector(); |
15338 | StringRef SelArg0 = S.getNameForSlot(0); |
15339 | if (SelArg0.startswith("performSelector" )) |
15340 | Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking_performSelector; |
15341 | } |
15342 | |
15343 | S.Diag(OpLoc, Diag) |
15344 | << ObjCPointerExpr->getSourceRange(); |
15345 | } |
15346 | } |
15347 | |
15348 | static NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { |
15349 | if (!E) |
15350 | return nullptr; |
15351 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) |
15352 | return DRE->getDecl(); |
15353 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) |
15354 | return ME->getMemberDecl(); |
15355 | if (auto *IRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) |
15356 | return IRE->getDecl(); |
15357 | return nullptr; |
15358 | } |
15359 | |
15360 | // This helper function promotes a binary operator's operands (which are of a |
15361 | // half vector type) to a vector of floats and then truncates the result to |
15362 | // a vector of either half or short. |
15363 | static ExprResult convertHalfVecBinOp(Sema &S, ExprResult LHS, ExprResult RHS, |
15364 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType ResultTy, |
15365 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
15366 | bool IsCompAssign, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15367 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures) { |
15368 | auto &Context = S.getASTContext(); |
15369 | assert((isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy) || |
15370 | isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) && |
15371 | "Result must be a vector of half or short" ); |
15372 | assert(isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && |
15373 | isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && |
15374 | "both operands expected to be a half vector" ); |
15375 | |
15376 | RHS = convertVector(RHS.get(), Context.FloatTy, S); |
15377 | QualType BinOpResTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
15378 | |
15379 | // If Opc is a comparison, ResultType is a vector of shorts. In that case, |
15380 | // change BinOpResTy to a vector of ints. |
15381 | if (isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) |
15382 | BinOpResTy = S.GetSignedVectorType(BinOpResTy); |
15383 | |
15384 | if (IsCompAssign) |
15385 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create(Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, |
15386 | ResultTy, VK, OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures, |
15387 | BinOpResTy, BinOpResTy); |
15388 | |
15389 | LHS = convertVector(LHS.get(), Context.FloatTy, S); |
15390 | auto *BO = BinaryOperator::Create(Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, |
15391 | BinOpResTy, VK, OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures); |
15392 | return convertVector(BO, ResultTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(), S); |
15393 | } |
15394 | |
15395 | static std::pair<ExprResult, ExprResult> |
15396 | CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(Sema &S, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, |
15397 | Expr *RHSExpr) { |
15398 | ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr; |
15399 | if (!S.Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { |
15400 | // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it |
15401 | // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have |
15402 | // been dealt with before checking the operands. |
15403 | LHS = S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHS); |
15404 | RHS = S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( |
15405 | RHS, /*InitDecl=*/nullptr, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/false, |
15406 | [Opc, LHS](Expr *E) { |
15407 | if (Opc != BO_Assign) |
15408 | return ExprResult(E); |
15409 | // Avoid correcting the RHS to the same Expr as the LHS. |
15410 | Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E); |
15411 | return (D && D == getDeclFromExpr(LHS.get())) ? ExprError() : E; |
15412 | }); |
15413 | } |
15414 | return std::make_pair(LHS, RHS); |
15415 | } |
15416 | |
15417 | /// Returns true if conversion between vectors of halfs and vectors of floats |
15418 | /// is needed. |
15419 | static bool needsConversionOfHalfVec(bool OpRequiresConversion, ASTContext &Ctx, |
15420 | Expr *E0, Expr *E1 = nullptr) { |
15421 | if (!OpRequiresConversion || Ctx.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType || |
15422 | Ctx.getTargetInfo().useFP16ConversionIntrinsics()) |
15423 | return false; |
15424 | |
15425 | auto HasVectorOfHalfType = [&Ctx](Expr *E) { |
15426 | QualType Ty = E->IgnoreImplicit()->getType(); |
15427 | |
15428 | // Don't promote half precision neon vectors like float16x4_t in arm_neon.h |
15429 | // to vectors of floats. Although the element type of the vectors is __fp16, |
15430 | // the vectors shouldn't be treated as storage-only types. See the |
15431 | // discussion here: https://reviews.llvm.org/rG825235c140e7 |
15432 | if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
15433 | if (VT->getVectorKind() == VectorType::NeonVector) |
15434 | return false; |
15435 | return VT->getElementType().getCanonicalType() == Ctx.HalfTy; |
15436 | } |
15437 | return false; |
15438 | }; |
15439 | |
15440 | return HasVectorOfHalfType(E0) && (!E1 || HasVectorOfHalfType(E1)); |
15441 | } |
15442 | |
15443 | /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with |
15444 | /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports |
15445 | /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators. |
15446 | ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15447 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
15448 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
15449 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isa<InitListExpr>(RHSExpr)) { |
15450 | // The syntax only allows initializer lists on the RHS of assignment, |
15451 | // so we don't need to worry about accepting invalid code for |
15452 | // non-assignment operators. |
15453 | // C++11 5.17p9: |
15454 | // The meaning of x = {v} [...] is that of x = T(v) [...]. The meaning |
15455 | // of x = {} is x = T(). |
15456 | InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( |
15457 | RHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); |
15458 | InitializedEntity Entity = |
15459 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LHSExpr->getType()); |
15460 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr); |
15461 | ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr); |
15462 | if (Init.isInvalid()) |
15463 | return Init; |
15464 | RHSExpr = Init.get(); |
15465 | } |
15466 | |
15467 | ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr; |
15468 | QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator. |
15469 | // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators |
15470 | QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation |
15471 | QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result |
15472 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; |
15473 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; |
15474 | bool ConvertHalfVec = false; |
15475 | |
15476 | std::tie(LHS, RHS) = CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(*this, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
15477 | if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable()) |
15478 | return ExprError(); |
15479 | |
15480 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
15481 | QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType(); |
15482 | QualType RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType(); |
15483 | // OpenCLC v2.0 s6.13.11.1 allows atomic variables to be initialized by |
15484 | // the ATOMIC_VAR_INIT macro. |
15485 | if (LHSTy->isAtomicType() || RHSTy->isAtomicType()) { |
15486 | SourceRange SR(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); |
15487 | if (BO_Assign == Opc) |
15488 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_opencl_atomic_init) << 0 << SR; |
15489 | else |
15490 | ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS); |
15491 | return ExprError(); |
15492 | } |
15493 | |
15494 | // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used |
15495 | // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here. |
15496 | if (LHSTy->isImageType() || RHSTy->isImageType() || |
15497 | LHSTy->isSamplerT() || RHSTy->isSamplerT() || |
15498 | LHSTy->isPipeType() || RHSTy->isPipeType() || |
15499 | LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { |
15500 | ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS); |
15501 | return ExprError(); |
15502 | } |
15503 | } |
15504 | |
15505 | checkTypeSupport(LHSExpr->getType(), OpLoc, /*ValueDecl*/ nullptr); |
15506 | checkTypeSupport(RHSExpr->getType(), OpLoc, /*ValueDecl*/ nullptr); |
15507 | |
15508 | switch (Opc) { |
15509 | case BO_Assign: |
15510 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, QualType(), Opc); |
15511 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
15512 | LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) { |
15513 | VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); |
15514 | OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind(); |
15515 | } |
15516 | if (!ResultTy.isNull()) { |
15517 | DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc, true); |
15518 | DiagnoseSelfMove(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc); |
15519 | |
15520 | // Avoid copying a block to the heap if the block is assigned to a local |
15521 | // auto variable that is declared in the same scope as the block. This |
15522 | // optimization is unsafe if the local variable is declared in an outer |
15523 | // scope. For example: |
15524 | // |
15525 | // BlockTy b; |
15526 | // { |
15527 | // b = ^{...}; |
15528 | // } |
15529 | // // It is unsafe to invoke the block here if it wasn't copied to the |
15530 | // // heap. |
15531 | // b(); |
15532 | |
15533 | if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) |
15534 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) |
15535 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) |
15536 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && getCurScope()->isDeclScope(VD)) |
15537 | BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap(); |
15538 | |
15539 | if (LHS.get()->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) |
15540 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(LHS.get()->getType(), LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), |
15541 | NTCUC_Assignment, NTCUK_Copy); |
15542 | } |
15543 | RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, LHS.get()); |
15544 | break; |
15545 | case BO_PtrMemD: |
15546 | case BO_PtrMemI: |
15547 | ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc, |
15548 | Opc == BO_PtrMemI); |
15549 | break; |
15550 | case BO_Mul: |
15551 | case BO_Div: |
15552 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15553 | ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false, |
15554 | Opc == BO_Div); |
15555 | break; |
15556 | case BO_Rem: |
15557 | ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc); |
15558 | break; |
15559 | case BO_Add: |
15560 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15561 | ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); |
15562 | break; |
15563 | case BO_Sub: |
15564 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15565 | ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc); |
15566 | break; |
15567 | case BO_Shl: |
15568 | case BO_Shr: |
15569 | ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); |
15570 | break; |
15571 | case BO_LE: |
15572 | case BO_LT: |
15573 | case BO_GE: |
15574 | case BO_GT: |
15575 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15576 | ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); |
15577 | break; |
15578 | case BO_EQ: |
15579 | case BO_NE: |
15580 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15581 | ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); |
15582 | break; |
15583 | case BO_Cmp: |
15584 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15585 | ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); |
15586 | assert(ResultTy.isNull() || ResultTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); |
15587 | break; |
15588 | case BO_And: |
15589 | checkObjCPointerIntrospection(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc); |
15590 | [[fallthrough]]; |
15591 | case BO_Xor: |
15592 | case BO_Or: |
15593 | ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); |
15594 | break; |
15595 | case BO_LAnd: |
15596 | case BO_LOr: |
15597 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15598 | ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); |
15599 | break; |
15600 | case BO_MulAssign: |
15601 | case BO_DivAssign: |
15602 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15603 | CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true, |
15604 | Opc == BO_DivAssign); |
15605 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
15606 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) |
15607 | ResultTy = |
15608 | CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy, Opc); |
15609 | break; |
15610 | case BO_RemAssign: |
15611 | CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true); |
15612 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
15613 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) |
15614 | ResultTy = |
15615 | CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy, Opc); |
15616 | break; |
15617 | case BO_AddAssign: |
15618 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15619 | CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, &CompLHSTy); |
15620 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) |
15621 | ResultTy = |
15622 | CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy, Opc); |
15623 | break; |
15624 | case BO_SubAssign: |
15625 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15626 | CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy); |
15627 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) |
15628 | ResultTy = |
15629 | CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy, Opc); |
15630 | break; |
15631 | case BO_ShlAssign: |
15632 | case BO_ShrAssign: |
15633 | CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true); |
15634 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
15635 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) |
15636 | ResultTy = |
15637 | CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy, Opc); |
15638 | break; |
15639 | case BO_AndAssign: |
15640 | case BO_OrAssign: // fallthrough |
15641 | DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc, true); |
15642 | [[fallthrough]]; |
15643 | case BO_XorAssign: |
15644 | CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); |
15645 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
15646 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) |
15647 | ResultTy = |
15648 | CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy, Opc); |
15649 | break; |
15650 | case BO_Comma: |
15651 | ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc); |
15652 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) { |
15653 | VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); |
15654 | OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind(); |
15655 | } |
15656 | break; |
15657 | } |
15658 | if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
15659 | return ExprError(); |
15660 | |
15661 | // Some of the binary operations require promoting operands of half vector to |
15662 | // float vectors and truncating the result back to half vector. For now, we do |
15663 | // this only when HalfArgsAndReturn is set (that is, when the target is arm or |
15664 | // arm64). |
15665 | assert( |
15666 | (Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) == |
15667 | isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy)) && |
15668 | "both sides are half vectors or neither sides are" ); |
15669 | ConvertHalfVec = |
15670 | needsConversionOfHalfVec(ConvertHalfVec, Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); |
15671 | |
15672 | // Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator |
15673 | CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get()); |
15674 | CheckArrayAccess(RHS.get()); |
15675 | |
15676 | if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { |
15677 | NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope, |
15678 | &Context.Idents.get("object_setClass" ), |
15679 | SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName); |
15680 | if (ObjectSetClass && isa<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get())) { |
15681 | SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getEndLoc()); |
15682 | Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) |
15683 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(), |
15684 | "object_setClass(" ) |
15685 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OpLoc), |
15686 | "," ) |
15687 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")" ); |
15688 | } |
15689 | else |
15690 | Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign); |
15691 | } |
15692 | else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE = |
15693 | dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) |
15694 | DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, OpLoc, RHS.get()); |
15695 | |
15696 | // Opc is not a compound assignment if CompResultTy is null. |
15697 | if (CompResultTy.isNull()) { |
15698 | if (ConvertHalfVec) |
15699 | return convertHalfVecBinOp(*this, LHS, RHS, Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, false, |
15700 | OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
15701 | return BinaryOperator::Create(Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, |
15702 | VK, OK, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
15703 | } |
15704 | |
15705 | // Handle compound assignments. |
15706 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != |
15707 | OK_ObjCProperty) { |
15708 | VK = VK_LValue; |
15709 | OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind(); |
15710 | } |
15711 | |
15712 | // The LHS is not converted to the result type for fixed-point compound |
15713 | // assignment as the common type is computed on demand. Reset the CompLHSTy |
15714 | // to the LHS type we would have gotten after unary conversions. |
15715 | if (CompResultTy->isFixedPointType()) |
15716 | CompLHSTy = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()).get()->getType(); |
15717 | |
15718 | if (ConvertHalfVec) |
15719 | return convertHalfVecBinOp(*this, LHS, RHS, Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, true, |
15720 | OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
15721 | |
15722 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create( |
15723 | Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, OpLoc, |
15724 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), CompLHSTy, CompResultTy); |
15725 | } |
15726 | |
15727 | /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison |
15728 | /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that |
15729 | /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of |
15730 | /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1". |
15731 | static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
15732 | SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr, |
15733 | Expr *RHSExpr) { |
15734 | BinaryOperator *LHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr); |
15735 | BinaryOperator *RHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr); |
15736 | |
15737 | // Check that one of the sides is a comparison operator and the other isn't. |
15738 | bool isLeftComp = LHSBO && LHSBO->isComparisonOp(); |
15739 | bool isRightComp = RHSBO && RHSBO->isComparisonOp(); |
15740 | if (isLeftComp == isRightComp) |
15741 | return; |
15742 | |
15743 | // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops. |
15744 | // Don't diagnose this. |
15745 | bool isLeftBitwise = LHSBO && LHSBO->isBitwiseOp(); |
15746 | bool isRightBitwise = RHSBO && RHSBO->isBitwiseOp(); |
15747 | if (isLeftBitwise || isRightBitwise) |
15748 | return; |
15749 | |
15750 | SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp |
15751 | ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), OpLoc) |
15752 | : SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); |
15753 | StringRef OpStr = isLeftComp ? LHSBO->getOpcodeStr() : RHSBO->getOpcodeStr(); |
15754 | SourceRange ParensRange = |
15755 | isLeftComp |
15756 | ? SourceRange(LHSBO->getRHS()->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()) |
15757 | : SourceRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSBO->getLHS()->getEndLoc()); |
15758 | |
15759 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel) |
15760 | << DiagRange << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr; |
15761 | SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, |
15762 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << OpStr, |
15763 | (isLeftComp ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr)->getSourceRange()); |
15764 | SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, |
15765 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first) |
15766 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), |
15767 | ParensRange); |
15768 | } |
15769 | |
15770 | /// It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one. |
15771 | /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression |
15772 | /// in parentheses. |
15773 | static void |
15774 | EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15775 | BinaryOperator *Bop) { |
15776 | assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd); |
15777 | Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or) |
15778 | << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc; |
15779 | SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(), |
15780 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) |
15781 | << Bop->getOpcodeStr(), |
15782 | Bop->getSourceRange()); |
15783 | } |
15784 | |
15785 | /// Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr. |
15786 | static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15787 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
15788 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr)) { |
15789 | if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) { |
15790 | // If it's "string_literal && a || b" don't warn since the precedence |
15791 | // doesn't matter. |
15792 | if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Bop->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) |
15793 | return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop); |
15794 | } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) { |
15795 | if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) { |
15796 | // If it's "a || b && string_literal || c" we didn't warn earlier for |
15797 | // "a || b && string_literal", but warn now. |
15798 | if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && |
15799 | isa<StringLiteral>(RBop->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) |
15800 | return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop); |
15801 | } |
15802 | } |
15803 | } |
15804 | } |
15805 | |
15806 | /// Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr. |
15807 | static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15808 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
15809 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr)) { |
15810 | if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) { |
15811 | // If it's "a || b && string_literal" don't warn since the precedence |
15812 | // doesn't matter. |
15813 | if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Bop->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) |
15814 | return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop); |
15815 | } |
15816 | } |
15817 | } |
15818 | |
15819 | /// Look for bitwise op in the left or right hand of a bitwise op with |
15820 | /// lower precedence and emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps |
15821 | /// the '&' expression in parentheses. |
15822 | static void DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Sema &S, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
15823 | SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *SubExpr) { |
15824 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) { |
15825 | if (Bop->isBitwiseOp() && Bop->getOpcode() < Opc) { |
15826 | S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_op_in_bitwise_op) |
15827 | << Bop->getOpcodeStr() << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) |
15828 | << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc; |
15829 | SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(), |
15830 | S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) |
15831 | << Bop->getOpcodeStr(), |
15832 | Bop->getSourceRange()); |
15833 | } |
15834 | } |
15835 | } |
15836 | |
15837 | static void DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15838 | Expr *SubExpr, StringRef Shift) { |
15839 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) { |
15840 | if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Add || Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) { |
15841 | StringRef Op = Bop->getOpcodeStr(); |
15842 | S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_addition_in_bitshift) |
15843 | << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc << Shift << Op; |
15844 | SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(), |
15845 | S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << Op, |
15846 | Bop->getSourceRange()); |
15847 | } |
15848 | } |
15849 | } |
15850 | |
15851 | static void DiagnoseShiftCompare(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15852 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
15853 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(LHSExpr); |
15854 | if (!OCE) |
15855 | return; |
15856 | |
15857 | FunctionDecl *FD = OCE->getDirectCallee(); |
15858 | if (!FD || !FD->isOverloadedOperator()) |
15859 | return; |
15860 | |
15861 | OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD->getOverloadedOperator(); |
15862 | if (Kind != OO_LessLess && Kind != OO_GreaterGreater) |
15863 | return; |
15864 | |
15865 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_overloaded_shift_in_comparison) |
15866 | << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange() |
15867 | << (Kind == OO_LessLess); |
15868 | SuggestParentheses(S, OCE->getOperatorLoc(), |
15869 | S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) |
15870 | << (Kind == OO_LessLess ? "<<" : ">>" ), |
15871 | OCE->getSourceRange()); |
15872 | SuggestParentheses( |
15873 | S, OpLoc, S.PDiag(diag::note_evaluate_comparison_first), |
15874 | SourceRange(OCE->getArg(1)->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc())); |
15875 | } |
15876 | |
15877 | /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky |
15878 | /// precedence. |
15879 | static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
15880 | SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr, |
15881 | Expr *RHSExpr){ |
15882 | // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3". |
15883 | if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc)) |
15884 | DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
15885 | |
15886 | // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3" |
15887 | if ((Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor) && |
15888 | !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) { |
15889 | DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr); |
15890 | DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, RHSExpr); |
15891 | } |
15892 | |
15893 | // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does. |
15894 | // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe. |
15895 | if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) { |
15896 | DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
15897 | DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
15898 | } |
15899 | |
15900 | if ((Opc == BO_Shl && LHSExpr->getType()->isIntegralType(Self.getASTContext())) |
15901 | || Opc == BO_Shr) { |
15902 | StringRef Shift = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc); |
15903 | DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, Shift); |
15904 | DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr, Shift); |
15905 | } |
15906 | |
15907 | // Warn on overloaded shift operators and comparisons, such as: |
15908 | // cout << 5 == 4; |
15909 | if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opc)) |
15910 | DiagnoseShiftCompare(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
15911 | } |
15912 | |
15913 | // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
15914 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
15915 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
15916 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
15917 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind); |
15918 | assert(LHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression" ); |
15919 | assert(RHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression" ); |
15920 | |
15921 | // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0" |
15922 | DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
15923 | |
15924 | return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
15925 | } |
15926 | |
15927 | void Sema::LookupBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
15928 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) { |
15929 | OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); |
15930 | if (OverOp != OO_None && OverOp != OO_Equal) |
15931 | LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Functions); |
15932 | |
15933 | // In C++20 onwards, we may have a second operator to look up. |
15934 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) { |
15935 | if (OverloadedOperatorKind = getRewrittenOverloadedOperator(OverOp)) |
15936 | LookupOverloadedOperatorName(ExtraOp, S, Functions); |
15937 | } |
15938 | } |
15939 | |
15940 | /// Build an overloaded binary operator expression in the given scope. |
15941 | static ExprResult BuildOverloadedBinOp(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15942 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
15943 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) { |
15944 | switch (Opc) { |
15945 | case BO_Assign: |
15946 | // In the non-overloaded case, we warn about self-assignment (x = x) for |
15947 | // both simple assignment and certain compound assignments where algebra |
15948 | // tells us the operation yields a constant result. When the operator is |
15949 | // overloaded, we can't do the latter because we don't want to assume that |
15950 | // those algebraic identities still apply; for example, a path-building |
15951 | // library might use operator/= to append paths. But it's still reasonable |
15952 | // to assume that simple assignment is just moving/copying values around |
15953 | // and so self-assignment is likely a bug. |
15954 | DiagnoseSelfAssignment(S, LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false); |
15955 | [[fallthrough]]; |
15956 | case BO_DivAssign: |
15957 | case BO_RemAssign: |
15958 | case BO_SubAssign: |
15959 | case BO_AndAssign: |
15960 | case BO_OrAssign: |
15961 | case BO_XorAssign: |
15962 | CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, S); |
15963 | break; |
15964 | default: |
15965 | break; |
15966 | } |
15967 | |
15968 | // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this point. |
15969 | UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; |
15970 | S.LookupBinOp(Sc, OpLoc, Opc, Functions); |
15971 | |
15972 | // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent) |
15973 | // binary operation. |
15974 | return S.CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, LHS, RHS); |
15975 | } |
15976 | |
15977 | ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15978 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
15979 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
15980 | ExprResult LHS, RHS; |
15981 | std::tie(LHS, RHS) = CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(*this, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
15982 | if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable()) |
15983 | return ExprError(); |
15984 | LHSExpr = LHS.get(); |
15985 | RHSExpr = RHS.get(); |
15986 | |
15987 | // We want to end up calling one of checkPseudoObjectAssignment |
15988 | // (if the LHS is a pseudo-object), BuildOverloadedBinOp (if |
15989 | // both expressions are overloadable or either is type-dependent), |
15990 | // or CreateBuiltinBinOp (in any other case). We also want to get |
15991 | // any placeholder types out of the way. |
15992 | |
15993 | // Handle pseudo-objects in the LHS. |
15994 | if (const BuiltinType *pty = LHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { |
15995 | // Assignments with a pseudo-object l-value need special analysis. |
15996 | if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject && |
15997 | BinaryOperator::isAssignmentOp(Opc)) |
15998 | return checkPseudoObjectAssignment(S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
15999 | |
16000 | // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable. |
16001 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { |
16002 | // We can't actually test that if we still have a placeholder, |
16003 | // though. Fortunately, none of the exceptions we see in that |
16004 | // code below are valid when the LHS is an overload set. Note |
16005 | // that an overload set can be dependently-typed, but it never |
16006 | // instantiates to having an overloadable type. |
16007 | ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr); |
16008 | if (resolvedRHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
16009 | RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get(); |
16010 | |
16011 | if (RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || |
16012 | RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) |
16013 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16014 | } |
16015 | |
16016 | // If we're instantiating "a.x < b" or "A::x < b" and 'x' names a function |
16017 | // template, diagnose the missing 'template' keyword instead of diagnosing |
16018 | // an invalid use of a bound member function. |
16019 | // |
16020 | // Note that "A::x < b" might be valid if 'b' has an overloadable type due |
16021 | // to C++1z [over.over]/1.4, but we already checked for that case above. |
16022 | if (Opc == BO_LT && inTemplateInstantiation() && |
16023 | (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember || |
16024 | pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload)) { |
16025 | auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(LHSExpr); |
16026 | if (OE && !OE->hasTemplateKeyword() && !OE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() && |
16027 | llvm::any_of(OE->decls(), [](NamedDecl *ND) { |
16028 | return isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND); |
16029 | })) { |
16030 | Diag(OE->getQualifier() ? OE->getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc() |
16031 | : OE->getNameLoc(), |
16032 | diag::err_template_kw_missing) |
16033 | << OE->getName().getAsString() << "" ; |
16034 | return ExprError(); |
16035 | } |
16036 | } |
16037 | |
16038 | ExprResult LHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHSExpr); |
16039 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
16040 | LHSExpr = LHS.get(); |
16041 | } |
16042 | |
16043 | // Handle pseudo-objects in the RHS. |
16044 | if (const BuiltinType *pty = RHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { |
16045 | // An overload in the RHS can potentially be resolved by the type |
16046 | // being assigned to. |
16047 | if (Opc == BO_Assign && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { |
16048 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
16049 | (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || |
16050 | LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())) |
16051 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16052 | |
16053 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16054 | } |
16055 | |
16056 | // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable. |
16057 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload && |
16058 | LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) |
16059 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16060 | |
16061 | ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr); |
16062 | if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
16063 | RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get(); |
16064 | } |
16065 | |
16066 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
16067 | // If either expression is type-dependent, always build an |
16068 | // overloaded op. |
16069 | if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent()) |
16070 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16071 | |
16072 | // Otherwise, build an overloaded op if either expression has an |
16073 | // overloadable type. |
16074 | if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() || |
16075 | RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) |
16076 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16077 | } |
16078 | |
16079 | if (getLangOpts().RecoveryAST && |
16080 | (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())) { |
16081 | assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus); |
16082 | assert((LHSExpr->containsErrors() || RHSExpr->containsErrors()) && |
16083 | "Should only occur in error-recovery path." ); |
16084 | if (BinaryOperator::isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc)) |
16085 | // C [6.15.16] p3: |
16086 | // An assignment expression has the value of the left operand after the |
16087 | // assignment, but is not an lvalue. |
16088 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create( |
16089 | Context, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, Opc, |
16090 | LHSExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary, |
16091 | OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
16092 | QualType ResultType; |
16093 | switch (Opc) { |
16094 | case BO_Assign: |
16095 | ResultType = LHSExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
16096 | break; |
16097 | case BO_LT: |
16098 | case BO_GT: |
16099 | case BO_LE: |
16100 | case BO_GE: |
16101 | case BO_EQ: |
16102 | case BO_NE: |
16103 | case BO_LAnd: |
16104 | case BO_LOr: |
16105 | // These operators have a fixed result type regardless of operands. |
16106 | ResultType = Context.IntTy; |
16107 | break; |
16108 | case BO_Comma: |
16109 | ResultType = RHSExpr->getType(); |
16110 | break; |
16111 | default: |
16112 | ResultType = Context.DependentTy; |
16113 | break; |
16114 | } |
16115 | return BinaryOperator::Create(Context, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, Opc, ResultType, |
16116 | VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, |
16117 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
16118 | } |
16119 | |
16120 | // Build a built-in binary operation. |
16121 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16122 | } |
16123 | |
16124 | static bool isOverflowingIntegerType(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) { |
16125 | if (T.isNull() || T->isDependentType()) |
16126 | return false; |
16127 | |
16128 | if (!Ctx.isPromotableIntegerType(T)) |
16129 | return true; |
16130 | |
16131 | return Ctx.getIntWidth(T) >= Ctx.getIntWidth(Ctx.IntTy); |
16132 | } |
16133 | |
16134 | ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
16135 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *InputExpr, |
16136 | bool IsAfterAmp) { |
16137 | ExprResult Input = InputExpr; |
16138 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; |
16139 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; |
16140 | QualType resultType; |
16141 | bool CanOverflow = false; |
16142 | |
16143 | bool ConvertHalfVec = false; |
16144 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
16145 | QualType Ty = InputExpr->getType(); |
16146 | // The only legal unary operation for atomics is '&'. |
16147 | if ((Opc != UO_AddrOf && Ty->isAtomicType()) || |
16148 | // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used |
16149 | // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here. |
16150 | (Ty->isImageType() || Ty->isSamplerT() || Ty->isPipeType() |
16151 | || Ty->isBlockPointerType())) { |
16152 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16153 | << InputExpr->getType() |
16154 | << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16155 | } |
16156 | } |
16157 | |
16158 | if (getLangOpts().HLSL && OpLoc.isValid()) { |
16159 | if (Opc == UO_AddrOf) |
16160 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_hlsl_operator_unsupported) << 0); |
16161 | if (Opc == UO_Deref) |
16162 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_hlsl_operator_unsupported) << 1); |
16163 | } |
16164 | |
16165 | switch (Opc) { |
16166 | case UO_PreInc: |
16167 | case UO_PreDec: |
16168 | case UO_PostInc: |
16169 | case UO_PostDec: |
16170 | resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OK, |
16171 | OpLoc, |
16172 | Opc == UO_PreInc || |
16173 | Opc == UO_PostInc, |
16174 | Opc == UO_PreInc || |
16175 | Opc == UO_PreDec); |
16176 | CanOverflow = isOverflowingIntegerType(Context, resultType); |
16177 | break; |
16178 | case UO_AddrOf: |
16179 | resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc); |
16180 | CheckAddressOfNoDeref(InputExpr); |
16181 | RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, InputExpr); |
16182 | break; |
16183 | case UO_Deref: { |
16184 | Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get()); |
16185 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
16186 | resultType = |
16187 | CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc, IsAfterAmp); |
16188 | break; |
16189 | } |
16190 | case UO_Plus: |
16191 | case UO_Minus: |
16192 | CanOverflow = Opc == UO_Minus && |
16193 | isOverflowingIntegerType(Context, Input.get()->getType()); |
16194 | Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get()); |
16195 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
16196 | // Unary plus and minus require promoting an operand of half vector to a |
16197 | // float vector and truncating the result back to a half vector. For now, we |
16198 | // do this only when HalfArgsAndReturns is set (that is, when the target is |
16199 | // arm or arm64). |
16200 | ConvertHalfVec = needsConversionOfHalfVec(true, Context, Input.get()); |
16201 | |
16202 | // If the operand is a half vector, promote it to a float vector. |
16203 | if (ConvertHalfVec) |
16204 | Input = convertVector(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, *this); |
16205 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); |
16206 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) |
16207 | break; |
16208 | if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1 |
16209 | break; |
16210 | else if (resultType->isVectorType() && |
16211 | // The z vector extensions don't allow + or - with bool vectors. |
16212 | (!Context.getLangOpts().ZVector || |
16213 | resultType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() != |
16214 | VectorType::AltiVecBool)) |
16215 | break; |
16216 | else if (resultType->isVLSTBuiltinType()) // SVE vectors allow + and - |
16217 | break; |
16218 | else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6 |
16219 | Opc == UO_Plus && |
16220 | resultType->isPointerType()) |
16221 | break; |
16222 | |
16223 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16224 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16225 | |
16226 | case UO_Not: // bitwise complement |
16227 | Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get()); |
16228 | if (Input.isInvalid()) |
16229 | return ExprError(); |
16230 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); |
16231 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) |
16232 | break; |
16233 | // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension. |
16234 | if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType()) |
16235 | // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation. |
16236 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex) |
16237 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange(); |
16238 | else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation()) |
16239 | break; |
16240 | else if (resultType->isExtVectorType() && Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
16241 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.f: The bitwise operator not (~) does not operate |
16242 | // on vector float types. |
16243 | QualType T = resultType->castAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); |
16244 | if (!T->isIntegerType()) |
16245 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16246 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16247 | } else { |
16248 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16249 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16250 | } |
16251 | break; |
16252 | |
16253 | case UO_LNot: // logical negation |
16254 | // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5). |
16255 | Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get()); |
16256 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
16257 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); |
16258 | |
16259 | // Though we still have to promote half FP to float... |
16260 | if (resultType->isHalfType() && !Context.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) { |
16261 | Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); |
16262 | resultType = Context.FloatTy; |
16263 | } |
16264 | |
16265 | // WebAsembly tables can't be used in unary expressions. |
16266 | if (resultType->isPointerType() && |
16267 | resultType->getPointeeType().isWebAssemblyReferenceType()) { |
16268 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16269 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16270 | } |
16271 | |
16272 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) |
16273 | break; |
16274 | if (resultType->isScalarType() && !isScopedEnumerationType(resultType)) { |
16275 | // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough; |
16276 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
16277 | // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9: |
16278 | // operand contextually converted to bool. |
16279 | Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.BoolTy, |
16280 | ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType)); |
16281 | } else if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
16282 | Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) { |
16283 | // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not |
16284 | // operate on scalar float types. |
16285 | if (!resultType->isIntegerType() && !resultType->isPointerType()) |
16286 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16287 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16288 | } |
16289 | } else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) { |
16290 | if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
16291 | Context.getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() < 120) { |
16292 | // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not |
16293 | // operate on vector float types. |
16294 | QualType T = resultType->castAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); |
16295 | if (!T->isIntegerType()) |
16296 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16297 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16298 | } |
16299 | // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type. |
16300 | resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType); |
16301 | break; |
16302 | } else if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && resultType->isVectorType()) { |
16303 | const VectorType *VTy = resultType->castAs<VectorType>(); |
16304 | if (VTy->getVectorKind() != VectorType::GenericVector) |
16305 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16306 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16307 | |
16308 | // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type. |
16309 | resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType); |
16310 | break; |
16311 | } else { |
16312 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16313 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16314 | } |
16315 | |
16316 | // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5. |
16317 | // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8 |
16318 | resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); |
16319 | break; |
16320 | case UO_Real: |
16321 | case UO_Imag: |
16322 | resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real); |
16323 | // _Real maps ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values. _Imag maps ordinary |
16324 | // complex l-values to ordinary l-values and all other values to r-values. |
16325 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
16326 | if (Opc == UO_Real || Input.get()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) { |
16327 | if (Input.get()->isGLValue() && |
16328 | Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary) |
16329 | VK = Input.get()->getValueKind(); |
16330 | } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
16331 | // In C, a volatile scalar is read by __imag. In C++, it is not. |
16332 | Input = DefaultLvalueConversion(Input.get()); |
16333 | } |
16334 | break; |
16335 | case UO_Extension: |
16336 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); |
16337 | VK = Input.get()->getValueKind(); |
16338 | OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind(); |
16339 | break; |
16340 | case UO_Coawait: |
16341 | // It's unnecessary to represent the pass-through operator co_await in the |
16342 | // AST; just return the input expression instead. |
16343 | assert(!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() && |
16344 | "the co_await expression must be non-dependant before " |
16345 | "building operator co_await" ); |
16346 | return Input; |
16347 | } |
16348 | if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid()) |
16349 | return ExprError(); |
16350 | |
16351 | // Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator, |
16352 | // except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially |
16353 | // by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize] |
16354 | // that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard). |
16355 | if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref) |
16356 | CheckArrayAccess(Input.get()); |
16357 | |
16358 | auto *UO = |
16359 | UnaryOperator::Create(Context, Input.get(), Opc, resultType, VK, OK, |
16360 | OpLoc, CanOverflow, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
16361 | |
16362 | if (Opc == UO_Deref && UO->getType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref) && |
16363 | !isa<ArrayType>(UO->getType().getDesugaredType(Context)) && |
16364 | !isUnevaluatedContext()) |
16365 | ExprEvalContexts.back().PossibleDerefs.insert(UO); |
16366 | |
16367 | // Convert the result back to a half vector. |
16368 | if (ConvertHalfVec) |
16369 | return convertVector(UO, Context.HalfTy, *this); |
16370 | return UO; |
16371 | } |
16372 | |
16373 | /// Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member |
16374 | /// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member |
16375 | /// with the address-of operator. |
16376 | bool Sema::isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E) { |
16377 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { |
16378 | if (!DRE->getQualifier()) |
16379 | return false; |
16380 | |
16381 | ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl(); |
16382 | if (!VD->isCXXClassMember()) |
16383 | return false; |
16384 | |
16385 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) |
16386 | return true; |
16387 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)) |
16388 | return Method->isInstance(); |
16389 | |
16390 | return false; |
16391 | } |
16392 | |
16393 | if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) { |
16394 | if (!ULE->getQualifier()) |
16395 | return false; |
16396 | |
16397 | for (NamedDecl *D : ULE->decls()) { |
16398 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { |
16399 | if (Method->isInstance()) |
16400 | return true; |
16401 | } else { |
16402 | // Overload set does not contain methods. |
16403 | break; |
16404 | } |
16405 | } |
16406 | |
16407 | return false; |
16408 | } |
16409 | |
16410 | return false; |
16411 | } |
16412 | |
16413 | ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
16414 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input, |
16415 | bool IsAfterAmp) { |
16416 | // First things first: handle placeholders so that the |
16417 | // overloaded-operator check considers the right type. |
16418 | if (const BuiltinType *pty = Input->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { |
16419 | // Increment and decrement of pseudo-object references. |
16420 | if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject && |
16421 | UnaryOperator::isIncrementDecrementOp(Opc)) |
16422 | return checkPseudoObjectIncDec(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input); |
16423 | |
16424 | // extension is always a builtin operator. |
16425 | if (Opc == UO_Extension) |
16426 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); |
16427 | |
16428 | // & gets special logic for several kinds of placeholder. |
16429 | // The builtin code knows what to do. |
16430 | if (Opc == UO_AddrOf && |
16431 | (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload || |
16432 | pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny || |
16433 | pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember)) |
16434 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); |
16435 | |
16436 | // Anything else needs to be handled now. |
16437 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input); |
16438 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
16439 | Input = Result.get(); |
16440 | } |
16441 | |
16442 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() && |
16443 | UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None && |
16444 | !(Opc == UO_AddrOf && isQualifiedMemberAccess(Input))) { |
16445 | // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this point. |
16446 | UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; |
16447 | OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); |
16448 | if (S && OverOp != OO_None) |
16449 | LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Functions); |
16450 | |
16451 | return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input); |
16452 | } |
16453 | |
16454 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input, IsAfterAmp); |
16455 | } |
16456 | |
16457 | // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
16458 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Op, |
16459 | Expr *Input, bool IsAfterAmp) { |
16460 | return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input, |
16461 | IsAfterAmp); |
16462 | } |
16463 | |
16464 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". |
16465 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, |
16466 | LabelDecl *TheDecl) { |
16467 | TheDecl->markUsed(Context); |
16468 | // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'. |
16469 | auto *Res = new (Context) AddrLabelExpr( |
16470 | OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl, Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)); |
16471 | |
16472 | if (getCurFunction()) |
16473 | getCurFunction()->AddrLabels.push_back(Res); |
16474 | |
16475 | return Res; |
16476 | } |
16477 | |
16478 | void Sema::ActOnStartStmtExpr() { |
16479 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); |
16480 | // Make sure we diagnose jumping into a statement expression. |
16481 | setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
16482 | } |
16483 | |
16484 | void Sema::ActOnStmtExprError() { |
16485 | // Note that function is also called by TreeTransform when leaving a |
16486 | // StmtExpr scope without rebuilding anything. |
16487 | |
16488 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
16489 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
16490 | } |
16491 | |
16492 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
16493 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
16494 | return BuildStmtExpr(LPLoc, SubStmt, RPLoc, getTemplateDepth(S)); |
16495 | } |
16496 | |
16497 | ExprResult Sema::BuildStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
16498 | SourceLocation RPLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth) { |
16499 | assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!" ); |
16500 | CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); |
16501 | |
16502 | if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) |
16503 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
16504 | assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && |
16505 | "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!" ); |
16506 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
16507 | |
16508 | // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for |
16509 | // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently. |
16510 | // More semantic analysis is needed. |
16511 | |
16512 | // If there are sub-stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one |
16513 | // as the type of the stmtexpr. |
16514 | QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy; |
16515 | bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false; |
16516 | if (!Compound->body_empty()) { |
16517 | // For GCC compatibility we get the last Stmt excluding trailing NullStmts. |
16518 | if (const auto *LastStmt = |
16519 | dyn_cast<ValueStmt>(Compound->getStmtExprResult())) { |
16520 | if (const Expr *Value = LastStmt->getExprStmt()) { |
16521 | StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true; |
16522 | Ty = Value->getType(); |
16523 | } |
16524 | } |
16525 | } |
16526 | |
16527 | // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement |
16528 | // expressions are not lvalues. |
16529 | Expr *ResStmtExpr = |
16530 | new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc, TemplateDepth); |
16531 | if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp) |
16532 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr); |
16533 | return ResStmtExpr; |
16534 | } |
16535 | |
16536 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExprResult(ExprResult ER) { |
16537 | if (ER.isInvalid()) |
16538 | return ExprError(); |
16539 | |
16540 | // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not |
16541 | // lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type. |
16542 | ER = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(ER.get()); |
16543 | if (ER.isInvalid()) |
16544 | return ExprError(); |
16545 | Expr *E = ER.get(); |
16546 | |
16547 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) |
16548 | return E; |
16549 | |
16550 | // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice |
16551 | // the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case |
16552 | // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result |
16553 | // initialization will create a produce. In both cases the |
16554 | // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with |
16555 | // a bind. |
16556 | auto *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E); |
16557 | if (Cast && Cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) |
16558 | return Cast->getSubExpr(); |
16559 | |
16560 | // FIXME: Provide a better location for the initialization. |
16561 | return PerformCopyInitialization( |
16562 | InitializedEntity::InitializeStmtExprResult( |
16563 | E->getBeginLoc(), E->getType().getUnqualifiedType()), |
16564 | SourceLocation(), E); |
16565 | } |
16566 | |
16567 | ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
16568 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
16569 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
16570 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
16571 | QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType(); |
16572 | bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType(); |
16573 | SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); |
16574 | |
16575 | // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first |
16576 | // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents |
16577 | // a struct/union/class. |
16578 | if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType()) |
16579 | return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) |
16580 | << ArgTy << TypeRange); |
16581 | |
16582 | // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable |
16583 | // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed. |
16584 | if (!Dependent |
16585 | && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy, |
16586 | diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type, TypeRange)) |
16587 | return ExprError(); |
16588 | |
16589 | bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false; |
16590 | QualType CurrentType = ArgTy; |
16591 | SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps; |
16592 | SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs; |
16593 | for (const OffsetOfComponent &OC : Components) { |
16594 | if (OC.isBrackets) { |
16595 | // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements? |
16596 | if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) { |
16597 | const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType); |
16598 | if(!AT) |
16599 | return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) |
16600 | << CurrentType); |
16601 | CurrentType = AT->getElementType(); |
16602 | } else |
16603 | CurrentType = Context.DependentTy; |
16604 | |
16605 | ExprResult IdxRval = DefaultLvalueConversion(static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E)); |
16606 | if (IdxRval.isInvalid()) |
16607 | return ExprError(); |
16608 | Expr *Idx = IdxRval.get(); |
16609 | |
16610 | // The expression must be an integral expression. |
16611 | // FIXME: An integral constant expression? |
16612 | if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() && |
16613 | !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
16614 | return ExprError( |
16615 | Diag(Idx->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) |
16616 | << Idx->getSourceRange()); |
16617 | |
16618 | // Record this array index. |
16619 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd)); |
16620 | Exprs.push_back(Idx); |
16621 | continue; |
16622 | } |
16623 | |
16624 | // Offset of a field. |
16625 | if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) { |
16626 | // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent |
16627 | // type. Just record the identifier of the field. |
16628 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd)); |
16629 | CurrentType = Context.DependentTy; |
16630 | continue; |
16631 | } |
16632 | |
16633 | // We need to have a complete type to look into. |
16634 | if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType, |
16635 | diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type)) |
16636 | return ExprError(); |
16637 | |
16638 | // Look for the designated field. |
16639 | const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>(); |
16640 | if (!RC) |
16641 | return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) |
16642 | << CurrentType); |
16643 | RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl(); |
16644 | |
16645 | // C++ [lib.support.types]p5: |
16646 | // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this |
16647 | // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union |
16648 | // (clause 9). |
16649 | // C++11 [support.types]p4: |
16650 | // If type is not a standard-layout class (Clause 9), the results are |
16651 | // undefined. |
16652 | if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { |
16653 | bool IsSafe = LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? CRD->isStandardLayout() : CRD->isPOD(); |
16654 | unsigned DiagID = |
16655 | LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? diag::ext_offsetof_non_standardlayout_type |
16656 | : diag::ext_offsetof_non_pod_type; |
16657 | |
16658 | if (!IsSafe && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD && |
16659 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, nullptr, |
16660 | PDiag(DiagID) |
16661 | << SourceRange(Components[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd) |
16662 | << CurrentType)) |
16663 | DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true; |
16664 | } |
16665 | |
16666 | // Look for the field. |
16667 | LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName); |
16668 | LookupQualifiedName(R, RD); |
16669 | FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>(); |
16670 | IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = nullptr; |
16671 | if (!MemberDecl) { |
16672 | if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>())) |
16673 | MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField(); |
16674 | } |
16675 | |
16676 | if (!MemberDecl) |
16677 | return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member) |
16678 | << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, |
16679 | OC.LocEnd)); |
16680 | |
16681 | // C99 7.17p3: |
16682 | // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.) |
16683 | // |
16684 | // We diagnose this as an error. |
16685 | if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) { |
16686 | Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield) |
16687 | << MemberDecl->getDeclName() |
16688 | << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); |
16689 | Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl); |
16690 | return ExprError(); |
16691 | } |
16692 | |
16693 | RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent(); |
16694 | if (IndirectMemberDecl) |
16695 | Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext()); |
16696 | |
16697 | // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for |
16698 | // the base class indirections. |
16699 | CXXBasePaths Paths; |
16700 | if (IsDerivedFrom(OC.LocStart, CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent), |
16701 | Paths)) { |
16702 | if (Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) { |
16703 | Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_field_of_virtual_base) |
16704 | << MemberDecl->getDeclName() |
16705 | << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); |
16706 | return ExprError(); |
16707 | } |
16708 | |
16709 | CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front(); |
16710 | for (const CXXBasePathElement &B : Path) |
16711 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B.Base)); |
16712 | } |
16713 | |
16714 | if (IndirectMemberDecl) { |
16715 | for (auto *FI : IndirectMemberDecl->chain()) { |
16716 | assert(isa<FieldDecl>(FI)); |
16717 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, |
16718 | cast<FieldDecl>(FI), OC.LocEnd)); |
16719 | } |
16720 | } else |
16721 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd)); |
16722 | |
16723 | CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType(); |
16724 | } |
16725 | |
16726 | return OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc, TInfo, |
16727 | Comps, Exprs, RParenLoc); |
16728 | } |
16729 | |
16730 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, |
16731 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
16732 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
16733 | ParsedType ParsedArgTy, |
16734 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
16735 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
16736 | |
16737 | TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo; |
16738 | QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedArgTy, &ArgTInfo); |
16739 | if (ArgTy.isNull()) |
16740 | return ExprError(); |
16741 | |
16742 | if (!ArgTInfo) |
16743 | ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc); |
16744 | |
16745 | return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, Components, RParenLoc); |
16746 | } |
16747 | |
16748 | |
16749 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
16750 | Expr *CondExpr, |
16751 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
16752 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
16753 | assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)" ); |
16754 | |
16755 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; |
16756 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; |
16757 | QualType resType; |
16758 | bool CondIsTrue = false; |
16759 | if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) { |
16760 | resType = Context.DependentTy; |
16761 | } else { |
16762 | // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression. |
16763 | llvm::APSInt condEval(32); |
16764 | ExprResult CondICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression( |
16765 | CondExpr, &condEval, diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant); |
16766 | if (CondICE.isInvalid()) |
16767 | return ExprError(); |
16768 | CondExpr = CondICE.get(); |
16769 | CondIsTrue = condEval.getZExtValue(); |
16770 | |
16771 | // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LHSExpr. |
16772 | Expr *ActiveExpr = CondIsTrue ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr; |
16773 | |
16774 | resType = ActiveExpr->getType(); |
16775 | VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind(); |
16776 | OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind(); |
16777 | } |
16778 | |
16779 | return new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, |
16780 | resType, VK, OK, RPLoc, CondIsTrue); |
16781 | } |
16782 | |
16783 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16784 | // Clang Extensions. |
16785 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16786 | |
16787 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started. |
16788 | void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) { |
16789 | BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc); |
16790 | |
16791 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { |
16792 | MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; |
16793 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
16794 | std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = |
16795 | getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Block->getDeclContext()); |
16796 | if (MCtx) { |
16797 | unsigned ManglingNumber = MCtx->getManglingNumber(Block); |
16798 | Block->setBlockMangling(ManglingNumber, ManglingContextDecl); |
16799 | } |
16800 | } |
16801 | |
16802 | PushBlockScope(CurScope, Block); |
16803 | CurContext->addDecl(Block); |
16804 | if (CurScope) |
16805 | PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block); |
16806 | else |
16807 | CurContext = Block; |
16808 | |
16809 | getCurBlock()->HasImplicitReturnType = true; |
16810 | |
16811 | // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the block from any |
16812 | // cleanups from the enclosing full-expression. |
16813 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
16814 | ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); |
16815 | } |
16816 | |
16817 | void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, |
16818 | Scope *CurScope) { |
16819 | assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr && |
16820 | "block-id should have no identifier!" ); |
16821 | assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral); |
16822 | BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock(); |
16823 | |
16824 | TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope); |
16825 | QualType T = Sig->getType(); |
16826 | |
16827 | // FIXME: We should allow unexpanded parameter packs here, but that would, |
16828 | // in turn, make the block expression contain unexpanded parameter packs. |
16829 | if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(CaretLoc, Sig, UPPC_Block)) { |
16830 | // Drop the parameters. |
16831 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
16832 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; |
16833 | EPI.TypeQuals.addConst(); |
16834 | T = Context.getFunctionType(Context.DependentTy, std::nullopt, EPI); |
16835 | Sig = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); |
16836 | } |
16837 | |
16838 | // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block |
16839 | // literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType |
16840 | // unless the function was written with a typedef. |
16841 | assert(T->isFunctionType() && |
16842 | "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature" ); |
16843 | |
16844 | // Look for an explicit signature in that function type. |
16845 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature; |
16846 | |
16847 | if ((ExplicitSignature = Sig->getTypeLoc() |
16848 | .getAsAdjusted<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>())) { |
16849 | |
16850 | // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by |
16851 | // GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the |
16852 | // written signature. |
16853 | if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() == |
16854 | ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) { |
16855 | // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of |
16856 | // TypeSourceInfos. |
16857 | TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getReturnLoc(); |
16858 | unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize(); |
16859 | Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size); |
16860 | Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size); |
16861 | |
16862 | ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc(); |
16863 | } |
16864 | } |
16865 | |
16866 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig); |
16867 | CurBlock->FunctionType = T; |
16868 | |
16869 | const auto *Fn = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
16870 | QualType RetTy = Fn->getReturnType(); |
16871 | bool isVariadic = |
16872 | (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic()); |
16873 | |
16874 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic); |
16875 | |
16876 | // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block |
16877 | // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like: |
16878 | // ^ * { ... } |
16879 | // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction".... |
16880 | if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) { |
16881 | CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy; |
16882 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setBlockMissingReturnType(false); |
16883 | CurBlock->HasImplicitReturnType = false; |
16884 | } |
16885 | |
16886 | // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them. |
16887 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params; |
16888 | if (ExplicitSignature) { |
16889 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { |
16890 | ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getParam(I); |
16891 | if (Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr && !Param->isImplicit() && |
16892 | !Param->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
16893 | // Diagnose this as an extension in C17 and earlier. |
16894 | if (!getLangOpts().C2x) |
16895 | Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::ext_parameter_name_omitted_c2x); |
16896 | } |
16897 | Params.push_back(Param); |
16898 | } |
16899 | |
16900 | // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like |
16901 | // ^ fntype { ... } |
16902 | } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
16903 | for (const auto &I : Fn->param_types()) { |
16904 | ParmVarDecl *Param = BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef( |
16905 | CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo.getBeginLoc(), I); |
16906 | Params.push_back(Param); |
16907 | } |
16908 | } |
16909 | |
16910 | // Set the parameters on the block decl. |
16911 | if (!Params.empty()) { |
16912 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params); |
16913 | CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters(), |
16914 | /*CheckParameterNames=*/false); |
16915 | } |
16916 | |
16917 | // Finally we can process decl attributes. |
16918 | ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo); |
16919 | |
16920 | // Put the parameter variables in scope. |
16921 | for (auto *AI : CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters()) { |
16922 | AI->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl); |
16923 | |
16924 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
16925 | if (AI->getIdentifier()) { |
16926 | CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, AI); |
16927 | |
16928 | PushOnScopeChains(AI, CurBlock->TheScope); |
16929 | } |
16930 | |
16931 | if (AI->isInvalidDecl()) |
16932 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
16933 | } |
16934 | } |
16935 | |
16936 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback |
16937 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. |
16938 | void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) { |
16939 | // Leave the expression-evaluation context. |
16940 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
16941 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
16942 | |
16943 | // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks. |
16944 | PopDeclContext(); |
16945 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
16946 | } |
16947 | |
16948 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement |
16949 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} |
16950 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, |
16951 | Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) { |
16952 | // If blocks are disabled, emit an error. |
16953 | if (!LangOpts.Blocks) |
16954 | Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable) << LangOpts.OpenCL; |
16955 | |
16956 | // Leave the expression-evaluation context. |
16957 | if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) |
16958 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
16959 | assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && |
16960 | "cleanups within block not correctly bound!" ); |
16961 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
16962 | |
16963 | BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back()); |
16964 | BlockDecl *BD = BSI->TheDecl; |
16965 | |
16966 | if (BSI->HasImplicitReturnType) |
16967 | deduceClosureReturnType(*BSI); |
16968 | |
16969 | QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy; |
16970 | if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull()) |
16971 | RetTy = BSI->ReturnType; |
16972 | |
16973 | bool NoReturn = BD->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>(); |
16974 | QualType BlockTy; |
16975 | |
16976 | // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that. |
16977 | if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) { |
16978 | const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
16979 | |
16980 | FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo(); |
16981 | if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true); |
16982 | |
16983 | // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types. |
16984 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) { |
16985 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
16986 | EPI.ExtInfo = Ext; |
16987 | BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, std::nullopt, EPI); |
16988 | |
16989 | // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type, |
16990 | // preserve its sugar structure. |
16991 | } else if (FTy->getReturnType() == RetTy && |
16992 | (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) { |
16993 | BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType; |
16994 | |
16995 | // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type. |
16996 | } else { |
16997 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy); |
16998 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); |
16999 | EPI.TypeQuals = Qualifiers(); |
17000 | EPI.ExtInfo = Ext; |
17001 | BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI); |
17002 | } |
17003 | |
17004 | // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing. |
17005 | } else { |
17006 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
17007 | EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn); |
17008 | BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, std::nullopt, EPI); |
17009 | } |
17010 | |
17011 | DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BD->parameters()); |
17012 | BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy); |
17013 | |
17014 | // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block. |
17015 | if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && |
17016 | !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) |
17017 | DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)); |
17018 | |
17019 | BD->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)); |
17020 | |
17021 | if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) |
17022 | DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(BD); |
17023 | |
17024 | // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check again |
17025 | // if we can do this, though, because blocks keep return statements around |
17026 | // to deduce an implicit return type. |
17027 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RetTy->isRecordType() && |
17028 | !BD->isDependentContext()) |
17029 | computeNRVO(Body, BSI); |
17030 | |
17031 | if (RetTy.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || |
17032 | RetTy.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) |
17033 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(RetTy, BD->getCaretLocation(), NTCUC_FunctionReturn, |
17034 | NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); |
17035 | |
17036 | PopDeclContext(); |
17037 | |
17038 | // Set the captured variables on the block. |
17039 | SmallVector<BlockDecl::Capture, 4> Captures; |
17040 | for (Capture &Cap : BSI->Captures) { |
17041 | if (Cap.isInvalid() || Cap.isThisCapture()) |
17042 | continue; |
17043 | // Cap.getVariable() is always a VarDecl because |
17044 | // blocks cannot capture structured bindings or other ValueDecl kinds. |
17045 | auto *Var = cast<VarDecl>(Cap.getVariable()); |
17046 | Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr; |
17047 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Cap.isCopyCapture()) { |
17048 | if (const RecordType *Record = |
17049 | Cap.getCaptureType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
17050 | // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it. |
17051 | // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have |
17052 | // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are |
17053 | // an exception because it's technically only the call site that |
17054 | // actually requires the destructor. |
17055 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) |
17056 | FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record); |
17057 | |
17058 | // Enter a separate potentially-evaluated context while building block |
17059 | // initializers to isolate their cleanups from those of the block |
17060 | // itself. |
17061 | // FIXME: Is this appropriate even when the block itself occurs in an |
17062 | // unevaluated operand? |
17063 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext( |
17064 | *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); |
17065 | |
17066 | SourceLocation Loc = Cap.getLocation(); |
17067 | |
17068 | ExprResult Result = BuildDeclarationNameExpr( |
17069 | CXXScopeSpec(), DeclarationNameInfo(Var->getDeclName(), Loc), Var); |
17070 | |
17071 | // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from |
17072 | // the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true |
17073 | // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap. |
17074 | if (!Result.isInvalid() && |
17075 | !Result.get()->getType().isConstQualified()) { |
17076 | Result = ImpCastExprToType(Result.get(), |
17077 | Result.get()->getType().withConst(), |
17078 | CK_NoOp, VK_LValue); |
17079 | } |
17080 | |
17081 | if (!Result.isInvalid()) { |
17082 | Result = PerformCopyInitialization( |
17083 | InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(Var->getLocation(), |
17084 | Cap.getCaptureType()), |
17085 | Loc, Result.get()); |
17086 | } |
17087 | |
17088 | // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization |
17089 | // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from |
17090 | // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary. |
17091 | if (!Result.isInvalid() && |
17092 | !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Result.get())->getConstructor() |
17093 | ->isTrivial()) { |
17094 | Result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result); |
17095 | CopyExpr = Result.get(); |
17096 | } |
17097 | } |
17098 | } |
17099 | |
17100 | BlockDecl::Capture NewCap(Var, Cap.isBlockCapture(), Cap.isNested(), |
17101 | CopyExpr); |
17102 | Captures.push_back(NewCap); |
17103 | } |
17104 | BD->setCaptures(Context, Captures, BSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0); |
17105 | |
17106 | // Pop the block scope now but keep it alive to the end of this function. |
17107 | AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); |
17108 | PoppedFunctionScopePtr ScopeRAII = PopFunctionScopeInfo(&WP, BD, BlockTy); |
17109 | |
17110 | BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BD, BlockTy); |
17111 | |
17112 | // If the block isn't obviously global, i.e. it captures anything at |
17113 | // all, then we need to do a few things in the surrounding context: |
17114 | if (Result->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) { |
17115 | // First, this expression has a new cleanup object. |
17116 | ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Result->getBlockDecl()); |
17117 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); |
17118 | |
17119 | // It also gets a branch-protected scope if any of the captured |
17120 | // variables needs destruction. |
17121 | for (const auto &CI : Result->getBlockDecl()->captures()) { |
17122 | const VarDecl *var = CI.getVariable(); |
17123 | if (var->getType().isDestructedType() != QualType::DK_none) { |
17124 | setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
17125 | break; |
17126 | } |
17127 | } |
17128 | } |
17129 | |
17130 | if (getCurFunction()) |
17131 | getCurFunction()->addBlock(BD); |
17132 | |
17133 | if (BD->isInvalidDecl()) |
17134 | return CreateRecoveryExpr(Result->getBeginLoc(), Result->getEndLoc(), |
17135 | {Result}, Result->getType()); |
17136 | return Result; |
17137 | } |
17138 | |
17139 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, |
17140 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
17141 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
17142 | GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo); |
17143 | return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc); |
17144 | } |
17145 | |
17146 | ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
17147 | Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
17148 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
17149 | Expr *OrigExpr = E; |
17150 | bool IsMS = false; |
17151 | |
17152 | // CUDA device code does not support varargs. |
17153 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { |
17154 | if (const FunctionDecl *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) { |
17155 | CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(F); |
17156 | if (T == CFT_Global || T == CFT_Device || T == CFT_HostDevice) |
17157 | return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_va_arg_in_device)); |
17158 | } |
17159 | } |
17160 | |
17161 | // NVPTX does not support va_arg expression. |
17162 | if (getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsTargetDevice && |
17163 | Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isNVPTX()) |
17164 | targetDiag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_va_arg_in_device); |
17165 | |
17166 | // It might be a __builtin_ms_va_list. (But don't ever mark a va_arg() |
17167 | // as Microsoft ABI on an actual Microsoft platform, where |
17168 | // __builtin_ms_va_list and __builtin_va_list are the same.) |
17169 | if (!E->isTypeDependent() && Context.getTargetInfo().hasBuiltinMSVaList() && |
17170 | Context.getTargetInfo().getBuiltinVaListKind() != TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList) { |
17171 | QualType MSVaListType = Context.getBuiltinMSVaListType(); |
17172 | if (Context.hasSameType(MSVaListType, E->getType())) { |
17173 | if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this)) |
17174 | return ExprError(); |
17175 | IsMS = true; |
17176 | } |
17177 | } |
17178 | |
17179 | // Get the va_list type |
17180 | QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); |
17181 | if (!IsMS) { |
17182 | if (VaListType->isArrayType()) { |
17183 | // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64, |
17184 | // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to |
17185 | // a pointer for va_arg. |
17186 | VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType); |
17187 | // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately. |
17188 | ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E); |
17189 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
17190 | return ExprError(); |
17191 | E = Result.get(); |
17192 | } else if (VaListType->isRecordType() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17193 | // If va_list is a record type and we are compiling in C++ mode, |
17194 | // check the argument using reference binding. |
17195 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( |
17196 | Context, Context.getLValueReferenceType(VaListType), false); |
17197 | ExprResult Init = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E); |
17198 | if (Init.isInvalid()) |
17199 | return ExprError(); |
17200 | E = Init.getAs<Expr>(); |
17201 | } else { |
17202 | // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because |
17203 | // it is modified by va_arg. |
17204 | if (!E->isTypeDependent() && |
17205 | CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this)) |
17206 | return ExprError(); |
17207 | } |
17208 | } |
17209 | |
17210 | if (!IsMS && !E->isTypeDependent() && |
17211 | !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) |
17212 | return ExprError( |
17213 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), |
17214 | diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list) |
17215 | << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange()); |
17216 | |
17217 | if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) { |
17218 | if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(), |
17219 | diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete, |
17220 | TInfo->getTypeLoc())) |
17221 | return ExprError(); |
17222 | |
17223 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), |
17224 | TInfo->getType(), |
17225 | diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract, |
17226 | TInfo->getTypeLoc())) |
17227 | return ExprError(); |
17228 | |
17229 | if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) { |
17230 | Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), |
17231 | TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType() |
17232 | ? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified |
17233 | : diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod) |
17234 | << TInfo->getType() |
17235 | << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); |
17236 | } |
17237 | |
17238 | // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted |
17239 | // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior). |
17240 | QualType PromoteType; |
17241 | if (Context.isPromotableIntegerType(TInfo->getType())) { |
17242 | PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType()); |
17243 | // [cstdarg.syn]p1 defers the C++ behavior to what the C standard says, |
17244 | // and C2x 7.16.1.1p2 says, in part: |
17245 | // If type is not compatible with the type of the actual next argument |
17246 | // (as promoted according to the default argument promotions), the |
17247 | // behavior is undefined, except for the following cases: |
17248 | // - both types are pointers to qualified or unqualified versions of |
17249 | // compatible types; |
17250 | // - one type is a signed integer type, the other type is the |
17251 | // corresponding unsigned integer type, and the value is |
17252 | // representable in both types; |
17253 | // - one type is pointer to qualified or unqualified void and the |
17254 | // other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified character type. |
17255 | // Given that type compatibility is the primary requirement (ignoring |
17256 | // qualifications), you would think we could call typesAreCompatible() |
17257 | // directly to test this. However, in C++, that checks for *same type*, |
17258 | // which causes false positives when passing an enumeration type to |
17259 | // va_arg. Instead, get the underlying type of the enumeration and pass |
17260 | // that. |
17261 | QualType UnderlyingType = TInfo->getType(); |
17262 | if (const auto *ET = UnderlyingType->getAs<EnumType>()) |
17263 | UnderlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
17264 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, UnderlyingType, |
17265 | /*CompareUnqualified*/ true)) |
17266 | PromoteType = QualType(); |
17267 | |
17268 | // If the types are still not compatible, we need to test whether the |
17269 | // promoted type and the underlying type are the same except for |
17270 | // signedness. Ask the AST for the correctly corresponding type and see |
17271 | // if that's compatible. |
17272 | if (!PromoteType.isNull() && !UnderlyingType->isBooleanType() && |
17273 | PromoteType->isUnsignedIntegerType() != |
17274 | UnderlyingType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) { |
17275 | UnderlyingType = |
17276 | UnderlyingType->isUnsignedIntegerType() |
17277 | ? Context.getCorrespondingSignedType(UnderlyingType) |
17278 | : Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(UnderlyingType); |
17279 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, UnderlyingType, |
17280 | /*CompareUnqualified*/ true)) |
17281 | PromoteType = QualType(); |
17282 | } |
17283 | } |
17284 | if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) |
17285 | PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy; |
17286 | if (!PromoteType.isNull()) |
17287 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), E, |
17288 | PDiag(diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible) |
17289 | << TInfo->getType() |
17290 | << PromoteType |
17291 | << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()); |
17292 | } |
17293 | |
17294 | QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
17295 | return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T, IsMS); |
17296 | } |
17297 | |
17298 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) { |
17299 | // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of |
17300 | // pointers on the target. |
17301 | QualType Ty; |
17302 | unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(LangAS::Default); |
17303 | if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth()) |
17304 | Ty = Context.IntTy; |
17305 | else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth()) |
17306 | Ty = Context.LongTy; |
17307 | else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth()) |
17308 | Ty = Context.LongLongTy; |
17309 | else { |
17310 | llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!" ); |
17311 | } |
17312 | |
17313 | return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc); |
17314 | } |
17315 | |
17316 | static CXXRecordDecl *LookupStdSourceLocationImpl(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { |
17317 | CXXRecordDecl *ImplDecl = nullptr; |
17318 | |
17319 | // Fetch the std::source_location::__impl decl. |
17320 | if (NamespaceDecl *Std = S.getStdNamespace()) { |
17321 | LookupResult ResultSL(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get("source_location" ), |
17322 | Loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); |
17323 | if (S.LookupQualifiedName(ResultSL, Std)) { |
17324 | if (auto *SLDecl = ResultSL.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>()) { |
17325 | LookupResult ResultImpl(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get("__impl" ), |
17326 | Loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); |
17327 | if ((SLDecl->isCompleteDefinition() || SLDecl->isBeingDefined()) && |
17328 | S.LookupQualifiedName(ResultImpl, SLDecl)) { |
17329 | ImplDecl = ResultImpl.getAsSingle<CXXRecordDecl>(); |
17330 | } |
17331 | } |
17332 | } |
17333 | } |
17334 | |
17335 | if (!ImplDecl || !ImplDecl->isCompleteDefinition()) { |
17336 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_std_source_location_impl_not_found); |
17337 | return nullptr; |
17338 | } |
17339 | |
17340 | // Verify that __impl is a trivial struct type, with no base classes, and with |
17341 | // only the four expected fields. |
17342 | if (ImplDecl->isUnion() || !ImplDecl->isStandardLayout() || |
17343 | ImplDecl->getNumBases() != 0) { |
17344 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_std_source_location_impl_malformed); |
17345 | return nullptr; |
17346 | } |
17347 | |
17348 | unsigned Count = 0; |
17349 | for (FieldDecl *F : ImplDecl->fields()) { |
17350 | StringRef Name = F->getName(); |
17351 | |
17352 | if (Name == "_M_file_name" ) { |
17353 | if (F->getType() != |
17354 | S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.CharTy.withConst())) |
17355 | break; |
17356 | Count++; |
17357 | } else if (Name == "_M_function_name" ) { |
17358 | if (F->getType() != |
17359 | S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.CharTy.withConst())) |
17360 | break; |
17361 | Count++; |
17362 | } else if (Name == "_M_line" ) { |
17363 | if (!F->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
17364 | break; |
17365 | Count++; |
17366 | } else if (Name == "_M_column" ) { |
17367 | if (!F->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
17368 | break; |
17369 | Count++; |
17370 | } else { |
17371 | Count = 100; // invalid |
17372 | break; |
17373 | } |
17374 | } |
17375 | if (Count != 4) { |
17376 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_std_source_location_impl_malformed); |
17377 | return nullptr; |
17378 | } |
17379 | |
17380 | return ImplDecl; |
17381 | } |
17382 | |
17383 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, |
17384 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
17385 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
17386 | QualType ResultTy; |
17387 | switch (Kind) { |
17388 | case SourceLocExpr::File: |
17389 | case SourceLocExpr::FileName: |
17390 | case SourceLocExpr::Function: |
17391 | case SourceLocExpr::FuncSig: { |
17392 | QualType ArrTy = Context.getStringLiteralArrayType(Context.CharTy, 0); |
17393 | ResultTy = |
17394 | Context.getPointerType(ArrTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType()); |
17395 | break; |
17396 | } |
17397 | case SourceLocExpr::Line: |
17398 | case SourceLocExpr::Column: |
17399 | ResultTy = Context.UnsignedIntTy; |
17400 | break; |
17401 | case SourceLocExpr::SourceLocStruct: |
17402 | if (!StdSourceLocationImplDecl) { |
17403 | StdSourceLocationImplDecl = |
17404 | LookupStdSourceLocationImpl(*this, BuiltinLoc); |
17405 | if (!StdSourceLocationImplDecl) |
17406 | return ExprError(); |
17407 | } |
17408 | ResultTy = Context.getPointerType( |
17409 | Context.getRecordType(StdSourceLocationImplDecl).withConst()); |
17410 | break; |
17411 | } |
17412 | |
17413 | return BuildSourceLocExpr(Kind, ResultTy, BuiltinLoc, RPLoc, CurContext); |
17414 | } |
17415 | |
17416 | ExprResult Sema::BuildSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, |
17417 | QualType ResultTy, |
17418 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
17419 | SourceLocation RPLoc, |
17420 | DeclContext *ParentContext) { |
17421 | return new (Context) |
17422 | SourceLocExpr(Context, Kind, ResultTy, BuiltinLoc, RPLoc, ParentContext); |
17423 | } |
17424 | |
17425 | bool Sema::CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(QualType DstType, Expr *&Exp, |
17426 | bool Diagnose) { |
17427 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjC) |
17428 | return false; |
17429 | |
17430 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
17431 | if (!PT) |
17432 | return false; |
17433 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl(); |
17434 | |
17435 | // Ignore any parens, implicit casts (should only be |
17436 | // array-to-pointer decays), and not-so-opaque values. The last is |
17437 | // important for making this trigger for property assignments. |
17438 | Expr *SrcExpr = Exp->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
17439 | if (OpaqueValueExpr *OV = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SrcExpr)) |
17440 | if (OV->getSourceExpr()) |
17441 | SrcExpr = OV->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
17442 | |
17443 | if (auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr)) { |
17444 | if (!PT->isObjCIdType() && |
17445 | !(ID && ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString" ))) |
17446 | return false; |
17447 | if (!SL->isOrdinary()) |
17448 | return false; |
17449 | |
17450 | if (Diagnose) { |
17451 | Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix) |
17452 | << /*string*/0 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getBeginLoc(), "@" ); |
17453 | Exp = BuildObjCStringLiteral(SL->getBeginLoc(), SL).get(); |
17454 | } |
17455 | return true; |
17456 | } |
17457 | |
17458 | if ((isa<IntegerLiteral>(SrcExpr) || isa<CharacterLiteral>(SrcExpr) || |
17459 | isa<FloatingLiteral>(SrcExpr) || isa<ObjCBoolLiteralExpr>(SrcExpr) || |
17460 | isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(SrcExpr)) && |
17461 | !SrcExpr->isNullPointerConstant( |
17462 | getASTContext(), Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) { |
17463 | if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSNumber" )) |
17464 | return false; |
17465 | if (Diagnose) { |
17466 | Diag(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix) |
17467 | << /*number*/1 |
17468 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), "@" ); |
17469 | Expr *NumLit = |
17470 | BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), SrcExpr).get(); |
17471 | if (NumLit) |
17472 | Exp = NumLit; |
17473 | } |
17474 | return true; |
17475 | } |
17476 | |
17477 | return false; |
17478 | } |
17479 | |
17480 | static bool maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(Sema &S, QualType DstType, |
17481 | const Expr *SrcExpr) { |
17482 | if (!DstType->isFunctionPointerType() || |
17483 | !SrcExpr->getType()->isFunctionType()) |
17484 | return false; |
17485 | |
17486 | auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); |
17487 | if (!DRE) |
17488 | return false; |
17489 | |
17490 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); |
17491 | if (!FD) |
17492 | return false; |
17493 | |
17494 | return !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, |
17495 | /*Complain=*/true, |
17496 | SrcExpr->getBeginLoc()); |
17497 | } |
17498 | |
17499 | bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, |
17500 | SourceLocation Loc, |
17501 | QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
17502 | Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, |
17503 | bool *Complained) { |
17504 | if (Complained) |
17505 | *Complained = false; |
17506 | |
17507 | // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions). |
17508 | bool CheckInferredResultType = false; |
17509 | bool isInvalid = false; |
17510 | unsigned DiagKind = 0; |
17511 | ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints; |
17512 | bool MayHaveConvFixit = false; |
17513 | bool MayHaveFunctionDiff = false; |
17514 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr; |
17515 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = nullptr; |
17516 | |
17517 | switch (ConvTy) { |
17518 | case Compatible: |
17519 | DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(DstType, SrcType, SrcExpr); |
17520 | return false; |
17521 | |
17522 | case PointerToInt: |
17523 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17524 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_pointer_int; |
17525 | isInvalid = true; |
17526 | } else { |
17527 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int; |
17528 | } |
17529 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); |
17530 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; |
17531 | break; |
17532 | case IntToPointer: |
17533 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17534 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_int_pointer; |
17535 | isInvalid = true; |
17536 | } else { |
17537 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer; |
17538 | } |
17539 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); |
17540 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; |
17541 | break; |
17542 | case IncompatibleFunctionPointerStrict: |
17543 | DiagKind = |
17544 | diag::warn_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer_strict; |
17545 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); |
17546 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; |
17547 | break; |
17548 | case IncompatibleFunctionPointer: |
17549 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17550 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer; |
17551 | isInvalid = true; |
17552 | } else { |
17553 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer; |
17554 | } |
17555 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); |
17556 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; |
17557 | break; |
17558 | case IncompatiblePointer: |
17559 | if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited) { |
17560 | DiagKind = diag::err_arc_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; |
17561 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17562 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; |
17563 | isInvalid = true; |
17564 | } else { |
17565 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; |
17566 | } |
17567 | CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
17568 | SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
17569 | if (!CheckInferredResultType) { |
17570 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); |
17571 | } else if (CheckInferredResultType) { |
17572 | SrcType = SrcType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
17573 | DstType = DstType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
17574 | } |
17575 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; |
17576 | break; |
17577 | case IncompatiblePointerSign: |
17578 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17579 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign; |
17580 | isInvalid = true; |
17581 | } else { |
17582 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign; |
17583 | } |
17584 | break; |
17585 | case FunctionVoidPointer: |
17586 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17587 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func; |
17588 | isInvalid = true; |
17589 | } else { |
17590 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func; |
17591 | } |
17592 | break; |
17593 | case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: { |
17594 | // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary. |
17595 | if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType); |
17596 | |
17597 | isInvalid = true; |
17598 | |
17599 | Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); |
17600 | Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); |
17601 | if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) { |
17602 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space; |
17603 | break; |
17604 | |
17605 | } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) { |
17606 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership; |
17607 | break; |
17608 | } |
17609 | |
17610 | llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!" ); |
17611 | // fallthrough |
17612 | } |
17613 | case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: |
17614 | // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the |
17615 | // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char* |
17616 | // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME: |
17617 | // Ideally, this check would be performed in |
17618 | // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a |
17619 | // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an |
17620 | // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part |
17621 | // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for |
17622 | // C++ semantics. |
17623 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
17624 | IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType)) |
17625 | return false; |
17626 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17627 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers; |
17628 | isInvalid = true; |
17629 | } else { |
17630 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers; |
17631 | } |
17632 | |
17633 | break; |
17634 | case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers: |
17635 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17636 | isInvalid = true; |
17637 | DiagKind = diag::err_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch; |
17638 | } else { |
17639 | DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch; |
17640 | } |
17641 | break; |
17642 | case IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch: |
17643 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_nested_address_space; |
17644 | isInvalid = true; |
17645 | break; |
17646 | case IntToBlockPointer: |
17647 | DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer; |
17648 | isInvalid = true; |
17649 | break; |
17650 | case IncompatibleBlockPointer: |
17651 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer; |
17652 | isInvalid = true; |
17653 | break; |
17654 | case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: { |
17655 | if (SrcType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { |
17656 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *srcOPT = |
17657 | SrcType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
17658 | for (auto *srcProto : srcOPT->quals()) { |
17659 | PDecl = srcProto; |
17660 | break; |
17661 | } |
17662 | if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = |
17663 | DstType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType()) |
17664 | IFace = IFaceT->getDecl(); |
17665 | } |
17666 | else if (DstType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { |
17667 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *dstOPT = |
17668 | DstType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
17669 | for (auto *dstProto : dstOPT->quals()) { |
17670 | PDecl = dstProto; |
17671 | break; |
17672 | } |
17673 | if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = |
17674 | SrcType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType()) |
17675 | IFace = IFaceT->getDecl(); |
17676 | } |
17677 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17678 | DiagKind = diag::err_incompatible_qualified_id; |
17679 | isInvalid = true; |
17680 | } else { |
17681 | DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id; |
17682 | } |
17683 | break; |
17684 | } |
17685 | case IncompatibleVectors: |
17686 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17687 | DiagKind = diag::err_incompatible_vectors; |
17688 | isInvalid = true; |
17689 | } else { |
17690 | DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors; |
17691 | } |
17692 | break; |
17693 | case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef: |
17694 | DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign; |
17695 | isInvalid = true; |
17696 | break; |
17697 | case Incompatible: |
17698 | if (maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(*this, DstType, SrcExpr)) { |
17699 | if (Complained) |
17700 | *Complained = true; |
17701 | return true; |
17702 | } |
17703 | |
17704 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible; |
17705 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); |
17706 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; |
17707 | isInvalid = true; |
17708 | MayHaveFunctionDiff = true; |
17709 | break; |
17710 | } |
17711 | |
17712 | QualType FirstType, SecondType; |
17713 | switch (Action) { |
17714 | case AA_Assigning: |
17715 | case AA_Initializing: |
17716 | // The destination type comes first. |
17717 | FirstType = DstType; |
17718 | SecondType = SrcType; |
17719 | break; |
17720 | |
17721 | case AA_Returning: |
17722 | case AA_Passing: |
17723 | case AA_Passing_CFAudited: |
17724 | case AA_Converting: |
17725 | case AA_Sending: |
17726 | case AA_Casting: |
17727 | // The source type comes first. |
17728 | FirstType = SrcType; |
17729 | SecondType = DstType; |
17730 | break; |
17731 | } |
17732 | |
17733 | PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagKind); |
17734 | AssignmentAction ActionForDiag = Action; |
17735 | if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited) |
17736 | ActionForDiag = AA_Passing; |
17737 | |
17738 | FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << ActionForDiag |
17739 | << SrcExpr->getSourceRange(); |
17740 | |
17741 | if (DiagKind == diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign || |
17742 | DiagKind == diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign) { |
17743 | auto isPlainChar = [](const clang::Type *Type) { |
17744 | return Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || |
17745 | Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U); |
17746 | }; |
17747 | FDiag << (isPlainChar(FirstType->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()) || |
17748 | isPlainChar(SecondType->getPointeeOrArrayElementType())); |
17749 | } |
17750 | |
17751 | // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts. |
17752 | if (!ConvHints.isNull()) { |
17753 | for (FixItHint &H : ConvHints.Hints) |
17754 | FDiag << H; |
17755 | } |
17756 | |
17757 | if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); } |
17758 | |
17759 | if (MayHaveFunctionDiff) |
17760 | HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(FDiag, SecondType, FirstType); |
17761 | |
17762 | Diag(Loc, FDiag); |
17763 | if ((DiagKind == diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id || |
17764 | DiagKind == diag::err_incompatible_qualified_id) && |
17765 | PDecl && IFace && !IFace->hasDefinition()) |
17766 | Diag(IFace->getLocation(), diag::note_incomplete_class_and_qualified_id) |
17767 | << IFace << PDecl; |
17768 | |
17769 | if (SecondType == Context.OverloadTy) |
17770 | NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr).Expression, |
17771 | FirstType, /*TakingAddress=*/true); |
17772 | |
17773 | if (CheckInferredResultType) |
17774 | EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr); |
17775 | |
17776 | if (Action == AA_Returning && ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer) |
17777 | EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(DstType); |
17778 | |
17779 | if (Complained) |
17780 | *Complained = true; |
17781 | return isInvalid; |
17782 | } |
17783 | |
17784 | ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
17785 | llvm::APSInt *Result, |
17786 | AllowFoldKind CanFold) { |
17787 | class SimpleICEDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser { |
17788 | public: |
17789 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
17790 | QualType T) override { |
17791 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_not_integral) |
17792 | << T << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus; |
17793 | } |
17794 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) override { |
17795 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus; |
17796 | } |
17797 | } Diagnoser; |
17798 | |
17799 | return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, CanFold); |
17800 | } |
17801 | |
17802 | ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
17803 | llvm::APSInt *Result, |
17804 | unsigned DiagID, |
17805 | AllowFoldKind CanFold) { |
17806 | class IDDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser { |
17807 | unsigned DiagID; |
17808 | |
17809 | public: |
17810 | IDDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID) |
17811 | : VerifyICEDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID) { } |
17812 | |
17813 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) override { |
17814 | return S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
17815 | } |
17816 | } Diagnoser(DiagID); |
17817 | |
17818 | return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, CanFold); |
17819 | } |
17820 | |
17821 | Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
17822 | Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
17823 | QualType T) { |
17824 | return diagnoseNotICE(S, Loc); |
17825 | } |
17826 | |
17827 | Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
17828 | Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { |
17829 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus; |
17830 | } |
17831 | |
17832 | ExprResult |
17833 | Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
17834 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, |
17835 | AllowFoldKind CanFold) { |
17836 | SourceLocation DiagLoc = E->getBeginLoc(); |
17837 | |
17838 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
17839 | // C++11 [expr.const]p5: |
17840 | // If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an |
17841 | // integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall |
17842 | // have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or |
17843 | // unscoped enumeration type |
17844 | ExprResult Converted; |
17845 | class CXX11ConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { |
17846 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &BaseDiagnoser; |
17847 | public: |
17848 | CXX11ConvertDiagnoser(VerifyICEDiagnoser &BaseDiagnoser) |
17849 | : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/ false, |
17850 | BaseDiagnoser.Suppress, true), |
17851 | BaseDiagnoser(BaseDiagnoser) {} |
17852 | |
17853 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
17854 | QualType T) override { |
17855 | return BaseDiagnoser.diagnoseNotICEType(S, Loc, T); |
17856 | } |
17857 | |
17858 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( |
17859 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
17860 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_incomplete_type) << T; |
17861 | } |
17862 | |
17863 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( |
17864 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { |
17865 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; |
17866 | } |
17867 | |
17868 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( |
17869 | Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { |
17870 | return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here) |
17871 | << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; |
17872 | } |
17873 | |
17874 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( |
17875 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
17876 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_ambiguous_conversion) << T; |
17877 | } |
17878 | |
17879 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( |
17880 | Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { |
17881 | return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here) |
17882 | << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; |
17883 | } |
17884 | |
17885 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( |
17886 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { |
17887 | llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted" ); |
17888 | } |
17889 | } ConvertDiagnoser(Diagnoser); |
17890 | |
17891 | Converted = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(DiagLoc, E, |
17892 | ConvertDiagnoser); |
17893 | if (Converted.isInvalid()) |
17894 | return Converted; |
17895 | E = Converted.get(); |
17896 | if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) |
17897 | return ExprError(); |
17898 | } else if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { |
17899 | // An ICE must be of integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
17900 | if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) |
17901 | Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICEType(*this, DiagLoc, E->getType()) |
17902 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
17903 | return ExprError(); |
17904 | } |
17905 | |
17906 | ExprResult RValueExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); |
17907 | if (RValueExpr.isInvalid()) |
17908 | return ExprError(); |
17909 | |
17910 | E = RValueExpr.get(); |
17911 | |
17912 | // Circumvent ICE checking in C++11 to avoid evaluating the expression twice |
17913 | // in the non-ICE case. |
17914 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) { |
17915 | if (Result) |
17916 | *Result = E->EvaluateKnownConstIntCheckOverflow(Context); |
17917 | if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(E)) |
17918 | E = Result ? ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E, APValue(*Result)) |
17919 | : ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E); |
17920 | return E; |
17921 | } |
17922 | |
17923 | Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; |
17924 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; |
17925 | EvalResult.Diag = &Notes; |
17926 | |
17927 | // Try to evaluate the expression, and produce diagnostics explaining why it's |
17928 | // not a constant expression as a side-effect. |
17929 | bool Folded = |
17930 | E->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, Context, /*isConstantContext*/ true) && |
17931 | EvalResult.Val.isInt() && !EvalResult.HasSideEffects; |
17932 | |
17933 | if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(E)) |
17934 | E = ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E, EvalResult.Val); |
17935 | |
17936 | // In C++11, we can rely on diagnostics being produced for any expression |
17937 | // which is not a constant expression. If no diagnostics were produced, then |
17938 | // this is a constant expression. |
17939 | if (Folded && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Notes.empty()) { |
17940 | if (Result) |
17941 | *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); |
17942 | return E; |
17943 | } |
17944 | |
17945 | // If our only note is the usual "invalid subexpression" note, just point |
17946 | // the caret at its location rather than producing an essentially |
17947 | // redundant note. |
17948 | if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == |
17949 | diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { |
17950 | DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; |
17951 | Notes.clear(); |
17952 | } |
17953 | |
17954 | if (!Folded || !CanFold) { |
17955 | if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) { |
17956 | Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc) << E->getSourceRange(); |
17957 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes) |
17958 | Diag(Note.first, Note.second); |
17959 | } |
17960 | |
17961 | return ExprError(); |
17962 | } |
17963 | |
17964 | Diagnoser.diagnoseFold(*this, DiagLoc) << E->getSourceRange(); |
17965 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes) |
17966 | Diag(Note.first, Note.second); |
17967 | |
17968 | if (Result) |
17969 | *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); |
17970 | return E; |
17971 | } |
17972 | |
17973 | namespace { |
17974 | // Handle the case where we conclude a expression which we speculatively |
17975 | // considered to be unevaluated is actually evaluated. |
17976 | class TransformToPE : public TreeTransform<TransformToPE> { |
17977 | typedef TreeTransform<TransformToPE> BaseTransform; |
17978 | |
17979 | public: |
17980 | TransformToPE(Sema &SemaRef) : BaseTransform(SemaRef) { } |
17981 | |
17982 | // Make sure we redo semantic analysis |
17983 | bool AlwaysRebuild() { return true; } |
17984 | bool ReplacingOriginal() { return true; } |
17985 | |
17986 | // We need to special-case DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls which |
17987 | // are not part of a member pointer formation; normal TreeTransforming |
17988 | // doesn't catch this case because of the way we represent them in the AST. |
17989 | // FIXME: This is a bit ugly; is it really the best way to handle this |
17990 | // case? |
17991 | // |
17992 | // Error on DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls. |
17993 | ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { |
17994 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getDecl()) && |
17995 | !SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext()) |
17996 | return SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocation(), |
17997 | diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use) |
17998 | << E->getDecl() << E->getSourceRange(); |
17999 | |
18000 | return BaseTransform::TransformDeclRefExpr(E); |
18001 | } |
18002 | |
18003 | // Exception: filter out member pointer formation |
18004 | ExprResult TransformUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { |
18005 | if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType()) |
18006 | return E; |
18007 | |
18008 | return BaseTransform::TransformUnaryOperator(E); |
18009 | } |
18010 | |
18011 | // The body of a lambda-expression is in a separate expression evaluation |
18012 | // context so never needs to be transformed. |
18013 | // FIXME: Ideally we wouldn't transform the closure type either, and would |
18014 | // just recreate the capture expressions and lambda expression. |
18015 | StmtResult TransformLambdaBody(LambdaExpr *E, Stmt *Body) { |
18016 | return SkipLambdaBody(E, Body); |
18017 | } |
18018 | }; |
18019 | } |
18020 | |
18021 | ExprResult Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E) { |
18022 | assert(isUnevaluatedContext() && |
18023 | "Should only transform unevaluated expressions" ); |
18024 | ExprEvalContexts.back().Context = |
18025 | ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size()-2].Context; |
18026 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) |
18027 | return E; |
18028 | return TransformToPE(*this).TransformExpr(E); |
18029 | } |
18030 | |
18031 | TypeSourceInfo *Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { |
18032 | assert(isUnevaluatedContext() && |
18033 | "Should only transform unevaluated expressions" ); |
18034 | ExprEvalContexts.back().Context = |
18035 | ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size() - 2].Context; |
18036 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) |
18037 | return TInfo; |
18038 | return TransformToPE(*this).TransformType(TInfo); |
18039 | } |
18040 | |
18041 | void |
18042 | Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
18043 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, Decl *LambdaContextDecl, |
18044 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext) { |
18045 | ExprEvalContexts.emplace_back(NewContext, ExprCleanupObjects.size(), Cleanup, |
18046 | LambdaContextDecl, ExprContext); |
18047 | |
18048 | // Discarded statements and immediate contexts nested in other |
18049 | // discarded statements or immediate context are themselves |
18050 | // a discarded statement or an immediate context, respectively. |
18051 | ExprEvalContexts.back().InDiscardedStatement = |
18052 | ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size() - 2] |
18053 | .isDiscardedStatementContext(); |
18054 | |
18055 | // C++23 [expr.const]/p15 |
18056 | // An expression or conversion is in an immediate function context if [...] |
18057 | // it is a subexpression of a manifestly constant-evaluated expression or |
18058 | // conversion. |
18059 | const auto &Prev = ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size() - 2]; |
18060 | ExprEvalContexts.back().InImmediateFunctionContext = |
18061 | Prev.isImmediateFunctionContext() || Prev.isConstantEvaluated(); |
18062 | |
18063 | ExprEvalContexts.back().InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext = |
18064 | Prev.InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext; |
18065 | |
18066 | Cleanup.reset(); |
18067 | if (!MaybeODRUseExprs.empty()) |
18068 | std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, ExprEvalContexts.back().SavedMaybeODRUseExprs); |
18069 | } |
18070 | |
18071 | void |
18072 | Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
18073 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
18074 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext) { |
18075 | Decl *ClosureContextDecl = ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl; |
18076 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, ClosureContextDecl, ExprContext); |
18077 | } |
18078 | |
18079 | namespace { |
18080 | |
18081 | const DeclRefExpr *CheckPossibleDeref(Sema &S, const Expr *PossibleDeref) { |
18082 | PossibleDeref = PossibleDeref->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
18083 | if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(PossibleDeref)) { |
18084 | if (E->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) |
18085 | return CheckPossibleDeref(S, E->getSubExpr()); |
18086 | } else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(PossibleDeref)) { |
18087 | return CheckPossibleDeref(S, E->getBase()); |
18088 | } else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(PossibleDeref)) { |
18089 | return CheckPossibleDeref(S, E->getBase()); |
18090 | } else if (const auto E = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(PossibleDeref)) { |
18091 | QualType Inner; |
18092 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
18093 | if (const auto *Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) |
18094 | Inner = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
18095 | else if (const auto *Arr = S.Context.getAsArrayType(Ty)) |
18096 | Inner = Arr->getElementType(); |
18097 | else |
18098 | return nullptr; |
18099 | |
18100 | if (Inner->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) |
18101 | return E; |
18102 | } |
18103 | return nullptr; |
18104 | } |
18105 | |
18106 | } // namespace |
18107 | |
18108 | void Sema::WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec) { |
18109 | for (const Expr *E : Rec.PossibleDerefs) { |
18110 | const DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = CheckPossibleDeref(*this, E); |
18111 | if (DeclRef) { |
18112 | const ValueDecl *Decl = DeclRef->getDecl(); |
18113 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_dereference_of_noderef_type) |
18114 | << Decl->getName() << E->getSourceRange(); |
18115 | Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Decl->getName(); |
18116 | } else { |
18117 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_dereference_of_noderef_type_no_decl) |
18118 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
18119 | } |
18120 | } |
18121 | Rec.PossibleDerefs.clear(); |
18122 | } |
18123 | |
18124 | /// Check whether E, which is either a discarded-value expression or an |
18125 | /// unevaluated operand, is a simple-assignment to a volatlie-qualified lvalue, |
18126 | /// and if so, remove it from the list of volatile-qualified assignments that |
18127 | /// we are going to warn are deprecated. |
18128 | void Sema::CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Expr *E) { |
18129 | if (!E->getType().isVolatileQualified() || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) |
18130 | return; |
18131 | |
18132 | // Note: ignoring parens here is not justified by the standard rules, but |
18133 | // ignoring parentheses seems like a more reasonable approach, and this only |
18134 | // drives a deprecation warning so doesn't affect conformance. |
18135 | if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { |
18136 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign) { |
18137 | auto &LHSs = ExprEvalContexts.back().VolatileAssignmentLHSs; |
18138 | llvm::erase_value(LHSs, BO->getLHS()); |
18139 | } |
18140 | } |
18141 | } |
18142 | |
18143 | void Sema::MarkExpressionAsImmediateEscalating(Expr *E) { |
18144 | assert(!FunctionScopes.empty() && "Expected a function scope" ); |
18145 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && |
18146 | ExprEvalContexts.back().InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext && |
18147 | "Cannot mark an immediate escalating expression outside of an " |
18148 | "immediate escalating context" ); |
18149 | if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E->IgnoreImplicit()); |
18150 | Call && Call->getCallee()) { |
18151 | if (auto *DeclRef = |
18152 | dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Call->getCallee()->IgnoreImplicit())) |
18153 | DeclRef->setIsImmediateEscalating(true); |
18154 | } else if (auto *Ctr = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(E->IgnoreImplicit())) { |
18155 | Ctr->setIsImmediateEscalating(true); |
18156 | } else if (auto *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreImplicit())) { |
18157 | DeclRef->setIsImmediateEscalating(true); |
18158 | } else { |
18159 | assert(false && "expected an immediately escalating expression" ); |
18160 | } |
18161 | getCurFunction()->FoundImmediateEscalatingExpression = true; |
18162 | } |
18163 | |
18164 | ExprResult Sema::CheckForImmediateInvocation(ExprResult E, FunctionDecl *Decl) { |
18165 | if (isUnevaluatedContext() || !E.isUsable() || !Decl || |
18166 | !Decl->isImmediateFunction() || isConstantEvaluated() || |
18167 | isCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer() || |
18168 | RebuildingImmediateInvocation || isImmediateFunctionContext()) |
18169 | return E; |
18170 | |
18171 | /// Opportunistically remove the callee from ReferencesToConsteval if we can. |
18172 | /// It's OK if this fails; we'll also remove this in |
18173 | /// HandleImmediateInvocations, but catching it here allows us to avoid |
18174 | /// walking the AST looking for it in simple cases. |
18175 | if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E.get()->IgnoreImplicit())) |
18176 | if (auto *DeclRef = |
18177 | dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Call->getCallee()->IgnoreImplicit())) |
18178 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ReferenceToConsteval.erase(DeclRef); |
18179 | |
18180 | // C++23 [expr.const]/p16 |
18181 | // An expression or conversion is immediate-escalating if it is not initially |
18182 | // in an immediate function context and it is [...] an immediate invocation |
18183 | // that is not a constant expression and is not a subexpression of an |
18184 | // immediate invocation. |
18185 | APValue Cached; |
18186 | auto CheckConstantExpressionAndKeepResult = [&]() { |
18187 | llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; |
18188 | Expr::EvalResult Eval; |
18189 | Eval.Diag = &Notes; |
18190 | bool Res = E.get()->EvaluateAsConstantExpr( |
18191 | Eval, getASTContext(), ConstantExprKind::ImmediateInvocation); |
18192 | if (Res && Notes.empty()) { |
18193 | Cached = std::move(Eval.Val); |
18194 | return true; |
18195 | } |
18196 | return false; |
18197 | }; |
18198 | |
18199 | if (!E.get()->isValueDependent() && |
18200 | ExprEvalContexts.back().InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext && |
18201 | !CheckConstantExpressionAndKeepResult()) { |
18202 | MarkExpressionAsImmediateEscalating(E.get()); |
18203 | return E; |
18204 | } |
18205 | |
18206 | if (Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) { |
18207 | // Since an immediate invocation is a full expression itself - it requires |
18208 | // an additional ExprWithCleanups node, but it can participate to a bigger |
18209 | // full expression which actually requires cleanups to be run after so |
18210 | // create ExprWithCleanups without using MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups as it |
18211 | // may discard cleanups for outer expression too early. |
18212 | |
18213 | // Note that ExprWithCleanups created here must always have empty cleanup |
18214 | // objects: |
18215 | // - compound literals do not create cleanup objects in C++ and immediate |
18216 | // invocations are C++-only. |
18217 | // - blocks are not allowed inside constant expressions and compiler will |
18218 | // issue an error if they appear there. |
18219 | // |
18220 | // Hence, in correct code any cleanup objects created inside current |
18221 | // evaluation context must be outside the immediate invocation. |
18222 | E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(getASTContext(), E.get(), |
18223 | Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), {}); |
18224 | } |
18225 | |
18226 | ConstantExpr *Res = ConstantExpr::Create( |
18227 | getASTContext(), E.get(), |
18228 | ConstantExpr::getStorageKind(Decl->getReturnType().getTypePtr(), |
18229 | getASTContext()), |
18230 | /*IsImmediateInvocation*/ true); |
18231 | if (Cached.hasValue()) |
18232 | Res->MoveIntoResult(Cached, getASTContext()); |
18233 | /// Value-dependent constant expressions should not be immediately |
18234 | /// evaluated until they are instantiated. |
18235 | if (!Res->isValueDependent()) |
18236 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ImmediateInvocationCandidates.emplace_back(Res, 0); |
18237 | return Res; |
18238 | } |
18239 | |
18240 | static void EvaluateAndDiagnoseImmediateInvocation( |
18241 | Sema &SemaRef, Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate Candidate) { |
18242 | llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; |
18243 | Expr::EvalResult Eval; |
18244 | Eval.Diag = &Notes; |
18245 | ConstantExpr *CE = Candidate.getPointer(); |
18246 | bool Result = CE->EvaluateAsConstantExpr( |
18247 | Eval, SemaRef.getASTContext(), ConstantExprKind::ImmediateInvocation); |
18248 | if (!Result || !Notes.empty()) { |
18249 | SemaRef.FailedImmediateInvocations.insert(CE); |
18250 | Expr *InnerExpr = CE->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImplicit(); |
18251 | if (auto *FunctionalCast = dyn_cast<CXXFunctionalCastExpr>(InnerExpr)) |
18252 | InnerExpr = FunctionalCast->getSubExpr(); |
18253 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; |
18254 | if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(InnerExpr)) |
18255 | FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(Call->getCalleeDecl()); |
18256 | else if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(InnerExpr)) |
18257 | FD = Call->getConstructor(); |
18258 | else |
18259 | llvm_unreachable("unhandled decl kind" ); |
18260 | assert(FD && FD->isImmediateFunction()); |
18261 | SemaRef.Diag(CE->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_consteval_call) |
18262 | << FD << FD->isConsteval(); |
18263 | if (auto Context = |
18264 | SemaRef.InnermostDeclarationWithDelayedImmediateInvocations()) { |
18265 | SemaRef.Diag(Context->Loc, diag::note_invalid_consteval_initializer) |
18266 | << Context->Decl; |
18267 | SemaRef.Diag(Context->Decl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); |
18268 | } |
18269 | if (!FD->isConsteval()) |
18270 | SemaRef.DiagnoseImmediateEscalatingReason(FD); |
18271 | for (auto &Note : Notes) |
18272 | SemaRef.Diag(Note.first, Note.second); |
18273 | return; |
18274 | } |
18275 | CE->MoveIntoResult(Eval.Val, SemaRef.getASTContext()); |
18276 | } |
18277 | |
18278 | static void RemoveNestedImmediateInvocation( |
18279 | Sema &SemaRef, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec, |
18280 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4>::reverse_iterator It) { |
18281 | struct ComplexRemove : TreeTransform<ComplexRemove> { |
18282 | using Base = TreeTransform<ComplexRemove>; |
18283 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DRSet; |
18284 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> &IISet; |
18285 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4>::reverse_iterator |
18286 | CurrentII; |
18287 | ComplexRemove(Sema &SemaRef, llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DR, |
18288 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> &II, |
18289 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, |
18290 | 4>::reverse_iterator Current) |
18291 | : Base(SemaRef), DRSet(DR), IISet(II), CurrentII(Current) {} |
18292 | void RemoveImmediateInvocation(ConstantExpr* E) { |
18293 | auto It = std::find_if(CurrentII, IISet.rend(), |
18294 | [E](Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate Elem) { |
18295 | return Elem.getPointer() == E; |
18296 | }); |
18297 | // It is possible that some subexpression of the current immediate |
18298 | // invocation was handled from another expression evaluation context. Do |
18299 | // not handle the current immediate invocation if some of its |
18300 | // subexpressions failed before. |
18301 | if (It == IISet.rend()) { |
18302 | if (SemaRef.FailedImmediateInvocations.contains(E)) |
18303 | CurrentII->setInt(1); |
18304 | } else { |
18305 | It->setInt(1); // Mark as deleted |
18306 | } |
18307 | } |
18308 | ExprResult TransformConstantExpr(ConstantExpr *E) { |
18309 | if (!E->isImmediateInvocation()) |
18310 | return Base::TransformConstantExpr(E); |
18311 | RemoveImmediateInvocation(E); |
18312 | return Base::TransformExpr(E->getSubExpr()); |
18313 | } |
18314 | /// Base::TransfromCXXOperatorCallExpr doesn't traverse the callee so |
18315 | /// we need to remove its DeclRefExpr from the DRSet. |
18316 | ExprResult TransformCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { |
18317 | DRSet.erase(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getCallee()->IgnoreImplicit())); |
18318 | return Base::TransformCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); |
18319 | } |
18320 | /// Base::TransformInitializer skip ConstantExpr so we need to visit them |
18321 | /// here. |
18322 | ExprResult TransformInitializer(Expr *Init, bool NotCopyInit) { |
18323 | if (!Init) |
18324 | return Init; |
18325 | /// ConstantExpr are the first layer of implicit node to be removed so if |
18326 | /// Init isn't a ConstantExpr, no ConstantExpr will be skipped. |
18327 | if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init)) |
18328 | if (CE->isImmediateInvocation()) |
18329 | RemoveImmediateInvocation(CE); |
18330 | return Base::TransformInitializer(Init, NotCopyInit); |
18331 | } |
18332 | ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { |
18333 | DRSet.erase(E); |
18334 | return E; |
18335 | } |
18336 | ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { |
18337 | // Do not rebuild lambdas to avoid creating a new type. |
18338 | // Lambdas have already been processed inside their eval context. |
18339 | return E; |
18340 | } |
18341 | bool AlwaysRebuild() { return false; } |
18342 | bool ReplacingOriginal() { return true; } |
18343 | bool AllowSkippingCXXConstructExpr() { |
18344 | bool Res = AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr; |
18345 | AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = true; |
18346 | return Res; |
18347 | } |
18348 | bool AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = true; |
18349 | } Transformer(SemaRef, Rec.ReferenceToConsteval, |
18350 | Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates, It); |
18351 | |
18352 | /// CXXConstructExpr with a single argument are getting skipped by |
18353 | /// TreeTransform in some situtation because they could be implicit. This |
18354 | /// can only occur for the top-level CXXConstructExpr because it is used |
18355 | /// nowhere in the expression being transformed therefore will not be rebuilt. |
18356 | /// Setting AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr to false will prevent from |
18357 | /// skipping the first CXXConstructExpr. |
18358 | if (isa<CXXConstructExpr>(It->getPointer()->IgnoreImplicit())) |
18359 | Transformer.AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = false; |
18360 | |
18361 | ExprResult Res = Transformer.TransformExpr(It->getPointer()->getSubExpr()); |
18362 | // The result may not be usable in case of previous compilation errors. |
18363 | // In this case evaluation of the expression may result in crash so just |
18364 | // don't do anything further with the result. |
18365 | if (Res.isUsable()) { |
18366 | Res = SemaRef.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Res); |
18367 | It->getPointer()->setSubExpr(Res.get()); |
18368 | } |
18369 | } |
18370 | |
18371 | static void |
18372 | HandleImmediateInvocations(Sema &SemaRef, |
18373 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec) { |
18374 | if ((Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() == 0 && |
18375 | Rec.ReferenceToConsteval.size() == 0) || |
18376 | SemaRef.RebuildingImmediateInvocation) |
18377 | return; |
18378 | |
18379 | /// When we have more than 1 ImmediateInvocationCandidates or previously |
18380 | /// failed immediate invocations, we need to check for nested |
18381 | /// ImmediateInvocationCandidates in order to avoid duplicate diagnostics. |
18382 | /// Otherwise we only need to remove ReferenceToConsteval in the immediate |
18383 | /// invocation. |
18384 | if (Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() > 1 || |
18385 | !SemaRef.FailedImmediateInvocations.empty()) { |
18386 | |
18387 | /// Prevent sema calls during the tree transform from adding pointers that |
18388 | /// are already in the sets. |
18389 | llvm::SaveAndRestore DisableIITracking( |
18390 | SemaRef.RebuildingImmediateInvocation, true); |
18391 | |
18392 | /// Prevent diagnostic during tree transfrom as they are duplicates |
18393 | Sema::TentativeAnalysisScope DisableDiag(SemaRef); |
18394 | |
18395 | for (auto It = Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.rbegin(); |
18396 | It != Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.rend(); It++) |
18397 | if (!It->getInt()) |
18398 | RemoveNestedImmediateInvocation(SemaRef, Rec, It); |
18399 | } else if (Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() == 1 && |
18400 | Rec.ReferenceToConsteval.size()) { |
18401 | struct SimpleRemove : RecursiveASTVisitor<SimpleRemove> { |
18402 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DRSet; |
18403 | SimpleRemove(llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &S) : DRSet(S) {} |
18404 | bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { |
18405 | DRSet.erase(E); |
18406 | return DRSet.size(); |
18407 | } |
18408 | } Visitor(Rec.ReferenceToConsteval); |
18409 | Visitor.TraverseStmt( |
18410 | Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.front().getPointer()->getSubExpr()); |
18411 | } |
18412 | for (auto CE : Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates) |
18413 | if (!CE.getInt()) |
18414 | EvaluateAndDiagnoseImmediateInvocation(SemaRef, CE); |
18415 | for (auto *DR : Rec.ReferenceToConsteval) { |
18416 | // If the expression is immediate escalating, it is not an error; |
18417 | // The outer context itself becomes immediate and further errors, |
18418 | // if any, will be handled by DiagnoseImmediateEscalatingReason. |
18419 | if (DR->isImmediateEscalating()) |
18420 | continue; |
18421 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl()); |
18422 | const NamedDecl *ND = FD; |
18423 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND); |
18424 | MD && (MD->isLambdaStaticInvoker() || isLambdaCallOperator(MD))) |
18425 | ND = MD->getParent(); |
18426 | |
18427 | // C++23 [expr.const]/p16 |
18428 | // An expression or conversion is immediate-escalating if it is not |
18429 | // initially in an immediate function context and it is [...] a |
18430 | // potentially-evaluated id-expression that denotes an immediate function |
18431 | // that is not a subexpression of an immediate invocation. |
18432 | bool ImmediateEscalating = false; |
18433 | bool IsPotentiallyEvaluated = |
18434 | Rec.Context == |
18435 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated || |
18436 | Rec.Context == |
18437 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed; |
18438 | if (SemaRef.inTemplateInstantiation() && IsPotentiallyEvaluated) |
18439 | ImmediateEscalating = Rec.InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext; |
18440 | |
18441 | if (!Rec.InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext || |
18442 | (SemaRef.inTemplateInstantiation() && !ImmediateEscalating)) { |
18443 | SemaRef.Diag(DR->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_consteval_take_address) |
18444 | << ND << isa<CXXRecordDecl>(ND) << FD->isConsteval(); |
18445 | SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); |
18446 | if (auto Context = |
18447 | SemaRef.InnermostDeclarationWithDelayedImmediateInvocations()) { |
18448 | SemaRef.Diag(Context->Loc, diag::note_invalid_consteval_initializer) |
18449 | << Context->Decl; |
18450 | SemaRef.Diag(Context->Decl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); |
18451 | } |
18452 | if (FD->isImmediateEscalating() && !FD->isConsteval()) |
18453 | SemaRef.DiagnoseImmediateEscalatingReason(FD); |
18454 | |
18455 | } else { |
18456 | SemaRef.MarkExpressionAsImmediateEscalating(DR); |
18457 | } |
18458 | } |
18459 | } |
18460 | |
18461 | void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() { |
18462 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord& Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back(); |
18463 | unsigned NumTypos = Rec.NumTypos; |
18464 | |
18465 | if (!Rec.Lambdas.empty()) { |
18466 | using ExpressionKind = ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind; |
18467 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && |
18468 | (Rec.ExprContext == ExpressionKind::EK_TemplateArgument || |
18469 | Rec.isUnevaluated() || |
18470 | (Rec.isConstantEvaluated() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17))) { |
18471 | unsigned D; |
18472 | if (Rec.isUnevaluated()) { |
18473 | // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p2: |
18474 | // A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand |
18475 | // (Clause 5). |
18476 | D = diag::err_lambda_unevaluated_operand; |
18477 | } else if (Rec.isConstantEvaluated() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) { |
18478 | // C++1y [expr.const]p2: |
18479 | // A conditional-expression e is a core constant expression unless the |
18480 | // evaluation of e, following the rules of the abstract machine, would |
18481 | // evaluate [...] a lambda-expression. |
18482 | D = diag::err_lambda_in_constant_expression; |
18483 | } else if (Rec.ExprContext == ExpressionKind::EK_TemplateArgument) { |
18484 | // C++17 [expr.prim.lamda]p2: |
18485 | // A lambda-expression shall not appear [...] in a template-argument. |
18486 | D = diag::err_lambda_in_invalid_context; |
18487 | } else |
18488 | llvm_unreachable("Couldn't infer lambda error message." ); |
18489 | |
18490 | for (const auto *L : Rec.Lambdas) |
18491 | Diag(L->getBeginLoc(), D); |
18492 | } |
18493 | } |
18494 | |
18495 | WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(Rec); |
18496 | HandleImmediateInvocations(*this, Rec); |
18497 | |
18498 | // Warn on any volatile-qualified simple-assignments that are not discarded- |
18499 | // value expressions nor unevaluated operands (those cases get removed from |
18500 | // this list by CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment). |
18501 | for (auto *BO : Rec.VolatileAssignmentLHSs) |
18502 | Diag(BO->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_simple_assign_volatile) |
18503 | << BO->getType(); |
18504 | |
18505 | // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any |
18506 | // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of |
18507 | // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they |
18508 | // will never be constructed. |
18509 | if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.isConstantEvaluated()) { |
18510 | ExprCleanupObjects.erase(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + Rec.NumCleanupObjects, |
18511 | ExprCleanupObjects.end()); |
18512 | Cleanup = Rec.ParentCleanup; |
18513 | CleanupVarDeclMarking(); |
18514 | std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs); |
18515 | // Otherwise, merge the contexts together. |
18516 | } else { |
18517 | Cleanup.mergeFrom(Rec.ParentCleanup); |
18518 | MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.begin(), |
18519 | Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.end()); |
18520 | } |
18521 | |
18522 | // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack. |
18523 | ExprEvalContexts.pop_back(); |
18524 | |
18525 | // The global expression evaluation context record is never popped. |
18526 | ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos += NumTypos; |
18527 | } |
18528 | |
18529 | void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() { |
18530 | ExprCleanupObjects.erase( |
18531 | ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects, |
18532 | ExprCleanupObjects.end()); |
18533 | Cleanup.reset(); |
18534 | MaybeODRUseExprs.clear(); |
18535 | } |
18536 | |
18537 | ExprResult Sema::HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E) { |
18538 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); |
18539 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
18540 | return ExprError(); |
18541 | E = Result.get(); |
18542 | if (!E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) |
18543 | return E; |
18544 | return TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); |
18545 | } |
18546 | |
18547 | /// Are we in a context that is potentially constant evaluated per C++20 |
18548 | /// [expr.const]p12? |
18549 | static bool isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(Sema &SemaRef) { |
18550 | /// C++2a [expr.const]p12: |
18551 | // An expression or conversion is potentially constant evaluated if it is |
18552 | switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { |
18553 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated: |
18554 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext: |
18555 | |
18556 | // -- a manifestly constant-evaluated expression, |
18557 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated: |
18558 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed: |
18559 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement: |
18560 | // -- a potentially-evaluated expression, |
18561 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList: |
18562 | // -- an immediate subexpression of a braced-init-list, |
18563 | |
18564 | // -- [FIXME] an expression of the form & cast-expression that occurs |
18565 | // within a templated entity |
18566 | // -- a subexpression of one of the above that is not a subexpression of |
18567 | // a nested unevaluated operand. |
18568 | return true; |
18569 | |
18570 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated: |
18571 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract: |
18572 | // Expressions in this context are never evaluated. |
18573 | return false; |
18574 | } |
18575 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid context" ); |
18576 | } |
18577 | |
18578 | /// Return true if this function has a calling convention that requires mangling |
18579 | /// in the size of the parameter pack. |
18580 | static bool funcHasParameterSizeMangling(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { |
18581 | // These manglings don't do anything on non-Windows or non-x86 platforms, so |
18582 | // we don't need parameter type sizes. |
18583 | const llvm::Triple &TT = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); |
18584 | if (!TT.isOSWindows() || !TT.isX86()) |
18585 | return false; |
18586 | |
18587 | // If this is C++ and this isn't an extern "C" function, parameters do not |
18588 | // need to be complete. In this case, C++ mangling will apply, which doesn't |
18589 | // use the size of the parameters. |
18590 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->isExternC()) |
18591 | return false; |
18592 | |
18593 | // Stdcall, fastcall, and vectorcall need this special treatment. |
18594 | CallingConv CC = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); |
18595 | switch (CC) { |
18596 | case CC_X86StdCall: |
18597 | case CC_X86FastCall: |
18598 | case CC_X86VectorCall: |
18599 | return true; |
18600 | default: |
18601 | break; |
18602 | } |
18603 | return false; |
18604 | } |
18605 | |
18606 | /// Require that all of the parameter types of function be complete. Normally, |
18607 | /// parameter types are only required to be complete when a function is called |
18608 | /// or defined, but to mangle functions with certain calling conventions, the |
18609 | /// mangler needs to know the size of the parameter list. In this situation, |
18610 | /// MSVC doesn't emit an error or instantiate templates. Instead, MSVC mangles |
18611 | /// the function as _foo@0, i.e. zero bytes of parameters, which will usually |
18612 | /// result in a linker error. Clang doesn't implement this behavior, and instead |
18613 | /// attempts to error at compile time. |
18614 | static void CheckCompleteParameterTypesForMangler(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, |
18615 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
18616 | class ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser : public Sema::TypeDiagnoser { |
18617 | FunctionDecl *FD; |
18618 | ParmVarDecl *Param; |
18619 | |
18620 | public: |
18621 | ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, ParmVarDecl *Param) |
18622 | : FD(FD), Param(Param) {} |
18623 | |
18624 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
18625 | CallingConv CC = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); |
18626 | StringRef CCName; |
18627 | switch (CC) { |
18628 | case CC_X86StdCall: |
18629 | CCName = "stdcall" ; |
18630 | break; |
18631 | case CC_X86FastCall: |
18632 | CCName = "fastcall" ; |
18633 | break; |
18634 | case CC_X86VectorCall: |
18635 | CCName = "vectorcall" ; |
18636 | break; |
18637 | default: |
18638 | llvm_unreachable("CC does not need mangling" ); |
18639 | } |
18640 | |
18641 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_cconv_incomplete_param_type) |
18642 | << Param->getDeclName() << FD->getDeclName() << CCName; |
18643 | } |
18644 | }; |
18645 | |
18646 | for (ParmVarDecl *Param : FD->parameters()) { |
18647 | ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser Diagnoser(FD, Param); |
18648 | S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Param->getType(), Diagnoser); |
18649 | } |
18650 | } |
18651 | |
18652 | namespace { |
18653 | enum class OdrUseContext { |
18654 | /// Declarations in this context are not odr-used. |
18655 | None, |
18656 | /// Declarations in this context are formally odr-used, but this is a |
18657 | /// dependent context. |
18658 | Dependent, |
18659 | /// Declarations in this context are odr-used but not actually used (yet). |
18660 | FormallyOdrUsed, |
18661 | /// Declarations in this context are used. |
18662 | Used |
18663 | }; |
18664 | } |
18665 | |
18666 | /// Are we within a context in which references to resolved functions or to |
18667 | /// variables result in odr-use? |
18668 | static OdrUseContext isOdrUseContext(Sema &SemaRef) { |
18669 | OdrUseContext Result; |
18670 | |
18671 | switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { |
18672 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated: |
18673 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList: |
18674 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract: |
18675 | return OdrUseContext::None; |
18676 | |
18677 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated: |
18678 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext: |
18679 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated: |
18680 | Result = OdrUseContext::Used; |
18681 | break; |
18682 | |
18683 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement: |
18684 | Result = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; |
18685 | break; |
18686 | |
18687 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed: |
18688 | // A default argument formally results in odr-use, but doesn't actually |
18689 | // result in a use in any real sense until it itself is used. |
18690 | Result = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; |
18691 | break; |
18692 | } |
18693 | |
18694 | if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext()) |
18695 | return OdrUseContext::Dependent; |
18696 | |
18697 | return Result; |
18698 | } |
18699 | |
18700 | static bool isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(FunctionDecl *Func) { |
18701 | if (!Func->isConstexpr()) |
18702 | return false; |
18703 | |
18704 | if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable() || !Func->isUserProvided()) |
18705 | return true; |
18706 | auto *CCD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func); |
18707 | return CCD && CCD->getInheritedConstructor(); |
18708 | } |
18709 | |
18710 | /// Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used |
18711 | /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3) |
18712 | void Sema::MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, |
18713 | bool MightBeOdrUse) { |
18714 | assert(Func && "No function?" ); |
18715 | |
18716 | Func->setReferenced(); |
18717 | |
18718 | // Recursive functions aren't really used until they're used from some other |
18719 | // context. |
18720 | bool IsRecursiveCall = CurContext == Func; |
18721 | |
18722 | // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p3: |
18723 | // A function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression is |
18724 | // odr-used if it is the unique lookup result or the selected member of a |
18725 | // set of overloaded functions [...]. |
18726 | // |
18727 | // We (incorrectly) mark overload resolution as an unevaluated context, so we |
18728 | // can just check that here. |
18729 | OdrUseContext OdrUse = |
18730 | MightBeOdrUse ? isOdrUseContext(*this) : OdrUseContext::None; |
18731 | if (IsRecursiveCall && OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used) |
18732 | OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; |
18733 | |
18734 | // Trivial default constructors and destructors are never actually used. |
18735 | // FIXME: What about other special members? |
18736 | if (Func->isTrivial() && !Func->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && |
18737 | OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used) { |
18738 | if (auto *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) |
18739 | if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) |
18740 | OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; |
18741 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) |
18742 | OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; |
18743 | } |
18744 | |
18745 | // C++20 [expr.const]p12: |
18746 | // A function [...] is needed for constant evaluation if it is [...] a |
18747 | // constexpr function that is named by an expression that is potentially |
18748 | // constant evaluated |
18749 | bool NeededForConstantEvaluation = |
18750 | isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(*this) && |
18751 | isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(Func); |
18752 | |
18753 | // Determine whether we require a function definition to exist, per |
18754 | // C++11 [temp.inst]p3: |
18755 | // Unless a function template specialization has been explicitly |
18756 | // instantiated or explicitly specialized, the function template |
18757 | // specialization is implicitly instantiated when the specialization is |
18758 | // referenced in a context that requires a function definition to exist. |
18759 | // C++20 [temp.inst]p7: |
18760 | // The existence of a definition of a [...] function is considered to |
18761 | // affect the semantics of the program if the [...] function is needed for |
18762 | // constant evaluation by an expression |
18763 | // C++20 [basic.def.odr]p10: |
18764 | // Every program shall contain exactly one definition of every non-inline |
18765 | // function or variable that is odr-used in that program outside of a |
18766 | // discarded statement |
18767 | // C++20 [special]p1: |
18768 | // The implementation will implicitly define [defaulted special members] |
18769 | // if they are odr-used or needed for constant evaluation. |
18770 | // |
18771 | // Note that we skip the implicit instantiation of templates that are only |
18772 | // used in unused default arguments or by recursive calls to themselves. |
18773 | // This is formally non-conforming, but seems reasonable in practice. |
18774 | bool NeedDefinition = !IsRecursiveCall && (OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used || |
18775 | NeededForConstantEvaluation); |
18776 | |
18777 | // C++14 [temp.expl.spec]p6: |
18778 | // If a template [...] is explicitly specialized then that specialization |
18779 | // shall be declared before the first use of that specialization that would |
18780 | // cause an implicit instantiation to take place, in every translation unit |
18781 | // in which such a use occurs |
18782 | if (NeedDefinition && |
18783 | (Func->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_Undeclared || |
18784 | Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo())) |
18785 | checkSpecializationReachability(Loc, Func); |
18786 | |
18787 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) |
18788 | CheckCUDACall(Loc, Func); |
18789 | |
18790 | // If we need a definition, try to create one. |
18791 | if (NeedDefinition && !Func->getBody()) { |
18792 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, [&] { |
18793 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = |
18794 | dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) { |
18795 | Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Constructor->getFirstDecl()); |
18796 | if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && !Constructor->isDeleted()) { |
18797 | if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { |
18798 | if (Constructor->isTrivial() && |
18799 | !Constructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) |
18800 | return; |
18801 | DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor); |
18802 | } else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) { |
18803 | DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor); |
18804 | } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) { |
18805 | DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(Loc, Constructor); |
18806 | } |
18807 | } else if (Constructor->getInheritedConstructor()) { |
18808 | DefineInheritingConstructor(Loc, Constructor); |
18809 | } |
18810 | } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = |
18811 | dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) { |
18812 | Destructor = cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Destructor->getFirstDecl()); |
18813 | if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isDeleted()) { |
18814 | if (Destructor->isTrivial() && !Destructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) |
18815 | return; |
18816 | DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor); |
18817 | } |
18818 | if (Destructor->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext) |
18819 | MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent()); |
18820 | } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func)) { |
18821 | if (MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() && |
18822 | MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) { |
18823 | MethodDecl = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl()); |
18824 | if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && !MethodDecl->isDeleted()) { |
18825 | if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) |
18826 | DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl); |
18827 | else if (MethodDecl->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) |
18828 | DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl); |
18829 | } |
18830 | } else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl) && |
18831 | MethodDecl->getParent()->isLambda()) { |
18832 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = |
18833 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl()); |
18834 | if (Conversion->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion()) |
18835 | DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion); |
18836 | else |
18837 | DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion); |
18838 | } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext) |
18839 | MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent()); |
18840 | } |
18841 | |
18842 | if (Func->isDefaulted() && !Func->isDeleted()) { |
18843 | DefaultedComparisonKind DCK = getDefaultedComparisonKind(Func); |
18844 | if (DCK != DefaultedComparisonKind::None) |
18845 | DefineDefaultedComparison(Loc, Func, DCK); |
18846 | } |
18847 | |
18848 | // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of |
18849 | // class templates. |
18850 | if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) { |
18851 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = |
18852 | Func->getTemplateSpecializationKindForInstantiation(); |
18853 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Func->getPointOfInstantiation(); |
18854 | bool FirstInstantiation = PointOfInstantiation.isInvalid(); |
18855 | if (FirstInstantiation) { |
18856 | PointOfInstantiation = Loc; |
18857 | if (auto *MSI = Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) |
18858 | MSI->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); |
18859 | // FIXME: Notify listener. |
18860 | else |
18861 | Func->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, PointOfInstantiation); |
18862 | } else if (TSK != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) { |
18863 | // Use the point of use as the point of instantiation, instead of the |
18864 | // point of explicit instantiation (which we track as the actual point |
18865 | // of instantiation). This gives better backtraces in diagnostics. |
18866 | PointOfInstantiation = Loc; |
18867 | } |
18868 | |
18869 | if (FirstInstantiation || TSK != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || |
18870 | Func->isConstexpr()) { |
18871 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()) && |
18872 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass() && |
18873 | CodeSynthesisContexts.size()) |
18874 | PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back( |
18875 | std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation)); |
18876 | else if (Func->isConstexpr()) |
18877 | // Do not defer instantiations of constexpr functions, to avoid the |
18878 | // expression evaluator needing to call back into Sema if it sees a |
18879 | // call to such a function. |
18880 | InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Func); |
18881 | else { |
18882 | Func->setInstantiationIsPending(true); |
18883 | PendingInstantiations.push_back( |
18884 | std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation)); |
18885 | // Notify the consumer that a function was implicitly instantiated. |
18886 | Consumer.HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(Func); |
18887 | } |
18888 | } |
18889 | } else { |
18890 | // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable. |
18891 | for (auto *i : Func->redecls()) { |
18892 | if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) |
18893 | MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, i, MightBeOdrUse); |
18894 | } |
18895 | } |
18896 | }); |
18897 | } |
18898 | |
18899 | // If a constructor was defined in the context of a default parameter |
18900 | // or of another default member initializer (ie a PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed |
18901 | // context), its initializers may not be referenced yet. |
18902 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) { |
18903 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext( |
18904 | *this, |
18905 | Constructor->isImmediateFunction() |
18906 | ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext |
18907 | : ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, |
18908 | Constructor); |
18909 | for (CXXCtorInitializer *Init : Constructor->inits()) { |
18910 | if (Init->isInClassMemberInitializer()) |
18911 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Init->getSourceLocation(), [&]() { |
18912 | MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Init->getInit()); |
18913 | }); |
18914 | } |
18915 | } |
18916 | |
18917 | // C++14 [except.spec]p17: |
18918 | // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when: |
18919 | // - the function is odr-used or, if it appears in an unevaluated operand, |
18920 | // would be odr-used if the expression were potentially-evaluated; |
18921 | // |
18922 | // Note, we do this even if MightBeOdrUse is false. That indicates that the |
18923 | // function is a pure virtual function we're calling, and in that case the |
18924 | // function was selected by overload resolution and we need to resolve its |
18925 | // exception specification for a different reason. |
18926 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT = Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
18927 | if (FPT && isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) |
18928 | ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT); |
18929 | |
18930 | // If this is the first "real" use, act on that. |
18931 | if (OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used && !Func->isUsed(/*CheckUsedAttr=*/false)) { |
18932 | // Keep track of used but undefined functions. |
18933 | if (!Func->isDefined()) { |
18934 | if (mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(Func)) |
18935 | UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc)); |
18936 | else if (Func->getMostRecentDecl()->isInlined() && |
18937 | !LangOpts.GNUInline && |
18938 | !Func->getMostRecentDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) |
18939 | UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc)); |
18940 | else if (isExternalWithNoLinkageType(Func)) |
18941 | UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc)); |
18942 | } |
18943 | |
18944 | // Some x86 Windows calling conventions mangle the size of the parameter |
18945 | // pack into the name. Computing the size of the parameters requires the |
18946 | // parameter types to be complete. Check that now. |
18947 | if (funcHasParameterSizeMangling(*this, Func)) |
18948 | CheckCompleteParameterTypesForMangler(*this, Func, Loc); |
18949 | |
18950 | // In the MS C++ ABI, the compiler emits destructor variants where they are |
18951 | // used. If the destructor is used here but defined elsewhere, mark the |
18952 | // virtual base destructors referenced. If those virtual base destructors |
18953 | // are inline, this will ensure they are defined when emitting the complete |
18954 | // destructor variant. This checking may be redundant if the destructor is |
18955 | // provided later in this TU. |
18956 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { |
18957 | if (auto *Dtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) { |
18958 | CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Dtor->getParent(); |
18959 | if (Parent->getNumVBases() > 0 && !Dtor->getBody()) |
18960 | CheckCompleteDestructorVariant(Loc, Dtor); |
18961 | } |
18962 | } |
18963 | |
18964 | Func->markUsed(Context); |
18965 | } |
18966 | } |
18967 | |
18968 | /// Directly mark a variable odr-used. Given a choice, prefer to use |
18969 | /// MarkVariableReferenced since it does additional checks and then |
18970 | /// calls MarkVarDeclODRUsed. |
18971 | /// If the variable must be captured: |
18972 | /// - if FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt is null, capture it in the CurContext |
18973 | /// - else capture it in the DeclContext that maps to the |
18974 | /// *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt on the FunctionScopeInfo stack. |
18975 | static void |
18976 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(ValueDecl *V, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &SemaRef, |
18977 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr) { |
18978 | // Keep track of used but undefined variables. |
18979 | // FIXME: We shouldn't suppress this warning for static data members. |
18980 | VarDecl *Var = V->getPotentiallyDecomposedVarDecl(); |
18981 | assert(Var && "expected a capturable variable" ); |
18982 | |
18983 | if (Var->hasDefinition(SemaRef.Context) == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly && |
18984 | (!Var->isExternallyVisible() || Var->isInline() || |
18985 | SemaRef.isExternalWithNoLinkageType(Var)) && |
18986 | !(Var->isStaticDataMember() && Var->hasInit())) { |
18987 | SourceLocation &old = SemaRef.UndefinedButUsed[Var->getCanonicalDecl()]; |
18988 | if (old.isInvalid()) |
18989 | old = Loc; |
18990 | } |
18991 | QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; |
18992 | if (SemaRef.LangOpts.OpenMP) |
18993 | SemaRef.tryCaptureOpenMPLambdas(V); |
18994 | SemaRef.tryCaptureVariable(V, Loc, Sema::TryCapture_Implicit, |
18995 | /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), |
18996 | /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, CaptureType, |
18997 | DeclRefType, FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); |
18998 | |
18999 | if (SemaRef.LangOpts.CUDA && Var->hasGlobalStorage()) { |
19000 | auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext); |
19001 | auto VarTarget = SemaRef.IdentifyCUDATarget(Var); |
19002 | auto UserTarget = SemaRef.IdentifyCUDATarget(FD); |
19003 | if (VarTarget == Sema::CVT_Host && |
19004 | (UserTarget == Sema::CFT_Device || UserTarget == Sema::CFT_HostDevice || |
19005 | UserTarget == Sema::CFT_Global)) { |
19006 | // Diagnose ODR-use of host global variables in device functions. |
19007 | // Reference of device global variables in host functions is allowed |
19008 | // through shadow variables therefore it is not diagnosed. |
19009 | if (SemaRef.LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice) { |
19010 | SemaRef.targetDiag(Loc, diag::err_ref_bad_target) |
19011 | << /*host*/ 2 << /*variable*/ 1 << Var << UserTarget; |
19012 | SemaRef.targetDiag(Var->getLocation(), |
19013 | Var->getType().isConstQualified() |
19014 | ? diag::note_cuda_const_var_unpromoted |
19015 | : diag::note_cuda_host_var); |
19016 | } |
19017 | } else if (VarTarget == Sema::CVT_Device && |
19018 | (UserTarget == Sema::CFT_Host || |
19019 | UserTarget == Sema::CFT_HostDevice)) { |
19020 | // Record a CUDA/HIP device side variable if it is ODR-used |
19021 | // by host code. This is done conservatively, when the variable is |
19022 | // referenced in any of the following contexts: |
19023 | // - a non-function context |
19024 | // - a host function |
19025 | // - a host device function |
19026 | // This makes the ODR-use of the device side variable by host code to |
19027 | // be visible in the device compilation for the compiler to be able to |
19028 | // emit template variables instantiated by host code only and to |
19029 | // externalize the static device side variable ODR-used by host code. |
19030 | if (!Var->hasExternalStorage()) |
19031 | SemaRef.getASTContext().CUDADeviceVarODRUsedByHost.insert(Var); |
19032 | else if (SemaRef.LangOpts.GPURelocatableDeviceCode) |
19033 | SemaRef.getASTContext().CUDAExternalDeviceDeclODRUsedByHost.insert(Var); |
19034 | } |
19035 | } |
19036 | |
19037 | V->markUsed(SemaRef.Context); |
19038 | } |
19039 | |
19040 | void Sema::MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(ValueDecl *Capture, |
19041 | SourceLocation Loc, |
19042 | unsigned CapturingScopeIndex) { |
19043 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Capture, Loc, *this, &CapturingScopeIndex); |
19044 | } |
19045 | |
19046 | void diagnoseUncapturableValueReferenceOrBinding(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, |
19047 | ValueDecl *var) { |
19048 | DeclContext *VarDC = var->getDeclContext(); |
19049 | |
19050 | // If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then |
19051 | // we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of |
19052 | // the next. |
19053 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var) && |
19054 | isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(VarDC)) |
19055 | return; |
19056 | |
19057 | // For C code, don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code |
19058 | // right now; it's impossible to write a non-constant expression outside of |
19059 | // function context, so we'll get other (more useful) diagnostics later. |
19060 | // |
19061 | // For C++, things get a bit more nasty... it would be nice to suppress this |
19062 | // diagnostic for certain cases like using a local variable in an array bound |
19063 | // for a member of a local class, but the correct predicate is not obvious. |
19064 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
19065 | return; |
19066 | |
19067 | unsigned ValueKind = isa<BindingDecl>(var) ? 1 : 0; |
19068 | unsigned ContextKind = 3; // unknown |
19069 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VarDC) && |
19070 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VarDC->getParent())->isLambda()) { |
19071 | ContextKind = 2; |
19072 | } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(VarDC)) { |
19073 | ContextKind = 0; |
19074 | } else if (isa<BlockDecl>(VarDC)) { |
19075 | ContextKind = 1; |
19076 | } |
19077 | |
19078 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_in_enclosing_context) |
19079 | << var << ValueKind << ContextKind << VarDC; |
19080 | S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) |
19081 | << var; |
19082 | |
19083 | // FIXME: Add additional diagnostic info about class etc. which prevents |
19084 | // capture. |
19085 | } |
19086 | |
19087 | static bool isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, |
19088 | ValueDecl *Var, |
19089 | bool &SubCapturesAreNested, |
19090 | QualType &CaptureType, |
19091 | QualType &DeclRefType) { |
19092 | // Check whether we've already captured it. |
19093 | if (CSI->CaptureMap.count(Var)) { |
19094 | // If we found a capture, any subcaptures are nested. |
19095 | SubCapturesAreNested = true; |
19096 | |
19097 | // Retrieve the capture type for this variable. |
19098 | CaptureType = CSI->getCapture(Var).getCaptureType(); |
19099 | |
19100 | // Compute the type of an expression that refers to this variable. |
19101 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); |
19102 | |
19103 | // Similarly to mutable captures in lambda, all the OpenMP captures by copy |
19104 | // are mutable in the sense that user can change their value - they are |
19105 | // private instances of the captured declarations. |
19106 | const Capture &Cap = CSI->getCapture(Var); |
19107 | if (Cap.isCopyCapture() && |
19108 | !(isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI) && cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Mutable) && |
19109 | !(isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI) && |
19110 | cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP)) |
19111 | DeclRefType.addConst(); |
19112 | return true; |
19113 | } |
19114 | return false; |
19115 | } |
19116 | |
19117 | // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can |
19118 | // capture; other scopes don't work. |
19119 | static DeclContext *getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DeclContext *DC, |
19120 | ValueDecl *Var, |
19121 | SourceLocation Loc, |
19122 | const bool Diagnose, |
19123 | Sema &S) { |
19124 | if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) || isa<CapturedDecl>(DC) || isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) |
19125 | return getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC); |
19126 | |
19127 | VarDecl *Underlying = Var->getPotentiallyDecomposedVarDecl(); |
19128 | if (Underlying) { |
19129 | if (Underlying->hasLocalStorage() && Diagnose) |
19130 | diagnoseUncapturableValueReferenceOrBinding(S, Loc, Var); |
19131 | } |
19132 | return nullptr; |
19133 | } |
19134 | |
19135 | // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture |
19136 | // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.) |
19137 | // so check for eligibility. |
19138 | static bool isVariableCapturable(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, ValueDecl *Var, |
19139 | SourceLocation Loc, const bool Diagnose, |
19140 | Sema &S) { |
19141 | |
19142 | assert((isa<VarDecl, BindingDecl>(Var)) && |
19143 | "Only variables and structured bindings can be captured" ); |
19144 | |
19145 | bool IsBlock = isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI); |
19146 | bool IsLambda = isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); |
19147 | |
19148 | // Lambdas are not allowed to capture unnamed variables |
19149 | // (e.g. anonymous unions). |
19150 | // FIXME: The C++11 rule don't actually state this explicitly, but I'm |
19151 | // assuming that's the intent. |
19152 | if (IsLambda && !Var->getDeclName()) { |
19153 | if (Diagnose) { |
19154 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var); |
19155 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); |
19156 | } |
19157 | return false; |
19158 | } |
19159 | |
19160 | // Prohibit variably-modified types in blocks; they're difficult to deal with. |
19161 | if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && IsBlock) { |
19162 | if (Diagnose) { |
19163 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type); |
19164 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; |
19165 | } |
19166 | return false; |
19167 | } |
19168 | // Prohibit structs with flexible array members too. |
19169 | // We cannot capture what is in the tail end of the struct. |
19170 | if (const RecordType *VTTy = Var->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
19171 | if (VTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { |
19172 | if (Diagnose) { |
19173 | if (IsBlock) |
19174 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_flexarray_type); |
19175 | else |
19176 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_flexarray_type) << Var; |
19177 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; |
19178 | } |
19179 | return false; |
19180 | } |
19181 | } |
19182 | const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>(); |
19183 | // Lambdas and captured statements are not allowed to capture __block |
19184 | // variables; they don't support the expected semantics. |
19185 | if (HasBlocksAttr && (IsLambda || isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))) { |
19186 | if (Diagnose) { |
19187 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_capture_block_variable) << Var << !IsLambda; |
19188 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; |
19189 | } |
19190 | return false; |
19191 | } |
19192 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5: Blocks cannot reference/capture other blocks |
19193 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && IsBlock && |
19194 | Var->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) { |
19195 | if (Diagnose) |
19196 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_block_ref_block); |
19197 | return false; |
19198 | } |
19199 | |
19200 | if (isa<BindingDecl>(Var)) { |
19201 | if (!IsLambda || !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
19202 | if (Diagnose) |
19203 | diagnoseUncapturableValueReferenceOrBinding(S, Loc, Var); |
19204 | return false; |
19205 | } else if (Diagnose && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
19206 | S.Diag(Loc, S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus20 |
19207 | ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_capture_binding |
19208 | : diag::ext_capture_binding) |
19209 | << Var; |
19210 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << Var; |
19211 | } |
19212 | } |
19213 | |
19214 | return true; |
19215 | } |
19216 | |
19217 | // Returns true if the capture by block was successful. |
19218 | static bool captureInBlock(BlockScopeInfo *BSI, ValueDecl *Var, |
19219 | SourceLocation Loc, const bool BuildAndDiagnose, |
19220 | QualType &CaptureType, QualType &DeclRefType, |
19221 | const bool Nested, Sema &S, bool Invalid) { |
19222 | bool ByRef = false; |
19223 | |
19224 | // Blocks are not allowed to capture arrays, excepting OpenCL. |
19225 | // OpenCL v2.0 s1.12.5 (revision 40): arrays are captured by reference |
19226 | // (decayed to pointers). |
19227 | if (!Invalid && !S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CaptureType->isArrayType()) { |
19228 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19229 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type); |
19230 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; |
19231 | Invalid = true; |
19232 | } else { |
19233 | return false; |
19234 | } |
19235 | } |
19236 | |
19237 | // Forbid the block-capture of autoreleasing variables. |
19238 | if (!Invalid && |
19239 | CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { |
19240 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19241 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) |
19242 | << /*block*/ 0; |
19243 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; |
19244 | Invalid = true; |
19245 | } else { |
19246 | return false; |
19247 | } |
19248 | } |
19249 | |
19250 | // Warn about implicitly autoreleasing indirect parameters captured by blocks. |
19251 | if (const auto *PT = CaptureType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
19252 | QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); |
19253 | |
19254 | if (!Invalid && PointeeTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && |
19255 | PointeeTy.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing && |
19256 | !S.Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(PointeeTy)) { |
19257 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19258 | SourceLocation VarLoc = Var->getLocation(); |
19259 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_block_capture_autoreleasing); |
19260 | S.Diag(VarLoc, diag::note_declare_parameter_strong); |
19261 | } |
19262 | } |
19263 | } |
19264 | |
19265 | const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>(); |
19266 | if (HasBlocksAttr || CaptureType->isReferenceType() || |
19267 | (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.isOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var))) { |
19268 | // Block capture by reference does not change the capture or |
19269 | // declaration reference types. |
19270 | ByRef = true; |
19271 | } else { |
19272 | // Block capture by copy introduces 'const'. |
19273 | CaptureType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().withConst(); |
19274 | DeclRefType = CaptureType; |
19275 | } |
19276 | |
19277 | // Actually capture the variable. |
19278 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) |
19279 | BSI->addCapture(Var, HasBlocksAttr, ByRef, Nested, Loc, SourceLocation(), |
19280 | CaptureType, Invalid); |
19281 | |
19282 | return !Invalid; |
19283 | } |
19284 | |
19285 | /// Capture the given variable in the captured region. |
19286 | static bool captureInCapturedRegion( |
19287 | CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI, ValueDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, |
19288 | const bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType, QualType &DeclRefType, |
19289 | const bool RefersToCapturedVariable, Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind, |
19290 | bool IsTopScope, Sema &S, bool Invalid) { |
19291 | // By default, capture variables by reference. |
19292 | bool ByRef = true; |
19293 | if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) { |
19294 | ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef); |
19295 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) { |
19296 | // Using an LValue reference type is consistent with Lambdas (see below). |
19297 | if (S.isOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var)) { |
19298 | bool HasConst = DeclRefType.isConstQualified(); |
19299 | DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
19300 | // Don't lose diagnostics about assignments to const. |
19301 | if (HasConst) |
19302 | DeclRefType.addConst(); |
19303 | } |
19304 | // Do not capture firstprivates in tasks. |
19305 | if (S.isOpenMPPrivateDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel) != |
19306 | OMPC_unknown) |
19307 | return true; |
19308 | ByRef = S.isOpenMPCapturedByRef(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, |
19309 | RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); |
19310 | } |
19311 | |
19312 | if (ByRef) |
19313 | CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType); |
19314 | else |
19315 | CaptureType = DeclRefType; |
19316 | |
19317 | // Actually capture the variable. |
19318 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) |
19319 | RSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock*/ false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable, |
19320 | Loc, SourceLocation(), CaptureType, Invalid); |
19321 | |
19322 | return !Invalid; |
19323 | } |
19324 | |
19325 | /// Capture the given variable in the lambda. |
19326 | static bool captureInLambda(LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, ValueDecl *Var, |
19327 | SourceLocation Loc, const bool BuildAndDiagnose, |
19328 | QualType &CaptureType, QualType &DeclRefType, |
19329 | const bool RefersToCapturedVariable, |
19330 | const Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind, |
19331 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, const bool IsTopScope, |
19332 | Sema &S, bool Invalid) { |
19333 | // Determine whether we are capturing by reference or by value. |
19334 | bool ByRef = false; |
19335 | if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) { |
19336 | ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef); |
19337 | } else { |
19338 | ByRef = (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == LambdaScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref); |
19339 | } |
19340 | |
19341 | BindingDecl *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(Var); |
19342 | // FIXME: We should support capturing structured bindings in OpenMP. |
19343 | if (!Invalid && BD && S.LangOpts.OpenMP) { |
19344 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19345 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_capture_binding_openmp) << Var; |
19346 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << Var; |
19347 | } |
19348 | Invalid = true; |
19349 | } |
19350 | |
19351 | if (BuildAndDiagnose && S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWasm() && |
19352 | CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().isWebAssemblyReferenceType()) { |
19353 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_wasm_ca_reference) << 0; |
19354 | Invalid = true; |
19355 | } |
19356 | |
19357 | // Compute the type of the field that will capture this variable. |
19358 | if (ByRef) { |
19359 | // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p15: |
19360 | // An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or |
19361 | // explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is |
19362 | // unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data |
19363 | // members are declared in the closure type for entities |
19364 | // captured by reference. |
19365 | // |
19366 | // FIXME: It is not clear whether we want to build an lvalue reference |
19367 | // to the DeclRefType or to CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(). GCC appears |
19368 | // to do the former, while EDG does the latter. Core issue 1249 will |
19369 | // clarify, but for now we follow GCC because it's a more permissive and |
19370 | // easily defensible position. |
19371 | CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType); |
19372 | } else { |
19373 | // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p14: |
19374 | // For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static |
19375 | // data member is declared in the closure type. The |
19376 | // declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type |
19377 | // of such a data member is the type of the corresponding |
19378 | // captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an |
19379 | // object, or the referenced type otherwise. [Note: If the |
19380 | // captured entity is a reference to a function, the |
19381 | // corresponding data member is also a reference to a |
19382 | // function. - end note ] |
19383 | if (const ReferenceType *RefType = CaptureType->getAs<ReferenceType>()){ |
19384 | if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) |
19385 | CaptureType = RefType->getPointeeType(); |
19386 | } |
19387 | |
19388 | // Forbid the lambda copy-capture of autoreleasing variables. |
19389 | if (!Invalid && |
19390 | CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { |
19391 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19392 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) << /*lambda*/ 1; |
19393 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) |
19394 | << Var->getDeclName(); |
19395 | Invalid = true; |
19396 | } else { |
19397 | return false; |
19398 | } |
19399 | } |
19400 | |
19401 | // Make sure that by-copy captures are of a complete and non-abstract type. |
19402 | if (!Invalid && BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19403 | if (!CaptureType->isDependentType() && |
19404 | S.RequireCompleteSizedType( |
19405 | Loc, CaptureType, |
19406 | diag::err_capture_of_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, |
19407 | Var->getDeclName())) |
19408 | Invalid = true; |
19409 | else if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, CaptureType, |
19410 | diag::err_capture_of_abstract_type)) |
19411 | Invalid = true; |
19412 | } |
19413 | } |
19414 | |
19415 | // Compute the type of a reference to this captured variable. |
19416 | if (ByRef) |
19417 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); |
19418 | else { |
19419 | // C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p5: |
19420 | // The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline |
19421 | // function call operator [...]. This function call operator is |
19422 | // declared const (9.3.1) if and only if the lambda-expression's |
19423 | // parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable. |
19424 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); |
19425 | if (!LSI->Mutable && !CaptureType->isReferenceType()) |
19426 | DeclRefType.addConst(); |
19427 | } |
19428 | |
19429 | // Add the capture. |
19430 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) |
19431 | LSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock=*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable, |
19432 | Loc, EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, Invalid); |
19433 | |
19434 | return !Invalid; |
19435 | } |
19436 | |
19437 | static bool canCaptureVariableByCopy(ValueDecl *Var, |
19438 | const ASTContext &Context) { |
19439 | // Offer a Copy fix even if the type is dependent. |
19440 | if (Var->getType()->isDependentType()) |
19441 | return true; |
19442 | QualType T = Var->getType().getNonReferenceType(); |
19443 | if (T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context)) |
19444 | return true; |
19445 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { |
19446 | |
19447 | if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) |
19448 | return false; |
19449 | if (RD->hasSimpleCopyConstructor()) |
19450 | return true; |
19451 | if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) |
19452 | for (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors()) |
19453 | if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) |
19454 | return !Ctor->isDeleted(); |
19455 | } |
19456 | return false; |
19457 | } |
19458 | |
19459 | /// Create up to 4 fix-its for explicit reference and value capture of \p Var or |
19460 | /// default capture. Fixes may be omitted if they aren't allowed by the |
19461 | /// standard, for example we can't emit a default copy capture fix-it if we |
19462 | /// already explicitly copy capture capture another variable. |
19463 | static void buildLambdaCaptureFixit(Sema &Sema, LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, |
19464 | ValueDecl *Var) { |
19465 | assert(LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None); |
19466 | // Don't offer Capture by copy of default capture by copy fixes if Var is |
19467 | // known not to be copy constructible. |
19468 | bool ShouldOfferCopyFix = canCaptureVariableByCopy(Var, Sema.getASTContext()); |
19469 | |
19470 | SmallString<32> FixBuffer; |
19471 | StringRef Separator = LSI->NumExplicitCaptures > 0 ? ", " : "" ; |
19472 | if (Var->getDeclName().isIdentifier() && !Var->getName().empty()) { |
19473 | SourceLocation VarInsertLoc = LSI->IntroducerRange.getEnd(); |
19474 | if (ShouldOfferCopyFix) { |
19475 | // Offer fixes to insert an explicit capture for the variable. |
19476 | // [] -> [VarName] |
19477 | // [OtherCapture] -> [OtherCapture, VarName] |
19478 | FixBuffer.assign({Separator, Var->getName()}); |
19479 | Sema.Diag(VarInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_variable_capture_fixit) |
19480 | << Var << /*value*/ 0 |
19481 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VarInsertLoc, FixBuffer); |
19482 | } |
19483 | // As above but capture by reference. |
19484 | FixBuffer.assign({Separator, "&" , Var->getName()}); |
19485 | Sema.Diag(VarInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_variable_capture_fixit) |
19486 | << Var << /*reference*/ 1 |
19487 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VarInsertLoc, FixBuffer); |
19488 | } |
19489 | |
19490 | // Only try to offer default capture if there are no captures excluding this |
19491 | // and init captures. |
19492 | // [this]: OK. |
19493 | // [X = Y]: OK. |
19494 | // [&A, &B]: Don't offer. |
19495 | // [A, B]: Don't offer. |
19496 | if (llvm::any_of(LSI->Captures, [](Capture &C) { |
19497 | return !C.isThisCapture() && !C.isInitCapture(); |
19498 | })) |
19499 | return; |
19500 | |
19501 | // The default capture specifiers, '=' or '&', must appear first in the |
19502 | // capture body. |
19503 | SourceLocation DefaultInsertLoc = |
19504 | LSI->IntroducerRange.getBegin().getLocWithOffset(1); |
19505 | |
19506 | if (ShouldOfferCopyFix) { |
19507 | bool CanDefaultCopyCapture = true; |
19508 | // [=, *this] OK since c++17 |
19509 | // [=, this] OK since c++20 |
19510 | if (LSI->isCXXThisCaptured() && !Sema.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) |
19511 | CanDefaultCopyCapture = Sema.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 |
19512 | ? LSI->getCXXThisCapture().isCopyCapture() |
19513 | : false; |
19514 | // We can't use default capture by copy if any captures already specified |
19515 | // capture by copy. |
19516 | if (CanDefaultCopyCapture && llvm::none_of(LSI->Captures, [](Capture &C) { |
19517 | return !C.isThisCapture() && !C.isInitCapture() && C.isCopyCapture(); |
19518 | })) { |
19519 | FixBuffer.assign({"=" , Separator}); |
19520 | Sema.Diag(DefaultInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_default_capture_fixit) |
19521 | << /*value*/ 0 |
19522 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DefaultInsertLoc, FixBuffer); |
19523 | } |
19524 | } |
19525 | |
19526 | // We can't use default capture by reference if any captures already specified |
19527 | // capture by reference. |
19528 | if (llvm::none_of(LSI->Captures, [](Capture &C) { |
19529 | return !C.isInitCapture() && C.isReferenceCapture() && |
19530 | !C.isThisCapture(); |
19531 | })) { |
19532 | FixBuffer.assign({"&" , Separator}); |
19533 | Sema.Diag(DefaultInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_default_capture_fixit) |
19534 | << /*reference*/ 1 |
19535 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DefaultInsertLoc, FixBuffer); |
19536 | } |
19537 | } |
19538 | |
19539 | bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable( |
19540 | ValueDecl *Var, SourceLocation ExprLoc, TryCaptureKind Kind, |
19541 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType, |
19542 | QualType &DeclRefType, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) { |
19543 | // An init-capture is notionally from the context surrounding its |
19544 | // declaration, but its parent DC is the lambda class. |
19545 | DeclContext *VarDC = Var->getDeclContext(); |
19546 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; |
19547 | |
19548 | // tryCaptureVariable is called every time a DeclRef is formed, |
19549 | // it can therefore have non-negigible impact on performances. |
19550 | // For local variables and when there is no capturing scope, |
19551 | // we can bailout early. |
19552 | if (CapturingFunctionScopes == 0 && (!BuildAndDiagnose || VarDC == DC)) |
19553 | return true; |
19554 | |
19555 | const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Var); |
19556 | if (VD) { |
19557 | if (VD->isInitCapture()) |
19558 | VarDC = VarDC->getParent(); |
19559 | } else { |
19560 | VD = Var->getPotentiallyDecomposedVarDecl(); |
19561 | } |
19562 | assert(VD && "Cannot capture a null variable" ); |
19563 | |
19564 | const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt |
19565 | ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; |
19566 | // We need to sync up the Declaration Context with the |
19567 | // FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt |
19568 | if (FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) { |
19569 | unsigned FSIndex = FunctionScopes.size() - 1; |
19570 | while (FSIndex != MaxFunctionScopesIndex) { |
19571 | DC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC); |
19572 | --FSIndex; |
19573 | } |
19574 | } |
19575 | |
19576 | // Capture global variables if it is required to use private copy of this |
19577 | // variable. |
19578 | bool IsGlobal = !VD->hasLocalStorage(); |
19579 | if (IsGlobal && |
19580 | !(LangOpts.OpenMP && isOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var, /*CheckScopeInfo=*/true, |
19581 | MaxFunctionScopesIndex))) |
19582 | return true; |
19583 | |
19584 | if (isa<VarDecl>(Var)) |
19585 | Var = cast<VarDecl>(Var->getCanonicalDecl()); |
19586 | |
19587 | // Walk up the stack to determine whether we can capture the variable, |
19588 | // performing the "simple" checks that don't depend on type. We stop when |
19589 | // we've either hit the declared scope of the variable or find an existing |
19590 | // capture of that variable. We start from the innermost capturing-entity |
19591 | // (the DC) and ensure that all intervening capturing-entities |
19592 | // (blocks/lambdas etc.) between the innermost capturer and the variable`s |
19593 | // declcontext can either capture the variable or have already captured |
19594 | // the variable. |
19595 | CaptureType = Var->getType(); |
19596 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); |
19597 | bool Nested = false; |
19598 | bool Explicit = (Kind != TryCapture_Implicit); |
19599 | unsigned FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; |
19600 | do { |
19601 | |
19602 | LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = nullptr; |
19603 | if (!FunctionScopes.empty()) |
19604 | LSI = dyn_cast_or_null<LambdaScopeInfo>( |
19605 | FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex]); |
19606 | |
19607 | bool IsInScopeDeclarationContext = |
19608 | !LSI || LSI->AfterParameterList || CurContext == LSI->CallOperator; |
19609 | |
19610 | if (LSI && !LSI->AfterParameterList) { |
19611 | // This allows capturing parameters from a default value which does not |
19612 | // seems correct |
19613 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var) && !Var->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
19614 | return true; |
19615 | } |
19616 | // If the variable is declared in the current context, there is no need to |
19617 | // capture it. |
19618 | if (IsInScopeDeclarationContext && |
19619 | FunctionScopesIndex == MaxFunctionScopesIndex && VarDC == DC) |
19620 | return true; |
19621 | |
19622 | // When evaluating some attributes (like enable_if) we might refer to a |
19623 | // function parameter appertaining to the same declaration as that |
19624 | // attribute. |
19625 | if (const auto *Parm = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(Var); |
19626 | Parm && Parm->getDeclContext() == DC) |
19627 | return true; |
19628 | |
19629 | // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can |
19630 | // capture; other scopes don't work. |
19631 | DeclContext *ParentDC = |
19632 | !IsInScopeDeclarationContext |
19633 | ? DC->getParent() |
19634 | : getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DC, Var, ExprLoc, |
19635 | BuildAndDiagnose, *this); |
19636 | // We need to check for the parent *first* because, if we *have* |
19637 | // private-captured a global variable, we need to recursively capture it in |
19638 | // intermediate blocks, lambdas, etc. |
19639 | if (!ParentDC) { |
19640 | if (IsGlobal) { |
19641 | FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex - 1; |
19642 | break; |
19643 | } |
19644 | return true; |
19645 | } |
19646 | |
19647 | FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex]; |
19648 | CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FSI); |
19649 | |
19650 | // Check whether we've already captured it. |
19651 | if (isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CSI, Var, Nested, CaptureType, |
19652 | DeclRefType)) { |
19653 | CSI->getCapture(Var).markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose); |
19654 | break; |
19655 | } |
19656 | // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator body, |
19657 | // we do not want to capture new variables. What was captured |
19658 | // during either a lambdas transformation or initial parsing |
19659 | // should be used. |
19660 | if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(DC)) { |
19661 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19662 | LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); |
19663 | if (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None) { |
19664 | Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var; |
19665 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; |
19666 | Diag(LSI->Lambda->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_lambda_decl); |
19667 | buildLambdaCaptureFixit(*this, LSI, Var); |
19668 | } else |
19669 | diagnoseUncapturableValueReferenceOrBinding(*this, ExprLoc, Var); |
19670 | } |
19671 | return true; |
19672 | } |
19673 | |
19674 | // Try to capture variable-length arrays types. |
19675 | if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
19676 | // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA |
19677 | // expressions. |
19678 | QualType QTy = Var->getType(); |
19679 | if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) |
19680 | QTy = PVD->getOriginalType(); |
19681 | captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, QTy, CSI); |
19682 | } |
19683 | |
19684 | if (getLangOpts().OpenMP) { |
19685 | if (auto *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) { |
19686 | // OpenMP private variables should not be captured in outer scope, so |
19687 | // just break here. Similarly, global variables that are captured in a |
19688 | // target region should not be captured outside the scope of the region. |
19689 | if (RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) { |
19690 | OpenMPClauseKind IsOpenMPPrivateDecl = isOpenMPPrivateDecl( |
19691 | Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); |
19692 | // If the variable is private (i.e. not captured) and has variably |
19693 | // modified type, we still need to capture the type for correct |
19694 | // codegen in all regions, associated with the construct. Currently, |
19695 | // it is captured in the innermost captured region only. |
19696 | if (IsOpenMPPrivateDecl != OMPC_unknown && |
19697 | Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
19698 | QualType QTy = Var->getType(); |
19699 | if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) |
19700 | QTy = PVD->getOriginalType(); |
19701 | for (int I = 1, E = getNumberOfConstructScopes(RSI->OpenMPLevel); |
19702 | I < E; ++I) { |
19703 | auto *OuterRSI = cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>( |
19704 | FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex - I]); |
19705 | assert(RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI->OpenMPLevel && |
19706 | "Wrong number of captured regions associated with the " |
19707 | "OpenMP construct." ); |
19708 | captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, QTy, OuterRSI); |
19709 | } |
19710 | } |
19711 | bool IsTargetCap = |
19712 | IsOpenMPPrivateDecl != OMPC_private && |
19713 | isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, |
19714 | RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); |
19715 | // Do not capture global if it is not privatized in outer regions. |
19716 | bool IsGlobalCap = |
19717 | IsGlobal && isOpenMPGlobalCapturedDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, |
19718 | RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); |
19719 | |
19720 | // When we detect target captures we are looking from inside the |
19721 | // target region, therefore we need to propagate the capture from the |
19722 | // enclosing region. Therefore, the capture is not initially nested. |
19723 | if (IsTargetCap) |
19724 | adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(FunctionScopesIndex, RSI->OpenMPLevel); |
19725 | |
19726 | if (IsTargetCap || IsOpenMPPrivateDecl == OMPC_private || |
19727 | (IsGlobal && !IsGlobalCap)) { |
19728 | Nested = !IsTargetCap; |
19729 | bool HasConst = DeclRefType.isConstQualified(); |
19730 | DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
19731 | // Don't lose diagnostics about assignments to const. |
19732 | if (HasConst) |
19733 | DeclRefType.addConst(); |
19734 | CaptureType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType); |
19735 | break; |
19736 | } |
19737 | } |
19738 | } |
19739 | } |
19740 | if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None && !Explicit) { |
19741 | // No capture-default, and this is not an explicit capture |
19742 | // so cannot capture this variable. |
19743 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19744 | Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var; |
19745 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; |
19746 | auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); |
19747 | if (LSI->Lambda) { |
19748 | Diag(LSI->Lambda->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_lambda_decl); |
19749 | buildLambdaCaptureFixit(*this, LSI, Var); |
19750 | } |
19751 | // FIXME: If we error out because an outer lambda can not implicitly |
19752 | // capture a variable that an inner lambda explicitly captures, we |
19753 | // should have the inner lambda do the explicit capture - because |
19754 | // it makes for cleaner diagnostics later. This would purely be done |
19755 | // so that the diagnostic does not misleadingly claim that a variable |
19756 | // can not be captured by a lambda implicitly even though it is captured |
19757 | // explicitly. Suggestion: |
19758 | // - create const bool VariableCaptureWasInitiallyExplicit = Explicit |
19759 | // at the function head |
19760 | // - cache the StartingDeclContext - this must be a lambda |
19761 | // - captureInLambda in the innermost lambda the variable. |
19762 | } |
19763 | return true; |
19764 | } |
19765 | Explicit = false; |
19766 | FunctionScopesIndex--; |
19767 | if (IsInScopeDeclarationContext) |
19768 | DC = ParentDC; |
19769 | } while (!VarDC->Equals(DC)); |
19770 | |
19771 | // Walk back down the scope stack, (e.g. from outer lambda to inner lambda) |
19772 | // computing the type of the capture at each step, checking type-specific |
19773 | // requirements, and adding captures if requested. |
19774 | // If the variable had already been captured previously, we start capturing |
19775 | // at the lambda nested within that one. |
19776 | bool Invalid = false; |
19777 | for (unsigned I = ++FunctionScopesIndex, N = MaxFunctionScopesIndex + 1; I != N; |
19778 | ++I) { |
19779 | CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); |
19780 | |
19781 | // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture |
19782 | // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.) |
19783 | // so check for eligibility. |
19784 | if (!Invalid) |
19785 | Invalid = |
19786 | !isVariableCapturable(CSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, *this); |
19787 | |
19788 | // After encountering an error, if we're actually supposed to capture, keep |
19789 | // capturing in nested contexts to suppress any follow-on diagnostics. |
19790 | if (Invalid && !BuildAndDiagnose) |
19791 | return true; |
19792 | |
19793 | if (BlockScopeInfo *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) { |
19794 | Invalid = !captureInBlock(BSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType, |
19795 | DeclRefType, Nested, *this, Invalid); |
19796 | Nested = true; |
19797 | } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) { |
19798 | Invalid = !captureInCapturedRegion( |
19799 | RSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType, DeclRefType, Nested, |
19800 | Kind, /*IsTopScope*/ I == N - 1, *this, Invalid); |
19801 | Nested = true; |
19802 | } else { |
19803 | LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); |
19804 | Invalid = |
19805 | !captureInLambda(LSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType, |
19806 | DeclRefType, Nested, Kind, EllipsisLoc, |
19807 | /*IsTopScope*/ I == N - 1, *this, Invalid); |
19808 | Nested = true; |
19809 | } |
19810 | |
19811 | if (Invalid && !BuildAndDiagnose) |
19812 | return true; |
19813 | } |
19814 | return Invalid; |
19815 | } |
19816 | |
19817 | bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(ValueDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, |
19818 | TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) { |
19819 | QualType CaptureType; |
19820 | QualType DeclRefType; |
19821 | return tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Kind, EllipsisLoc, |
19822 | /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/true, CaptureType, |
19823 | DeclRefType, nullptr); |
19824 | } |
19825 | |
19826 | bool Sema::NeedToCaptureVariable(ValueDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) { |
19827 | QualType CaptureType; |
19828 | QualType DeclRefType; |
19829 | return !tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(), |
19830 | /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType, |
19831 | DeclRefType, nullptr); |
19832 | } |
19833 | |
19834 | QualType Sema::getCapturedDeclRefType(ValueDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) { |
19835 | QualType CaptureType; |
19836 | QualType DeclRefType; |
19837 | |
19838 | // Determine whether we can capture this variable. |
19839 | if (tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(), |
19840 | /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType, |
19841 | DeclRefType, nullptr)) |
19842 | return QualType(); |
19843 | |
19844 | return DeclRefType; |
19845 | } |
19846 | |
19847 | namespace { |
19848 | // Helper to copy the template arguments from a DeclRefExpr or MemberExpr. |
19849 | // The produced TemplateArgumentListInfo* points to data stored within this |
19850 | // object, so should only be used in contexts where the pointer will not be |
19851 | // used after the CopiedTemplateArgs object is destroyed. |
19852 | class CopiedTemplateArgs { |
19853 | bool HasArgs; |
19854 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgStorage; |
19855 | public: |
19856 | template<typename RefExpr> |
19857 | CopiedTemplateArgs(RefExpr *E) : HasArgs(E->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { |
19858 | if (HasArgs) |
19859 | E->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgStorage); |
19860 | } |
19861 | operator TemplateArgumentListInfo*() |
19862 | #ifdef __has_cpp_attribute |
19863 | #if __has_cpp_attribute(clang::lifetimebound) |
19864 | [[clang::lifetimebound]] |
19865 | #endif |
19866 | #endif |
19867 | { |
19868 | return HasArgs ? &TemplateArgStorage : nullptr; |
19869 | } |
19870 | }; |
19871 | } |
19872 | |
19873 | /// Walk the set of potential results of an expression and mark them all as |
19874 | /// non-odr-uses if they satisfy the side-conditions of the NonOdrUseReason. |
19875 | /// |
19876 | /// \return A new expression if we found any potential results, ExprEmpty() if |
19877 | /// not, and ExprError() if we diagnosed an error. |
19878 | static ExprResult rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(Sema &S, Expr *E, |
19879 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR) { |
19880 | // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is |
19881 | // an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a |
19882 | // constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) |
19883 | // is immediately applied." This function handles the lvalue-to-rvalue |
19884 | // conversion part. |
19885 | // |
19886 | // If we encounter a node that claims to be an odr-use but shouldn't be, we |
19887 | // transform it into the relevant kind of non-odr-use node and rebuild the |
19888 | // tree of nodes leading to it. |
19889 | // |
19890 | // This is a mini-TreeTransform that only transforms a restricted subset of |
19891 | // nodes (and only certain operands of them). |
19892 | |
19893 | // Rebuild a subexpression. |
19894 | auto Rebuild = [&](Expr *Sub) { |
19895 | return rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(S, Sub, NOUR); |
19896 | }; |
19897 | |
19898 | // Check whether a potential result satisfies the requirements of NOUR. |
19899 | auto IsPotentialResultOdrUsed = [&](NamedDecl *D) { |
19900 | // Any entity other than a VarDecl is always odr-used whenever it's named |
19901 | // in a potentially-evaluated expression. |
19902 | auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); |
19903 | if (!VD) |
19904 | return true; |
19905 | |
19906 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: |
19907 | // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evalauted expression |
19908 | // e is odr-used by e unless |
19909 | // -- x is a reference that is usable in constant expressions, or |
19910 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type that is usable in constant |
19911 | // expressions and has no mutable subobjects, and e is an element of |
19912 | // the set of potential results of an expression of |
19913 | // non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which the lvalue-to-rvalue |
19914 | // conversion is applied, or |
19915 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type, and e is an element of the |
19916 | // set of potential results of a discarded-value expression to which |
19917 | // the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is not applied |
19918 | // |
19919 | // We check the first bullet and the "potentially-evaluated" condition in |
19920 | // BuildDeclRefExpr. We check the type requirements in the second bullet |
19921 | // in CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand below. |
19922 | switch (NOUR) { |
19923 | case NOUR_None: |
19924 | case NOUR_Unevaluated: |
19925 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected non-odr-use-reason" ); |
19926 | |
19927 | case NOUR_Constant: |
19928 | // Constant references were handled when they were built. |
19929 | if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) |
19930 | return true; |
19931 | if (auto *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) |
19932 | if (RD->hasMutableFields()) |
19933 | return true; |
19934 | if (!VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(S.Context)) |
19935 | return true; |
19936 | break; |
19937 | |
19938 | case NOUR_Discarded: |
19939 | if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) |
19940 | return true; |
19941 | break; |
19942 | } |
19943 | return false; |
19944 | }; |
19945 | |
19946 | // Mark that this expression does not constitute an odr-use. |
19947 | auto MarkNotOdrUsed = [&] { |
19948 | S.MaybeODRUseExprs.remove(E); |
19949 | if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.getCurLambda()) |
19950 | LSI->markVariableExprAsNonODRUsed(E); |
19951 | }; |
19952 | |
19953 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p2: |
19954 | // The set of potential results of an expression e is defined as follows: |
19955 | switch (E->getStmtClass()) { |
19956 | // -- If e is an id-expression, ... |
19957 | case Expr::DeclRefExprClass: { |
19958 | auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); |
19959 | if (DRE->isNonOdrUse() || IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(DRE->getDecl())) |
19960 | break; |
19961 | |
19962 | // Rebuild as a non-odr-use DeclRefExpr. |
19963 | MarkNotOdrUsed(); |
19964 | return DeclRefExpr::Create( |
19965 | S.Context, DRE->getQualifierLoc(), DRE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), |
19966 | DRE->getDecl(), DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture(), |
19967 | DRE->getNameInfo(), DRE->getType(), DRE->getValueKind(), |
19968 | DRE->getFoundDecl(), CopiedTemplateArgs(DRE), NOUR); |
19969 | } |
19970 | |
19971 | case Expr::FunctionParmPackExprClass: { |
19972 | auto *FPPE = cast<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E); |
19973 | // If any of the declarations in the pack is odr-used, then the expression |
19974 | // as a whole constitutes an odr-use. |
19975 | for (VarDecl *D : *FPPE) |
19976 | if (IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(D)) |
19977 | return ExprEmpty(); |
19978 | |
19979 | // FIXME: Rebuild as a non-odr-use FunctionParmPackExpr? In practice, |
19980 | // nothing cares about whether we marked this as an odr-use, but it might |
19981 | // be useful for non-compiler tools. |
19982 | MarkNotOdrUsed(); |
19983 | break; |
19984 | } |
19985 | |
19986 | // -- If e is a subscripting operation with an array operand... |
19987 | case Expr::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { |
19988 | auto *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E); |
19989 | Expr *OldBase = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit(); |
19990 | if (!OldBase->getType()->isArrayType()) |
19991 | break; |
19992 | ExprResult Base = Rebuild(OldBase); |
19993 | if (!Base.isUsable()) |
19994 | return Base; |
19995 | Expr *LHS = ASE->getBase() == ASE->getLHS() ? Base.get() : ASE->getLHS(); |
19996 | Expr *RHS = ASE->getBase() == ASE->getRHS() ? Base.get() : ASE->getRHS(); |
19997 | SourceLocation LBracketLoc = ASE->getBeginLoc(); // FIXME: Not stored. |
19998 | return S.ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(nullptr, LHS, LBracketLoc, RHS, |
19999 | ASE->getRBracketLoc()); |
20000 | } |
20001 | |
20002 | case Expr::MemberExprClass: { |
20003 | auto *ME = cast<MemberExpr>(E); |
20004 | // -- If e is a class member access expression [...] naming a non-static |
20005 | // data member... |
20006 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) { |
20007 | ExprResult Base = Rebuild(ME->getBase()); |
20008 | if (!Base.isUsable()) |
20009 | return Base; |
20010 | return MemberExpr::Create( |
20011 | S.Context, Base.get(), ME->isArrow(), ME->getOperatorLoc(), |
20012 | ME->getQualifierLoc(), ME->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), |
20013 | ME->getMemberDecl(), ME->getFoundDecl(), ME->getMemberNameInfo(), |
20014 | CopiedTemplateArgs(ME), ME->getType(), ME->getValueKind(), |
20015 | ME->getObjectKind(), ME->isNonOdrUse()); |
20016 | } |
20017 | |
20018 | if (ME->getMemberDecl()->isCXXInstanceMember()) |
20019 | break; |
20020 | |
20021 | // -- If e is a class member access expression naming a static data member, |
20022 | // ... |
20023 | if (ME->isNonOdrUse() || IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(ME->getMemberDecl())) |
20024 | break; |
20025 | |
20026 | // Rebuild as a non-odr-use MemberExpr. |
20027 | MarkNotOdrUsed(); |
20028 | return MemberExpr::Create( |
20029 | S.Context, ME->getBase(), ME->isArrow(), ME->getOperatorLoc(), |
20030 | ME->getQualifierLoc(), ME->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), ME->getMemberDecl(), |
20031 | ME->getFoundDecl(), ME->getMemberNameInfo(), CopiedTemplateArgs(ME), |
20032 | ME->getType(), ME->getValueKind(), ME->getObjectKind(), NOUR); |
20033 | } |
20034 | |
20035 | case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: { |
20036 | auto *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E); |
20037 | Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS(); |
20038 | Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS(); |
20039 | // -- If e is a pointer-to-member expression of the form e1 .* e2 ... |
20040 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD) { |
20041 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(LHS); |
20042 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) |
20043 | return Sub; |
20044 | LHS = Sub.get(); |
20045 | // -- If e is a comma expression, ... |
20046 | } else if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { |
20047 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(RHS); |
20048 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) |
20049 | return Sub; |
20050 | RHS = Sub.get(); |
20051 | } else { |
20052 | break; |
20053 | } |
20054 | return S.BuildBinOp(nullptr, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getOpcode(), |
20055 | LHS, RHS); |
20056 | } |
20057 | |
20058 | // -- If e has the form (e1)... |
20059 | case Expr::ParenExprClass: { |
20060 | auto *PE = cast<ParenExpr>(E); |
20061 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(PE->getSubExpr()); |
20062 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) |
20063 | return Sub; |
20064 | return S.ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), Sub.get()); |
20065 | } |
20066 | |
20067 | // -- If e is a glvalue conditional expression, ... |
20068 | // We don't apply this to a binary conditional operator. FIXME: Should we? |
20069 | case Expr::ConditionalOperatorClass: { |
20070 | auto *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E); |
20071 | ExprResult LHS = Rebuild(CO->getLHS()); |
20072 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
20073 | return ExprError(); |
20074 | ExprResult RHS = Rebuild(CO->getRHS()); |
20075 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
20076 | return ExprError(); |
20077 | if (!LHS.isUsable() && !RHS.isUsable()) |
20078 | return ExprEmpty(); |
20079 | if (!LHS.isUsable()) |
20080 | LHS = CO->getLHS(); |
20081 | if (!RHS.isUsable()) |
20082 | RHS = CO->getRHS(); |
20083 | return S.ActOnConditionalOp(CO->getQuestionLoc(), CO->getColonLoc(), |
20084 | CO->getCond(), LHS.get(), RHS.get()); |
20085 | } |
20086 | |
20087 | // [Clang extension] |
20088 | // -- If e has the form __extension__ e1... |
20089 | case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { |
20090 | auto *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); |
20091 | if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_Extension) |
20092 | break; |
20093 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(UO->getSubExpr()); |
20094 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) |
20095 | return Sub; |
20096 | return S.BuildUnaryOp(nullptr, UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO_Extension, |
20097 | Sub.get()); |
20098 | } |
20099 | |
20100 | // [Clang extension] |
20101 | // -- If e has the form _Generic(...), the set of potential results is the |
20102 | // union of the sets of potential results of the associated expressions. |
20103 | case Expr::GenericSelectionExprClass: { |
20104 | auto *GSE = cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E); |
20105 | |
20106 | SmallVector<Expr *, 4> AssocExprs; |
20107 | bool AnyChanged = false; |
20108 | for (Expr *OrigAssocExpr : GSE->getAssocExprs()) { |
20109 | ExprResult AssocExpr = Rebuild(OrigAssocExpr); |
20110 | if (AssocExpr.isInvalid()) |
20111 | return ExprError(); |
20112 | if (AssocExpr.isUsable()) { |
20113 | AssocExprs.push_back(AssocExpr.get()); |
20114 | AnyChanged = true; |
20115 | } else { |
20116 | AssocExprs.push_back(OrigAssocExpr); |
20117 | } |
20118 | } |
20119 | |
20120 | void *ExOrTy = nullptr; |
20121 | bool IsExpr = GSE->isExprPredicate(); |
20122 | if (IsExpr) |
20123 | ExOrTy = GSE->getControllingExpr(); |
20124 | else |
20125 | ExOrTy = GSE->getControllingType(); |
20126 | return AnyChanged ? S.CreateGenericSelectionExpr( |
20127 | GSE->getGenericLoc(), GSE->getDefaultLoc(), |
20128 | GSE->getRParenLoc(), IsExpr, ExOrTy, |
20129 | GSE->getAssocTypeSourceInfos(), AssocExprs) |
20130 | : ExprEmpty(); |
20131 | } |
20132 | |
20133 | // [Clang extension] |
20134 | // -- If e has the form __builtin_choose_expr(...), the set of potential |
20135 | // results is the union of the sets of potential results of the |
20136 | // second and third subexpressions. |
20137 | case Expr::ChooseExprClass: { |
20138 | auto *CE = cast<ChooseExpr>(E); |
20139 | |
20140 | ExprResult LHS = Rebuild(CE->getLHS()); |
20141 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
20142 | return ExprError(); |
20143 | |
20144 | ExprResult RHS = Rebuild(CE->getLHS()); |
20145 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
20146 | return ExprError(); |
20147 | |
20148 | if (!LHS.get() && !RHS.get()) |
20149 | return ExprEmpty(); |
20150 | if (!LHS.isUsable()) |
20151 | LHS = CE->getLHS(); |
20152 | if (!RHS.isUsable()) |
20153 | RHS = CE->getRHS(); |
20154 | |
20155 | return S.ActOnChooseExpr(CE->getBuiltinLoc(), CE->getCond(), LHS.get(), |
20156 | RHS.get(), CE->getRParenLoc()); |
20157 | } |
20158 | |
20159 | // Step through non-syntactic nodes. |
20160 | case Expr::ConstantExprClass: { |
20161 | auto *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(E); |
20162 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(CE->getSubExpr()); |
20163 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) |
20164 | return Sub; |
20165 | return ConstantExpr::Create(S.Context, Sub.get()); |
20166 | } |
20167 | |
20168 | // We could mostly rely on the recursive rebuilding to rebuild implicit |
20169 | // casts, but not at the top level, so rebuild them here. |
20170 | case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass: { |
20171 | auto *ICE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E); |
20172 | // Only step through the narrow set of cast kinds we expect to encounter. |
20173 | // Anything else suggests we've left the region in which potential results |
20174 | // can be found. |
20175 | switch (ICE->getCastKind()) { |
20176 | case CK_NoOp: |
20177 | case CK_DerivedToBase: |
20178 | case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: { |
20179 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(ICE->getSubExpr()); |
20180 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) |
20181 | return Sub; |
20182 | CXXCastPath Path(ICE->path()); |
20183 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(Sub.get(), ICE->getType(), ICE->getCastKind(), |
20184 | ICE->getValueKind(), &Path); |
20185 | } |
20186 | |
20187 | default: |
20188 | break; |
20189 | } |
20190 | break; |
20191 | } |
20192 | |
20193 | default: |
20194 | break; |
20195 | } |
20196 | |
20197 | // Can't traverse through this node. Nothing to do. |
20198 | return ExprEmpty(); |
20199 | } |
20200 | |
20201 | ExprResult Sema::CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Expr *E) { |
20202 | // Check whether the operand is or contains an object of non-trivial C union |
20203 | // type. |
20204 | if (E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && |
20205 | (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || |
20206 | E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())) |
20207 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(E->getType(), E->getExprLoc(), |
20208 | Sema::NTCUC_LValueToRValueVolatile, |
20209 | NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); |
20210 | |
20211 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: |
20212 | // [...] an expression of non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which |
20213 | // the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is applied [...] |
20214 | if (E->getType().isVolatileQualified() || E->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) |
20215 | return E; |
20216 | |
20217 | ExprResult Result = |
20218 | rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(*this, E, NOUR_Constant); |
20219 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
20220 | return ExprError(); |
20221 | return Result.get() ? Result : E; |
20222 | } |
20223 | |
20224 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res) { |
20225 | Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Res); |
20226 | |
20227 | if (!Res.isUsable()) |
20228 | return Res; |
20229 | |
20230 | // If a constant-expression is a reference to a variable where we delay |
20231 | // deciding whether it is an odr-use, just assume we will apply the |
20232 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. In the one case where this doesn't happen |
20233 | // (a non-type template argument), we have special handling anyway. |
20234 | return CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Res.get()); |
20235 | } |
20236 | |
20237 | void Sema::CleanupVarDeclMarking() { |
20238 | // Iterate through a local copy in case MarkVarDeclODRUsed makes a recursive |
20239 | // call. |
20240 | MaybeODRUseExprSet LocalMaybeODRUseExprs; |
20241 | std::swap(LocalMaybeODRUseExprs, MaybeODRUseExprs); |
20242 | |
20243 | for (Expr *E : LocalMaybeODRUseExprs) { |
20244 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { |
20245 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()), |
20246 | DRE->getLocation(), *this); |
20247 | } else if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { |
20248 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()), ME->getMemberLoc(), |
20249 | *this); |
20250 | } else if (auto *FP = dyn_cast<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) { |
20251 | for (VarDecl *VD : *FP) |
20252 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(VD, FP->getParameterPackLocation(), *this); |
20253 | } else { |
20254 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected expression" ); |
20255 | } |
20256 | } |
20257 | |
20258 | assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && |
20259 | "MarkVarDeclODRUsed failed to cleanup MaybeODRUseExprs?" ); |
20260 | } |
20261 | |
20262 | static void DoMarkPotentialCapture(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, |
20263 | ValueDecl *Var, Expr *E) { |
20264 | VarDecl *VD = Var->getPotentiallyDecomposedVarDecl(); |
20265 | if (!VD) |
20266 | return; |
20267 | |
20268 | const bool RefersToEnclosingScope = |
20269 | (SemaRef.CurContext != VD->getDeclContext() && |
20270 | VD->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && VD->hasLocalStorage()); |
20271 | if (RefersToEnclosingScope) { |
20272 | LambdaScopeInfo *const LSI = |
20273 | SemaRef.getCurLambda(/*IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope=*/true); |
20274 | if (LSI && (!LSI->CallOperator || |
20275 | !LSI->CallOperator->Encloses(Var->getDeclContext()))) { |
20276 | // If a variable could potentially be odr-used, defer marking it so |
20277 | // until we finish analyzing the full expression for any |
20278 | // lvalue-to-rvalue |
20279 | // or discarded value conversions that would obviate odr-use. |
20280 | // Add it to the list of potential captures that will be analyzed |
20281 | // later (ActOnFinishFullExpr) for eventual capture and odr-use marking |
20282 | // unless the variable is a reference that was initialized by a constant |
20283 | // expression (this will never need to be captured or odr-used). |
20284 | // |
20285 | // FIXME: We can simplify this a lot after implementing P0588R1. |
20286 | assert(E && "Capture variable should be used in an expression." ); |
20287 | if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType() || |
20288 | !VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context)) |
20289 | LSI->addPotentialCapture(E->IgnoreParens()); |
20290 | } |
20291 | } |
20292 | } |
20293 | |
20294 | static void DoMarkVarDeclReferenced( |
20295 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var, Expr *E, |
20296 | llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, int> &RefsMinusAssignments) { |
20297 | assert((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E) || |
20298 | isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && |
20299 | "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced" ); |
20300 | Var->setReferenced(); |
20301 | |
20302 | if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) |
20303 | return; |
20304 | |
20305 | auto *MSI = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo(); |
20306 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = MSI ? MSI->getTemplateSpecializationKind() |
20307 | : Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); |
20308 | |
20309 | OdrUseContext OdrUse = isOdrUseContext(SemaRef); |
20310 | bool UsableInConstantExpr = |
20311 | Var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context); |
20312 | |
20313 | if (Var->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && !Var->hasExternalStorage()) { |
20314 | RefsMinusAssignments.insert({Var, 0}).first->getSecond()++; |
20315 | } |
20316 | |
20317 | // C++20 [expr.const]p12: |
20318 | // A variable [...] is needed for constant evaluation if it is [...] a |
20319 | // variable whose name appears as a potentially constant evaluated |
20320 | // expression that is either a contexpr variable or is of non-volatile |
20321 | // const-qualified integral type or of reference type |
20322 | bool NeededForConstantEvaluation = |
20323 | isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(SemaRef) && UsableInConstantExpr; |
20324 | |
20325 | bool NeedDefinition = |
20326 | OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used || NeededForConstantEvaluation; |
20327 | |
20328 | assert(!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) && |
20329 | "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization." ); |
20330 | |
20331 | // If this might be a member specialization of a static data member, check |
20332 | // the specialization is visible. We already did the checks for variable |
20333 | // template specializations when we created them. |
20334 | if (NeedDefinition && TSK != TSK_Undeclared && |
20335 | !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var)) |
20336 | SemaRef.checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Var); |
20337 | |
20338 | // Perform implicit instantiation of static data members, static data member |
20339 | // templates of class templates, and variable template specializations. Delay |
20340 | // instantiations of variable templates, except for those that could be used |
20341 | // in a constant expression. |
20342 | if (NeedDefinition && isTemplateInstantiation(TSK)) { |
20343 | // Per C++17 [temp.explicit]p10, we may instantiate despite an explicit |
20344 | // instantiation declaration if a variable is usable in a constant |
20345 | // expression (among other cases). |
20346 | bool TryInstantiating = |
20347 | TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || |
20348 | (TSK == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration && UsableInConstantExpr); |
20349 | |
20350 | if (TryInstantiating) { |
20351 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = |
20352 | MSI ? MSI->getPointOfInstantiation() : Var->getPointOfInstantiation(); |
20353 | bool FirstInstantiation = PointOfInstantiation.isInvalid(); |
20354 | if (FirstInstantiation) { |
20355 | PointOfInstantiation = Loc; |
20356 | if (MSI) |
20357 | MSI->setPointOfInstantiation(PointOfInstantiation); |
20358 | // FIXME: Notify listener. |
20359 | else |
20360 | Var->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, PointOfInstantiation); |
20361 | } |
20362 | |
20363 | if (UsableInConstantExpr) { |
20364 | // Do not defer instantiations of variables that could be used in a |
20365 | // constant expression. |
20366 | SemaRef.runWithSufficientStackSpace(PointOfInstantiation, [&] { |
20367 | SemaRef.InstantiateVariableDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Var); |
20368 | }); |
20369 | |
20370 | // Re-set the member to trigger a recomputation of the dependence bits |
20371 | // for the expression. |
20372 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E)) |
20373 | DRE->setDecl(DRE->getDecl()); |
20374 | else if (auto *ME = dyn_cast_or_null<MemberExpr>(E)) |
20375 | ME->setMemberDecl(ME->getMemberDecl()); |
20376 | } else if (FirstInstantiation) { |
20377 | SemaRef.PendingInstantiations |
20378 | .push_back(std::make_pair(Var, PointOfInstantiation)); |
20379 | } else { |
20380 | bool Inserted = false; |
20381 | for (auto &I : SemaRef.SavedPendingInstantiations) { |
20382 | auto Iter = llvm::find_if( |
20383 | I, [Var](const Sema::PendingImplicitInstantiation &P) { |
20384 | return P.first == Var; |
20385 | }); |
20386 | if (Iter != I.end()) { |
20387 | SemaRef.PendingInstantiations.push_back(*Iter); |
20388 | I.erase(Iter); |
20389 | Inserted = true; |
20390 | break; |
20391 | } |
20392 | } |
20393 | |
20394 | // FIXME: For a specialization of a variable template, we don't |
20395 | // distinguish between "declaration and type implicitly instantiated" |
20396 | // and "implicit instantiation of definition requested", so we have |
20397 | // no direct way to avoid enqueueing the pending instantiation |
20398 | // multiple times. |
20399 | if (isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var) && !Inserted) |
20400 | SemaRef.PendingInstantiations |
20401 | .push_back(std::make_pair(Var, PointOfInstantiation)); |
20402 | } |
20403 | } |
20404 | } |
20405 | |
20406 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: |
20407 | // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression e |
20408 | // is odr-used by e unless |
20409 | // -- x is a reference that is usable in constant expressions |
20410 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type that is usable in constant |
20411 | // expressions and has no mutable subobjects [FIXME], and e is an |
20412 | // element of the set of potential results of an expression of |
20413 | // non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which the lvalue-to-rvalue |
20414 | // conversion is applied |
20415 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type, and e is an element of the set |
20416 | // of potential results of a discarded-value expression to which the |
20417 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is not applied [FIXME] |
20418 | // |
20419 | // We check the first part of the second bullet here, and |
20420 | // Sema::CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand deals with the second part. |
20421 | // FIXME: To get the third bullet right, we need to delay this even for |
20422 | // variables that are not usable in constant expressions. |
20423 | |
20424 | // If we already know this isn't an odr-use, there's nothing more to do. |
20425 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E)) |
20426 | if (DRE->isNonOdrUse()) |
20427 | return; |
20428 | if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast_or_null<MemberExpr>(E)) |
20429 | if (ME->isNonOdrUse()) |
20430 | return; |
20431 | |
20432 | switch (OdrUse) { |
20433 | case OdrUseContext::None: |
20434 | // In some cases, a variable may not have been marked unevaluated, if it |
20435 | // appears in a defaukt initializer. |
20436 | assert((!E || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E) || |
20437 | SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext()) && |
20438 | "missing non-odr-use marking for unevaluated decl ref" ); |
20439 | break; |
20440 | |
20441 | case OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed: |
20442 | // FIXME: Ignoring formal odr-uses results in incorrect lambda capture |
20443 | // behavior. |
20444 | break; |
20445 | |
20446 | case OdrUseContext::Used: |
20447 | // If we might later find that this expression isn't actually an odr-use, |
20448 | // delay the marking. |
20449 | if (E && Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context)) |
20450 | SemaRef.MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(E); |
20451 | else |
20452 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, SemaRef); |
20453 | break; |
20454 | |
20455 | case OdrUseContext::Dependent: |
20456 | // If this is a dependent context, we don't need to mark variables as |
20457 | // odr-used, but we may still need to track them for lambda capture. |
20458 | // FIXME: Do we also need to do this inside dependent typeid expressions |
20459 | // (which are modeled as unevaluated at this point)? |
20460 | DoMarkPotentialCapture(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E); |
20461 | break; |
20462 | } |
20463 | } |
20464 | |
20465 | static void DoMarkBindingDeclReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, |
20466 | BindingDecl *BD, Expr *E) { |
20467 | BD->setReferenced(); |
20468 | |
20469 | if (BD->isInvalidDecl()) |
20470 | return; |
20471 | |
20472 | OdrUseContext OdrUse = isOdrUseContext(SemaRef); |
20473 | if (OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used) { |
20474 | QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; |
20475 | SemaRef.tryCaptureVariable(BD, Loc, Sema::TryCapture_Implicit, |
20476 | /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), |
20477 | /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, CaptureType, |
20478 | DeclRefType, |
20479 | /*FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt*/ nullptr); |
20480 | } else if (OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Dependent) { |
20481 | DoMarkPotentialCapture(SemaRef, Loc, BD, E); |
20482 | } |
20483 | } |
20484 | |
20485 | /// Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used |
20486 | /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3). Note that this should not be |
20487 | /// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl. |
20488 | void Sema::MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var) { |
20489 | DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(*this, Loc, Var, nullptr, RefsMinusAssignments); |
20490 | } |
20491 | |
20492 | static void |
20493 | MarkExprReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, Expr *E, |
20494 | bool MightBeOdrUse, |
20495 | llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, int> &RefsMinusAssignments) { |
20496 | if (SemaRef.isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) |
20497 | SemaRef.checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(E, D); |
20498 | |
20499 | if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
20500 | DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E, RefsMinusAssignments); |
20501 | return; |
20502 | } |
20503 | |
20504 | if (BindingDecl *Decl = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D)) { |
20505 | DoMarkBindingDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Decl, E); |
20506 | return; |
20507 | } |
20508 | |
20509 | SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, MightBeOdrUse); |
20510 | |
20511 | // If this is a call to a method via a cast, also mark the method in the |
20512 | // derived class used in case codegen can devirtualize the call. |
20513 | const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E); |
20514 | if (!ME) |
20515 | return; |
20516 | CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); |
20517 | if (!MD) |
20518 | return; |
20519 | // Only attempt to devirtualize if this is truly a virtual call. |
20520 | bool IsVirtualCall = MD->isVirtual() && |
20521 | ME->performsVirtualDispatch(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); |
20522 | if (!IsVirtualCall) |
20523 | return; |
20524 | |
20525 | // If it's possible to devirtualize the call, mark the called function |
20526 | // referenced. |
20527 | CXXMethodDecl *DM = MD->getDevirtualizedMethod( |
20528 | ME->getBase(), SemaRef.getLangOpts().AppleKext); |
20529 | if (DM) |
20530 | SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, DM, MightBeOdrUse); |
20531 | } |
20532 | |
20533 | /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr. |
20534 | /// |
20535 | /// Note, this may change the dependence of the DeclRefExpr, and so needs to be |
20536 | /// handled with care if the DeclRefExpr is not newly-created. |
20537 | void Sema::MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base) { |
20538 | // TODO: update this with DR# once a defect report is filed. |
20539 | // C++11 defect. The address of a pure member should not be an ODR use, even |
20540 | // if it's a qualified reference. |
20541 | bool OdrUse = true; |
20542 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getDecl())) |
20543 | if (Method->isVirtual() && |
20544 | !Method->getDevirtualizedMethod(Base, getLangOpts().AppleKext)) |
20545 | OdrUse = false; |
20546 | |
20547 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(E->getDecl())) { |
20548 | if (!isUnevaluatedContext() && !isConstantEvaluated() && |
20549 | !isImmediateFunctionContext() && |
20550 | !isCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer() && |
20551 | FD->isImmediateFunction() && !RebuildingImmediateInvocation && |
20552 | !FD->isDependentContext()) |
20553 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ReferenceToConsteval.insert(E); |
20554 | } |
20555 | MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getLocation(), E->getDecl(), E, OdrUse, |
20556 | RefsMinusAssignments); |
20557 | } |
20558 | |
20559 | /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr. |
20560 | void Sema::MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E) { |
20561 | // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p2: |
20562 | // A non-overloaded function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated |
20563 | // expression or a member of a set of candidate functions, if selected by |
20564 | // overload resolution when referred to from a potentially-evaluated |
20565 | // expression, is odr-used, unless it is a pure virtual function and its |
20566 | // name is not explicitly qualified. |
20567 | bool MightBeOdrUse = true; |
20568 | if (E->performsVirtualDispatch(getLangOpts())) { |
20569 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) |
20570 | if (Method->isPure()) |
20571 | MightBeOdrUse = false; |
20572 | } |
20573 | SourceLocation Loc = |
20574 | E->getMemberLoc().isValid() ? E->getMemberLoc() : E->getBeginLoc(); |
20575 | MarkExprReferenced(*this, Loc, E->getMemberDecl(), E, MightBeOdrUse, |
20576 | RefsMinusAssignments); |
20577 | } |
20578 | |
20579 | /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a FunctionParmPackExpr. |
20580 | void Sema::MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(FunctionParmPackExpr *E) { |
20581 | for (VarDecl *VD : *E) |
20582 | MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getParameterPackLocation(), VD, E, true, |
20583 | RefsMinusAssignments); |
20584 | } |
20585 | |
20586 | /// Perform marking for a reference to an arbitrary declaration. It |
20587 | /// marks the declaration referenced, and performs odr-use checking for |
20588 | /// functions and variables. This method should not be used when building a |
20589 | /// normal expression which refers to a variable. |
20590 | void Sema::MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, |
20591 | bool MightBeOdrUse) { |
20592 | if (MightBeOdrUse) { |
20593 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
20594 | MarkVariableReferenced(Loc, VD); |
20595 | return; |
20596 | } |
20597 | } |
20598 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
20599 | MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, FD, MightBeOdrUse); |
20600 | return; |
20601 | } |
20602 | D->setReferenced(); |
20603 | } |
20604 | |
20605 | namespace { |
20606 | // Mark all of the declarations used by a type as referenced. |
20607 | // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding |
20608 | // of when we're entering a context we should not recurse into. |
20609 | // FIXME: This is and EvaluatedExprMarker are more-or-less equivalent to |
20610 | // TreeTransforms rebuilding the type in a new context. Rather than |
20611 | // duplicating the TreeTransform logic, we should consider reusing it here. |
20612 | // Currently that causes problems when rebuilding LambdaExprs. |
20613 | class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> { |
20614 | Sema &S; |
20615 | SourceLocation Loc; |
20616 | |
20617 | public: |
20618 | typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited; |
20619 | |
20620 | MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { } |
20621 | |
20622 | bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg); |
20623 | }; |
20624 | } |
20625 | |
20626 | bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument( |
20627 | const TemplateArgument &Arg) { |
20628 | { |
20629 | // A non-type template argument is a constant-evaluated context. |
20630 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Evaluated( |
20631 | S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated); |
20632 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) { |
20633 | if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl()) |
20634 | S.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, true); |
20635 | } else if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression) { |
20636 | S.MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Arg.getAsExpr(), false); |
20637 | } |
20638 | } |
20639 | |
20640 | return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg); |
20641 | } |
20642 | |
20643 | void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { |
20644 | MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc); |
20645 | Marker.TraverseType(T); |
20646 | } |
20647 | |
20648 | namespace { |
20649 | /// Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by |
20650 | /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced". |
20651 | class EvaluatedExprMarker : public UsedDeclVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> { |
20652 | public: |
20653 | typedef UsedDeclVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited; |
20654 | bool SkipLocalVariables; |
20655 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> StopAt; |
20656 | |
20657 | EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S, bool SkipLocalVariables, |
20658 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> StopAt) |
20659 | : Inherited(S), SkipLocalVariables(SkipLocalVariables), StopAt(StopAt) {} |
20660 | |
20661 | void visitUsedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) { |
20662 | S.MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, cast<FunctionDecl>(D)); |
20663 | } |
20664 | |
20665 | void Visit(Expr *E) { |
20666 | if (llvm::is_contained(StopAt, E)) |
20667 | return; |
20668 | Inherited::Visit(E); |
20669 | } |
20670 | |
20671 | void VisitConstantExpr(ConstantExpr *E) { |
20672 | // Don't mark declarations within a ConstantExpression, as this expression |
20673 | // will be evaluated and folded to a value. |
20674 | } |
20675 | |
20676 | void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { |
20677 | // If we were asked not to visit local variables, don't. |
20678 | if (SkipLocalVariables) { |
20679 | if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl())) |
20680 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) |
20681 | return; |
20682 | } |
20683 | |
20684 | // FIXME: This can trigger the instantiation of the initializer of a |
20685 | // variable, which can cause the expression to become value-dependent |
20686 | // or error-dependent. Do we need to propagate the new dependence bits? |
20687 | S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(E); |
20688 | } |
20689 | |
20690 | void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { |
20691 | S.MarkMemberReferenced(E); |
20692 | Visit(E->getBase()); |
20693 | } |
20694 | }; |
20695 | } // namespace |
20696 | |
20697 | /// Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any |
20698 | /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced". |
20699 | /// |
20700 | /// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as |
20701 | /// 'referenced'. |
20702 | /// \param StopAt Subexpressions that we shouldn't recurse into. |
20703 | void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, |
20704 | bool SkipLocalVariables, |
20705 | ArrayRef<const Expr*> StopAt) { |
20706 | EvaluatedExprMarker(*this, SkipLocalVariables, StopAt).Visit(E); |
20707 | } |
20708 | |
20709 | /// Emit a diagnostic when statements are reachable. |
20710 | /// FIXME: check for reachability even in expressions for which we don't build a |
20711 | /// CFG (eg, in the initializer of a global or in a constant expression). |
20712 | /// For example, |
20713 | /// namespace { auto *p = new double[3][false ? (1, 2) : 3]; } |
20714 | bool Sema::DiagIfReachable(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt *> Stmts, |
20715 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
20716 | if (!Stmts.empty() && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) { |
20717 | if (!FunctionScopes.empty()) |
20718 | FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags.push_back( |
20719 | sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Stmts)); |
20720 | return true; |
20721 | } |
20722 | |
20723 | // The initializer of a constexpr variable or of the first declaration of a |
20724 | // static data member is not syntactically a constant evaluated constant, |
20725 | // but nonetheless is always required to be a constant expression, so we |
20726 | // can skip diagnosing. |
20727 | // FIXME: Using the mangling context here is a hack. |
20728 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>( |
20729 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl)) { |
20730 | if (VD->isConstexpr() || |
20731 | (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isFirstDecl() && !VD->isInline())) |
20732 | return false; |
20733 | // FIXME: For any other kind of variable, we should build a CFG for its |
20734 | // initializer and check whether the context in question is reachable. |
20735 | } |
20736 | |
20737 | Diag(Loc, PD); |
20738 | return true; |
20739 | } |
20740 | |
20741 | /// Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior |
20742 | /// of the program being compiled. |
20743 | /// |
20744 | /// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being |
20745 | /// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a |
20746 | /// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof() |
20747 | /// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not |
20748 | /// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or, |
20749 | /// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated |
20750 | /// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it |
20751 | /// later. |
20752 | /// |
20753 | /// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time |
20754 | /// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis. |
20755 | /// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures |
20756 | /// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid. |
20757 | bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt*> Stmts, |
20758 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
20759 | |
20760 | if (ExprEvalContexts.back().isDiscardedStatementContext()) |
20761 | return false; |
20762 | |
20763 | switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { |
20764 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated: |
20765 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList: |
20766 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract: |
20767 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement: |
20768 | // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain. |
20769 | break; |
20770 | |
20771 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated: |
20772 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext: |
20773 | // Relevant diagnostics should be produced by constant evaluation. |
20774 | break; |
20775 | |
20776 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated: |
20777 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed: |
20778 | return DiagIfReachable(Loc, Stmts, PD); |
20779 | } |
20780 | |
20781 | return false; |
20782 | } |
20783 | |
20784 | bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, |
20785 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
20786 | return DiagRuntimeBehavior( |
20787 | Loc, Statement ? llvm::ArrayRef(Statement) : std::nullopt, PD); |
20788 | } |
20789 | |
20790 | bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, |
20791 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) { |
20792 | if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType()) |
20793 | return false; |
20794 | |
20795 | // If we're inside a decltype's expression, don't check for a valid return |
20796 | // type or construct temporaries until we know whether this is the last call. |
20797 | if (ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext == |
20798 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype) { |
20799 | ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.push_back(CE); |
20800 | return false; |
20801 | } |
20802 | |
20803 | class CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { |
20804 | FunctionDecl *FD; |
20805 | CallExpr *CE; |
20806 | |
20807 | public: |
20808 | CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *CE) |
20809 | : FD(FD), CE(CE) { } |
20810 | |
20811 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
20812 | if (!FD) { |
20813 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_incomplete_return) |
20814 | << T << CE->getSourceRange(); |
20815 | return; |
20816 | } |
20817 | |
20818 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return) |
20819 | << CE->getSourceRange() << FD << T; |
20820 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) |
20821 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
20822 | } |
20823 | } Diagnoser(FD, CE); |
20824 | |
20825 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, Diagnoser)) |
20826 | return true; |
20827 | |
20828 | return false; |
20829 | } |
20830 | |
20831 | // Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses |
20832 | // will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want. |
20833 | void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) { |
20834 | SourceLocation Loc; |
20835 | |
20836 | unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment; |
20837 | bool IsOrAssign = false; |
20838 | |
20839 | if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { |
20840 | if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign) |
20841 | return; |
20842 | |
20843 | IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign; |
20844 | |
20845 | // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory. |
20846 | if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME |
20847 | = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { |
20848 | Selector Sel = ME->getSelector(); |
20849 | |
20850 | // self = [<foo> init...] |
20851 | if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && ME->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init) |
20852 | diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; |
20853 | |
20854 | // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject] |
20855 | else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject" ) |
20856 | diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; |
20857 | } |
20858 | |
20859 | Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); |
20860 | } else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) { |
20861 | if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual) |
20862 | return; |
20863 | |
20864 | IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual; |
20865 | Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); |
20866 | } else if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) |
20867 | return DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(POE->getSyntacticForm()); |
20868 | else { |
20869 | // Not an assignment. |
20870 | return; |
20871 | } |
20872 | |
20873 | Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange(); |
20874 | |
20875 | SourceLocation Open = E->getBeginLoc(); |
20876 | SourceLocation Close = getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd()); |
20877 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence) |
20878 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(" ) |
20879 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")" ); |
20880 | |
20881 | if (IsOrAssign) |
20882 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison) |
20883 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!=" ); |
20884 | else |
20885 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison) |
20886 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==" ); |
20887 | } |
20888 | |
20889 | /// Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate |
20890 | /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. |
20891 | void Sema::(ParenExpr *ParenE) { |
20892 | // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro. |
20893 | SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getBeginLoc(); |
20894 | if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID()) |
20895 | return; |
20896 | // Don't warn for dependent expressions. |
20897 | if (ParenE->isTypeDependent()) |
20898 | return; |
20899 | |
20900 | Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens(); |
20901 | |
20902 | if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) |
20903 | if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ && |
20904 | opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context) |
20905 | == Expr::MLV_Valid) { |
20906 | SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc(); |
20907 | |
20908 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange(); |
20909 | SourceRange ParenERange = ParenE->getSourceRange(); |
20910 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence) |
20911 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getBegin()) |
20912 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getEnd()); |
20913 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign) |
20914 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=" ); |
20915 | } |
20916 | } |
20917 | |
20918 | ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, |
20919 | bool IsConstexpr) { |
20920 | DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E); |
20921 | if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) |
20922 | DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE); |
20923 | |
20924 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); |
20925 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
20926 | E = result.get(); |
20927 | |
20928 | if (!E->isTypeDependent()) { |
20929 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
20930 | return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E, IsConstexpr); // C++ 6.4p4 |
20931 | |
20932 | ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); |
20933 | if (ERes.isInvalid()) |
20934 | return ExprError(); |
20935 | E = ERes.get(); |
20936 | |
20937 | QualType T = E->getType(); |
20938 | if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1 |
20939 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar) |
20940 | << T << E->getSourceRange(); |
20941 | return ExprError(); |
20942 | } |
20943 | CheckBoolLikeConversion(E, Loc); |
20944 | } |
20945 | |
20946 | return E; |
20947 | } |
20948 | |
20949 | Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, |
20950 | Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK, |
20951 | bool MissingOK) { |
20952 | // MissingOK indicates whether having no condition expression is valid |
20953 | // (for loop) or invalid (e.g. while loop). |
20954 | if (!SubExpr) |
20955 | return MissingOK ? ConditionResult() : ConditionError(); |
20956 | |
20957 | ExprResult Cond; |
20958 | switch (CK) { |
20959 | case ConditionKind::Boolean: |
20960 | Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr); |
20961 | break; |
20962 | |
20963 | case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf: |
20964 | Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr, true); |
20965 | break; |
20966 | |
20967 | case ConditionKind::Switch: |
20968 | Cond = CheckSwitchCondition(Loc, SubExpr); |
20969 | break; |
20970 | } |
20971 | if (Cond.isInvalid()) { |
20972 | Cond = CreateRecoveryExpr(SubExpr->getBeginLoc(), SubExpr->getEndLoc(), |
20973 | {SubExpr}, PreferredConditionType(CK)); |
20974 | if (!Cond.get()) |
20975 | return ConditionError(); |
20976 | } |
20977 | // FIXME: FullExprArg doesn't have an invalid bit, so check nullness instead. |
20978 | FullExprArg FullExpr = MakeFullExpr(Cond.get(), Loc); |
20979 | if (!FullExpr.get()) |
20980 | return ConditionError(); |
20981 | |
20982 | return ConditionResult(*this, nullptr, FullExpr, |
20983 | CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf); |
20984 | } |
20985 | |
20986 | namespace { |
20987 | /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression |
20988 | /// to have an appropriate type. |
20989 | struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction |
20990 | : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> { |
20991 | |
20992 | Sema &S; |
20993 | |
20994 | RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {} |
20995 | |
20996 | ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { |
20997 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!" ); |
20998 | } |
20999 | |
21000 | ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) { |
21001 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call) |
21002 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
21003 | return ExprError(); |
21004 | } |
21005 | |
21006 | /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another |
21007 | /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of. |
21008 | template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) { |
21009 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); |
21010 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21011 | |
21012 | Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get(); |
21013 | E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); |
21014 | E->setType(SubExpr->getType()); |
21015 | E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind()); |
21016 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); |
21017 | return E; |
21018 | } |
21019 | |
21020 | ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { |
21021 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); |
21022 | } |
21023 | |
21024 | ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) { |
21025 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); |
21026 | } |
21027 | |
21028 | ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) { |
21029 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); |
21030 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21031 | |
21032 | Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get(); |
21033 | E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); |
21034 | E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType())); |
21035 | assert(E->isPRValue()); |
21036 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); |
21037 | return E; |
21038 | } |
21039 | |
21040 | ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) { |
21041 | if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) return VisitExpr(E); |
21042 | |
21043 | E->setType(VD->getType()); |
21044 | |
21045 | assert(E->isPRValue()); |
21046 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
21047 | !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD) && |
21048 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isInstance())) |
21049 | E->setValueKind(VK_LValue); |
21050 | |
21051 | return E; |
21052 | } |
21053 | |
21054 | ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { |
21055 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl()); |
21056 | } |
21057 | |
21058 | ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { |
21059 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl()); |
21060 | } |
21061 | }; |
21062 | } |
21063 | |
21064 | /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it |
21065 | /// to have a function type. |
21066 | static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) { |
21067 | ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr); |
21068 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21069 | return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Result.get()); |
21070 | } |
21071 | |
21072 | namespace { |
21073 | /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype |
21074 | /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring |
21075 | /// expression. Strict preservation of the original source |
21076 | /// structure is not a goal. |
21077 | struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr |
21078 | : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> { |
21079 | |
21080 | Sema &S; |
21081 | |
21082 | /// The current destination type. |
21083 | QualType DestType; |
21084 | |
21085 | RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType) |
21086 | : S(S), DestType(CastType) {} |
21087 | |
21088 | ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { |
21089 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!" ); |
21090 | } |
21091 | |
21092 | ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) { |
21093 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr) |
21094 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
21095 | return ExprError(); |
21096 | } |
21097 | |
21098 | ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E); |
21099 | ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E); |
21100 | |
21101 | /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another |
21102 | /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of. |
21103 | template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) { |
21104 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); |
21105 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21106 | Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get(); |
21107 | E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); |
21108 | E->setType(SubExpr->getType()); |
21109 | E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind()); |
21110 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); |
21111 | return E; |
21112 | } |
21113 | |
21114 | ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { |
21115 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); |
21116 | } |
21117 | |
21118 | ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) { |
21119 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); |
21120 | } |
21121 | |
21122 | ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) { |
21123 | const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
21124 | if (!Ptr) { |
21125 | S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof) |
21126 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
21127 | return ExprError(); |
21128 | } |
21129 | |
21130 | if (isa<CallExpr>(E->getSubExpr())) { |
21131 | S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof_call) |
21132 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
21133 | return ExprError(); |
21134 | } |
21135 | |
21136 | assert(E->isPRValue()); |
21137 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); |
21138 | E->setType(DestType); |
21139 | |
21140 | // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type. |
21141 | DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
21142 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); |
21143 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21144 | E->setSubExpr(SubResult.get()); |
21145 | return E; |
21146 | } |
21147 | |
21148 | ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E); |
21149 | |
21150 | ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD); |
21151 | |
21152 | ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { |
21153 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl()); |
21154 | } |
21155 | |
21156 | ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { |
21157 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl()); |
21158 | } |
21159 | }; |
21160 | } |
21161 | |
21162 | /// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype. |
21163 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { |
21164 | Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee(); |
21165 | |
21166 | enum FnKind { |
21167 | FK_MemberFunction, |
21168 | FK_FunctionPointer, |
21169 | FK_BlockPointer |
21170 | }; |
21171 | |
21172 | FnKind Kind; |
21173 | QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType(); |
21174 | if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) { |
21175 | assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)); |
21176 | Kind = FK_MemberFunction; |
21177 | CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CalleeExpr); |
21178 | } else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
21179 | CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
21180 | Kind = FK_FunctionPointer; |
21181 | } else { |
21182 | CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
21183 | Kind = FK_BlockPointer; |
21184 | } |
21185 | const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
21186 | |
21187 | // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function. |
21188 | if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) { |
21189 | unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function; |
21190 | if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer) |
21191 | diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function; |
21192 | |
21193 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID) |
21194 | << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType; |
21195 | return ExprError(); |
21196 | } |
21197 | |
21198 | // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result. |
21199 | E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context)); |
21200 | E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType)); |
21201 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); |
21202 | |
21203 | // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType. |
21204 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType); |
21205 | if (Proto) { |
21206 | // __unknown_anytype(...) is a special case used by the debugger when |
21207 | // it has no idea what a function's signature is. |
21208 | // |
21209 | // We want to build this call essentially under the K&R |
21210 | // unprototyped rules, but making a FunctionNoProtoType in C++ |
21211 | // would foul up all sorts of assumptions. However, we cannot |
21212 | // simply pass all arguments as variadic arguments, nor can we |
21213 | // portably just call the function under a non-variadic type; see |
21214 | // the comment on IR-gen's TargetInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic. |
21215 | // However, it turns out that in practice it is generally safe to |
21216 | // call a function declared as "A foo(B,C,D);" under the prototype |
21217 | // "A foo(B,C,D,...);". The only known exception is with the |
21218 | // Windows ABI, where any variadic function is implicitly cdecl |
21219 | // regardless of its normal CC. Therefore we change the parameter |
21220 | // types to match the types of the arguments. |
21221 | // |
21222 | // This is a hack, but it is far superior to moving the |
21223 | // corresponding target-specific code from IR-gen to Sema/AST. |
21224 | |
21225 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes = Proto->getParamTypes(); |
21226 | SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; |
21227 | if (ParamTypes.empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { // the special case |
21228 | ArgTypes.reserve(E->getNumArgs()); |
21229 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { |
21230 | ArgTypes.push_back(S.Context.getReferenceQualifiedType(E->getArg(i))); |
21231 | } |
21232 | ParamTypes = ArgTypes; |
21233 | } |
21234 | DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType, ParamTypes, |
21235 | Proto->getExtProtoInfo()); |
21236 | } else { |
21237 | DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType, |
21238 | FnType->getExtInfo()); |
21239 | } |
21240 | |
21241 | // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type. |
21242 | switch (Kind) { |
21243 | case FK_MemberFunction: |
21244 | // Nothing to do. |
21245 | break; |
21246 | |
21247 | case FK_FunctionPointer: |
21248 | DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType); |
21249 | break; |
21250 | |
21251 | case FK_BlockPointer: |
21252 | DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType); |
21253 | break; |
21254 | } |
21255 | |
21256 | // Finally, we can recurse. |
21257 | ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr); |
21258 | if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
21259 | E->setCallee(CalleeResult.get()); |
21260 | |
21261 | // Bind a temporary if necessary. |
21262 | return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E); |
21263 | } |
21264 | |
21265 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { |
21266 | // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call. |
21267 | if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) { |
21268 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function) |
21269 | << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType; |
21270 | return ExprError(); |
21271 | } |
21272 | |
21273 | // Rewrite the method result type if available. |
21274 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) { |
21275 | assert(Method->getReturnType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy); |
21276 | Method->setReturnType(DestType); |
21277 | } |
21278 | |
21279 | // Change the type of the message. |
21280 | E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType()); |
21281 | E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType)); |
21282 | |
21283 | return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E); |
21284 | } |
21285 | |
21286 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { |
21287 | // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay. |
21288 | if (E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay) { |
21289 | assert(E->isPRValue()); |
21290 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); |
21291 | |
21292 | E->setType(DestType); |
21293 | |
21294 | // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type. |
21295 | DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
21296 | |
21297 | ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); |
21298 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
21299 | |
21300 | E->setSubExpr(Result.get()); |
21301 | return E; |
21302 | } else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { |
21303 | assert(E->isPRValue()); |
21304 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); |
21305 | |
21306 | assert(isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType())); |
21307 | |
21308 | E->setType(DestType); |
21309 | |
21310 | // The sub-expression has to be a lvalue reference, so rebuild it as such. |
21311 | DestType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DestType); |
21312 | |
21313 | ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); |
21314 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
21315 | |
21316 | E->setSubExpr(Result.get()); |
21317 | return E; |
21318 | } else { |
21319 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast type!" ); |
21320 | } |
21321 | } |
21322 | |
21323 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) { |
21324 | ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue; |
21325 | QualType Type = DestType; |
21326 | |
21327 | // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls: |
21328 | |
21329 | // - functions |
21330 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) { |
21331 | if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
21332 | DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
21333 | ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD); |
21334 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21335 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(Result.get(), Type, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, |
21336 | VK_PRValue); |
21337 | } |
21338 | |
21339 | if (!Type->isFunctionType()) { |
21340 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function) |
21341 | << VD << E->getSourceRange(); |
21342 | return ExprError(); |
21343 | } |
21344 | if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = Type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
21345 | // We must match the FunctionDecl's type to the hack introduced in |
21346 | // RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr to vararg functions of unknown |
21347 | // type. See the lengthy commentary in that routine. |
21348 | QualType FDT = FD->getType(); |
21349 | const FunctionType *FnType = FDT->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
21350 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FnType); |
21351 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); |
21352 | if (DRE && Proto && Proto->getParamTypes().empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { |
21353 | SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); |
21354 | FunctionDecl *NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create( |
21355 | S.Context, FD->getDeclContext(), Loc, Loc, |
21356 | FD->getNameInfo().getName(), DestType, FD->getTypeSourceInfo(), |
21357 | SC_None, S.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), |
21358 | false /*isInlineSpecified*/, FD->hasPrototype(), |
21359 | /*ConstexprKind*/ ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); |
21360 | |
21361 | if (FD->getQualifier()) |
21362 | NewFD->setQualifierInfo(FD->getQualifierLoc()); |
21363 | |
21364 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
21365 | for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { |
21366 | ParmVarDecl *Param = |
21367 | S.BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(FD, Loc, AI); |
21368 | Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); |
21369 | Params.push_back(Param); |
21370 | } |
21371 | NewFD->setParams(Params); |
21372 | DRE->setDecl(NewFD); |
21373 | VD = DRE->getDecl(); |
21374 | } |
21375 | } |
21376 | |
21377 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) |
21378 | if (MD->isInstance()) { |
21379 | ValueKind = VK_PRValue; |
21380 | Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy; |
21381 | } |
21382 | |
21383 | // Function references aren't l-values in C. |
21384 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
21385 | ValueKind = VK_PRValue; |
21386 | |
21387 | // - variables |
21388 | } else if (isa<VarDecl>(VD)) { |
21389 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { |
21390 | Type = RefTy->getPointeeType(); |
21391 | } else if (Type->isFunctionType()) { |
21392 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type) |
21393 | << VD << E->getSourceRange(); |
21394 | return ExprError(); |
21395 | } |
21396 | |
21397 | // - nothing else |
21398 | } else { |
21399 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl) |
21400 | << VD << E->getSourceRange(); |
21401 | return ExprError(); |
21402 | } |
21403 | |
21404 | // Modifying the declaration like this is friendly to IR-gen but |
21405 | // also really dangerous. |
21406 | VD->setType(DestType); |
21407 | E->setType(Type); |
21408 | E->setValueKind(ValueKind); |
21409 | return E; |
21410 | } |
21411 | |
21412 | /// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only |
21413 | /// trigger this for C-style casts. |
21414 | ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, |
21415 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, |
21416 | ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) { |
21417 | // The type we're casting to must be either void or complete. |
21418 | if (!CastType->isVoidType() && |
21419 | RequireCompleteType(TypeRange.getBegin(), CastType, |
21420 | diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_incomplete)) |
21421 | return ExprError(); |
21422 | |
21423 | // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch. |
21424 | ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr); |
21425 | if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
21426 | |
21427 | CastExpr = result.get(); |
21428 | VK = CastExpr->getValueKind(); |
21429 | CastKind = CK_NoOp; |
21430 | |
21431 | return CastExpr; |
21432 | } |
21433 | |
21434 | ExprResult Sema::forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType) { |
21435 | return RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, ToType).Visit(E); |
21436 | } |
21437 | |
21438 | ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, |
21439 | Expr *arg, QualType ¶mType) { |
21440 | // If the syntactic form of the argument is not an explicit cast of |
21441 | // any sort, just do default argument promotion. |
21442 | ExplicitCastExpr *castArg = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(arg->IgnoreParens()); |
21443 | if (!castArg) { |
21444 | ExprResult result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(arg); |
21445 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21446 | paramType = result.get()->getType(); |
21447 | return result; |
21448 | } |
21449 | |
21450 | // Otherwise, use the type that was written in the explicit cast. |
21451 | assert(!arg->hasPlaceholderType()); |
21452 | paramType = castArg->getTypeAsWritten(); |
21453 | |
21454 | // Copy-initialize a parameter of that type. |
21455 | InitializedEntity entity = |
21456 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, paramType, |
21457 | /*consumed*/ false); |
21458 | return PerformCopyInitialization(entity, callLoc, arg); |
21459 | } |
21460 | |
21461 | static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) { |
21462 | Expr *orig = E; |
21463 | unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any; |
21464 | while (true) { |
21465 | E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
21466 | if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { |
21467 | E = call->getCallee(); |
21468 | diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any; |
21469 | } else { |
21470 | break; |
21471 | } |
21472 | } |
21473 | |
21474 | SourceLocation loc; |
21475 | NamedDecl *d; |
21476 | if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { |
21477 | loc = ref->getLocation(); |
21478 | d = ref->getDecl(); |
21479 | } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { |
21480 | loc = mem->getMemberLoc(); |
21481 | d = mem->getMemberDecl(); |
21482 | } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { |
21483 | diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any; |
21484 | loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc(); |
21485 | d = msg->getMethodDecl(); |
21486 | if (!d) { |
21487 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method) |
21488 | << static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector() |
21489 | << orig->getSourceRange(); |
21490 | return ExprError(); |
21491 | } |
21492 | } else { |
21493 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr) |
21494 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
21495 | return ExprError(); |
21496 | } |
21497 | |
21498 | S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange(); |
21499 | |
21500 | // Never recoverable. |
21501 | return ExprError(); |
21502 | } |
21503 | |
21504 | /// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found. |
21505 | /// Returns ExprError() if there was an error and no recovery was possible. |
21506 | ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) { |
21507 | if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { |
21508 | // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it |
21509 | // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have |
21510 | // been dealt with before checking the operands. |
21511 | ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E); |
21512 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
21513 | E = Result.get(); |
21514 | } |
21515 | |
21516 | const BuiltinType *placeholderType = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType(); |
21517 | if (!placeholderType) return E; |
21518 | |
21519 | switch (placeholderType->getKind()) { |
21520 | |
21521 | // Overloaded expressions. |
21522 | case BuiltinType::Overload: { |
21523 | // Try to resolve a single function template specialization. |
21524 | // This is obligatory. |
21525 | ExprResult Result = E; |
21526 | if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Result, false)) |
21527 | return Result; |
21528 | |
21529 | // No guarantees that ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization |
21530 | // leaves Result unchanged on failure. |
21531 | Result = E; |
21532 | if (resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Result)) |
21533 | return Result; |
21534 | |
21535 | // If that failed, try to recover with a call. |
21536 | tryToRecoverWithCall(Result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable), |
21537 | /*complain*/ true); |
21538 | return Result; |
21539 | } |
21540 | |
21541 | // Bound member functions. |
21542 | case BuiltinType::BoundMember: { |
21543 | ExprResult result = E; |
21544 | const Expr *BME = E->IgnoreParens(); |
21545 | PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function); |
21546 | // Try to give a nicer diagnostic if it is a bound member that we recognize. |
21547 | if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(BME)) { |
21548 | PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*pseudo-destructor*/ 1; |
21549 | } else if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BME)) { |
21550 | if (ME->getMemberNameInfo().getName().getNameKind() == |
21551 | DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) |
21552 | PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*destructor*/ 0; |
21553 | } |
21554 | tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PD, |
21555 | /*complain*/ true); |
21556 | return result; |
21557 | } |
21558 | |
21559 | // ARC unbridged casts. |
21560 | case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: { |
21561 | Expr *realCast = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); |
21562 | diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(realCast); |
21563 | return realCast; |
21564 | } |
21565 | |
21566 | // Expressions of unknown type. |
21567 | case BuiltinType::UnknownAny: |
21568 | return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E); |
21569 | |
21570 | // Pseudo-objects. |
21571 | case BuiltinType::PseudoObject: |
21572 | return checkPseudoObjectRValue(E); |
21573 | |
21574 | case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: { |
21575 | // Accept __noop without parens by implicitly converting it to a call expr. |
21576 | auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); |
21577 | if (DRE) { |
21578 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); |
21579 | unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(); |
21580 | if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__noop) { |
21581 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(FD->getType()), |
21582 | CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr) |
21583 | .get(); |
21584 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, E, /*Args=*/{}, Context.IntTy, |
21585 | VK_PRValue, SourceLocation(), |
21586 | FPOptionsOverride()); |
21587 | } |
21588 | |
21589 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isInStdNamespace(BuiltinID)) { |
21590 | // Any use of these other than a direct call is ill-formed as of C++20, |
21591 | // because they are not addressable functions. In earlier language |
21592 | // modes, warn and force an instantiation of the real body. |
21593 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), |
21594 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
21595 | ? diag::err_use_of_unaddressable_function |
21596 | : diag::warn_cxx20_compat_use_of_unaddressable_function); |
21597 | if (FD->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) { |
21598 | // Require a definition here because a normal attempt at |
21599 | // instantiation for a builtin will be ignored, and we won't try |
21600 | // again later. We assume that the definition of the template |
21601 | // precedes this use. |
21602 | InstantiateFunctionDefinition(E->getBeginLoc(), FD, |
21603 | /*Recursive=*/false, |
21604 | /*DefinitionRequired=*/true, |
21605 | /*AtEndOfTU=*/false); |
21606 | } |
21607 | // Produce a properly-typed reference to the function. |
21608 | CXXScopeSpec SS; |
21609 | SS.Adopt(DRE->getQualifierLoc()); |
21610 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; |
21611 | DRE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgs); |
21612 | return BuildDeclRefExpr( |
21613 | FD, FD->getType(), VK_LValue, DRE->getNameInfo(), |
21614 | DRE->hasQualifier() ? &SS : nullptr, DRE->getFoundDecl(), |
21615 | DRE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), |
21616 | DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr); |
21617 | } |
21618 | } |
21619 | |
21620 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_fn_use); |
21621 | return ExprError(); |
21622 | } |
21623 | |
21624 | case BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx: |
21625 | Diag(cast<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(E->IgnoreParens()) |
21626 | ->getRowIdx() |
21627 | ->getBeginLoc(), |
21628 | diag::err_matrix_incomplete_index); |
21629 | return ExprError(); |
21630 | |
21631 | // Expressions of unknown type. |
21632 | case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection: |
21633 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_array_section_use); |
21634 | return ExprError(); |
21635 | |
21636 | // Expressions of unknown type. |
21637 | case BuiltinType::OMPArrayShaping: |
21638 | return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_array_shaping_use)); |
21639 | |
21640 | case BuiltinType::OMPIterator: |
21641 | return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_use)); |
21642 | |
21643 | // Everything else should be impossible. |
21644 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
21645 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
21646 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
21647 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
21648 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
21649 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
21650 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \ |
21651 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
21652 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
21653 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) \ |
21654 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
21655 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" |
21656 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
21657 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" |
21658 | #define WASM_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
21659 | #include "clang/Basic/WebAssemblyReferenceTypes.def" |
21660 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
21661 | #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) |
21662 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
21663 | break; |
21664 | } |
21665 | |
21666 | llvm_unreachable("invalid placeholder type!" ); |
21667 | } |
21668 | |
21669 | bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) { |
21670 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) |
21671 | return true; |
21672 | if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) |
21673 | return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType(); |
21674 | return false; |
21675 | } |
21676 | |
21677 | /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. |
21678 | ExprResult |
21679 | Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
21680 | assert((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) && |
21681 | "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!" ); |
21682 | QualType BoolT = Context.ObjCBuiltinBoolTy; |
21683 | if (!Context.getBOOLDecl()) { |
21684 | LookupResult Result(*this, &Context.Idents.get("BOOL" ), OpLoc, |
21685 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); |
21686 | if (LookupName(Result, getCurScope()) && Result.isSingleResult()) { |
21687 | NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl(); |
21688 | if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(ND)) |
21689 | Context.setBOOLDecl(TD); |
21690 | } |
21691 | } |
21692 | if (Context.getBOOLDecl()) |
21693 | BoolT = Context.getBOOLType(); |
21694 | return new (Context) |
21695 | ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes, BoolT, OpLoc); |
21696 | } |
21697 | |
21698 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr( |
21699 | llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, SourceLocation AtLoc, |
21700 | SourceLocation RParen) { |
21701 | auto FindSpecVersion = |
21702 | [&](StringRef Platform) -> std::optional<VersionTuple> { |
21703 | auto Spec = llvm::find_if(AvailSpecs, [&](const AvailabilitySpec &Spec) { |
21704 | return Spec.getPlatform() == Platform; |
21705 | }); |
21706 | // Transcribe the "ios" availability check to "maccatalyst" when compiling |
21707 | // for "maccatalyst" if "maccatalyst" is not specified. |
21708 | if (Spec == AvailSpecs.end() && Platform == "maccatalyst" ) { |
21709 | Spec = llvm::find_if(AvailSpecs, [&](const AvailabilitySpec &Spec) { |
21710 | return Spec.getPlatform() == "ios" ; |
21711 | }); |
21712 | } |
21713 | if (Spec == AvailSpecs.end()) |
21714 | return std::nullopt; |
21715 | return Spec->getVersion(); |
21716 | }; |
21717 | |
21718 | VersionTuple Version; |
21719 | if (auto MaybeVersion = |
21720 | FindSpecVersion(Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformName())) |
21721 | Version = *MaybeVersion; |
21722 | |
21723 | // The use of `@available` in the enclosing context should be analyzed to |
21724 | // warn when it's used inappropriately (i.e. not if(@available)). |
21725 | if (FunctionScopeInfo *Context = getCurFunctionAvailabilityContext()) |
21726 | Context->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true; |
21727 | |
21728 | return new (Context) |
21729 | ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(Version, AtLoc, RParen, Context.BoolTy); |
21730 | } |
21731 | |
21732 | ExprResult Sema::CreateRecoveryExpr(SourceLocation Begin, SourceLocation End, |
21733 | ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs, QualType T) { |
21734 | if (!Context.getLangOpts().RecoveryAST) |
21735 | return ExprError(); |
21736 | |
21737 | if (isSFINAEContext()) |
21738 | return ExprError(); |
21739 | |
21740 | if (T.isNull() || T->isUndeducedType() || |
21741 | !Context.getLangOpts().RecoveryASTType) |
21742 | // We don't know the concrete type, fallback to dependent type. |
21743 | T = Context.DependentTy; |
21744 | |
21745 | return RecoveryExpr::Create(Context, T, Begin, End, SubExprs); |
21746 | } |
21747 | |